The Complete Cossack Adventures
The Complete Cossack Adventures
The Complete Cossack Adventures
Swords ofthe
of the
Steppes
Steppes
The Complete Cossack Adventures
Volume Four
Harold
HaroldLamb
Lamb
Edited by Howard Andrew Jones
Introduction by Barrie
Edited by Howard Tait Collins
Andrew Jones
Introduction by Barrie Tait Collins
university of nebr ask a press
lincoln a nd london
universit y of nebr ask a pr ess
lincoln a nd london
© 2007
by the
Board of Regents
of the
University of Nebraska
All rights reserved
Manufactured in the United States of America
Acknowledgments xiii
Introduction xv
Koum 223
Sangar 414
Appendix 611
In the preceding three Khlit the Cossack adventures, printed in the third
volume in this series, readers saw Kirdy being groomed by his grandfa-
ther to become a leader of men and a sterling Cossack. In the story that
opens this volume, “The Wolf Master” (reprinted as Kirdy in 1933 by
Doubleday) Kirdy is his own man at last. Khlit appears only briefly to
send Kirdy on a deadly mission, and then the young man rides off alone,
leaving even Ayub behind. It is the last time readers see Khlit, although
he is mentioned in two more tales.
Throughout this series of reprint the editors at Bison Books and I have
chosen to leave the stories themselves as originally presented, with the
exception of minor adjustments for editorial consistency. Certain attitudes
expressed by the characters or used by the author remain just as they
were printed in the early twentieth century. It should go without saying
that what is privately and even publicly acceptable in one century may
make for uncomfortable reading in the next. Some of Lamb’s character
portrayals would today be considered anti-Semitic, sexist, or prejudiced
against certain ethnic groups. Though Lamb may have been trying to
capture the biased attitudes of his characters, or reflect those of his society,
he seems to have been uncomfortable with some of these portrayals later
in his life, for he left stories with the most offensive of these elements out
of the only collection prepared for re-publication before his death. “The
Wolf Master” features the worst of these scenes; Lamb was never to write
another remotely similar.
Up until this novel it seemed as though Harold Lamb was readying
Kirdy for a cycle of adventures of his own; in steps we saw him gain Khlit’s
curved saber and a title and learn to see through schemers, both men and
women. Instead of providing further adventures, Lamb chose to conclude
viii f or e wor d
“The Wolf Master” with a finale he could never have given Khlit, and as
a result it is the last readers see of the young man.
It was not quite the end for the family of Lamb’s recurring Cossack
characters, however, for in 1929 Lamb returned to feature Ayub in a short
novel of the Cossack’s later years, “The Outrider,” which is the second
tale in this collection.
All the contents of this volume are rarities. “The Wolf Master” is rare
enough, but the rest of the stories, gleaned from Adventure, Collier’s, and
other magazines, have never seen reprint. Herein you’ll find a short series
featuring the Cossack Koum, set a hundred years after Khlit and Kirdy.
One tale introduces the bagpipe-playing Cossack, another introduces his
friend Gurka, and a third, one of Lamb’s best, is a novella of their adven-
ture together. More tales of these two could have followed, but by this
point in his career Lamb was busily co-writing screenplays for Cecil B.
DeMille. He had become a respected and successful writer of histories
and biographies, and besides, the pulp market itself was changing with
the coming of the Great Depression. It’s no wonder that Lamb wrote less
short fiction, though we can regret it, for by the early 1930s, fifteen years
or so after Lamb had begun writing for Adventure, his fiction had reached
a poetic peak only hinted at in prior years. While he sometimes wrote
for Collier’s and other magazines in the ’30s and ’40s, he was constrained
by space and editorial preferences and seldom got to spin more lengthy
tales—or even to vary too much from a formula.
In addition to the stories mentioned above you’ll find two tales of Stenka
Razin, whom Lamb described as a kind of Robin Hood of the Steppe, and
other stand-alone tales of Cossacks in perilous times. There’s Borasun,
with his delightful joie de vivre; Charnomar and Mark, American adven-
turers; and even another Demid, who journeys to another fortress of Khor—
names recycled from Adventure for a short tale in Collier’s, although the
character is not the same Demid who adventured with Ayub. Perhaps the
greatest surprise are the five tales of a World War II Cossack who is some-
thing like Khlit, gleaned from Argosy and Collier’s—stories different in
tone from Lamb’s earlier work but enjoyable nonetheless.
The final story in this volume, long sought for in an early issue of a little-
known pulp magazine, didn’t turn up until mere days before this text was
due to be turned over to Bison. “Wolf-Hounds of the Steppe” is, so far as
I know, Lamb’s earliest Cossack tale. Although likely penned only a half
year before the first Khlit stories, it is heavy with melodrama, and there
is an excess of offstage machinations in which the hero plays little part.
f or e wor d ix
Still, there are hints within as to what Lamb would later be capable of,
and it is included here in the interest of completeness.
Although there was no peril on this road to reprint, assembling these
stories, like life upon the steppe, had its challenges. A big part of prepar-
ing manuscripts for these four volumes was the finding of them, for they
were scattered through dozens of rare magazines, the longer stories some-
times divided in parts over multiple issues. Once in hand (a process which
involved many years of searching), they had to be scanned, then format-
ted and proofread—for the scanning process, while immensely swifter
than retyping almost close to a million words, isn’t perfect. The letter B
sometimes turns up as an h and vice versa; a capital O gets confused with
a zero, and other little peculiarities pop up as well. The endeavor would
not have been possible without the assistance of dedicated volunteers—
all our efforts bolstered by other Harold Lamb fans who had located www.
haroldlamb.net and written in to proclaim their appreciation for Lamb’s
work. So many of us thought we were the only ones who treasured these
stories, but it turned out that there was a small, scattered army of us, and
we tracked down the tales and exchanged them and hoped that we could
one day see all of them collected between covers, as they deserved.
First among all of the volunteers was Bruce Nordstrom, who located
every single Collier’s and Saturday Evening Post issue in which Harold
Lamb had written a story, not to mention a number of Blue Books and other
magazines less well known. Bruce found these tales, scanned every one,
and sent them my way, along with the text of The Wolf Master. Bruce was
a private man, so I never prodded him for his real-world address. One day
several years ago my e-mail letters to him began to bounce and his web
site disappeared. I’ve never heard from him since. I wish him well but I
fear the worst. All Harold Lamb fans owe him a debt of gratitude.
I have thanked Victor Dreger for his diligent research behind the map
that appears in each of these volumes, but “diligence” is a poor word
for what Victor did. He spent countless hours and many dollars track-
ing down old maps and searching them for the hard-to-find place names
Lamb used in his Cossack tales. He found more information than could
even easily fit on the map, alas, although Darrel Stevens’ beautiful map
somehow works in most of it. In addition to the maps, Victor has sup-
plied me with texts and information and has proved an excellent sound-
ing board about various features and problems that have cropped up over
the course of the project.
Speaking of that lovely map, not only did Darrell Stevens go all out to
x f or e wor d
produce it, he drafted four vibrant, exciting covers that captured the spirit
of Lamb’s stories with real class. Darrell went so far as to design the font
used on each volume. It’s hard now to imagine these stories without the
accompaniment of Stevens’ perfectly suited illustrations.
Jan Van Heiningen has been a true friend and scholar since he first
found out about the project. It is he who discovered “Wolf-Hounds of the
Steppe,” and it would not be published within these pages without him.
Bill Prather, business manager for Thacher School (the copyright holder
for Lamb’s work) and a friend and true gentleman, has supported and en-
dorsed my efforts even when the idea of getting this collection into print
probably seemed absurd. Without his backing this collection could never
have happened, and he deserves all of our thanks.
Alfred Lybeck, pulp scholar, wrote a wonderful retrospective of Lamb’s
work in the pulps (published in Pulpdom in July 1996) that serves as an
excellent reference about Lamb and his publication history. It was of great
aid up through the final days of manuscript preparation.
Lastly, I must thank my father, Victor H. Jones, who helped me track
down more than a dozen Lamb Adventure texts in the years before his
death, and a man I never met, Dr. John Drury Clark. Dr. Clark had hunted
down a large number of Lamb stories from Adventure, placed a few be-
tween homemade covers, as some pulp magazine collectors do, and sepa-
rated dozens more from magazines in preparation for binding. I purchased
all of these from his widow. Dr. Clark’s texts saved me years of search-
ing and made preparation of the stories for these volumes far, far simpler
than it would otherwise have been. I think Dr. Clark would have been
happy that the time he spent preserving Harold Lamb stories has bene-
fited all of us.
We may have reached the end of Harold Lamb’s Cossack trail, but in
an ideal world these books will be followed with a collection of Lamb’s
moody Crusader tales, most of which were written at the height of his pow-
ers, like the two outstanding Nial O’Gordon novellas and “The Making
of the Morning Star,” one of Lamb’s very best novels. Its companion vol-
ume would be a book collecting Lamb’s Arabian and Asian adventures,
including three novellas narrated by swordsman-turned-physician Daril
ibn Athir, and a prequel to Lamb’s Durandal told by none other than
Khalil el Kadr, Sir Hugh’s loyal friend. It would be a simple matter to fill
another volume with Lamb’s tales of Vikings and sea explorers, includ-
ing novel-length stories of both the search for the Northeast passage and
f or e wor d xi
the American expedition against the Barbary pirates, not to mention sto-
ries of John Paul Jones among the Russian fleet.
For now, though, you have four volumes of stories rescued from obscu-
rity. It was sad indeed that such fine adventures were so close to oblivion,
to disintegrating forever into a dry rain of brown flaking paper, and it is
with great pride that we present them to you, in hopes that this vibrant,
exciting fiction finds the audience denied it for so many years.
Enjoy!
Acknowledgments
I would like to thank Bill Prather of Thacher School for his continued
support, encouragement, enthusiasm, and friendship. I also would like
to express my appreciation for the tireless efforts of Victor Dreger, who
pored over acres of old maps to compile a map of the locations that appear
in the final version printed within this book. Thank yous also are due to
the tireless Bruce Nordstrom, Dr. Victor H. Jones, and Jan Van Heinin-
gen for aid in manuscript acquisition, as well as S. C. Bryce, who kind-
ly provided a timely and time-consuming last-minute check of some key
issues of Adventure, and Dr. James Pfundstein and Doug Ellis for simi-
lar aid. A great deal of time was saved because of the manuscript preser-
vation efforts of the late Dr. John Drury Clark. I’m grateful to the staff at
the University of Nebraska Press, for their support of the project and for
efficiently shepherding the manuscript through the publication process.
I’m likewise appreciative and delighted by the hard work of cover artist
and map artist Darrel Stevens. My old friend Sean Connelly and his wife
Kay provided a home base during an important final research trip to Indi-
ana University. Thank you all for your hard work and dedication—you
have helped bring Khlit the Cossack and his world to life.
Introduction
Barrie Tait Collins
Chapter I
My Saddle’s My Home
I’ve been to Roum, and I’ve been to Rome,
Through the Black Mountains,
On the White Sea!
My hat is my house-top, my saddle’s my home—
Hai-a—come away with me!
The streets of the village were deserted. On every hand deep snow cov-
ered the steppe; even the thatched roofs of the cottages were blanketed
in white.
It was old snow, that, on the roofs and the plain. And stretching in ev-
ery direction from the cluster of dwellings and stables tracks were to be
seen. Tricks of men and horses, of carts, and wide, clumsy tracks that bit
deep into the gray coverlet of the steppe.
A throng of men, a multitude of horses, had left their traces around
the village. But the painted doors of the taverns were shut and barred; the
horn windows of the cottages showed no gleam of light, though it was the
dull twilight of a midwinter’s day.
It was a time of trouble, early in the seventeenth century. And to the
good people of this village in the steppe, trouble had come indeed. Their
faces pressed against the windows, they listened to the muttering growl
of cannon and musketry in the distance.
The dogs in the stable yards barked half-heartedly at the sound of ap-
proaching horses. Three Cossacks, plying their whips on spent ponies,
2 t h e wol f m a s t e r
galloped up to the post tavern. The youngest, who rode in advance of the
others, reined in at the door and pounded on it with a pistol butt.
“Hi, father of a thousand slaves! Horses—give us fresh horses!”
A blur of faces was visible at the window overhead, but no answer was
returned to the impatient rider. The dogs that had clustered around to
yap at him gave back suddenly. Like a shadow drifting over the snow, a
gray borzoi, or wolfhound, that had been following the young Cossack in
the white coat, turned into the tavern yard. Its ears were pricked toward
the man and the horse, and only by a soundless snarl did it acknowledge
the growling of the village dogs. Its massive chest and arched ribs were
mud-stained, and it moved with the effortless ease of the wolf that had
sired it.
A second Cossack now entered the yard and dismounted from a foun-
dered pony that stood nose to earth, legs planted wide.
“Aside, Kirdy,” he grunted. “I will deal with the dog-souls.”
The slender warrior in the white coat give place to the newcomer who
strode to the door and thrust his shoulder against the painted panel. He
was little less than a giant, hatless, with a long broadsword strapped to his
wide shoulders. Under the impact of weight the door creaked ominously,
and the watchers within saw fit to open the window.
“The forehead to you, master,” a heavy voice cried down at the Cos-
sacks. “We have done no harm. We are people who believe in God. What
do you seek?”
“I am Ayub the Zaporogian!” roared the giant, steam rising from his
black sweat-soaked coat. “I must have a horse—three horses, for ours.”
“Ekh ma, Master Ayub. By Saint Andrew and the good Saint Thomas,
we have not a horse.”
“How, not a horse?”
A shaggy bearded head was thrust out of the window.
“We are innocent people, by all that’s holy. It is true we had some
beasts, for the post service. But first the noble boyars and the splendid Pol-
ish knights came and took their pick; then the illustrious Cossack lords
came and hitched what was left to their guns. In all the village you will
find no more than these dogs.”
“How long have the cannon been speaking?”
“Since the sun was at the zenith, noble sir. At dawn the army of Za-
porogian Cossacks passed through our streets to give battle to the Poles
and the boyars.”
t h e wol f m a s t e r 3
“Hark ye, innkeeper!” The warrior called Ayub wrenched his wallet
from his girdle and tossed it against the door, so that the jangle of silver
coins against it was audible. “That’s for the man who finds us three nags,
now—at once!”
The head disappeared, and the impatient Cossacks heard the low growl
of voices in argument. When the tavern-keeper looked out again, despair
was written on his broad features.
“Good sir, no horse is to be had.”
The two Cossacks who had ridden four hundred versts in four days to
be present at that battle looked at each other without a word and turned
by swiftly mutual consent to the third. He was an old man with shrewd
gray eyes. His long white mustache fell below his stooped shoulders, and
the brown skin seemed stretched and drawn over the bones of his head.
Through the tears in his sheepskins a red silk shirt was visible, and his
baggy trousers were spotted with tar and mud, quite disregarded by their
owner, who was drawing tighter the girth on his sweating pony.
He was Khlit, called the Curved Saber, and he had been Koshevoi At-
aman of all the Zaporogian Cossacks. When he had finished his task he
straightened and held up his hand.
Straining their ears, Kirdy and Ayub made out a change in the rever-
beration of distant conflict. The cannon had ceased firing, and only the
sharper impact of muskets was to be heard.
Ayub swore under his breath.
“It is nearly over, out there. Our brothers have whipped the Poles.”
But in the clear eyes of the old warrior there were uncertainty and the
shadow of misery.
It was true that the three had come up from the Cossack steppes in the
south, heedless of the fate of the horses they bestrode, as messenger pi-
geons seek out a spot behind the horizon, untiringly. Khlit had brought
his grandson out of the mountains of Tartary, through the empire of the
Moghul, past the settlements of the frontier for one purpose.
He had meant to place Kirdy among his old comrades of the Zapor-
ogian Siech—the war encampment of the Cossack warriors—before he
died. They had heard on the Don that the army of the siech had taken the
field against foes, and they had turned aside again, seeking it. As they
rode, the clouds of war settled lower upon the wilderness of the steppe,
and now the clouds had broken. The time of trouble was at hand; the Cos-
sack warriors were in the saddle, the battle was drawing to its end, and
4 t h e wol f m a s t e r
they were no nearer than this village of the Muscovites, five miles from
the armies, with their horses utterly useless.
Khlit swallowed his disappointment in silence. Before long he would
see his old comrades and learn from them all that had passed. He did not
understand why the Cossacks should be fighting the Poles, or why the
Muscovite boyars should be in arms. And, beyond weariness and disap-
pointment, a foreboding was in his spirit.
“Look at Karai!” said Kirdy.
The gray wolfhound had been sitting in middle of the courtyard, the
long tail curved around its feet, eyeing them expectantly. Now it rose,
ears pricked, and stalked to the gate.
“Horses are coming,” the young Cossack announced after a moment,
and they went to stand beside Karai and peer up the empty street.
Behind them a level bar of orange light divided earth from sky in the
curious twilight of the northern Winter, when the sky seems darker than
the earth and the sun is a thing forgotten.
A black mass passed between the first huts of village and resolved itself
into a detachment of horsemen. Weary men on weary beasts they were,
some bearing lances, some sabers, some no weapons at all.
“They are ours,” cried Ayub, staring between cupped hands. Then
he lifted his deep voice in a shout, “Hai Kosaki! Have you whipped the
Poles?”
The leading riders came abreast the tavern, and an officer reined to one
side to look more closely at the three Cossacks. He was hatless, a blood-
stained shirt wrapped around his forehead.
“Are horses to be had in the village?” he asked of Ayub.
“Nay—not a nag.”
The leader of the detachment sighed and urged his pony on. Some of
the chargers, smelling the hay in the tavern yard, neighed, and a man
cursed blackly.
“Look here,” demanded Ayub, “aren’t you ordered to camp in the vil-
lage? It’s twenty versts to the next houses.”
A bearded lancer, erect as a statue on a fine black Tartar stallion, paused
long enough to spit toward the rear and thrust his sheepskin hat on the back
of his head. In silence the advance of the Zaporogians moved on through
the village and out into the plain toward the south. Other detachments
followed, and—when men fell out to light blazing fires along the street—
Kirdy saw that these were men as wild as the riders of Asia.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 5
*Kosh—a Cossack camp or clan. In the seventeenth century each clan had its own
villages and grazing lands, and the men of the clan joined their kuren, or barrack,
in the army. Each camp chose its own leader—or ataman, colonel. The Koshevoi
Ataman, or commander-in-chief, was elected at the council of the clans.
6 t h e wol f m a s t e r
ber, and the stump was plunged into the bubbling tar. Others stripped off
coats or trousers and suffered cuts to be plastered with mud. The slightly
wounded were given cups of vodka mixed with gunpowder to quaff.
No surgeon was to be seen, and the only bandages were shirts or long
sashes. When the wounded had been treated they were bundled up in
svitzas—long riding coats—taken from the slain, and placed again on
the sledges of the wagon train, crossing themselves and breathing a jest
if they were able to speak.
“No, brothers, Satan’s claws ripped my hide, but the grass won’t grow
over me this time.”
“It isn’t my sword arm you painted with tar. And the Poles will know
it before another harvest.”
More often it was:
“Dai vodky—Give me vodka!”
A warrior, stripped to the waist and bleeding freely from the lower ribs,
reined his horse into the station and sat staring about, frowning, resist-
ing those who came to lift him to the fires.
“Here, you devil—take that!” he shouted through set teeth. “Where is
the ataman? Brothers, I want to see the ataman and hear his voice again
before I die. Nay, you dog-souls, I can still ride! Take me to the com-
mander.”
Although it was clear that his mind was wandering and he was bleed-
ing to death, no one could move him from the saddle until Ayub came
and peered into his stained face.
“It’s Pavlenko!” the big Zaporogian shouted. “Many’s the time we’ve
dried out a barrel together. Come down, Pavlenko, and let the lads wrap
you up. You were always a quarrelsome dolt. Here!”
Reaching out swiftly, Ayub caught the saber of the delirious warrior
close to the hilt and pulled strongly. Pavlenko swayed and tumbled into
the arms of his former comrade. Heedless of the blood that spattered his
garments, Ayub bore him to one of the groups round the fires, while Pav-
lenko’s charger snorted and pawed at the slush.
Kirdy, a stranger to these men, tended their fire in silence, followed
wherever he went by the wolfhound, Karai.
At the gate Khlit stood, peering at the passing tabor. For ten years he
had been away from the siech, and all these faces were unknown to him.
Even the essauls passed the old Cossack by without a glance of recogni-
t h e wol f m a s t e r 7
tion. He had outlived his generation and his comrades lay now out on the
steppe, bones stripped by vulture and wolf and dried sun.
He watched silently until a sled halted at the gate and three lancers
lifted from it a slender officer in a red svitza heavily sewn with gold. The
boots of this man were fine shagreen, though caked with mud, and he
gripped firmly an ivory baton with a small gold cross.
“Way for the father, lads,” they cried, and Khlit came to the fire to look
keenly into the wasted brown face of the wounded chief.
“Colonel Loboda,” he growled.
“Don’t take my coat off, by ——!” The Cossack grunted through set
lips. “It’s of no account, my children. Where are the kuren atamans?
Where’s Ivashko the One-Eyed? Well, then, summon whoever is leading
the Black Kosh.”
Khlit, glancing through the gate, saw that the rearguard had dismounted
in the street—some five hundred riders on black horses, wearing mail
under their svitzas. Their chargers seemed fresh, and a kept more than
a semblance of formation. But the officer who came at Loboda’s call was
only a youth, flushed and silent.
And at sight of him the veteran colonel, who had been placed on a bear-
skin near the blaze, frowned thoughtfully. Loboda had been shot twice
through the body and only by an effort of iron will could he keep his
thoughts on the Cossack regiments clearly as the need was. He could not
outlive the night, he knew, and the fate of six thousand survivors of the
army rested on his choice of a new commander. From the young warrior
who had taken charge Black Kosh, his eyes went to Khlit, and he passed
a quivering hand across his forehead.
“Hey, are you Ostap? Nay, he went out of his saddle at the second charge.
They had too many cannon—”
He broke off to listen. No longer were reports of muskets heard. The ta-
bor had passed on, and snow was beginning to fall, drifting into the glow
of the fires and sinking into the mud of the courtyard. Out of the curtain
of drifting flakes a stout priest strode, booted and belted, his long black
robe tucked up into his belt, his cape drawn over his head.
“Nay, Loboda, Ostap gave up his soul in these arms. His squadrons are
scattered among the others. Stohari sent me from the tabor. He asks—”
the priest hesitated—“that you come with the baton because the broth-
ers are saying up ahead that you were cut down.”
He looked curiously at Khlit, who had stepped forward.
8 t h e wol f m a s t e r
“Back yonder they have the Tchortiaka, the Archfiend, for com-
mander.”
“Aya tak,” nodded the priest—“Aye, so.”
“He is a Cossack!” Loboda muttered, and spat weakly.
Khlit started and bent to look into the eyes of the stout priest.
“A Cossack wars against his brothers? That has never been!”
“Until now,” put in the priest sadly. “But he is also a monk. And he
calls himself an emperor.”
If the quiet priest had not added his word to that of Loboda, Khlit would
have thought the dying Colonel was out of his mind—it did not occur to
the wanderer that Loboda might be finding excuses for the defeat of that
day. A Cossack commander is the servant of the siech and his brothers. If
he fails—as some must do—he gives up the baton of his own accord, and
no voice is raised to blame him.
Sudden coughing choked Loboda, and when he could breathe freely
again, his lips had grown pallid.
“Thirty thousand free-born Cossacks followed him to the north. Now
only six thousand have breath in them—Khlit. He was a traitor. Batko
Andriev will tell—Khlit, lead the brothers to the siech!”
“Nay, Colonel Loboda—I can no longer strike with a sword.”
“Take this! Who is to take it, if you do not?”
The ataman held out the ivory baton, and for a moment Khlit bent his
head in thought. He had no conception of the forces in the field against
the Cossacks, of the route to be taken or Loboda’s plans. Yet he knew
that this night the council of the clans could not be summoned to choose
a new ataman. The need was instant, and hesitation was not a part him.
“I will take it,” he said gravely, his eyes on the face of his comrade.
Loboda put the baton in his gaunt fingers, and Khlit thrust it straight-
way into his belt, turning to the young officer of the Black Kosh.
“You hold the rear. Have you pickets out?”
“Aye, father—” the warrior addressed Khlit as the new commander
without a shadow of doubt—“one on either side the road, half a verst in
the fields. A detachment of thirty back along the road—”
“Go to the detachment. I will send a man, when we move on.”
“At command!”
The youth of the Black Kosh grasped his saber and ran to the gate, call-
ing for his horse. Ayub, hearing the stir, came in from the street, where
he had been searching for a sled. When he saw the prostrate Loboda and
10 t h e wol f m a s t e r
“Pvar Kosh sably pet!” he roared. “Swords up! The salute of the reg-
iment!”
A sudden scraping of steel, a rustle of heavy coats, and the firelight
from the gate of the tavern yard gleamed on upflung sabers.
But Khlit did not take the salute himself. The Cossack who had reined
in the sled at the gate snapped his whip, and the three horses plunged for-
ward, passing the motionless ranks, and vanished into the white curtain
where Ayub waited with his ten.
Loboda had taken for the last time the salute of his Cossacks.
“Sheath sabers! Dismount.”
With a word to the sergeant on the flank of the first squadron Khlit trot-
ted back to the inn yard where the hooded priest and Kirdy were standing
by the hissing embers of the fire.
“Hai, batko—Hi, little Grandfather,” the new ataman said, “tell me
of this Archfiend who has broken faith with the brotherhood, and of the
battle this day. Be swift, because we ride forth at any moment.”
Chapter II
The Tale of Batko Andriev
When Ivan the Terrible, Tsar of Muscovy, Lord of Novgorod and of Sibir,
died some twenty years before, he left in the world two sons—an elder,
Feodor, and a lusty youngster Dmitri.
He left, too, a councilor, Boris Godunov, wise beyond his generation
and ambitious.
Feodor was saint-like and weak. Boris reigned as regent in Moscow un-
til the ailing Feodor passed to his grave. And a courtier of Boris’s was be-
lieved to have slain the boy Dmitri. At all events, Dmitri vanished, and
in the next years it was seen that a curse was on the land. Famine stalked
from the tundras of the north to the deserts of the south. Men said this
was retribution for the deed that opened Boris’s path to the throne. Dmi-
tri, the last prince of the line of Rurik, had been slain.
And when the usurper Boris died—as he soon did—men said that the
murder of Dmitri had been a curse upon him.
There was now no one to sit in the eagle throne of the Kremyl at Mos-
cow. The boyars would not tolerate the son of Godunov. The time of trou-
ble began.
Then Dmitri reappeared, a living man, at the gates of Moscow.
Out of the Monastery of the White Lake he came—where he had been
12 t h e wol f m a s t e r
sequestered since he was a child. He had broken his vows as a monk and
had wandered off to join the brotherhood of the Zaporogian Cossacks. A
bold rider, a wild spirit at revelry, and a youth of wit and daring, he had
won his place in the hearts of the Cossacks.
From their camp he had gone to Poland, to the powerful King Sigis-
mund, who had ambitions of his own. Dmitri’s name had remained a se-
cret until then—until, gravely stricken by sickness, he had confessed his
origin to a Jesuit priest, saying that a slave child had been slain by mis-
take for himself. He had shown a jeweled cross given him by his parents,
explaining that servants had hidden him in the monastery during the
life of Boris Godunov.
Whether or not the king of the Poles believed his story, Sigismund saw
at once that Dmitri would be a weapon in his hand. Dmitri was honored,
and at the news of the death of Boris was sent into Muscovy with an army
of Polish nobles. He summoned his old companions, the Zaporogian Cos-
sacks, and they rallied to him. Battles were fought, but the boyars of Mos-
cow were as ready to receive the young Dmitri as to fight against him.
The gates were opened to him.
Over a land famine-ridden, among a stricken people, Dmitri rode laugh-
ing to his throne. The widow of Ivan was sent for, and embraced him, ac-
knowledging him for her son. It seemed as if the time of trouble were past
and done with.
Dmitri plunged into the task of ruling as if it had been a new pastime.
He was tsar—autocrat of many million souls. Instead of riding in the im-
perial cortege, he galloped through the streets on his Kabarda horses; he
drank deep of nights sitting with the foreign officers. Sham battles be-
tween the stolid Muscovite regiments and the German mercenaries were
his pleasure. Where the holy images should have stood in his bedcham-
ber, he hung a grinning mask. Always he laughed.
His wife, a Polish princess, arrived in Moscow attended by other regi-
ments of King Sigismund. With these and the Germans Dmitri surrounded
himself. He placed taxes on the monasteries to pay his soldiery.
And when it became clear to the Cossacks that Dmitri was ready to
give their land to the Poles and King Sigismund, they left Moscow. At
once the tsar sent his armies after them.
“Four battles in the snow—three charges of armored hussars repulsed—
a retreat of four hundred miles, and still the Cossack array is not broken.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 13
Powder gone, to the last grains—horses bleeding at the veins from lack
of forage—the brothers have not yielded.”
So said the priest Andriev, while his black eyes sparkled and the white
flakes gleamed like jewels in his long beard. Khlit lifted his head sud-
denly. Scattered musket shots sounded in the north, and the dog Karai
got up to move to the gate.
“For a batko,” said Khlit grimly, “you know much—of kings and
thrones.”
The beard of the stout little priest twitched as he grinned, and his red
cheeks broadened.
“I? Nay I am no more than the little father of the Cossacks. Yet, at-
aman, when sin rises before the eyes like a gray fiend—I see! All these
matters were told me by one who did not lie. Ohai!” Andriev shook his
head savagely. “He did not lie.”
“Who was he?”
“A Jesuit—the same black robe who took the confession of Dmitri in
Poland—an enemy of all Orthodox believers. A servant of the red hats in
Rome who would make slaves of the free brothers. Harken, Khlit—before
the first battle near Muscow we made prisoners of some Poles who were
on their way to Warsaw. Among them was this black robe. The brothers
would have burned him, because his accursed people burned Netchai our
father in a brazen bull. But he ran to me and prayed for his life, saying that
he could reveal to us a secret that would aid the Cossacks. First he told
me all this that I have said. And then—”
Andriev glanced to right and left and drew closer to the old Cossack.
“This Dmitri,” he said “is not the son of Ivan the Terrible.”
“Not the tsar!” Khlit peered into the round red face of the little
batko.
“Ohai—he has been crowned as tsar. In the church of Michael the Arch-
angel, he was blessed and given the three crowns, and the princes of Mus-
covy kissed his hand. I saw it. But he is an impostor—a youth of wit and
daring, who broke his vows of the monastery and said that he was Dmi-
tri, the son of Ivan Grodznoi.”
The little priest crossed himself and sighed.
“His real name is Gregory Otrèpiev.”
“Otrèpiev.” Khlit repeated thoughtfully. For ten years his wanderings
had led him from the siech, and all these events were strange to him. But in
Cathay and Ind he had seen men staking lives and treasure for a throne.
14 t h e wol f m a s t e r
Khlit stalked to the gate and summoned a Cossack to ride back to the
detachment, and order all patrols to draw in on the kosh.
When the veteran ataman returned to the fire he stopped beside
Kirdy.
“It is time,” he said. “We must take the road. You have no horse. You
will not need one, lad.”
To this Kirdy made no response, but the priest uttered an exclama-
tion of surprise.
“An hour ago,” Khlit went on quietly, “I made a pledge to Colonel Lo-
boda—that the traitor should die by a Cossack sword. Then, I did not know
his name. An oath is an oath. Otrèpiev joined the brotherhood of the free
Cossacks. Then he betrayed his brothers and gave to the fire Netchai, the
ataman. Death to him!”
Kirdy bent his head in understanding. Andriev cried out in protest.
“Nay, Father—do not send a Cossack, your grandson, to die. No man
could win through the guards of the tsar, to stab him.”
“Otrèpiev is not a tsar but a traitor. Nay, Kirdy is a match for any man
with a sword, and a sword will deal with the false Dmitri.” Khlit touched
the hilt of the curved saber at the young warrior’s side, the same that he
had worn in other days. “My sword and my honor go with you, lad. This
is the blow we must strike.”
“But how—”
“How looks he—this Otrèpiev, batko?”
Andriev swallowed his misgiving and searched his memory.
“Shorter by half a head than this White Falcon, but stalwart. No older,
surely. His face is shaven smooth, and his skin is brown. Like a restive
horse, he always moves his hands or limbs.”
“Aye, so. But he bears some mark upon him?”
“A mark? Well, there is a wart or mole under the right eye, near the
nose.”
Even while speaking Khlit had been feeling under his girdle, and now
he handed a small leather sack to Kirdy.
“Jewels—take them to the Jews. Change your garments, hide your
sword. You who have come hither from the Gobi can appear as a Mongol
lord among the Muscovites. You only, among the brothers, can do this.
Do not come to me until Otrèpiev is dead.”
He had taken the rein of the waiting charger, and now he swung into
the saddle as the Cossack who had gone for the patrols trotted through
the tavern gate.
16 t h e wol f m a s t e r
Chapter III
The Eagle’s My Brother
I’ve hunted the wolf—I’ve coursed the stag,
Over the prairies
Of Tartary.
The eagle’s my brother, the wild horse my nag—
Hai-a—come and hunt with me!
t h e wol f m a s t e r 17
Leashing his whip-end about Karai’s stalwart neck, Kirdy glanced up and
down the street and crossed it, seeking a huddle of cattle sheds that he had
noticed when he entered the village. Stooping, he made his way among rest-
less steers and vociferating calves until he was conscious of an odor more
penetrating than that of fouled straw or penned cattle. With a booted foot
he felt in a manure heap until he touched something solid and heavy.
“Up, chlop—up, animal, and tell me where the Jew’s hole is.” A man
arose from hiding and bowed up and down like a marionette, breathing
gustily between teeth that chattered.
“Tlck! Tlck! Be merciful, your Illustriousness. It is true that the Jews
will give the noble-born warrior better plunder than we poor Orthodox
believers. Only come—tlick—this way!”
The frightened peasant led Kirdy through the sheds and pointed out
a nest of high wooden buildings that seemed to be falling in upon them-
selves. Kirdy climbed a fence that Karai leaped without effort, and made
his way into a back door. Here the darkness was, if possible, more impene-
trable than under the sheds, and the reek was of cookery and washed wool.
With the tip of his scabbard Kirdy probed piles of trash and garments un-
til Karai growled suddenly, and the Cossack reached down to seize a hu-
man leg clad in a long woolen stocking.
He changed his grip to the collar of his captive’s shuba and warned
the Jew in a whisper to be quiet and conduct him to the headman of the
colony. The request was emphasized by a touch of the sheathed saber—
Kirdy would not have touched the steel blade to such a being for any need
whatsoever.
The invisible man went at a half trot through halls cluttered with
quilts and pots, up stairs where rats scampered away, up a ladder where
Kirdy was obliged to carry the wolfhound under his free arm, over a cov-
ered gallery into a dark loft and stale, warm air. A woman squealed at the
glowing eyes of the wolfhound, and Kirdy voiced a warning:
“Strike a light, one of you. No harm, if you obey. Otherwise you will
feel the fangs of the borzoi, the wolf chaser.”
A patter of whispers was followed by a scramble, and flint flashed against
tinder. A candle flamed up, and the young Cossack saw that he was in an
attic filled with old men, women, and children scattered among piles of
goods. From the rafters hung legs of mutton, strings of onions, and mys-
terious articles of Jewish attire. Half a hundred dark eyes fastened in-
stantly on the tall youth and—in spite of deadly fear—gauged to a nicety
18 t h e wol f m a s t e r
the worth of his ermine coat, his wide velvet trousers, gold embroidered
boots and splendid girdle.
An elder in a ragged shuba came forward, holding his head on one side,
his long cap in his gaunt hands—an ancient being scarred with pock-
marks, with one eye half closed and the other shrewd and brilliant as the
eye of a fox.
“Yusyski is my name, your honor. Only tell in what way my people
can serve the noble knight.”
“If one of your brood leaves the loft, you will die, Yusyski. Come with
me. Take the candle.”
Placing Karai at the end of the gallery, where the gray dog sniffed and
growled alternately—relishing the human nest as little as his master—
Kirdy made Yusyski overhaul piles of garments upon the shelves. Here
were articles of miserable and costly attire taken from lords and Gypsies
alike because the Jews dealt with all the world and no one escaped their
clutches. So far, Kirdy saw, they were not aware that the Cossacks had
abandoned the village.
He made a selection of clothing with care, then overhauled a dozen
outer coats, and Yusyski groaned when he chose a dark sable with vo-
luminous sleeves and a lining of yellow satin. Sending the old Jew be-
fore him, he entered the gallery and went to the loft of the other building
which was deserted. Here he stripped off his splendid ermine svitza, the
gift of Boris Godunov, his boots, and in a moment stood utterly naked,
his sword near his right hand.
And as swiftly he began to dress while Yusyski watched in subdued
amazement. First Kirdy slipped a white silk shirt over his long, muscular
body, then wrapped himself from ankles to neck in lengths of the same
stuff; after putting on a sleeveless black tunic that reached to his knees—
over wide damask trousers—he donned a short quilted vest, heavily em-
broidered. Finally he drew on the sable outer coat and a round velvet hat
with a long peacock feather rising from its crown.
“I swear,” cried Yusyski, “the noble Cossack has taken for himself some
of the garments of the Cathayan prince who was frozen to death down on
the Volga. It will cost the noble lord seventy gold ducats!”
In fact Kirdy now stood arrayed as a Cathayan or Mongol youth of high
rank. He had not been able to find the proper velvet footgear, but contented
himself with a pair of Muscovite half-boots which were inconspicuous
and much more serviceable.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 19
Yet the placid-appearing Mongol made such excellent time that he trot-
ted through the river gate of Moscow at dusk of the afternoon that the
erstwhile commander of the army had made his entry.
Chapter IV
The Whirlwind Casts No Shadow
The whirlwind casts no shadow, and the lightning makes no sound;
the viper strikes unseen and the flood sends no herald before it.
Afghan proverb
Not by chance did Kirdy arrive at the walls of the imperial city at the
hour of evening prayer. He knew that men are prone to be more watch-
ful in broad daylight or deepest darkness than at twilight. And it was vi-
tally important that he should pass the sentries of the outer wall with-
out attracting attention.
A Cossack, attempting to ride into Moscow, would have been cut down
or sent to the cells of Uglitch. A Cossack spy, if detected, would have been
pulled apart by horses.
Seemingly he did not notice the halberdiers of the watch but he was
both surprised and thankful to observe that they were foreigners who paid
no attention to him. For a while he rode through the Kitaigorod, or Chi-
nese city, where he would be expected to go. He talked a bit with some
Manchu silk merchants, then sought out a small inn where his lack of a
retinue would not excite comment. He watched his ponies rubbed down
and fed, and wandered forth with Karai at his heels.
He cast only one glance at the crenellated wall of the Kremyl with its
bulbed towers and gilded spires. To seek an audience of the false Dmitri
was out of all consideration. It was impossible. He had come to slay with
his sword the man who had deceived people into accepting him as tsar.
Kirdy’s only chance was to meet his enemy in the streets. He had heard
that the pretended Dmitri rode recklessly from place to place, like a Cos-
sack. So, with infinite patience he set about learning all he could of the
new tsar’s habits.
Outwardly, he was a prince of Cathay, amused at the wonders of the
imperial city. He stopped to watch the guard change at the palace, and he
noticed that the half-company of archers and halberdiers that marched
from the barrack gate of the Kremyl was made up of Swedes and Poles—
the bodyguard commanded by a French captain.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 25
This officer, brave in ribbons and gigantic boots, was called Jacques
Margeret—as Kirdy in learned time by following the guardsmen and lis-
tening to the comments of passers-by. He thought, too, Margeret looked
both irritable and feverish. At the barrack the archers and halberdiers were
dismissed, and the French captain went hastily to a nearby tavern.
Kirdy resumed his ramble, the richer by one more particular. The for-
eign soldiery was heartily disliked by the native Muscovites. Perhaps
this was because the tsar allowed only foreigners in his bodyguard. It
had been very different in the days of Boris Godunov, when the boyars
thronged the palace.
“He eats veal,” grumbled a bearded giant, glaring after the handsome
Margeret.
“That is not the worst—the tsar dines, it is said, without sprinkling
the table with holy water.”
Others of the group took up the tale:
“He sets bears to chase the priests who would attend him.”
The first speaker shook his head sagely.
“Ekh, that is sin. Beyond doubt there is a fiend in the tsar, because of
evenings he walks the streets almost alone, going into the shops of Frank-
ish jewelers and such places.”
The Mongol prince moved nearer the speakers, as if undecided whether
or not to enter the tavern.
“There is no knowing where he goes, Ivan Ilyushka,” grumbled another.
“He is everywhere, but who sees him? It was not so with his father.”
“A-ah! Ivan Grodznoi did not make a jest of holy things.”
The talk veered to the taxing of the monasteries, and the tall Mongol
moved away, followed by the great wolfhound. In fact, the doors of the
monasteries were closed; the very bells rang out somberly.
If half of Moscow was penned up and moody another half was in fes-
tival. The night was clear and cold—a full moon soaring above the cloud
wrack on the horizon. A company of buffoons and dwarfs passed noisily,
bound for the Kremyl, shouting at the solemn, long-robed townspeople.
They halted themselves at a fire. Here a Venetian mountebank had set
up a marionette theater, and the familiar images of an old husband and a
young wife and Mephistopheles were dancing about on strings, to the ed-
ification of the onlookers—until the Italian ducked out from his stall to
hold forth his hat and cry the merits of his performance.
26 t h e wol f m a s t e r
But the occupant of the sleigh allowed scant time for thought. Spring-
ing to her feet, she snatched the whip from the driver’s hand and lashed
across the face the boyarin who had spoken to her. It was a long Cossack
nagaika, and the flick of it drew blood on the noble’s cheek.
“A thousand devils take you!” he roared drawing back instinctively.
“Go past!” She pointed with the whip, eyes and lips defiant. “Go, sei-
gneur, and take your grave thieves with you.”
The bearded riders came forward to cluster about the leader and whisper
to him. Whether they did not know how to deal with the young woman,
or whether they disliked the attention they were attracting, they reined
their horses past the sleigh, forcing the crowd still farther back so that
their own vehicle could edge by the three blacks.
But the leader, shaking off his companions, trotted back to the sleigh
and bent down to peer at the girl with the whip.
“I shall look for you,” he said calmly, “tomorrow.”
Paying him no further heed, she handed back the whip to the driver,
and then glanced with quick interest at Karai. The gaunt wolfhound had
come into the street to sniff at the horses’ tracks, and approached the sleigh
at her call, placing his forepaws on the side of the vehicle. Kirdy strode
after him with an exclamation, because the driver had started back and
Karai was not tolerant of whips.
“He is more than half wolf!” the girl said.
She rubbed her fingers through the shaggy hair of the borzoi’s throat,
and though Karai’s ears went back instinctively, his tongue lolled out pa-
cifically.
“O Cathayan, have you come to the carnival?” she added with thought-
ful, searching eyes on Kirdy.
He bowed, to imply ignorance of the Muscovite words, and began to
slip the leash of his whip around Karai’s throat. Then, to his utter aston-
ishment, the girl in the sleigh spoke in fluent Manchu-Tartar that is the
dialect of High Asia.
“O son of white-boned fathers, you are far from the land of many riv-
ers and the heavenly mountains. Surely you are an envoy to the court of
the White Emperor.”
Still stooping over the wolfhound, he pondered his reply.
“Daughter of distinction I have no honor here. In the city of the Ta-jen
I am no more than a wanderer without servants or friends.”
If his ready answer surprised her, she gave scant sign of it.
28 t h e wol f m a s t e r
“Nay, but when a hawk soars like an eagle, the quail scatter on the
ground. I think you are a spy, and I shall send word to the tsar’s officers
to take you.”
Not long since, Kirdy had dared the Jews to give him up, but he sus-
pected that Nada would dare do anything. She might well be a spy of the
Poles and the Poles were in power for the moment. Leaning forward, he
held his hands to the fire and made no answer, judging that if she threat-
ened him she could not be sure of her own mind.
“Have you naught to say, O my guest?”
“This I would say: You spoke of the need of a friend; yet you will make
of me an enemy.”
From between the candles Nada glanced at him curiously. It was clear
to Kirdy that the tribesmen might well have named her so—the Lily. Be-
cause her hair, streaming over her shoulders from the narrow pearl-sewn
filet on her forehead, was light as ripe straw.
Upon this lightness of loose hair and the fair forehead of the girl the
candle flames glowed, flickering when the wind swept the hall in tiny
gusts. It was as if the splendid head of Nada were a moon, shedding light
into the dim room. When Kirdy looked at her, he was troubled; the skin
of his head and shoulders tingled, and words left his lips. In all his life he
had not beheld a girl like this.
“Toghrul,” she said clearly to one of her followers, “bind me this—foe-
man. Take him and bind him.”
The two tribesmen drew their short hangers and came at Kirdy from
either side, the one called Toghrul loosing a coil of woven horsehide at
his girdle.
“O Ak-Sokol,” he began persuasively, “thou hast heard the command.
Hold forth thine arms and be bound.”
Kirdy had risen from his bench, and after a swift glance at the youth’s
face Toghrul wasted no more words but cast a loop of the coil at his head.
He saw that their distinguished guest did not intend to let himself be
taken. Kirdy slipped aside from the rope and struck the tribesman in the
chest, so that Toghrul stumbled and staggered back, barely saving him-
self from falling into the fire.
Meanwhile Kirdy had wheeled toward the door, only to find the other
leaping at him. Again he dodged, but this time the flat of a heavy blade
struck him over the ear, and he saw red. The dim room swayed, the fire-
light filled the air, and the whisper of the wind became a roar. Ripping
32 t h e wol f m a s t e r
open his mantle, he drew his long saber—that had been hidden until now—
with a sharp slithering of steel.
He parried the second cut of the agile gnome and locked hilts. A sec-
ond later the hooked scimitar flashed into the straw, and the man caught
at his wrist with a groan. Upon the other servitor Kirdy leaped, and held
his hand because Nada stood between them, her arms outstretched.
“Hai-a, my Cossack!” she cried softly: “The sword reveals the man.
So does a Cossack leap and strike.”
She came forward to look closely at the blue steel blade with its half-
effaced inscription, and a word sent her two followers back into their
shadow.
“I thought that you were a Cossack when you came to the sleigh, be-
cause you walked with a long stride. And your whip! Here, at the table, I
doubted; but now there is no doubt. Can you use a sword?”
Without replying, Kirdy slipped the weapon back in its scabbard, which
he held ready for use.
“You can!” Nada’s lips trembled in a smile. “I prayed to the holy an-
gels that they would send me a sword. I will not give you up to the Mus-
covites but you must serve me.”
“O divchina, I am neither spy nor servitor. As you say, I am of the siech,
free-born. I came to the city of the White Walls to slay a traitor. An oath
has been sworn.”
For a moment she pondered.
“And when you have slain this man? Kai, that is like a young warrior
of the south—to follow a feud blindly, like a falcon that takes no notice
of anything except its quarry.”
“Then I go upon the snow road again, to the south.”
Nada drew a bench to the fire and seated herself, leaning chin on hand,
frowning a little.
“You said you came from the Sha-mo! I know it is true—you have no
skill at lying.”
“Aye, so. My grandmother on my mother’s side was a princess of the
Yakka Mongols, of the line from Genghis Khan. There was I born. But
now I go to the Cossack siech.”
“Then you will need wings, O White Falcon. Because at midnight the
city gates were closed, and now are guarded. None is suffered to pass out.
So my men tell me.”
t h e wol f m a s t e r 33
“I would have left the city, White Falcon, but the gates are shut and the
order against leaving has gone forth. Is it not a trap? My fear is for you. If
an oath has been sworn, you will not ride from Moscow until a man has
died—but what if the trap is set for you?”
Her dark eyes were troubled, and Kirdy felt that she was indeed afraid.
These three souls from the steppes were restless and alert, as he was. In-
tent on his purpose, he had no misgivings, and he did not think anyone
but Nada knew that he was a Cossack.
“Go to the captain of the Franks, the man called Margeret,” she cried.
“I have talked with him, and he is a warrior who holds honor dear. Go to
him and ask a written paper that will let me pass through the gates with
three men.”
Kirdy smiled.
“If the tsar has forbidden—”
“Who knows what the tsar has said? Margeret commands the first
company of the bodyguards. His men are Franks, and they will obey an
order from him. Go at once—oh, slay whom you will—break your sword
and be cut down, if you will. Serve me only in this one thing, by the salt
we shared—”
Seeing him thoughtful and unmoved, Nada stamped a slender, booted
foot angrily.
“Fool! You will not forgive me because I played with you. But you will
play the Cossack, and ride on and draw your sword and strike until life is
cut out of you. Then you will be no more than a marionette that is tossed
from the theatre. Abide by the oath, my wooden warrior, but bring me
my paper before the dawn.”
Chapter V
The Black Hour
Alone once more in the moonlit street, Kirdy reflected that he had been
outwitted by the girl Nada. She had drawn his secret from him, had kept
Karai with her—and might betray him to the very officer he was seek-
ing. Nevertheless, he decided to go to Margeret. The captain of the im-
perial bodyguard would know better than anyone else the movements of
the false Dmitri—might even be called upon to attend the impostor. And
Nada’s request would give him an excuse for arousing the officer at this
hour of early morning.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 35
He kept to the deep shadow in the narrow streets, with ears alert for the
tread and clatter of the watch. He heard nothing except a flurry of hoofs
when riders galloped through an adjoining alley, and a man laughed reck-
lessly. Turning quickly, he beheld three black horses speeding through a lane
of gleaming snow and the fluttering cloaks of men riding like fiends.
All the while the discordant tocsin of the bells rang out overhead, as if
the great towers were calling to the graves to give up their dead.
Sleepy Muscovites stared at him in the taproom of the tavern and he
was directed to an upper chamber, where the deep voice of the French
captain was unmistakable enough. A Muscovite servant opened the door,
candle in hand, and Kirdy sniffed at strangling fumes of charcoal. A bra-
zier stood near the disordered bed upon which Margeret sat in shirt and
trousers, his ruddy face blotched and gleaming with sweat.
At first Kirdy thought he was drunk. Margaret cursed steadily, shift-
ing from one language to another as the impulse took him and paying no
attention at all to his guest.
“He is sick,” the servant observed tranquilly, “in the belly.”
The Frenchman shivered, and his teeth clicked spasmodically. Racked
by chills and the fever he straddled his bed and shouted for the sword that
the servant would not give him.
“What is he saying?” Kirdy asked.
The serf yawned and listened.
“My master has been near to giving up his soul. The pains racked him
when he came in. Then he grew worse all at once. That was how it was,
your Excellency!”
“He’ll die, right enough, in these fumes.” The smoldering charcoal
made Kirdy’s head swim. “Carry the coals outside and build a fire.”
The servant blinked bleared eyes and considered the matter at
length.
“Why does your honor trouble about all that? If God sends my master
death—no help for it. Besides, he appears to be stronger, now.”
Kirdy’s answer was to thrust his fist through the glazed paper window
and kick the servant heartily. In his present state the foreign captain was
incapable of signing any order at all; and the Cossack did not propose to
watch him strangle in the foul air. So he forced Margeret to lie prone and
covered him with all the quilts and skins in the chamber.
Grumbling, the servant brought wood and kindled a clean blaze on the
hearth, eyeing askance the tall stranger who looked like a nobleman from
36 t h e wol f m a s t e r
Cathay and paced the chamber angrily. Margeret ceased swearing and be-
gan to breathe more regularly. By the time the first gray light had crept
upon the white roofs he displayed an interest in his visitor.
“He asks,” explained the servant, stumbling out of a doze, “what your
honor does in his room.”
Kirdy explained carefully what he sought from the captain, and the
shaggy Muscovite interpreted the strange jargon that master and man had
hit on for mutual intercourse.
“He says your honor is mistaken. There was no order to close the gates.
You can ride forth with your young lady at any hour.”
“Look!” Kirdy hauled him to the broken window and pointed through
it. The tavern was near the end of a street opening upon a drill ground and
one the gates of the Kremyl wall was visible, a knot of halberdiers clus-
tered before it. The gate was shut, beyond a doubt.
The man blinked and scratched his head.
“Well, that is how it is. But it doesn’t matter. My master says you can
go through, no one will stop you.”
“Devil take the fellow!” Kirdy thought and added aloud: “The lady
must leave Moscow without delay; she has a quarrel with a boyarin and
is afraid. She must have an order from your master. It has nothing to do
with me, but I promised to bear her the order.”
Margeret evidently knew her, because he smiled and nodded.
“Nada—a pretty lass. She watched me drill the pikemen by the Arch-
angel. Nay, my lord, when I can stand I will do myself the honor of es-
corting her.”
The closing of the gates seemed to puzzle him, but he dismissed it with
a shrug, the fever still burning in his veins. Then he glanced at Kirdy,
one eyebrow raised.
Near at hand had sounded the clang and slither of steel in conflict—
unmistakable to either Cossack or Frenchman. Voices were raised in sud-
den tumult. The street below was still in deep shadow, and Kirdy was try-
ing to make out the nature of the fighting when he heard hurried steps
on the stairs.
An elderly man, with shrewd, pinched features, stepped into the room,
hugging a black velvet mantle around his thin body. When he saw Mar-
geret he looked relieved—took a bit of snuff with a flourish and stared cu-
riously at the young warrior garbed as a Mongol.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 37
Margeret addressed him rapidly in French, and waved his hand from
the newcomer to Kirdy.
“M’sieur Cathayan, this is the good M’sieur Bertrand from Kassa—a
merchant by trade, a philosopher from choice. I have not the advantage
of knowing your name—”
“The White Falcon.” Kirdy smiled.
“Ah, Bertrand, this White Falcon—whatever he may be—has, I be-
lieve, ministered to me in good case. But what brings you here at this in-
fernal cockcrow?
“Listen!” The merchant held up his hand.
Kirdy, already at the window, saw a troop of horsemen spurring into
the street in pursuit of human beings, half-clad and wailing, a man and
woman. The leading riders came up with the man, who turned with drawn
sword. A pass or two of weapons, and the fugitive went down silently
with his skull split open. The woman screamed, and Kirdy swore under
his breath.
She had been ridden down by the horses, and one of the soldiers, lean-
ing from the saddle as he passed, drove his saber through her body.
“Nom d’un nom!” the merchant whispered, at his side.
“But what has happened, Bertrand?” demanded Margeret, trying to get
out from under the covers.
The merchant took snuff again, glanced over the rose-tinted roofs and
the gilded spires at the red glow in the east.
“Ah,” he said, and considered, “the festival of mirth has ended, the
carnival of death begun, vieux!” To Kirdy he added, shaking his thin
head. “The tsar and Basmanof have been slain in one of the galleries of
the Kremyl.”
Chapter VI
The Trail
When the trail is clear the horse will follow it, even in darkness. If
the trail be hidden, the dog will smell it out. But when the trail is at
an end horse and dog look to their master, the man.
Monsieur Bertrand was a mild soul and a daring trader. He bought in Mos-
cow damask stuffs, silks and red leather, paid for them in silver, and took
his chances of robbery and shipwreck with all the equanimity of the phi-
losopher that Margeret had named him. Having traveled for years along
38 t h e wol f m a s t e r
the rivers of Muscovy, he spoke the language well, and knew a deal of the
half-oriental and wholly—to his thinking—barbaric court of the tsar.
While Kirdy listened intently and the sick captain swore, he unfolded
the tale of the Kremyl.
“It has been, messieurs, a night of more bloodshed than judgment.
Only yesterday I met the unfortunate Dmitri in all health and hardi-
hood upon the steps of the Kasna—that is how they call their treasury.
He was at the head of some followers who were bearing forth certain jew-
els and moneys.
“A merchant at court must have his ear sharpened to catch intrigue.
For weeks I have perceived a conspiracy against the tsar—” the worthy
Bertrand pronounced it “Zar”—“and Dmitri must have been drunk as a
trooper if he knew nothing of it. Some of the older princes and one Mi-
chael Tatikof lead the conspirators. Dmitri drank deep and laughed and
feasted his eyes on jewels and fine horses. Good!
“Late in the evening this Tatikof, who had been from the city for sev-
eral days, appeared at the head of a company of boyars. They concealed
among their horses a sleigh. Upon this sleigh rested a casket. And, mes-
sieurs if you were to think for a thousand days you would never hit upon
the meaning of that casket.”
With a half smile on his thin lips, he paused to glance at the two lis-
teners—he spoke in French, translating rapidly for Kirdy’s benefit when
he noticed the youth’s eager interest.
“It was the coffin of the real Dmitri, the son of Ivan the Terrible. In
the coffin reposed the body of the child dressed as when he had been
murdered—even a toy in his skeleton hand. C’est incroyable—unbeliev-
able—but this is—la Russie! Tatikof and others had suspected for some
time that Dmitri was an impostor; but in what way could they prove their
suspicions? Dmitri, the false Dmitri, had shown a jeweled cross; he had
been acknowledged by the empress-mother; moreover, he had the army
behind him—”
The Frenchman shrugged one shoulder toward Margeret, and, with a
tentative glance at Kirdy, went on:
“Tatikof exhibited the body of the boy to the elder princes while the
false Dmitri was reveling in the palace. The dead lay in judgment upon
the living.
“Good! It was decided to slay the false tsar. You see, messieurs, it is an
easier matter to prove a dead man an impostor than a living man a fraud.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 39
And the army, except for the palace guards and the Moscow militia, was
in the steppes chasing some Cossacks. A fool’s mission.
“And Dmitri died like the reckless fool he was. Sound asleep. His gos-
sip Basmanof was awake. Tatikof stabbed Basmanof in a gallery leading
to the quarters of the tsar. Then the boyars entered the sleeping chamber
of the false Dmitri, and now the impostor lies dead—”
“Name of a dog!” shouted the captain. “Dmitri, I do not believe he
was a pretender!”
“My dear captain, he was a consummate and daring liar. In all the
world, where will you find such another? Saint Denis—he had himself
proclaimed emperor, and took a wife of the blood from Poland!”
“But, do you believe the conspirators, with their skeleton?”
Bertrand glanced at Kirdy covertly and took snuff.
“My dear Margeret,” he said under his breath in French, “what do you
or I know? I believe the Muscovite princes because they have the upper
hand.”
“We took oath to—”
“Be loyal to this Dmitri? Eh, well, he is now dead. I can admire his
spirit, but I condemn his lack of wisdom. If he had not made a mock of
churches and said his prayers to a ribald mask he would not have made
enemies of the stiff old boyars. He gave his soul to the devil for a stake
to gamble with.”
Margeret, who had been tearing the coverlet between strong fingers,
shook his head impatiently.
“But the palace guard!”
“Some of your sheep-headed archers were cut down. Be grateful, my
friend, that you were not on duty. Saint Denis! I believe your dinner was
tampered with!”
“The militia—”
“Slept and snored, but now has been won over by the boyars. It guards
the gates and scratches its thick head. Meanwhile the boyars are hunting
down the followers of the false Dmitri.”
Going to the window, he gazed with some curiosity at bodies of hal-
berdiers and mounted nobles passing through the square at the end of the
street. Smoke was rising from different points in the city and veiling the
clear light of early morning.
“I must go,” he said thoughtfully, “to pay my respects to the victors,
at the palace.”
40 t h e wol f m a s t e r
The two took their way over the trampled snow, seeing much and saying
little, each occupied with his own thoughts.
Kirdy reflected that a passport written and signed by the Captain Mar-
geret would be worse than worthless, now, to Nada. He wasted no time
in surprise over the end of the false Dmitri; it had happened and now he
meant to see for himself the body of the impostor, so that he could say to
the Cossacks without any shadow of doubt that the traitor who had cost
the lives of thousands of the brothers was dead.
So thinking, he paid little heed to the bodies that lay in the narrow
streets. At times they passed by a house that was beset by soldiers. Then
Bertrand hung back and would have fetched a circle to avoid the armed
men, but Kirdy pushed through the mob, saying that nothing was to be
gained by slinking like dogs. In fact, the soldiery, seeing his erect head
and imperious manner, often cleared a way for him and the Frankish
merchant.
“Eh, it is terrible,” Bertrand sighed, watched men run into a door un-
der upflung shields, while arrows flickered down from narrow windows.
“It is a massacre of the Poles.”
t h e wol f m a s t e r 41
There was real regret behind his sigh, because the shrewd trader fore-
saw that this slaughter of the visitors would be ample excuse for the am-
bitious and powerful King Sigismund to lead his armies into Muscovy,
and that a great war would follow on the heels of civil conflict—with more
plundering than profit for himself.
The more they penetrated the noisy streets, the less they were able to
learn of events.
An officer of the town watch glared at them suspiciously and was ut-
terly astonished when they told him the tsar was dead.
“Okh—who would give orders if not our great illustrious prince? How
can he be dead?”
Pulling at Kirdy’s arm, Bertrand hurried on, only to be stopped by a
drunken halberdier who presented his pike and roared drowsily:
“Stand—enemies of the faith! Put down your weapons and bend the
head!”
Him Kirdy quieted with a gold piece and passed on before the slow-
thinking warrior reflected that more plunder might be had where the
ducat came from. They saw a whole colony of Jews scurrying like hares
into a dark alley where a barricade was being put up—a flimsy rampart
of tables, benches and posts.
“It is a dark hour, my lords!” a blind beggar declaimed, shaking his
shaggy head. “Ai-a, who knows what word is true and what is false? A
priest said we had a new tsar—long life and glory to him. Give a copper
for bread, my lords!”
“The belly endures no interregnum,” murmured Bertrand. “Ah, here
is a client who knows me.”
He accosted a bearded noble who was forcing his way on horseback to-
ward one of the Kremyl gates followed by a wild-looking array of fur-clad
slaves and men-at-arms. This Muscovite knew nothing at all of events,
save that he had been summoned to attendance by the councilors. But
he allowed Kirdy and the merchant to pass through the palace gate with
him and that was something gained.
Here there was less fighting but little more enlightenment. Kirdy saw
a young woman with painted cheeks and mincing step—a being in volu-
minous velvets and silk garments, who yet looked at him out of haggard
eyes, led away between two files of guardsmen. With her were two elder
men who walked proudly and held hat and gloves as precisely as if they
were bound for a court audience instead of jail.
42 t h e wol f m a s t e r
The assassins had taken down the mask found in Dmitri’s chamber and
had placed it upon the man who had made a jest of the sacred pictures.
The men of the crowd, emotionless as so many statues, looked from the
bodies on the table to the young Mongol, who pushed steadily closer to the
head in the mask. A murmur went up as he stretched out his hand.
“Name of a name,” the merchant cried, “do not touch it.”
But Kirdy had lifted the heavy painted lacquer countenance and was
studying the pallid features beneath—the strong features of a youth no
older than himself, without a beard. A knife had slashed open the right
cheek near the nose.
“Is this your tsar?” he asked Bertrand.
“Aye, that is Dmitri,” the merchant nodded, and crossed himself. He
started to say something more, but changed his mind and motioned to
Kirdy to come away.
Kirdy replaced the mask, folded his arms in his sleeves, and withdrew
through the crowd that opened to let him pass. The dwarf lingered with
his fellows, and the two visitors walked slowly from the Kremyl grounds.
Bertrand was chewing his lip and frowning, and when they were alone in
a narrow alley, spoke to Kirdy abruptly.
“Why did you lift the mask?”
“To see the face,” the young warrior made answer simply. “Men told
me that the emperor of the Muscovites had a mole or wart on the cheek
near the nose. I did not see it.”
Several times Bertrand’s lips moved before he found words that satis-
fied him.
“You have more boldness than discretion, friend! A mole! It must have
been slashed away. The cheek was cut.”
“Aya tak,” Kirdy nodded, “aye so. It is an evil fate, that of the emperor
of this people.”
The Frenchman shrugged.
“Savages! Worse will follow, I fear.”
Through Kirdy’s mind the cry of the jester rang like an echo:
“His long journey to the land of Satan.” Aloud, he added to his com-
panion: “Now I must sleep!”
For two days and a night he had not closed his eyes, and for many days
he had not taken more a remnant of rest; he was a little bewildered by the
fighting in the city, and the crowds from which he could not escape. He
wanted to be alone, to think about what had happened. But he attended
44 t h e wol f m a s t e r
the older man to Bertrand’s house near the tavern, and the Frenchman
looked after him thoughtfully when he strode away.
Weary as he was, Kirdy was careful to lead his horses from their sta-
ble, where plunderers might find them, and take them with him when he
sought Nada’s dwelling to report his lack of success in getting the pass-
port and to tell the girl all that had taken place during the night.
He found the house guarded by Toghrul and Karai and learned that
Nada had gone out on foot to investigate matters with her other men.
Kirdy gave the tribesman a message for his mistress and Toghrul pre-
pared a bed for him in a corner of the dining hall—a bed of straw, with a
saddle for pillow.
Almost at once Kirdy fell into a deep sleep, rousing a little when he
heard voices. One of the voices sounded like Nada’s, and he fancied that
she was giving orders. A light footfall stirred the straw near his head, and
he was aware of a scent that seemed to come from the open steppe—of
flowers warmed by the sun.
Chapter VII
The Reflections of Monsieur Bertrand
Toghrul’s almost soundless tread roused Kirdy, and he grasped at his sword
hilt before he saw the old man squatting near him, waiting to be no-
ticed.
“The lady says to thee, O Cossack,” the servitor began at once “it is
better to lie hidden than to walk in the eyes of men. It is much better to
wait than to seek recklessly. So wilt thou abide her coming. The horses
are fed.”
“Has she gone forth again?” Kirdy was disappointed and a little vexed,
though he did not show it.
“Aye.”
“There is fighting. I must talk with her.”
“When she wills.”
“She is safer behind walls.” Kirdy thought of the boyarin who had been
lashed by her whip, a certain Tatikof who had promised to seek her out.
Toghrul pondered and made response gravely.
“When the end appointed by the unalterable decree has come, life is
then lost, and for all there is an end ordained. What avail, to go thither or
sit here? She will not be harmed now!”
“How long have I slept?”
t h e wol f m a s t e r 45
“The sun was sinking, O Cossack—night came. And now the sun has
risen.”
With an exclamation the young warrior sprang to his feet. He had
slept for eighteen hours, and there was much to be done. After plunging
his head and hands in a basin of cold water brought by Toghrul he made
a hasty meal of mutton and wine and learned that Nada intended to ride
from Moscow that night. The guards, it seemed, had been removed from
the gates, to deal with a conflagration that had broken out at the other
end of the city.
“See to the horses, Toghrul. There will be looting.”
“Aye. The khanum has said that thou wilt ride forth with us.”
And all at once it seemed to Kirdy that nothing in the world could be
finer than to ride with Nada and her men of the steppe. Whither? What
matter? He was restless and uneasy here in the city, like an unbroken colt
penned in with strange horses.
“I cannot do that,” he said slowly.
Toghrul did not seem convinced.
“Allah khanum yok—khanum Allah bir tzee,” he muttered cryptically.
“Allah said No to the woman—the woman said Yes to Allah.”
“What words are these?”
“O Cossack, I said I shall water the horses and groom them, against
thy need, this night.”
Still afoot, still alone—he had left Karai perforce—and, still deep in
moody reflection, fared forth into the mud and the snow and the anger of
the streets. He went first to the imperial stables behind the Terem, look-
ing for all the world like a Cathayan noble with an interest in fine horse-
flesh. So acute was his curiosity that he asked if all the emperor’s beasts
were in the stalls. As he did not stint gold pieces, he learned at length
that the illustrious Tatikof had led out a half dozen Arabs, and that three
Turkish racers had been missing since the night before last.
This matter he pondered, remembering the riders he had seen when
the moon was setting that same night.
From the stables he made his way leisurely toward Bertrand’s quarters
and discovered that the worthy merchant was not at home. Upon this he
sought Margeret’s tavern, but contented himself with a table in the tap-
room instead of seeking out the sick captain. Here he sat, apparently lost
in the contemplation of the intelligent Asiatic, sipping wine occasionally,
until the afternoon wore on and Bertrand did not appear. He climbed the
46 t h e wol f m a s t e r
“And you!”
“I also. The one mark that marked Dmitri beyond doubt—the wart—
was gone. It might have been slashed away. But when a trail is hidden, a
man has fled—who shuns pursuit.”
Bertrand leaned forward breathing quickly, his eyes probing Kirdy’s.
“The false Dmitri has fled?”
“Leaving another body to hide his trail.” Kirdy turned the porcelain
cup slowly in his lean hand. “Perhaps. Every soul in the palace would
have looked for the wart upon the face of the dead man. It was gone, and
the slash was covered by the mask.”
“Tonnerre de dieu! No Muscovite reasoned thus! What man are
you?”
“One who has tracked beasts. Man is not otherwise. Tell me first why
you doubted that the body was Dmitri’s—the false Dmitri’s?”
Bertrand glanced to one side, then the other.
“A little matter,” he whispered. “Two, I should say. I saw his Illus—
the impostor the day before. Eh, well. I noticed the cut of his hair, being
exact in such conceits of dress. The hair on the body seemed to be lon-
ger than Dmitri’s.”
Kirdy nodded silently.
“Good!” The shrewd merchant warmed to his contention. “The late
tsar shaved his chin. The body, also, was shaved, but the hair on the chin
was soft and ill-cut—as if, pardie, this man had worn a beard until it was
cut off hastily, to make him resemble someone else.”
“Then, Uncle Merchant, was there a man in this court who looked
like the false Dmitri?”
Bertrand chewed his lips reflectively.
“Aye, so. One Stanislav Bouthinski, a Pole. A secretary, I believe, to
the ambassadors of that country.”
“Hai!” Kirdy’s dark eyes gleamed as if he had hit upon the slot of a
stag. “You, my good sir, are no Muscovite. You have lived at other, and
wiser courts.”
The touch of flattery warmed the Frenchman, who said again that the
Muscovites were savages.
“Bouthinski is missing. Today I searched for him and his people told
me he must have fallen in the massacre. Many hundred Poles have been
cut and trampled into the mud.”
A new doubt struck him.
48 t h e wol f m a s t e r
“But what of all this? Grant that the false Dmitri may have fled, leav-
ing another body slain in his bed. Grant that this body is Bouthinski’s—
naked as a peeled turnip and slashed on the cheek. None the less, Dmitri
is now proved false and pretender. How could he escape?”
“Three fine horses were missing from the stables that night. Three rid-
ers passed through the guards—and who could win out of the gates save
this man who called himself the tsar?”
“It is possible.”
“Aye, so. Men say that this false Dmitri was as shrewd as a fox. Surely
he had scent of the conspiracy against him. He left the army and sum-
moned Basmanhof after him. Then, leaving this body of his friend in his
bed, he went from Moscow. Whether?’’
Bertrand shrugged and felt for his snuffbox.
“Not to the Poles, I’ll wager.” He laughed grimly. “Peste! What a fel-
low! Destruction to all he touches.”
“He would not flee to the Cossacks. He had betrayed them.”
The merchant who knew the courts of Europe, the Cossack who had
fought under the monarchs of Asia, measured each other with understand-
ing eyes. Kirdy took time to think over all that had been said, because he
wished to have it firmly in his mind in order to decide what to do next.
Bertrand mused along a different line.
“St. Denis! I heard a rumor that the bride of the imposter did not seem
to be dying of grief. It may be that she knows he is alive.”
“I have heard that woman’s tears are soon dried.”
“Well, pardon me, but I have discovered otherwise, my friend. However,
it is clear that he has not taken his bride with him, if indeed he lives.”
“Could he win a following from the army in the south?”
The merchant shook his head and took snuff, wiping the brown grains
from his coat carefully.
“After the massacre in Moscow the Polish regiments will turn on
the Muscovites, and when the dogfight begins, the Tartars will plunder
both. It is true that Sigismund’s regiments—and they are many—were
sent hither to support this Dmitri. But when the time came to draw the
sword he abandoned the army and fled like a jade-robbing knave from the
city. Even so—such is the charm of his presence—the Muscovite cavalry
might have been won to his cause but he mocked the traditions of these
stiff collars. He put an actor’s mask on the icon stand. So now they say
he has sold himself to Satan.”
t h e wol f m a s t e r 49
A warning hiss from the old man made Kirdy aware of footsteps ap-
proaching the side of the house, and he hauled himself through the win-
dow without waiting to see who might be approaching. It proved to be
the halberdiers, with one of the boyars and a lantern. And they stationed
themselves where they could watch both the house and the sheds.
“How many are with thee, Toghrul?”
“One, and the dog.”
“Fool! The way was open to flee!”
“Nay, the house is in my charge. What do I know of these Urusses? Go
thou and talk with them, for they beat at the door.”
There was no escape by the rear now, and Kirdy saw that some men
with firelocks and lighted torches were outside the only other window
on the lower floor. The openings above were no more than slits to let in
light and air. The log houses of Moscow had been built to keep out thieves
and the cold.
Listening at the front door, he made out Tatikof’s deep voice.
“Within there! I bear an order from the council. The lady Nada must
go with me. Open!”
“The forehead to you, great lord! What seek you of Nada?”
“An order is to be obeyed. Open!”
“She is not here.”
A moment of silence and then Tatikof laughed.
“She was seen to go in and only a Cossack has come out since. What
man are you?”
Kirdy did not answer at once. Nada had no Cossacks among her ser-
vants; Tatikof’s spies might have penetrated his disguise—but surely the
servitors had been in and out since he left.
“Nichevo—no matter!” he responded cheerfully. “I have no quarrel
with you, Tatikof, nor you with me, yet I swear to you one thing: If your
men break into this house many will go to bed in their graves.”
“And we will pull you out by the hair,” the boyarin roared.
“Once you were whipped, but now you want a taste of the sword.”
An ax thudded into the stout logs of the door, and Kirdy heard the Mus-
covite cursing steadily. He thought no more of explanations, because he
believed Tatikof had come to seize Nada in the general looting. The boya-
rin did not look like a man who would forgive a lash of the whip.
It was true that Kirdy could have opened the door and allowed the
house to be searched. But he knew that he could give no good account of
t h e wol f m a s t e r 51
himself, and Tatikof would torture the tribesmen to find where the girl
had gone.
“The Urusses are angry,” Toghrul observed at his elbow.
“Aye—blood is to be shed. Have ye bows? Arrows? Then go with thy
comrade to the openings. Send the first shaft at the bearded mirza with
the steel hat. In a little, come down and watch the window at the side.”
The house was in utter darkness, and Kirdy himself in the dining hall
where he could listen to all that went on. Karai stalked from front to rear,
his eyes glowing yellow. In a moment a bow snapped, then another. A
man cried out. Muskets roared, but still the sharp snap of the bowstrings
was to be heard.
“Down with the torches!” Tatikof’s deep voice ordered.
Kirdy knew that the lights were being quenched in the snow—knew
too that the moon was over the housetops and Toghrul had eyes like a cat.
The firelocks barked at the house, but the thick walls stopped the bullets,
and the Muscovites must have found the arrows too much for them, be-
cause the axes ceased work, and silence fell. Presently the two warriors
emerged out of blackness.
“O Cossack,” Toghrul proclaimed moodily, “the bearded chieftain
wears too much iron. We hurt him but did not slay. Three are down, and
the other Urusses be very angry.”
“They are at the back.”
The axes began anew on the lighter door, and Kirdy posted the other
servitor at the side window, while he sought out logs from the hearth to
prop up the rear door. Toghrul experimented with his arrows at the nearby
window and discovered that he could do little damage, while the bullets
from the pistols of the Muscovites drew blood from him.
“The Urusses will not enter by the windows,” Kirdy said to him. “The
door will not stand for long. It is better to run out than to be hunted from
room to room. Go thou and count how many are at the front.”
He went himself and lifted down two of the three bars at the street
door, and ran back when he heard boards splintering on the stable side.
It seemed to him that the greater part of the assailants were at this point
where no arrows could reach them. From the window he could make out
a mass of forms in the haze of moonlight—Tatikof, his long sword drawn,
urging them on.
Then he felt Karai stiffen against his leg. A wolf howled faintly, not far
away. Again the sound drifted through the open window, nearer. Then
the door began to fly apart.
52 t h e wol f m a s t e r
Footsteps pattered over the floor behind him, and he turned with bare
saber outflung. Toghrul panted at him.
“Down the street the khanum comes. She cried out to me. Come now,
Cossack!”
Together they leaped through the hall, calling to the other man to fol-
low, and Karai, wild with excitement, jumped upon the door when Kirdy
threw off the last bar. They heard the boots of the Muscovites thudding
behind them.
“Follow!” Kirdy cried.
He kicked the door back and ran down the steps that Karai leaped with-
out effort. Several halberdiers, leaning on their long weapons, started up,
and two horsemen gathered up their reins. Kirdy knocked down the first
spear thrust at him, jumped aside from a second, cutting the man deep
in the shoulder as he did so.
Wrenching his blade clear, he parried a slash from one of the mounted
boyars—a heavy man, too clumsy to wheel his horse for a second cut. He
saw Karai leap silently at a third Muscovite—heard the fellow scream
and a pistol roar.
Toghrul was before him now, speeding like a shadow through the gate-
posts. Down the street in a smother of snow the light sleigh of Nada was
coming, a rider on one of the three black horses holding in the others. This,
Kirdy thought, must be Karabek, and he had found Nada. It was brave of
the girl to come back for Toghrul.
But he could not see Nada in the sleigh. Standing up, waving at him,
was a young Cossack in a long black coat and a glittering girdle. Gloved,
booted, and armed, the Cossack might have ridden thus out of the siech,
the mother of warriors. Behind the sleigh, their reins caught in one of the
youth’s hands, Kirdy’s two ponies reared and plunged, frightened by the
clash of steel and roar of firelocks.
The sleigh came abreast the gate as Kirdy ran up, and the strange Cossack
laughed at him. By that laugh he knew Nada, though her long gleaming
hair was hidden under the kalpak and the upturned collar of her coat.
“Come,” she cried, drawing back to make room for him. A second the
sleigh halted, and Toghrul scrambled to the back of one of the ponies, jerk-
ing the rein free as he did so. A bullet whistled past Kirdy’s head, and over
his shoulder he saw Tatikof whipping through the gate, his feet feeling for
the stirrups that he had failed to grip when he leaped into the saddle.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 53
Kirdy acted almost without thought. He turned on his heel, ran at the
Muscovite’s big stallion, while Tatikof snatched at the sword on his far
side. He did not draw the sword.
The flat of Kirdy’s saber smote him across the eyes—his leg was gripped
by a powerful arm, and he was off-balance, half-dazed by the blow. Tatikof
fell on his back beside the stallion, and Kirdy, who had caught the saddle-
horn, leaped up, finding stirrups before he gripped the rein.
Then he wheeled the powerful charger against the boyarin who had
first fired at him, and who followed Tatikof through the gate. Two blades
flashed and clanged in the moonlight—the shoulder of the black stallion
took the flank of the other horse and the boyarin reeled, groaning. Call-
ing off the raging Karai, the young warrior wheeled the stallion again,
gripped firm with knees and rein, and raced beside the sleigh.
“Nay, come with me, Nada! I go to the river gate.”
He saw some of the men-at-arms run out, and a bullet or two whistled
past without harm. The other servant must have gone down at the door
because he was not to be seen. Nada clapped her gloved hands and sank
down on the seat.
“With the flat of the blade!” she cried gleefully. “In his beard Tatikof
took it, and he went down like—like a speared boar. It was good to see!”
The rider of the off-horse whipped on his three steeds; the bells of the
arched collars chimed faster and faster. They began to gallop, and then
to race through the silent streets, as leaves whirl before the breath of the
storm.
“It was so,” the men of the guard at the river gate reported to their cap-
tain, Margeret, the Frenchman, next morning. “No vodka had been given
us. But we saw them—three horses black as the pit, and the Cathayan
standing up in his stirrups, with his hat gone and his eyes gleaming, and
a Cossack in the sleigh singing like one of the angels from Heaven, and a
wolf following them. It was so!”
No one had challenged them.
Throughout Mother Moscow the tale grew and passed from lip to lip.
It was whispered at first then said openly that Dmitri who had been tsar
had escaped the weapons of the nobles.
Warriors who had gone into the Kremyl remembered that a man had been
seen to jump from the lower windows of the Terem into the courtyard. A
groom of the imperial stables repeated that three Turkish horses had been
54 t h e wol f m a s t e r
saddled by order of the tsar and held in readiness. No one knew what had
become of the horses—though the groom was put to the torture.
Then there came a rumor from Kolumna, the nearest town in the east,
that Dmitri had been seen there the night of his downfall.
The elder princes of the council debated and gave out that this must be
a lie. The body that had lain in the public square during these three days
of bloodshed was solemnly burned, and the ashes fired from the mouth of
a cannon. Tatikof was sent with a hundred riders to Kolumna, and there
peasants pointed out the keeper of the road tavern as the one who had spo-
ken with the false Dmitri.
“Bring him to me,” the great boyarin said, and added sternly, “The trai-
tor is dead, so you could not have seen him.”
The tavern-keeper came, fear-ridden, and told his tale. In that eve-
ning four travelers had drawn up at his dram shop. They were escorting a
sledge. They had loosed the girths of their horses but had not unsaddled.
This was at milking time. During the night they played chess and did not
get drunk or go to sleep.
Along in the cold hours—so said the innkeeper—other horses had gal-
loped up. These were dobra koniaka—fine horses. From one, his great
mightiness the tsar had dismounted, and called for veal and white wine.
He had been served, while the first four riders were harnessing the po-
nies to the sledge; evidently they had been waiting for the coming of his
serene mightiness. They all talked together, and then the tsar called for
parchment and a goose quill and ink.
The others—fine young gentlemen—had remonstrated with him. They
seemed to be impatient to get on. But the tsar laughed and wrote some
words on the parchment, folded it and directed that it be kept until called
for—
“By whom?” demanded Tatikof.
“By the serene, great elder princes or by Michael Tatikof, so it please
ye.”
The agent of the boyars started and frowned, and frowned still more
when the master of the tavern produced the letter as evidence of his hon-
esty.
“A hundred devils!” cried Tatikof, who was to read it. “Has anyone
seen this?”
“Aye, your nobility! A batko, a priest it were. He read it to the travel-
ers who came after the illustrious prince.”
t h e wol f m a s t e r 55
not this letter a new scheme? The career of the false tsar had not ended.
He had wealth, followers and allies of a sort among the tribes. What new
evil would he bring forth to add blood to that already shed?
“As for Gregory Otrèpiev,” Tatikof counseled them—the impostor’s
true name was known by now—“we cannot slay him. He, who has blas-
phemed against God, will fall by the hand of the Almighty. Yet the ru-
mors that he lives must be answered. Already factions are forming against
us, and soon brother may draw weapon against brother. Great seigneurs,
let us say to the world that this Otrèpiev was a fiend. Though we slew his
body he has appeared as a spirit.”*
And Monsieur Bertrand, who was preparing to leave Moscow and its
savages, coined one of his bons mots upon hearing this:
“If ever a fiend,” he pronounced, “deserved to immortal, Otrèpiev, the
False Dmitri, is he.”
More than once Tatikof pondered the fate of Nada and the strange Ca-
thayan, but they had disappeared as if the steppe had swallowed them
with their horses and wolfhound.
Chapter IX
Black Smoke Ahead
When there is a black smoke ahead, the fool rides on the trail rejoic-
ing; the coward turns back, but the wise man leaves the road and
watches all things attentively.
Mongol proverb
The first day out of Kolumna, Kirdy and Nada covered seventy miles, for
the horses were fresh and were shod against frost with cleats. The light
sleigh slipped over the hard snow like a feather, and the big stallion kept
up gamely. He was a Podolian breed, up to the Turkish racers in speed,
and indifferent to cold.
Toghrul—who had plastered his cuts with mud and thought no more of
them—observed the brown charger shrewdly when they halted that eve-
ning, off the trail, and remarked to Kirdy that they could not take the Pod-
*Rumors that the false Dmitri still lived were succeeded by a tale that he was a
vurdalak, a vampire in human form. Captain Margeret has left in his memoirs
a picture of the chaos wrought by the impostor—“The council, the people, the
country divided one against another, beginning new treasons. The provinces, un-
able to know for a long time what had happened, revolted.”
58 t h e wol f m a s t e r
olian after the forage had given out. In the open steppe, only native-breds,
trained to dig under the snow for grass and moss, could survive.
“Why do you say the open steppe?” Kirdy asked, looking up from groom-
ing down the charger. “God grant that we overtake Otrèpiev before leav-
ing the river!”
The trail for that day had followed the frozen bed of the little Okka,
running through forests for the most part. They had passed two or three
small villages where they had been told that Otrèpiev’s party had passed
on, to the east.
“A falcon is swifter in its stoop than the great golden eagle,” responded
the old man after a moment, “but the eagle is not easily tired. Bak Al-
lah! We have six ponies; they have twenty. By changing saddles they can
avoid pursuit.”
“Canst thou follow the slot of their sledge?”
“Not here. There be too many tracks that come and go. Out on the
steppe it is different.”
Kirdy was silent while the two men cooked the supper and not un-
til the fire had been replenished, and Nada had settled herself by it in a
skin, did he speak.
“There must be talk between us. What road do you take?”
“‘Whither goest thou?’ the kite asks of the wind. Nay, oùchar, since
you ran from my house with halberdiers tumbling all over you, like mar-
ionettes, you have given orders to my men. You lingered with the tav-
erner at Kolumna—aye, and the priest, and it is no fault of yours that the
boyars did not ride up then and take us.” She laughed softly, pulling the
paws of the bearskin over her slender shoulders. “And now after two days
and two nights, you frown and ask the road of me!”
Kirdy kneeled beside her on his saddle cloth. Until now he had asked
no questions of Nada—why she wore the garments of a Cossack—why
she was fleeing to the east.
“I am no longer an oùchar—a fledgling,” he responded in his slow drawl.
“Once the Cossack brothers gave me a name. They gave me also work to
do, and that is why I issued commands to your men.”
“Did the sir brothers bid you go to my house when it was surrounded
by foes?”
“Nay, my horses were there—I had thought so. Besides you might have
been there, and Tatikof sought you with no gentle hand.”
t h e wol f m a s t e r 59
“Oh, it is clear to me now.” Nada smiled, unseen. “You are a true Cos-
sack, White Falcon. First you think of horses, then of the divchina, the
maiden.”
Kirdy pushed the ends of the branches into the fire. He found it diffi-
cult to choose words in talking to Nada. It was not easy to tell when she
was making fun of him. Besides, he had never seen such a splendid girl
before.
After two days on the snow road her cheeks, that had been pallid in
the town, glowed softly. A light was in her eyes, and her small lips were
dark with pulsing blood. In the glow of the fire and the wan radiance of
the full moon that had risen over the tree crest, her head and hair were
beautiful.
Even while she spoke to him she seemed to be listening to the sounds
of the forest—to the snapping of wood under the growing cold, to the tin-
kle of ice falling on the snow crust, and the tiny scraping of an animal’s
claws somewhere in the darkness.
He wondered why she was more lovely in Cossack dress than in the
sarafan of a noblewoman.
“When you drove into the street with the horses, Nada, you gave me my
life. The boyars had penned me. Until death, I swear gratitude to you.”
“Will you serve me?”
“In what way?”
Nada tossed her head scornfully.
“Kai, the Cossack hero is generous! He offers gratitude and then bar-
gains like a Jew.”
“It is not so,” Kirdy said quietly. “To the sir brothers, I made a pledge.
Until that is redeemed, how can I do otherwise than follow the path upon
which I set my foot?”
“I have need, White Falcon, of a sword to guard me until I draw rein
at my home. Such a sword as yours, for God has sent tumult and trouble
upon this road.”
Kirdy looked into the fire without answering once. He had meant to
ask of Nada one of her ponies. By changing from the charger to this mus-
tang he was sure of overtaking Otrèpiev within a week. He knew now
that the false Dmitri had escaped from Moscow, and he was glad that the
issue between them would be settled in open country where the Cossack
was at home. How he would manage to get his enemy within reach of his
sword he had not thought. Circumstances would decide that.
60 t h e wol f m a s t e r
“Nada,” he said, still pondering, “you wear the svitza and girdle of a
warrior of the siech. You speak as one.” They had ceased to avail them-
selves of the Manchu-Tartar, and it was clear that the Cossack speech
was native to the girl.
“My father is a Zaporogian.”
“Honor to him! What is his name?”
“Come and hear it!”
“I may not.”
Kirdy bent forward to look deep into Nada’s eyes. He stared so long
that the blood darkened the girl’s cheeks.
“I will wager my life there is faith in you,” he said at last.
A shadow touched her brow, and she seemed to be vexed, for a reason he
did not understand. But she listened attentively while he told her how he
had to the Cossacks from the southern steppe, how the army of the siech
had been betrayed by Otrèpiev, and how he had sworn to Khlit, the Koshe-
voi Ataman, that Otrèpiev should pay with his life for his treachery.
“The brothers are more foolish than wolves,” she cried angrily. “For
they fall into a trap; then they lick their wounds and begin to think of
vengeance. It has always been like that, my father said. Why do you trust
me?”
“I do not know.”
Flinging herself back on the bearskin, Nada rested her head on her
crossed arms and gazed up at the shining sky.
“Kai—give me horses, let me ride until a bullet brings me down! That
is what you would say if you could find words. And the Cossack maiden
must sit in her sleigh and pray for the young swordsman who has less
sense than his charger that cannot get at the grass under the snow! You
would never overtake Otrèpiev!”
“He may be a fiend, as it is said; but if he is a man I will find him.”
“Did ever a hero of the siech,” Nada asked of the stars, “swear so many
vows or pledge so much in one short hour?”
This time Kirdy flushed, unaware that dark eyes were watching him un-
der long lashes, and Nada hastened to make him more uncomfortable.
“In Holy Mother Moscow of the White Walls, I saw Gregory Otrèpiev
many times. He rides like a hero and he is handsome, much more so
than you are. The wife he took from the Poles is a painted puppet; he left
her with little sorrow, nor did she remain at his side. Otrèpiev may be a
fiend, but surely he is king of all the wanderers and monarch of the dar-
t h e wol f m a s t e r 61
into the steppe—that way my road lies, to the eastward. Can you keep a
bargain, Cossack?”
She pulled the bear’s paws over her face, leaving only dark, grave eyes
visible when Kirdy frowned blackly.
“Kai—I think you can, Cossack. You are a fool, but—” she chuckled
aloud—“I will wager my life there is honesty in you! Well, we are agreed.
If Otrèpiev turns north or south, I will give you one of your horses back,
with gratitude, and you can ride off and be killed like a dog. If he keeps
on, to the tribes, you must come with me. Nay—”
She forestalled a swift objection.
“Kazan and Astrakhan lie many weeks ride distant. But the river Volga
he could reach before you can come up with him. I know the trail.”
Kirdy nodded. She had spoken the truth. He wondered what course the
fugitive would take on the Volga.
“If he crosses,” Nada observed, “and he is bold enough to do that, you
must go through the Wolky Gorlo to meet him. Now, my White Falcon,
you must let me sleep. You have talked so much I am yawning. But is the
bargain struck?”
“Agreed.”
“Then you will see tomorrow that Nada can fly over the steppe as
swiftly as any warrior of the siech.”
She snuggled down into the voluminous folds of bearskin, wrapping the
head and paws about her, and Kirdy strode away, too restless to sleep, won-
dering how he had come to talk so much. Usually he said little enough.
Presently Toghrul appeared out of the shadows with an armful of wood
and stirred up the fire. And though he did not appear to look at them, his
slant eyes took in the silent woman and the angry Cossack pacing from
the horses to his blanket, and when old man returned to his sheepskins
he kicked Karabek out of slumber.
“The khanum bids us to saddle when the stars are low, before the moon
is out of the sky. By the beard of Azrael, it is as I said! Until now the Cos-
sack has led, and when the khanum takes the rein there will be more than
words. Two hands on the rein, and neither will yield to the other.”
Nada, it seemed, had guessed Otrèpiev’s course. They came the next eve-
ning to the great bend in the Okka and learned from a caravan of mer-
chants who had just crossed on the ice that the sledge and seven cavaliers
had taken the Volga road.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 63
far from peaceful. But the Tsar Ivan had massacred tens of thousands of
their warriors in that day, and this had earned their hearty respect.
The trail brought them to the Volga at last, on a gray day when the sun
had disappeared behind clouds. Kirdy searched the bank of the river that
was like a dark valley between white hills. Toghrul agreed with him that
Otrèpiev had crossed at once.
So the horses and the sleigh were led across, and the story that was
written in the far bank drew Kirdy for an hour’s searching of tracks. What
had happened was clear as a minstrel’s tale.
Here a Nogai yurta had been, where one of the tribes had Winter quar-
ters. They had penned their cattle behind fences and had eaten the ani-
mals that died of starvation—for the Tartars never saved up for the Win-
ter. Otrèpiev’s party had gone into the yurta, and at least two days ago
the whole had moved off—the Nogais loading their felt tents on wagons
and driving their cattle.
A storm would hide the trail of the tribe, and once this was lost it would
be a long and anxious matter to find trace of Otrèpiev again. On three sides
of him stretched the steppe, with its treeless expanse of rolling ground, its
vast spaces where the blast of the wind was more to be feared than Tar-
tar arrows—its isolated burial mounds where spirits could be heard cry-
ing at night. Kirdy knew it well.
Nada, her coat collar turned up over her hair, her slim waist girdled
tight, and her hands thrust into the wide sleeves, looked about her and
turned to him curiously.
“Would you follow the Nogais, who have followed Otrèpiev?”
“Aye,” he said.
She pointed to the leaden bank of the sky in the north that seemed to
spread darkness over all the world.
“It is coming, the snow. Before morning, perhaps before night, it will
end the trail. Look at Toghrul!”
The old man was stamping about by the horses, cursing the Nogai camp
that had left not a bit of grazing on this part of the river; his impatience
and uneasiness were unmistakable.
“Can I get hay at your Wolf’s Throat?” Kirdy asked.
“Aye, and meat.”
“Where lies this Wolky Gorlo?”
“Yonder.”
Nada pointed inland, diagonally away from the track of the Nogais.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 65
The storm had set in, and all trace of the sleigh was lost. Nothing was
to be seen, but Kirdy rode on stubbornly, sure that there could be no other
way. He had the feeling of coming out into an open valley, when Karai
bounded forward, and he beheld two eyes of light in the distance. A few
paces more and he saw the glow of windows upon the falling snow, and
the black mass of a log cabin.
Kirdy dismounted, and knocked with numb fingers on the door. Then
he stepped aside, because he was now across the river, and it is not well
to venture out of darkness into sudden light in the steppe, where Asia
begins.
“Ai Kazak! Do you fear because you have come to the Wolf’s
Throat?”
Nada’s voice from within challenged him, and he strode to the char-
ger, leading him around the cottage to the lean-to that served as stable.
When the saddle was off and the horse was blanketed he entered the cot-
tage, stooping under the lintel.
By the white-tiled stove sat an old man, shielding a candle from the
blast of air that swept through the open door. He rose, leaning on a staff,
and peering at the young warrior.
“Chlieb sol,” he said, and bowed. “My bread and salt is yours.”
Once he must have been as tall as Kirdy, because he bent over, rest-
ing heavily on his stick. He moved stiffly in his Turkish robes, but his
boots and shirt were of Cossack make. Though his face was lined and
his long hair gray around the forehead, he had the clear and alert eyes of
middle age.
What held Kirdy’s silent attention was the man’s headgear—a white
wolf skin, with a great broad head overhanging his brow. The white muzzle
with the long fangs surely had belonged to a monarch of the wolf folk.
“Omelko am I,” vouchsafed his host, “and it is a day of days that brings
to my choutar a hero of the Cossacks.”
“Health to you,” responded Kirdy. “Rest I would have, and meat and
forage for the horse. My road is far to the end.”
Omelko hobbled to the stove and filled a long horn with hot brandy,
offering it to his guest. Kirdy took it, and spilled a few drops to the four
quarters of the winds, and lifted it.
“Hai to the Cossack brothers! To the heroes of other days.”
“Glory to God, young warrior.”
“For the ages of ages!”
t h e wol f m a s t e r 67
Far into the night the two Cossacks talked over the wine horns, un-
til Nada, who had been sewing in silence on the other side of the stove,
slipped away to her room. With the garments of a Cossack maiden, with
the kerchief and beshmet, a shyness had come upon her, and Kirdy, glanc-
ing covertly from under his brows, wondered at her flushed cheeks and
lowered eyes and wondered still more if this were the girl he had followed
in that ride through the Wolf’s Throat.
When he had stretched out on his coat to sleep, Omelko went to the
shelf by the icon stand and took down a parchment-bound book, read-
ing far into the night. At times he closed the book to gaze at the face of
the sleeping warrior; and at times he raised his head as if to listen to the
note of the wind.
Then Karai would spring up silently and trot back and forth behind
the door.
Chapter X
Omelko’s Dream
For two days it snowed. The paths indeed were closed to caravans or trav-
elers, yet through the drifting curtain of the storm, riders passed from
yurta to yurta. They were neither shadows nor ghosts; they were living
men and Tartar messengers.
And as soon as the stars came out, during the second night, black
masses of warriors moved out of the encampments.
It was noticed by the sentries of the Muscovite frontier posts that a star
fell before the long hours of darkness were at an end. There was heard,
too, the distant howling of wolves in every quarter. After the storm the
great packs of the steppe were afoot.
In the Wolky Gorlo, long before dawn, Kirdy was roused by the stamp-
ing of the ponies in the lean-to. He went to the door and looked out. Clouds
were drifting across the face of the old moon, almost overhead, but the
white surface of the glen and the dark, timbered sides could be made out
easily. Satisfied that the far-off howling came from wolves and not from
the dreaded specters of men that ride at times upon the steppe about the
places where they gave up their lives, he quieted Karai and stretched his
arms. The frost had gone from the air, and the night was almost warm.
Out of the darkness behind him Omelko, spoke.
“The gray friends are hunting. The pack has come down out of the
heights.”
t h e wol f m a s t e r 69
Among the Cossacks, wolves were called grey brothers, yet these words
stirred the interest of the young warrior.
“They hunt, aye,” he said. “But one pack is like another.”
“But that is the great one, from the heights. Often it passes through the
Wolky Gorlo. It’s leader is of large size with part of his tail torn off.
Kirdy knew now how the gorge had probably been named by Tartars
who had reason to fear hunger-maddened packs of the steppe, especially in
Winter. He wondered why Toghrul and Karabek slept on quietly in their
felt tent by the lean-to. If the pack were approaching the gorge it would
be best to light fires.
For a while he listened. The quavering note of the pack had changed,
had dwindled and risen again savagely, and now seemed to come from a
new quarter and to resemble the high-pitched shouts of men.
“The gray friends,” Omelko’s voice proclaimed, “have met riders—
many men. They will not pass through the gorge.”
But Kirdy, who had been putting on his boots and belt, had closed the
door, thrusting Karai inside. Seeking out the bay stallion, he saddled him
in the darkness and was ready to mount when he noticed a man peering
in at the shed entrance. After a moment he recognized Toghrul.
“O Cossack,” the old Tartar complained, “is the night so long that thou
must even groom thy horse before the stars have set?”
He grunted when Kirdy mounted, and he saw the youth was fully clad
and armed.
“Take heed!” he muttered. “The Nogais are on the move.”
“Whether?”
“Am I an eagle to look down from heights, or a dog to smell the trails?
One of their paths runs to the right of the gorge as far distant as two ar-
row flights. I will go with thee.”
“Stay with the horses—thou!”
Leaving Toghrul muttering, the Cossack rode up the gorge, avoiding
the drifts. The going was heavy, but the high wind had swept stretches al-
most clear, and the light was good. Half in hour later he came out on higher
ground and reined in to search the neighboring knolls with his eyes.
Presently he saw what he expected to find—a tiny figure on a distant
rise, no more than a dark speck that might have been a sitting wolf or a
stone except for the glint of light when the moon’s gleam struck a pol-
ished spear—tip slung on the Tartar’s back.
70 t h e wol f m a s t e r
Avoiding the watcher, Kirdy trotted down into a nest of gullies where
the charger labored through drifts. He judged that he was well behind the
sentry when he came on a broad trail stamped down by a score of ponies.
The warrior with the spear still sat on his eminence, and Kirdy refrained
from stalking him, knowing that more Tartars would come along the trail
presently—if the sentry had not been withdrawn.
As soon as he heard hoofs, he wheeled the stallion and began to trot
toward the river. Men approached from behind and a deep voice spoke at
his elbow.
“Is the horse lame, that thou hast fallen behind the trail breakers?”
“Yak,” Kirdy made answer. “No, I have word for thy leader. Where
rides he?”
In the depths of the gully the darkness was impenetrable, except for
the shimmer of starlight on the heights above them. Kirdy heard a pony
trotting beside him.
“The lord,” the same voice made answer, “rides with us. What word
dost thou bring?”
“I have steel,” Kirdy promised grimly, “to crop ears that be over-
long.”
The invisible rider snarled, a saddle creaked, and Kirdy reined a little
to the side. But the tribesman swallowed his anger.
“Bil ma’ida! Surely thou art a servant of the Khaghan?”
Kirdy left it to the other’s imagination whether or not he might be a
servant of the tsar. And he drew aside to wait for the leader of the clan.
It would not do to ride on, out of the protecting gully. The Tartars, hav-
ing encountered him going in the same direction had no reason to sus-
pect him.
It could hardly enter their minds that a stranger would appear at that
hour between their advance and the main body—a stranger who spoke
their language and asked for their leader. The sheer daring of Kirdy’s ac-
tion protected him, so far.
Ponies trotted past, and occasional riders came to peer at him, and to
hear him ask again for the soultan. His nostrils filled with the odor of
sheepskins, of mutton grease and sweat-soaked leather. These men had
come far that night and, judging by the scattered words that reached him,
were bound for the river.
“Here is the soultan,” a Nogai called presently out of the darkness.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 71
Kirdy wondered fleetingly why the leader was not one of the tribe, and
why another answered for him. A white horse and a rider in loose, light
garments took form in the obscurity, and a voice grumbled:
“What dog is this?”
Kirdy’s pulse throbbed in his temples, and he ceased wondering. The
man had spoken in fluent Persian, to himself, as if hopeless of gaining
understanding from those around him.
“Tourkat,” grunted the Cossack, “one who speaks Turki.”
“By the Ninety and Nine Holy Names, that is good hearing!” cried the
rider of the white horse. “Oh, the smells unmentionable, the pains past
bearing, the fear clinging like a shadow! Oh, the woe of these times—”
The breath left his lips in a gasp. Kirdy had reined the stallion around
until the two horses touched shoulders, and during the outburst had drawn
his sword silently. Now a quarter inch of a steel tip had pierced the man’s
back.
“Dogs there be, beyond doubt,” the Cossack said grimly, “and fools like-
wise; but the greatest of fools is he who wags a loose tongue. Hold thine,
therefore or feel the length of this blade.”
The stranger said no more, nor did he move. Kirdy waited until the
body of Nogais had passed, making astonishingly little noise, like men
intent on what lay before them.
“Forward thou!” Kirdy commanded sharply.
And the pair who had lingered to accompany the stranger or to satisfy
curiosity, went on again. Still Kirdy waited, moving the sword-tip a lit-
tle, to keep his captive from thinking too much, until the rearguard had
trotted past, with a long shout—to warn the watcher on the height that
he should come down. It was a similar shout, much fainter, that Kirdy
had heard an hour ago from the door of Omelko’s cabin. He was grateful
to the superstition that made the tribesmen cast a wide circle around the
Wolky Gorlo. And he was just as well pleased that the riders of the rear
had not seen him and the stranger. Reaching swiftly behind the other, he
pulled a scimitar from its scabbard and thrust it through his belt. Then he
felt for knives, finding three of different shapes in as many places. These
he cast to the snow.
“Forward!” he said to his captive.
But he turned the head of the white horse, keeping the rein in his left
hand and guiding the stallion by his knees. They walked back to the other
72 t h e wol f m a s t e r
gully through which the Cossack had entered, and down this they trot-
ted—Kirdy removing the sword-tip generously.
In the east the stars were fading, and a kind of gray obscurity spread
through the network of hollows and ridges around the Wolky Gorlo. When
trees were visible against the snow, Kirdy peered at his captive and saw
enough to convince him that the man was neither a Muscovite officer of
the false Dmitri—as he had hoped—nor a Nogai chieftain.
At the narrow pass between the two boulders that formed the Wolf’s
Throat, he reined in and waited until full daylight. The Nogais, when they
missed their leader, would have turned back before this.
“Eh,” he thought, “it is true, then, they will not enter this place.” Aloud,
he added, “What man art thou?”
The prisoner salaamed, bending almost to Cossack’s stirrup.
“Prince of swordsmen, Lion of the Steppe, I am thy slave—the inter-
preter of dreams. Thus they call me Al-Tâbir.”
He was a broad, round man, wrapped up in a half dozen khalats and
vests, all gorgeous purples and blacks, with embroidered slippers and a
sash that must have aroused the instant envy of all the Nogais. A small
turban was knotted jauntily over one ear and the face under the turban
was pale and round as the full moon. Kirdy had seen cows with just the
same mild brown eyes of Al-Tâbir. He laughed, thinking that he had just
risked torture to fetch this Persian—because the interpreter of dreams,
smelling strongly of musk and civet, was as Persian as the gold-inlaid
scimitar he had worn—from the tribesmen.
“May the dogs bite thee, Al-Tâbir!—what makest thou in this place?”
Taking heart from the laugh, the interpreter of dreams raised his
head.
“Nay. I am truly Jahia ibn Muhammad al-Nisapur, cup-companion
of the shah, whom way Allah exalt. Out of his courtesy the shah sent
me to the great emperor of the Urusses. It was written that I should find
this emperor dead and another seated upon the throne. This other, being
pleased with my conversation, command me to attend him upon his ex-
ile. I heard—I obeyed.”
“Thou wert a man of Dmitri’s?”
“Truly, his sahab, his companion. He revels well, but rides too
much.”
Kirdy tapped the sword blade that rested on his saddle peak.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 73
“Whither?”
“To the east.”
“To what place?”
Al-Tâbir searched his memory, with an eye on the Cossack’s sword,
and decided not to lie. The young warrior knew a deal too much to make
lying either safe or profitable.
“To the place where the sun rises. It lies behind the Mountains of the
Eagles, and it is the country of the Golden Horde.”
For the second time Otrèpiev had hidden his trail. Only, the first time
he had slain a friend so that he might leave the body in his own bed; now
he had slain hundreds, and the dead and dying along the river had con-
cealed all trace of him.
No longer could the Muscovites follow him. Months must pass be-
fore the Nogais would be driven across the river again, and the caravan
paths opened.
And now the way of pursuit was closed to Kirdy. Although the storm
had ended, although the fresh snow on the steppe would reveal the tracks
of the fleeing man—although Omelko had promised him horses, hay, and
meat, he could not ride forth.
From the east, from unexpected places, the more distant clans of the
Nogais would be coming in as vultures flock to a feast. No craft or skill
would serve to avoid them. On the white waste of the steppe a rider would
be seen by the keen eyes of the nomads even on the horizon; the Cossack’s
trail would be picked up inevitably. Moreover, it was extremely probable
that the Nogais had left men to watch at the two openings of the Wolf’s
Throat into which Al-Tâbir had disappeared so unexpectedly.
Meanwhile Otrèpiev might do any one of a number of things. At any
day, with his fast horses and his sledge with narrow runners, he could
start on his journey into the unknown part of the steppe. Who could say
what he would do?
Nature itself would hide him in another fortnight, because already the
thaw had set in and presently the plain along the Volga would be a morass,
the earth soft to its marrow, after the melting of seven months’ snow; no
rider then could cross the steppe near the flooded rivers.
All this Nada told Kirdy, quite aware that he already knew it, but moved
by curiosity to learn what he meant to do.
“God gives,” she said. “And here, surely, is the end of your road.”
t h e wol f m a s t e r 75
Kirdy, who had been sitting against the sunny side of the cabin, looked
up at the clear sky, the fir-topped walls of the valley. Where the snow had
melted from boulders the rock showed black and moist. From the low-
hanging branches of the birches came a steady drip-drip of water. A pony
neighed in the shed.
“By the grave of Otrèpiev I will know the end of the road, Nada.”
“But he is far away! Only our brother the eagle, flying low, sees him.
Only the wolf noses about his fire.”
Kirdy smiled, and when he did so his dark eyes glowed.
“In such fashion the road ended at the City of the White Walls. And
yet—we followed it hither.”
“And is this not a better place than that town?”
“Aye, so.”
Kirdy made response in his slow fashion, looking up at the girl
frankly.
“Would you be alive outside, in the steppe—anywhere but here in the
Wolf’s Throat where the Nogais dare not come?”
“God gives, little Nada!”
“How did you capture the Persian? Tell me!”
“Eh, it was in darkness. I spoke to him, and was so glad to hear his own
speech he came with me.”
A slender booted foot stamped impatiently near Kirdy’s knee.
“It was not like that at all. I can understand him a little. He is afraid
of you, and he called me a gul begam—that’s a Flower Princess, isn’t it?
Are you going to kill him? His sword is too light and curved, but the
mare is splendid.”
Kirdy looked up quickly.
“Don’t let the Tartars harm him. I want him alive.”
“Why? What good is he?”
“He can tell you the meaning of a dream. The science of the tabir is
much esteemed by the Moslems. They glean prophecies out of dreams, and
no doubt the prophets glean gold. Jania, or Al-Tâbir, is well born.”
Upon this Nada went off to ply the captive with questions and Kirdy
continued to sit by the hut, drawing lines in the trodden snow with the
butt of his riding whip. He had gone among Nogais to try to get tidings of
the man he sought; but he had satisfied himself that the entrances of the
Wolf’s Throat were watched, and he knew the uselessness of trying to es-
cape when his trail would be clear to such keen eyes. Only by an effort
76 t h e wol f m a s t e r
did he restrain his impatience and settle down to watch for the chance
that might open the way into the steppe.
That evening Nada held the entire attention of the three men. First she
sang—the half-barbaric and wholly plaintive songs of the Cossacks that
quickened Kirdy’s blood and made her father call for more brandy. Then
she teased Omelko to tell the young warrior stories of the past, and the
lame man took fire at her persuasion.
“Eh, sir brother,” he cried. “Once I followed the little Mother Volga.
What is there to say? You know the way of a Cossack youth—to revel in
the tavern, to mount when there is war. That was my blade.”
He nodded at the yataghan with the ivory hilt, and the wolf’s mask—
that filled Al-Tâbir with fascinated dread—nodded likewise.
“A gray stallion I stole from the khan himself, from the stables of
Bagche Serai. I rode to Kazan, which was then a Tartar city. In the bazaars
were Greeks and God knows how many else. I drank for days, until I saw
not one but several suns in the sky. I drank down the gray stallion—ev-
erything but my trousers and that blade. Why not? Other horses were to
be had and I was young. But then began a great firing of cannon, and the
Greeks said the city was besieged.”
He stroked his beard and pushed aside the parchment book that was
his companion of evenings.
“Eh, Falcon, what shall I tell you? I went on the wall, and many foe-
men felt the edge of my sword. After a time, when I could see the real
sun, I heard that these foemen were Muscovites led by Ivan the Terrible.
What matter?
“The walls of Kazan were stormed after much fighting, and the Tar-
tar dead filled the alleys. Some of the tribesmen broke through, I with
them. The armored boyars were all around—thick as flies in the slaugh-
ter yard. We tried to swim the Volga but there were boats, and I was taken
up by warriors of the tsar who thought at first I was a Muscovite. In time
men saw who knew me for the Cossack who had fought on the wall. They
should have cut me down or blown me from a cannon.
“Instead they put my legs in the rack and broke all the bones. Then
they carried me across the river and flung me out on the plain. Eh, that
was an evil thing. Wolves came and sat by me but did not tear me. I could
not crawl. Toghrul rode up—he was then a hunter of stags. He tied the
ends of two saplings across his saddle-horn and wove branches to make a
drag. So he brought me to this valley, where he had his tent.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 77
“Ekh ma’a! Why should a man want to live when he can no longer ride?
Yet I lived and in time could walk with a staff, as you see. He it was, my
brother, who carried to the valley for refuge a Cossack maiden, a captive
of the Tartars.”
Omelko’s grim head sank on his breast, and he sighed.
“Nay, I was no longer a hero, no longer a Cossack! Of what avail my
life? She would not leave me, when the way was open. She was the daugh-
ter of an ataman and Nada was her child—she dying at the time.”
From the sunken eyes of the old Cossack tears crept down his cheeks
and he clasped his staff in gaunt fingers that still were powerful.
“How shall I tell this tale, sir brother? She was in all things like Nada,
with a temper like a sword-edge and a heart that was like a very flame
of love. She knew many legends of my people that brought me joy in the
hearing, and before Nada was born she wrote them down in that book,
and taught me the letters. Now I—who am no priest—can trace the leg-
ends, and many a time have I read them over to Nada.”
For a while he was silent, his eyes traveling from the sword to the pic-
ture of the saint on the wall. To Kirdy there was nothing strange in the
life of this girl, who had grown up tended by Tartars, who had hunted stag,
and had dared to journey alone to Moscow to listen to the talk of Chris-
tians and bring back to Omelko tidings of the world across the river.
“God provided for Nada,” Omelko said finally, “or she would have been
lost to me. This was way of it. I dreamed one night that an old man came
into my choutar and sat by the fire, saying, ‘Omelko, my son, your suf-
fering has been great.’
“Then, in the dream, my guest rose up, saying: ‘I give you power over
my children the gray friends, the wolves. They will hunt for you, and you
shall be koshevoi of the wolves.’”
Omelko nodded at the gilded picture upon the wall.
“Surely that was Saint Ulass! Now, hearken, my brother—I woke up
and went to the door. It stood open, and all about the choutar wolves were
sitting like dogs.
“I saw, in the clear moonlight, the leader of the pack, a gray wolf with a
part of his tail torn away. Often since then the great pack has come down
from the heights, passing through the Wolky Gorlo. And then I say, ‘A
merry chase to you, brothers!”
Kirdy pondered this in silence, and Nada met his eyes.
78 t h e wol f m a s t e r
“It is true my Falcon,” she said, “that the wolves have not harmed
this choutar. At times, when I have hunted, I have seen the pack running
about me. The Tartars believe that my father has power over the wolves,
and they will not enter this place.”
At this Omelko shook his head and reached for his glass.
“Nay, it is the good Saint Ulass who has protected you, my daughter.
It is—” he added to Kirdy a smile—“to keep the tribesmen in awe that
I wear that wolf’s muzzle. Now, my Falcon, let us drink. Glory to God!”
“For the ages of ages!”
Chapter XI
Only a Ghost
Only a ghost, sitting on a tomb, enjoys the garlands of dead flowers.
Persian proverb
Days passed, and Kirdy fought down his impatience to be in the saddle.
One sunny afternoon he heard the whisper of freshets, released from the
barrier of ice, eating their way down into the valley from the heights,
and he groaned, clasping his head in his hands. By now whatever trace
Otrèpiev had left would be lost to sight, and soon the steppe would be
closed to horses.
More faithful than the Cossack’s shadow, Al-Tâbir had kept close to
him in the Wolky Gorlo. The interpreter of dreams looked askance at the
Tartars and Omelko, but for Nada he had heartfelt admiration. Now he
believed he had discovered the reason of the warrior’s brooding silence.
He ventured closer and sighed.
“I have seen! Who would not despair? A mouth like the seal of Sulei-
man—hair blacker than the storm wind—eyes like a gazelle—teeth like
matched pearls—form like a willow! I, too, would cast the ashes of long-
ing upon the fire of life!”
Kirdy looked down at the stout little man, frowning.
“What dream is this?”
“A flower of the garden of blessedness!” The Persian raised plump hands
and sighed profoundly. “Why should she wear a sword? Her eyes slay with-
out mercy, and her voice binds with chains that may not be broken.”
“Is it Nada?” Kirdy contemplated the sympathetic native without fa-
vor. “Then bridle thy tongue, because if she hears thee she will make trial
of the edge of that yataghan without fail.”
t h e wol f m a s t e r 79
“Allah forfend, sahab—how can a man who looks upon her say oth-
erwise?”
In Moscow the interpreter of dreams had noticed that the wives and
daughters of the boyars were kept in seclusion and it did not occur to him
that Cossack women were treated differently. But when he looked into
Kirdy’s eyes he saw that he had not made amends.
He had meant to condole, in a complimentary way, with one who—
as he judged—had experienced the pangs of love for a beautiful woman.
Instead, although the White Falcon had not threatened him, the skin of
his back felt cold.
“Canst thou truly foretell events from dreams?” Kirdy asked gravely,
but Al-Tâbir answered without hesitation:
“That gift have I. Six hundred times have I done so, and it is all writ-
ten in a book by scribes.”
“Then tell me the meaning of this!”
Kirdy repeated to the Persian the tale of Omelko’s dream, and the com-
ing of the wolves. Al-Tâbir remained in thought for some time, shaking
his head the while.
“How can there be good in wolves?” he muttered. “They who are aided
by the djinn will die. Take me from this place, young lord! Ai, a fear and
a foreboding come upon me!”
In truth fear grew upon the interpreter of dreams, until he would not
let Kirdy out of his sight. Al-Tâbir was far from being a fatalist where his
life was concerned, and he was shrewd enough to understand that Kirdy
could protect him from the people of the Wolky Gorlo, and that the Cos-
sack had taken pity on him—as strong natures will protect weak.
That night Kirdy was kept awake by his restlessness and the Persian’s
wanderings. For Al-Tâbir ceased not to peer from the windows and mut-
ter to himself. Karai, too, kept sniffing at the door, until the Cossack was
brought to his feet by a moan from the native.
“Ai-i! Look!”
Kirdy flung the door open and peered out. As his eyes adjusted them-
selves to the gloom, he noticed shadows passing across the snow. Here and
there, for a moment, twin balls of yellow fire glowed and vanished.
“Here, Karai!”
The Cossack called the wolfhound that had slipped out the instant the
door was open. But the dog did not come back, and after a moment Kirdy
started after him. Al-Tâbir, divided between dread of the wolves and un-
80 t h e wol f m a s t e r
willingness to be left alone, hung about the door until a sound within the
cabin brought him around like a startled bustard.
Stooping over the stove, Nada was thrusting a length of knotted pitch-
pine into the bed of coals. Reeds had been wrapped about the stick, and
when the end of the torch kindled, she waved it over her head, laughing
at the Persian, who saw in this some new incantation.
Al-Tâbir retreated to his corner and left Nada to run alone after Kirdy,
the long torch swinging over her.
“It is the great pack,” she said over her shoulder as he strode to her side
and took the firebrand. “Look, there is the leader.”
They advanced slowly, because the wolves, though circling back rest-
lessly, were too numerous to be driven easily—gaunt beasts high in the
shoulder, and, by the look of them, more than half starved. Nada pointed
to a wolf with only a remnant of a tail and caught Kirdy’s arm.
“See the borzoi!”
Just beyond the circle of light Karai could be made out, moving silently
toward the pack. To the Cossack’s call the dog paid not the slightest at-
tention, and when Kirdy started toward him Nada held back.
“It is too late. We must go no farther.”
There was hardly a sound—a rending snarl, the spluttering of the pine.
To Kirdy’s surprise the wolves nearest Karai were sitting on their haunches
in a rough half circle, and in front of them the scarred leader appeared of
a sudden—a blotch of gray streaked with brown.
Karai no longer trotted; he moved into the torchlight stiff from nose
to tail, his throat rumbling, his fangs clashing. The borzoi and the gray
wolf did not face each other—for the wolf sprang too swiftly, and slashed
open the dog’s shoulder blade.
From that instant they were barely visible—Kirdy thought that the
wolf rushed again and was thrown off. The clatter of fangs, the thunder-
ous snarls, the impact of the shaggy bodies dwarfed all other sounds. The
pack pressed closer, and the yellow eyes glowed more strongly.
Once the ring of beasts started up, as Karai almost lost his footing. But
he was up and whirling on his hind legs in the same instant, blood spat-
tering from muzzle and shoulders.
Again and again the gray wolf slashed at him, and Kirdy heard the
unmistakable snap of a bone broken between steel jaws. Once more the
wolfpack surged up, and now the leader was visible. The bleeding Karai
had drawn away.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 81
But instead of whirling on powerful legs, the gray wolf staggered. Blood
streamed from its throat. Maddened and fearful to see, the wolf bristled,
snapping its fangs—as if to drive back by menace the fate that inevitably
awaited it. It was bleeding to death, the throat torn open.
Karai rushed in, and the wolf was thrown. Then the pack ran in, and
a hideous snarling arose as the wolves tore the living flesh from the crip-
pled leader.
Nada and Kirdy had drawn back to the door of the choutar, and the
Cossack could make out Karai’s great form, a little apart from the oth-
ers. Then the borzoi was lost to sight, and the shadows once more flitted
from side to side.
“Vain to call him now,” Nada said quietly. “He will run with the pack.
Look!”
The clearing was empty. From the wooded slope of the valley was heard
a single howl, quavering and plaintive as the call of waterfowl. A full-
throated chorus answered it, drifting farther away.
“At times he may come back,” the girl went on, “but you are not now
his master, White Falcon. Aye, he has slain and is hunting with the pack.
A merry hunt to you, gray friend!”
Kirdy listened in silence. He had loved the wild Karai, and he knew
that what Nada said was true. More wolf than dog, the borzoi had cast off
the fellowship of men for that of his own kind.
“Go and sleep, little Nada.” He raised his hand and a deeper note came
into his voice. “May the holy angels watch over you!”
She looked up at him quickly, but for once could read nothing in his
eyes or guess what was in his heart. On the threshold of her door she
glanced back anxiously, and found his eyes still upon her. They glowed
an instant, and then were veiled, as if ashes had been thrown upon a fire
within them.
For once Kirdy sat quietly beside Omelko, who read aloud to him from
the book of his dead wife, until Al-Tâbir snored lustily in his corner, and
the young warrior put out his hand closing the sheets of the book of leg-
ends.
“Time—it is time, Omelko. Do not wake your daughter or the Persian
drone. I must go upon the road.”
Omelko sighed and looked at him inquiringly. During the last few days
he had wished many times that the dark-browed hero were his son, that
the White Falcon would remain at the Wolky Gorlo.
82 t h e wol f m a s t e r
“The wolfpack hunts along the valley,” Kirdy answered the unspoken
question of his host. “The Nogais who have been watching will be afraid
for their horses. They will build fires in the timber, or seek their yurtas.
The way out of the Wolf’s Throat will be open this night.”
“And after?”
With his usual deliberateness—when there was no need of haste—
Kirdy was filling his saddlebags, dried meat, barley, and other things of
the Cossack’s store. Omelko saw that the warrior would not answer the
question. After all, who could know what the future held?
“Take what you need, my brother. Another horse.”
Kirdy nodded.
“I will take two of the steppe-breds. Yours is the stallion.”
“I shall give him to Nada.” Again Omelko sighed. He was aware that
Nada was fond of the White Falcon, because he knew the wayward moods
of the young girl. “Do you draw your rein east?”
“Aye.”
They went out to the stable and here Omelko bade Kirdy take two of
the black Kabardas, saying that they were equal to a sultan’s steeds and
would fare for themselves. In darkness, Kirdy saddled one and strapped
on the goatskin bags. On the led horse he placed the sack of barley, and a
bow and arrows that he had bought of Toghrul.
“Well, you must go!” said Omelko. “But the road to the east has not
been traveled before; they say only the ghosts of the dead camp beyond
the Nogais. Go with God, my Falcon!”
Kirdy mounted, after drawing his girdle tighter and putting on the wolf
skin cap that Nada had made for him. He wheeled the pony, but reined in
and came back, to lean close to the lame man.
“Eh, it is not easy to part from friends. I would like to have a cross
from Nada that she had kissed. Yet it is in my mind that if I bade her fare-
well she would seek to ride a way, to show me the trail. And it is best oth-
erwise, in this night of the wolves and the Tartars. Guard her, Omelko,
for—for she is a dove and a brave heart. God knows I owe my life to her.
Out in the steppe there is death as well as life. If I ride back, I will come
to the Wolky Gorlo. S’Bohun!”
He did not urge the eager horses into a gallop, as usual, but reined them
in, walking out of the choutar, so as not to disturb the sleeping girl.
And after he had disappeared into the darkness without a sound, no
tidings of him reached the river, or the Wolky Gorlo. No tidings, except
t h e wol f m a s t e r 83
for the tale of a Nogai horde that had drifted in from the uplands of the
Chelkar, scenting plunder. The tale was told at the great camp on the
Volga to the khan of the Nogais, who was in great anger at that time be-
cause the emperor who had come out of Moscow and taken shelter in his
tents had left him without warning or leave-taking.
“O shield of the faithful, Lord and companion of Ali—master of Tur—
master of our herds, protector of our lives—Lion of the plain and the riv-
ers, in this wise was the happening.” So the Chelkar tribesmen declared,
sitting in the tent of the khan. “And lo, it is a thing difficult of under-
standing and a mystery beyond thought!
“Allah had caused the morning to dawn, and the mists were not yet
gone when we saw riding toward us a man with a wolf skin cap and a sable
khalat, far distant as you could hear a loud shout. Now, on either hand of
this rider ran wolves more numerous than a flock of our wild sheep.
“The wolves did not attack the two black horses of the rider, though
their bellies were drawn. The leader of the wolves was a great gray beast.
And it is not a lie, but the truth that our eyes beheld—the leader of the pack
ran back to the horses, and for the time that milk takes to boil, trotted be-
side the man, doing him no hurt. Nor did the man strike the beast.
“We said, ‘God is one!’ And the rider passed from sight into the mists.
Surely he was a ghil of the waste lands, a spirit of the dead that lacked a
grave. Otherwise we would have slain him, for the horses were greatly
to be desired.
“Now the sun was not on our faces that day, when we met a Nazarene
girl, mounted on a bay stallion. Our young men rode about her and she
whipped them, saying that she was the daughter of the khan of the wolves
and we would eat woe if we hindered her. Among our hunters were some
who said this thing was true.
“Lest the curse of the wolves be laid upon us, we did her no harm, only
asking whither she held her way. It is likewise true that she said she sought
the warrior with the two Kabardas. When we released her she went for-
ward upon the trail of the man and the wolves.
“Now, in the next hour we beheld a fat Persian on a white horse, riding
as if a fiend sat on the crupper. We had drawn our arrows to the strings
when this son of many fathers cried out thy name!
“W’allah! He showed us a khalat, a gift from thee. And to one who
understood his words he explained that he had been taken captive into
84 t h e wol f m a s t e r
the Wolf’s Throat. Though he had escaped, his soul was sick from fear.
We let him pass.
“We did no harm to the three remembering the Wolf’s Throat where
aforetime thousands of thy people went to their graves as to beds under
the swords of the Muscovites. We hastened to thee. And this is truth—
even as it is true that the spirits of our slain ancestors dwell today in the
wolves of that pack.
“So we salaam before thee, asking leave to go, O Lord of our lives, to
draw the sword across the river.”
Chapter XII
The Trail Beyond the River
Snow still lay in the hollows and in the rock nests where the sun did not
touch. But the earth was damp, and a soft blur of green was to be seen on the
gray bushes that covered the hillocks. Spring had come to the steppe.
A warm wind rippled the forest of rushes that stretched down from
the knolls into the flooded river. And this river, without a boat or sail
visible in its dark surface, murmured in satisfaction, like a man full fed.
Beyond its edge black pools of water also had their voices—the song of
myriad frogs that felt the growing warmth. By the thin smoke of a fire
two black horses snorted and tossed their heads as Kirdy parted the last
fringe of rushes and strode toward his camp, a dead heron in one hand, a
bow in the other.
With the bow he held an arrow, a light shaft with two tips that had
struck down the bird rising in flight from the river mud. The man looked
at the sun, sinking to the edge of the plain, and turned aside to a hillock
where he knelt, gazing intently in all directions. In the bare plain that was
like the bed of the ocean at sunset, nothing, apparently, was to be seen.
But the Cossack noticed slender gray forms blending with the blur of the
brush-wolves evidently full fed. For a moment he studied them with sur-
prise. They had appeared around his camp at intervals during the weeks
since he had left the Volga, and the leader of the pack was surely Karai,
the giant borzoi.
The wolves had not attacked his horses, perhaps because Kirdy had
lived for a while with the wolf master of the Wolky Gorlo, perhaps be-
cause Karai had once been the Cossack’s dog.
Kirdy did not bother his head about why things happened on the steppe.
He was grateful to the wolves because they had frightened off Nogai tribes-
men who would otherwise have killed him for his horses.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 85
If he had met one of the still more to be dreaded riders of the steppe—a
spirit that had crept out of a murdered body that had not been buried—he
would have reined to one side with a “Luck to you, sir brother!”
But, as he waited for the plucked heron to cook on the wooden spit
over the fire where a handful of barley was already boiling in his one iron
pot, he pondered men and their ways and especially the men he was fol-
lowing. He took out of a goatskin sack a worn leather horseshoe with the
remnants of wooden cleats. Placing this before him, he added a silver coin
with a hole in its center and a length of thin hemp rope.
These three things he had found by the ashes of a large fire to the north
of his camp. Around these ashes at the edge of the river he had seen the
tracks of a score of horses and the wheel track of a wagon. Now the men
he had been following had with them a sledge with narrow iron runners,
and a similar number of ponies. Back on the Volga their trail had revealed
no wagon.
Moreover there was something curious about this trail. He had followed
it back a little into the steppe and had spent a day in making wide circles
without picking it up again. It ran to the ashes and it did not go away again.
He had noticed many of the cleated horseshoes lying around.
He was certain that the man he sought, Gregory Otrèpiev, had camped
at that fire for several days. The silver coin was a Muscovite coin, and the
hole in it showed that it had been used as an ornament on a horse’s rein
or a saddle. The rope, too, was native workmanship.
Otrèpiev and his five companions had not turned back toward Mus-
covy. They had crossed the river and entered the unknown world that
lay beyond it.
Kirdy knew this because the tracks had extended to the fire at the riv-
er’s edge and had not left it. The six men had waited at their camp until
they had hailed a boat, or a raft drifting down the river. The cleated horse-
shoes they had discarded because the horses no longer had to pass over
snow. For the same reason they must have removed the runners from the
sledge and fitted on the wheels that had been lashed to the sides.
So he was glad that he had found the campsite, after a week’s care-
ful search of the river’s edge for that very thing. Only a tribesman or a
steppe-bred Cossack would have discovered it and learned from it that on
the other side of the river the trail would be that of a wagon and a score
of unshod horses.
86 t h e wol f m a s t e r
But he had discovered also this thing that troubled him, the worn
leather shoe at his feet. A Cossack cares for his own horse, always, and
Kirdy had cut out that same piece of leather at the Wolky Gorlo, and had
nailed on those cleats. It was a piece of oxhide with the hair still on the
inner side.
The shoe had been on the off forefoot of the bay stallion Kirdy had left at
the Wolky Gorlo as a gift for Nada, the daughter of the wolf master. Nada
was a wild girl, as apt to ride after him as to follow the trail of Otrèpiev
of her own accord. Except the great dog Karai, Nada was the only living
being that Kirdy cherished in his heart.
Nada tried to follow him? Had she fallen into the hands of the Otrèpiev
party? Or—and Kirdy remembered how Otrèpiev’s daring had stirred the
girl—had she sought the false tsar of her own accord?
A horse like the bay stallion, he knew, was a magnet that might draw
every thief along the Volga. The charger might have been stolen. Kirdy—
although he had examined every inch of ground in the campsite—had
seen no other traces of Nada.
His eyes gleamed under knotted brows.
“May the Father and Son grant that I come with them!”
But, however his spirit burned in him, he did nothing in haste. When
he had eaten he threw the bones far enough from the fire to be sure that
the wolves that came after them would not approach the horses. Then he
led the ponies off to water and picketed them. He piled more brush on the
fire and rolled himself up in his fur.
He slept lightly because he meant to start before dawn and several
times the stamping of the horses roused him. He felt rather than heard
movement in the black abyss around him, and—because it is not well to
sleep when others are astir in the steppe—put on his boots and coat, feed-
ing the fire to new life.
As he did so he caught the flash of animals’ eyes. The gaunt gray form
of Karai moved into the circle of light and flung itself down at the Cos-
sack’s side. Kirdy put out his hand and rubbed the wolfhound’s throat and
Karai growled softly, as was his wont.
“Well, brother,” the young warrior smiled, “you have run with the
pack, and I’ll warrant you’ve had the pick of the girls. Will you come with
me across the river?”
*This must have been the Ural River, then called the Jaick, the farthest landmark
in Central Asia known to Cossacks or Muscovites.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 87
Again the dog rumbled, the broad head stretched upon the bony paws,
the amber eyes intent on the face of his former master. Karai was rest-
less and uneasy, as if anticipating some evil beyond his ken. The other
wolves remained without the firelight—gray shadows against the outer
blackness.
When Kirdy saddled one pony and lashed the goatskins on the other
a little after daybreak and went to the water’s edge, Karai paced beside
him. The Cossack had discovered a shallow stretch where the horses
were able to keep their feet halfway across. The river* was in flood but
the current sluggish, and the black Kabardas struck out for the far side
without hesitation, the Cossack swimming Tartar fashion, holding to
the tail of one pony.
They made the crossing and Kirdy looked back. Karai was still sit-
ting on the western bank, and the wolfpack had come down to sniff at
the tracks.
“Hi, Karai!” Kirdy called, and waited, hoping that the wolfhound would
bark, or run up and down the bank. But the gray beast remained sitting
until it threw back its head and howled like the wolf it was. The pack gave
tongue, some of the wolves leaping off toward the brush. Karai took his
place at the head of the pack. Once he stopped, on a rise, to look back across
the river. The long, quavering hunt swelled and dwindled into distance.
“Eh, gray brother,” Kirdy murmured, “you served me well. May you
have good hunting!”
The loss of the wolfhound saddened him for a day. Karai had gone from
his side to the steppe. Nada too had vanished as if the earth had swallowed
her and the bay stallion. The Cossack quested far to the south, searching
for the trail that must show where Otrèpiev and his men had landed. Then
for a week he rode north without seeing so much the track of a horse. No
human being appeared on the skyline.
For the third time Otrèpiev had hidden his trail—first by the body of
a dead man, then by fire and sword, then by water. How was a man to be
found in that wilderness of lush grass, of thickening brush and flooding
watercourses? The Cossack was on the edge of the known world; beyond
the river, he could still return to Ayub and wise old Khlit and say truly
that he had followed Otrèpiev until all signs failed.
But Otrèpiev had once sworn that he would press on, to the Golden
Horde. And this would be like the reckless spirit that had prayed to a
grinning mask.
88 t h e wol f m a s t e r
For the Golden Horde was no more than a name, spoken by wander-
ers. Some said the Horde was to be found beyond the Earth Girdle, others
said the Horde was not made up of living men but of spirits, penned eter-
nally behind a rampart far toward the rising sun.
All these matters Kirdy pondered for a day while he rested the Kabar-
das and repaired his arrows. Then, well content with his course, he set
out. Lacking a trail, he turned his horse’s head toward the rising sun.
The grass of the steppe grew long and tough, and the wind dried up the dark
pools of water in the hollows. Instead of purple, the shadows lay gray on
the plain, and haze was in the air, like a veil. The “whirling plant” rolled
and tossed before the wind, often on the skyline black smoke appeared.
For the length of two moons Kirdy pushed steadily toward the rising
sun. He passed through where the earth itself was gray, and a white froth
spread around the pools of water—salt. Here the only game were antelope
herds and wide-winged bustards, and man and horses suffered before he
turned north to seek for a river.
If he was to go on, he must find good grazing for the Kabardas. He had
fashioned his goatskins to hold water and made new saddlebags out of an-
telope hide—though he had little enough to carry. The barley was about
gone, and only a few cups of brandy remained in the leather jug.
The land began to rise as he went on, and instead of finding grass he
entered a barren and rocky region. During the two months he had met
few human beings, because he avoided the larger clusters of tents, only
riding up to the fires of two or three men—thin-faced nomads with long
greasy hair, who tried first to bargain with him, then to beg. Their lan-
guage he did not know, but he had no doubt whatever they were born
thieves as well as idol worshipers and filth eaters. More than once he had
to draw his sword.
When he asked where lay Altyn-juz—the Golden Horde—these crea-
tures merely stared or shook their heads. But once or twice he saw them
glance understandingly toward the east, and he thought they knew the
name of the Golden Horde.
Although he did not come upon a large river, the nature of the land be-
gan to change again. The dry tamarisk growth yielded to thickets of birch
and aspen. In the valleys now he met rivers flowing from the east, and
since these were full in Midsummer he knew that far beyond sight they
were born on the upper tiers of great mountains where the snow melted
slowly under the touch of the sun.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 89
“In the beginning,” he said to himself, “the streams ran from the
west.”
It was the first sign that he was coming to a different land.
Kirdy knew cattle country—knew that this was a mellow, ripe land,
well suited to cattle—and he began to be puzzled.
It was a rolling grassland, thinly wooded, with the lines of hills wan-
dering here and there against the sky. Fish were in the streams and some
of these he caught while the Kabardas rested and rolled and healed saddle
sores. And at times the Cossack saw clouds of sheep near at hand—enor-
mous masses. He heard dogs bark from behind the sheep. The sheep were
heavy and fat-tailed—certainly they had not been driven far.
When he rode on again, he observed horses grazing on the uplands, and
though they galloped off before the Kabardas, he made out that they were
branded. They were shaggy beasts, swift-footed, evidently at home. Once
he saw camels stalking on the skyline.
But no men were to be seen. Certainly the cattle and sheep were not
wild—dogs did not shepherd mountain sheep. In the steppe the beasts of a
tribe are always guarded, unless the owner is so feared that enemies dare
not take what belongs to him.
And in the steppe, rich grassland such as this with abundant water in
Midsummer is a prize to be fought for and held with bullet and steel until
the coming of frost drives herds and men to the southern pastures.
At night the Cossack could make out no fires, or any smoke by day.
The herds seemed masterless. Unless—and this puzzled him sorely—the
flame he had noticed one evening had something to do with them.
It came out of a gully at deep dusk and flitted out of sight before he
could do more than stare. It might have been a whirling plant afire and
wind-driven, because the flame swung in circles. But there was no wind,
and Kirdy thought that it was a man on a swift horse swinging a torch in
his hand to keep it alight. He would have saddled and followed, but the
Kabardas were spent after a day’s run—and Kirdy had heard of the ghils
of the steppe that led travelers astray in just this fashion.
That night he slept lightly and wished heartily that Karai were at his
side to growl a warning of enemies.
Before sunrise he climbed a rise behind his camp and looked to the
east. The air was cold, without haze. And the Cossack drew in his breath
sharply.
90 t h e wol f m a s t e r
Under the flood of crimson and the mantling clouds he made out a
dark line, jagged and yet symmetrical. A line of mountains at a great dis-
tance. And while he watched, the summits of the range began to glow as
if fires had been lighted within them. From rose and red, they changed
to orange and then to the glitter of sheer gold as the first rays of the sun
struck through them.
“A hundred devils!” Kirdy whispered, frowning.
There were many of these snow peaks at an unguessed height and dis-
tance. Often in the Caucasus and Mazanderan he had seen isolated snow
peaks, but never so many that looked like the crenellated towers of a bat-
tlement. Below them he could discern the veils of fog.
Then the golden glow faded, the mist seemed to rise and form a thin
haze that shut out the gigantic battlement of the mountains—if indeed it
really had been there. Kirdy had seen more than one mirage in the steppe,
and he had been told by the older Cossacks that such things were the work
of Moslem wizards, to betray wanderers.
“Herds without masters—a circle of fire—mountains that come and
go—Allah, here is either enchantment—or a very strange land!”
He looked again for the mountains at sunset, but there was no sunset.
The air was black, and the cold breath of coming rain swayed the white
stems of the birches. Kirdy led the horses into a ravine where he had no-
ticed a shelving cliff on the sheltered slope. He had barely rubbed down
and tied the ponies when drops pattered on the outer rocks. Far off, thun-
der muttered and lightning flickered faintly. Kirdy looked for wood and
found under his stone shelf only damp loam. So he moved his almost
empty saddlebags and the furs out of the wet and prepared to sleep with-
out food or fire. Pouring a cupful of the precious corn brandy, he lifted it
with a muttered:
“Glory to God!”
In the act of drinking he stopped to listen. The rain was coming down
in gusts, and the thunder was rolling ominously. Yet he thought he had
caught the slapping of hoofs up the gully. One of the Kabardas snorted.
A rending crackle and roar overhead was followed by a moment of com-
parative quiet, and Kirdy was sure that there was movement in the outer
darkness, more than the spatter of rain and soft rush of a freshet near his
ledge. Distinctly he heard the creaking of leather and ring of bit chains.
Then the white glare of lightning lighted up the ravine, the shining
drops of rain, the threshing trees.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 91
Afterward he wondered how these men could have heard his name.
“Verily all things are possible with Allah,” the voice said musingly.
“Even that a father of lies should have uttered the truth!”
“Aye, Sorgai,” cried another, “here be the two good horses.”
“And the sword,” put in a third. “Slay the unbeliever and take what
he has on him.”
To this Kirdy made no response, because there is a time for silence as
well as for insolent speech. And, as he had expected, the leader of the rid-
ers turned upon his followers angrily.
“With what words will ye answer the khan when he asks concerning
the mission of this wayfarer? Nay, he shall not be harmed, but he must
ride with us.”
“Whither?” Kirdy demanded.
Out of utter darkness came the response:
“To Tevakel Khan, Lord of the plain and the mountains, Keeper of the
Way, Master of life and death and khan of the Golden Horde.”
Chapter XIII
The Cossack Rides in the Night
The Cossack rides in the night—there is no one to cry after him.
But not for long hours did Kirdy see the face of Tevakel Khan. The Tartar
horsemen went swiftly south, keeping him in the center of their forma-
tion, and he made no effort to escape because he knew there were eyes
close at hand that could see him when he could not make out the head of
his horse—and because from their talk he gathered another captive had
been taken a few days before.
When he thought of Nada he whipped on his horse, and the Tartars
growled at him, asking whether he burned to kiss a stake or be torn by
horses.
Once they were challenged by a wailing cry from unseen heights, and
again, in a lull of the storm Kirdy saw a ring of fire moving toward them.
This proved to be a pine knot, swung in the hand of a rider who spoke to
his captors and galloped off.
Then, though the rain shut them in, he heard other bodies of horsemen
moving in the same direction.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 93
They circled around restless herds of cattle, and above the bellowing
of weary beasts Kirdy caught the long-drawn cry of distant horse-herders
and the barking of excited dogs.
Because even Tartars do not ride like fiends through a storm or leave
immense herds without shelter on the steppe, he knew that something
unwonted was taking place on the steppe.
They passed through the outer tents of a yurta and slowed to a more
reasonable pace. Coming to what appeared to be a massive wagon, they
bade Kirdy dismount and enter it, assuring him grimly that his horses
would be cared for—if he ever claimed them again. The wagon material-
ized into a wide cart with solid wooden wheels, the whole of it taken up
by a round leather dome that smoked at the summit.
Aware that he was being watched and that hesitation would avail him
nothing, Kirdy lifted the scabbard in his left hand and raised the flap of
the kibitka—the nomad wagon-tent.
A fire of camel dung glowed in the center of the floor on its clay bed.
The space around it was carpeted, the sides filled with bulky leather sacks
that looked like headless giants huddled together and smelled both sour
and pungent. From the far side of the fire a figure rolled out of a rug.
“By the Ninety and Nine Holy Names! By the beard of Ali, from whom
I am descended on the right side—my heart rejoices and my spirit up-lifted
at sight of the prince of swordsmen, the White Falcon!”
It was Al-Tâbir, the interpreter of dreams, and there was no doubt of
his joy at beholding the Cossack. He drew off the youth’s soggy fur man-
tle and flung his arms around him.
“Now may Allah grant thee increase of joy. I wasted, in sorrow—the
blossom of hope was killed by the frost of calamity—”
“Enough. What seek ye here, Al-Tâbir?”
“Seek? I am sought. I am the leaf that drifts down the river of happen-
ings. Happenings! I have fed upon disaster—”
“Is there aught to eat in this yurta?”
“Aye, and to drink.”
Al-Tâbir made a wry grimace, and Kirdy saw that his broad, pale cheeks
were indeed wasted, and his cherished beard, that ran from under his chin
to his ears, ill-kept.
“Behold, O youthful Kai Kosru!”
He took up a lacquer bowl and slipped the thong from the vent of one
of the great sacks with a skill that hinted at considerable practice.
94 t h e wol f m a s t e r
cassian boy; she also had food, and that yataghan that hung upon the wall
of her father’s house. She was angry, but she took compassion on me and
shared bread and salt. Then she said that since thy trail was lost she would
turn to Otrè-pief, because it would come to pass that by companying with
the Muscovite lord she would see thy face again—”
“Let no more than one lie escape thy lips, Al-Tâbir, and thou shalt taste
steel in thy throat.”
“By the beard of Ali, by the Ka’aba, and by my father’s grave, I swear
that these words be truth! Lo, for many days I followed the young woman.
Ai-ee, my body ached from the rubbing of the saddle. We went from aul
to aul of the plains-dwellers, Nada showing them the picture of the old
man and the wolf that hung at her throat.”
Kirdy remembered the icon painting of Saint Ulass and the wolf that
the girl cherished—and the fear the Nogais had of the great wolfpack.
“The plains devils became afraid when they saw the picture—being
image-worshipers no doubt. When we reached a broad river they led us to
the tents of Otrè-pief on the near bank. The Muscovite lord looked twice
at Nada and laughed. It is in my mind that he knew at once she was a
woman, for he pulled off her hat and beheld her hair, like gold. The five
companions of the lord who were drinking red wine raised their cups
to her and asked of me if I had been to Paradise, that I rode thither with
such a fair-faced houri at my side. They did not laugh when Nada spoke
to them, naming them fools.”
Al-Tâbir shook his head and sighed, his hand moving out toward the
leather cup.
“Otrè-pief said, ‘Nay, all begotten men are fools, and the wise are they
that know it!’ Nada looked at him and took back her cap, pointing across
the river. She declared to the Muscovites that if they rode to the Golden
Horde they would never find the way across the plain; and at the end of
the plain would in any case be slain by the guardians of the Mountains
of the Eagles.
“Then the Lord Otrè-pief questioned her as to how she knew of such
matters. Whereupon Nada swore to him that once when she was a child
she journeyed with her father as far as the Mountains of the Eagles, and
there they had been obliged to turn back by the watchers who dwelt on
the way to the city of the Golden Horde.
“The Muscovite lord asked what manner of city this might be, and she
laughed at him, saying that a leader of men should not need to ask con-
96 t h e wol f m a s t e r
cerning the end of his road. She said the dwellers in this city had learned
the secret of riches and happiness and all delights of existence. Then did
Otrè-pief swear that she should lead them to the city, and he would turn
back for no power of earth, though—so he said—no delight could be imag-
ined greater than the joy her beauty yielded to his eyes.
“And when the cup-companions of this lord saw that he desired the
woman above all things, they did not molest her but entreated her in cour-
teous-wise and she did in truth beguile them with song and story and
quip—with the tricks of her horse, and her merry ways.
“But when Otrè-pief would have caressed her, she showed him the
sword girdled to her waist and said that if he would take her hand in his
he must first overcome her at sword-play, and one or the other might die
therefrom. Now the fate of men is in the hand of Allah, and Otrè-pief’s
pride was a great pride. It may be he was tempted to overcome her with his
sword, because he fenced with his companions before her eyes. When he
did so, she made light of him, saying that not long since she had held fel-
lowship with a warrior who was his master at sword strokes. And it is in
my mind, O White Falcon, that her thought did then dwell upon thee.
“So the pride of Otrè-pief was stirred, and he boasted, saying that he
would make himself master of the city of the Golden Horde and would
rule even as a king. Then he swore he would claim her as his. And to this
she made response that if indeed he became king of the city of the Golden
Horde, she would be his.
“With that the lord was content, because he ever had a mind to mighty
accomplishments, and Nada led him verily across the dry lands toward
the place where the sun rises. And to me she said it was a hunt—fools
pursuing folly, and at the end of the road only God knew what. Yet I be-
lieve that she knew.”
The fermented milk and the solace of companionship cheered Al-Tâbir,
and he only wished he could make out the thoughts of the brown-faced
warrior who sat across the glowing bed of dung.
“How came Otrèpiev to hear of the Golden Horde?” Kirdy asked, rous-
ing from his silence.
The interpreter of dreams ceased to feel warm and comfortable. He
rubbed his hands together and spread out lean fingers gracefully.
“I beguiled him with the tale at the city of the Muscovites.”
“Thou?” Kirdy looked up in swift surprise that was not reassuring,
and Al-Tâbir made haste to justify himself.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 97
“Only hear me, prince of swordsmen. Forbear to cast the flame of wrath
on the carpet of companionship. When the Muscovites commanded me
to tell tales, I obeyed. Why not? It may be that a small matter of a lie
or two escaped my tongue. But I told Otrè-pief of the Altyn-juz, and it
pleased him.”
“What tale was this?”
“The tale of Abou Ishak, of Samarkand, who was a great traveler, al-
most as great a one as I. Long ago a sultan sent him forth to seek for the
Earth Girdle. Surely our wise men have said that the earth is girdled about
by mountains—by a great rampart that holds in the water of the seas and
the soil of the land. Now, behind this rampart in the west the sun sinks
at the end of the day, and from the eastern rampart the sun rises at dawn.
How could it be otherwise? Nay, do not frown, my lord. The earth is like
a rope stretched taut about the circuit of the shield. The rampart is called
Caf, in my speech, but among the northern folk it is called the Moun-
tain of the Eagles.”
Kirdy thought of the snow range he had seen the previous dawn and
held his peace. Al-Tâbir refreshed himself and went on.
“Now this Abou Ishak—a man of some note in his day, and a writer of
a book or so, though there was little faith in him—this Abou Ishak cried
out with a loud voice that he did find the mountain Caf where the sun
rises—a mountain rampart that may not be climbed by men, for near the
summits only birds of prey live. And beyond the rampart he heard tell
that certain spirits were penned.
“All this did I repeat to Otrè-pief. Then he asked of me if it was the Golden
Horde that dwelt beyond the rampart—for into Muscovy had come tales
of the Golden Horde that wanders near the place where the sun rises.
“Is not wine the better for spice—a tale for a little touch of fancy? I em-
broidered the garment of truth with the gold thread of imagination. I said
it was so—the Golden Horde dwelt in a city beyond the rampart.
“Then surely madness smote this lord of the Muscovites, for he said
to his companions that someday he would journey to the Mountain of
the Eagles.”
The young Cossack stared into the crimson eye of the fire and thought
that Otrèpiev was not mad. The false tsar had foreseen the necessity of
flight and had come to a place where the Muscovites could not reach him
with vengeance.
98 t h e wol f m a s t e r
“And yet,” he muttered “the girl Nada is not a lying Persian. She told
Otrèpiev of a city to be found beyond the mountains.”
“Aye,” the Persian smiled, no whit cast down by the Cossack’s opin-
ion of his people. “Yet she is a flower, a lily from the garden of paradise.
Who would weigh her words for the dross of truth?”
Kirdy wondered if Nada had actually journeyed with her father to this
place before now. A search of his memory revealed that Nada had said in
Moscow that she had come from the country of the Golden Horde—cer-
tainly she spoke the language of these riders of the steppe.
“Hearken Al-Tâbir,” he remarked. “One thing is certain beyond doubt.
We are prisoners in the camp of Tevakel khan of the Golden Horde.”
The soft mouth of the Persian fell open, and he peered over his shoul-
ders into the shadows of the kibitka.
“All things are possible with Allah,” he murmured, and then his brown
eyes sparkling, “By the breath of Ali, by the everlasting Imamet—what a
tale I shall tell in the courtyards of Fars and Isphahan!”
But the Cossack cared not at all for wonders. He wanted to find out where
he was, where Otrèpiev and Nada were, and what their plans might be.
What Al-Tâbir had related simmered down to this: the Golden Horde
was the race of tribes that wandered on this side the distant range. The
mountains themselves might be called anything, and anything might
lie beyond them. Nada had led Otrèpiev with the tale of a city. Where
was she now?
“For what reason,” he asked Al-Tâbir abruptly, “didst thou forsake the
company of Otrèpiev?”
“I?” The interpreter of dreams roused reluctantly from imagination that
painted him a greater man than Abou Ishak. “I was frightened. A week
ago I had gone apart to look for forage. When I turned back to the camp I
saw that a strong band of Turkomans had come up and dismounted.”
“Turkomans? Here?”
“It is true—may Allah requite me if it is not true! I saw even the brands
on their horses, their sheepskin hats. They rode off with my companions,
and I whipped my horse to the north, away from them.”
Only a few years ago Kirdy had been in some bitter fighting against the
Turkoman marauders, and he knew that these tribes were justly feared. But
their homeland should lie well to the south along the great Syr-Darya.
“Why?” he wondered.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 99
“May they die without offspring! May their bones wither and their
eyes cease to see! The Turkoman dogs be Sunnites—may they bellow in
their graves.”
A light dawned on the Cossack, who knew Sunnite and Shiite—al-
though both zealous Mohammedans—love each other as a wildcat loves
a wolf. In the eyes of an orthodox Sunnite, a Persian Shitte is more to be
scorned than a giour, an unbeliever.
“Within two days, when I wandered without food, these un-eyelashed
Tartars rode up and seized me, putting me to many indignities—”
“Enough! Sleep—hold thy tongue!”
Kirdy sprang up and seized his fur mantle. When he strode for the door,
Al-Tâbir wailed and scrambled forward to clutch his girdle.
“Nay, what dost thou seek? I tell thee, these Tartars are all sons of devils!
They look in and poke at me with spears. Their eyes are like cats’—”
Kirdy thrust him aside and threw back the flap to listen.
“Hearken, Al-Tâbir,” he said grimly. “Dost thou yearn for Turkom-
ans—a whole horde of Turkomans? Then abide with thy milk and prayers.
I must go to Tevakel Khan. Dost thou hear the drums? They are horse
drums and the song they sing is of war.”
Chapter XIV
The Drink of the Fanga Nialma
Because on the far side of the border dignity rides in a saddle and disgrace
walks afoot Kirdy lingered at the wagon tent until one of his horses was
brought. This in itself was little less if a miracle, since the whole plain
seemed to be alive with beasts.
The rain had ceased; mist lay in the hollows, and under a murky sky
an orange glow spread in the east. Against this light the Cossack made
out the dome-like tops of kibitkas, the tossing horns of multitudes of cat-
tle, the black shapes of riders. He heard the harsh grunting of camels, the
squealing of lions, the bellowing of bulls, the incessant, plaintive crying
of thousands of sheep and unnumbered goats.
His nostrils tingled with the acrid smoke of dung and damp wood
fires, the warm breath of trampled grass, and the reek of wet leather. Ax-
les creaked, dogs howled, and unseen men shouted. It was a dawn of ca-
lamity, as if these inhabitants of the steppe had been driven together by
flood or fire. But there was order in the chaos. Near at hand an old woman
milked a complaining camel, and out of the nearest herd his black Kar-
100 t h e wol f m a s t e r
barda was led up, saddled. Two warriors waited to see what he would do
next—two broad and silent men clad in wolf skins, with lacquer helmets
topped by a horsetail plume, with a leather drop that came down over
their shoulders. Bows and arrows rested in carved wooden cases at hips,
and each held a weapon Kirdy had never seen before.
This weapon was a battle-ax—a four-and-a-half foot staff, of ivory or
bamboo, with a leather thong that passed around the wrist. The head was
long, the edge slightly curved, the butt a steel point.
“Oucheha keri kari,” the Cossack said to the Tartars. “It is the dawn,
and the drums summon to saddle.”
The swift roll of the horse drums had ceased near him but had been
taken up in distant kibitkas, and he knew it must be a summons to mus-
ter. Knew, too, it was infinitely better to make this assertion than to ask
the question—because uncertainty is cousin to fear and for a captive to
show fear is to invite taunts.
The Tartars regarded him impassively.
“Ay-a, the weapon-bearing men ride from the camp.”
“Then I must speak with Tevakel Khan.”
To a black dome rising out of a cleared space in the encampment they
led him, and he loosed the girdle of his sword at the threshold. Older than
the blade itself is the tabu against carrying so much as a stick into a tent
of the Hordes of High Asia—and not for the khan’s herd of ponies would
any Tartar have stolen a weapon so left at the entrance.
The dome was of felt, rising on interlashed wattles, and a squadron could
have formed beneath it. Within it was divided by partitions of painted
leather into many compartments. By the fire in the central chamber knelt
Tevakel Khan on a carpet.
“What gift, O Cossack,” he asked, “dost thou bring to the Altyn-juz?”
He spoke placidly in the half voice of one accustomed to silence in his
listeners. An old man, Tevakel Khan, with a thin, good-humored face and
brilliant eyes—a straight figure in a horsehide jacket, the dark mane run-
ning down the middle of his back. His embroidered boots had very high red
heels, and his black satin skullcap was neatly sewn with silver thread.
Considering him, Kirdy judged that he was not to be trifled with—a
generous man, indulgent with increasing years, but with authority in his
very blood. And the Cossack tried to think of some fitting gift. He had
said that he came to the Golden Horde on a mission, and a present would
be expected. But he had no gift
t h e wol f m a s t e r 101
“I bring—”
He was about to say a black Karbarda stallion, but a glance about the
compartment checked him. Behind Tevakel Khan were ranged sandalwood
and ebony chests, rolls of splendid carpets, and saddles ornamented with
silver inlaid on iron. The bowls on the little table from which the chief-
tain helped himself to dried raisins and tea and millet cake were of am-
ber and jade. Tevakel Khan was wealthy—a horse meant little more to the
nomad than one of the raisins he selected with such care.
“I bring a sword,” he said.
Tevakel Khan looked at him expectantly. The Cossack requested one
of the attendants to carry in the curved saber that he had left at the en-
trance, and noticed that the Tartar repressed an exclamation of pleasure
when he beheld the jeweled hilt and the rich scabbard that the warrior
held forth in both hands. Before Tevakel Khan could take it, Kirdy stepped
forward and spoke.
“I am Ak Sokol, the White Falcon, and I have come to the Altyn-juz
from the land of infidels near the setting of the sun.”
The Tartar, sipping a bowl of tea, waited in courteous silence.
“The dog of a Persian,” observed one of his household, “said thou wert
near at hand on the plain, with two horses. He was fleeing from the Turkom-
ans. Art thou his brother?”
The question was put with thinly veiled contempt, and Kirdy paid it
no heed.
“Hearken, O Khan of the Altyn-juz,” he went on. “Thy drums beat the
summons to saddle. Thine enemies the Turkomans have come up from
the southern plain to raid thy herds.”
This was a reasonable surmise, and Tevakel Khan made an exclama-
tion of assent. Pinpoints of fire glowed in his dark eyes.
“Allah hath caused desire to be born in the heart of Ilbars Sultan of
Kwaresmia, the son of Arap Muhammad, lord of Khiva. He thought to find
us with our eyes turned the other way, but he has come with a mighty
following.”
Not long since, Kirdy had waged a lengthy battle against Ilbars Sul-
tan—the Leopard Prince. He seen the Turkomans wipe out five hundred
Don Cossacks, and the memory rankled.
*Cossack.
102 t h e wol f m a s t e r
“Ilbars Sultan has a high nose and keen eyes; he would rather slay
men than carry off beasts and women. He is shrewd, but the blood lust
blinds him.”
A faint surprise was apparent in the emotionless Tartar.
“What words are these words, O Kazak?* Art thou a fanga—a wizard,
to know what passes beyond thy sight?”
“Nay, I have seen the sultan when swords were drawn. I say to thee, O
Khan, that he is terrible in battle.”
“And is this thy mission—to praise Ilbars Sultan, the thieving dog, to
my face?”
“As to that, I speak the truth. Yet I sought the Golden Horde to find
therein an enemy. Within the year an oath was sworn that this enemy
should die.”
Whatever the old khan thought of this he kept to himself. Blood feuds
were more to be cherished than religious faith, in the steppe. His eye wan-
dered to the curved sword.
“What is the name of thine enemy, O youth?”
“He was khan of the Muscovites.”
“Then he is not to be found within our grazing land. Harken, Kazak.
Some have said to me that thou art a spy, sent in advance by the Turkom-
ans. What are words? I bear thee neither ill will nor good. Give me then
the sword and go in peace. I have said.”
Kirdy inclined his head.
“And this is my answer, O Khan! Among my people it is a law of laws
that a sword may not pass to another while the master of it lives. Lack-
ing other gifts, I offer to bear the sword on thy behalf in this battle. When
I have taken spoil, then I will have a gift that is fitting.”
A murmur of impatience and anger arose from the listeners around the
sides of the room—from the sons and grandsons of the khan, and his of-
ficers. They resented the appearance of the stranger at such a time, and
more than resented his boldness. Even the quiet old man seemed sur-
prised, but he meditated, his arms folded on his knees.
“Hearken, young warrior, to my second word. The lifetime of a horse
before now, the Altyn-juz sought pasture in the west. We came to a river,
and there found a lame man, a Kazak such as thou, whose only solace
in life was a girl-child. Now this Kazak was assuredly a wizard, because
the wolfpacks came to his tent of nights, and he talked with them. We
shared bread and salt, he and I, and our talk was as brothers and friends.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 103
That was long ago, yet I have seen no Kazak since. Abide, then, with me,
but think no more of mounting for battle, lest my men slay thee, un-
knowing. With Ilbars Sultan is a fanga, and it will go hard with us. Tid-
ings have come—”
With a gesture he dismissed the Cossack and turned to his house-
hold, crumpling the millet cakes in his slender fingers. Kirdy smiled as
if greatly honored—though his very soul burned with impatience to be
free of the tent and in the saddle—and took a seat among the sons of Te-
vakel Khan.
But when he heard the first of the messengers who had been waiting at
the entrance, he forgot weariness and disappointment in sudden interest.
The Turkomans were within a day’s ride of the Tartar camp.
The messengers, who were soaked and weary with riding through the
night and the storm, told tales of tent-villages seized by the foe—of old
people cut down, warriors burned or crucified or dragged by horses, and
young women that died within an hour of capture.
This was no ordinary raid on the part of Ilbars Sultan. The Turkomans,
with their allies the Usbeks, numbered close to twenty thousand. They had
followed the grass up to the north with their horse herds, and they meant
to wipe out the armed men of the Golden Horde, to seize the cattle and
pasture land for their own, and to keep the Tartar children for slaves.
In the face of calamity, the patriarch of the Golden Horde remained ut-
terly calm. From the north and the west the Tartar clans were hastening
on tired horses to the gathering of the Horde. To Kirdy, it seemed as if Te-
vakel Khan must give battle within the next two or three days.
If he retreated into the northern steppe he would lose the bulk of his
cattle, many horses, and all his sheep—and these herds were the very life
of the Altyn-juz. On the other hand, if he stood his ground against the
dreaded Turkomans now, he would be outnumbered.
And if there was a battle, what would become of Otrèpiev and Nada?
They were not far away—a Turkoman does not yield up such captives.
And, unless the Cossack could free himself from the watch of Tevakel
Khan this battle on the steppe would separate them again, as the black
storm drives travelers asunder in the desert.
“In the night before this last the Turkoman did the two-sword dance
in the chieftain’s place.”
A lad who had crept through the outer patrols of the invaders had just
come in to report what he had seen.
104 t h e wol f m a s t e r
“They have many ponies, and a great camp. While the sword dance was
going on some of them made a great noise and a flash of fire with weap-
ons they held in their hands, yet no harm came to them.”
Tevakel Khan made a gesture of assent. Although the Altyn-juz had
no firelocks, he had heard of them before.
“What does the fanga nialma of the sultan?”
“He drinks fire.”
“A-ah!”
A sibilant moan from the listeners greeted this, and the boy glanced
proudly around him, to take full credit for the ominous tidings he
brought.
“The wizard drinks fire from a cup, sitting before Ilbars Sultan the Leop-
ard,” he went on. “My eyes beheld this. He sits on a white bearskin.”
“A-ah!”
“He has five lesser fanga, to wait upon him and increase his magic.”
“That is so,” put in another, a burly warrior who had carried off the
first prisoner from a Turkoman outpost. “The six magicians were found
marching toward Ilbars Sultan, out in the steppe. They were clad in red
velvet and sables and silver cloth, and their garments were sewn with jew-
els from skirt to cap.”
Kirdy pushed aside the Tartar in front of him, to hear the better.
“Allahim barabat yik saftir,” murmured Tevakel Khan. “God is just
and merciful!” By this he meant that all matters were ordained, and what
was happening could not be altered.
“The fanga nialma,” went on the warrior, “held in his hand at that time
an apple, and the apple was pure gold. He had changed it to gold.”
“What else?”
“Six geese took flight from the grass at the moment when the six fanga
appeared.”
It was apparent to the old Tartar that mighty forces were opposed to
him. The marauding Turkomans were evil, but this fellowship of magi-
cians: drinking fire and changing fruit into gold, were more to be dreaded.
But all at once it seemed to him that his captive, the Cossack, had be-
come possessed of a devil.
Kirdy’s dark eyes were blazing and the veins in his forehead stood out.
The mention of a cup of fire had aroused his curiosity; the five compan-
ions of the wizard had aroused his suspicion, and the gold apple had made
him certain of a strange fact. He remembered seeing, in other days, a gold
apple among the crown pieces of the tsars.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 105
For some moments the old chief remained buried in thought. He thought
of the other Cossack who had power over the wolves, and he reached a
decision.
“Kai—it must be thou art also a fanga. A wizard who bears a sword,
with hair on his face.”
Though Kirdy had not been prepared for this conclusion, he took in-
stant advantage of it.
“Then grant me to ride in the battle. I will seek out this other fanga
who drinks fire and destroy him.”
The advantages of such an arrangement were apparent to Tevakel Khan,
and he agreed at once, only demanding that Kirdy remain near him un-
til the fighting began.
Chapter XV
Strike Like a Thunderbolt
Let your swiftness be that of the wind, your steadiness that of the
forest. In raiding and plundering, be like fire, in immovability like
a mountain.
Above all, let your plans be dark and impenetrable as night, and
when you move, strike like a thunderbolt.
But Kirdy was in the saddle, and Al-Tâbir, intent on keeping his only
friend within call, clung to the stirrup, heedless of the Karbarda’s snort-
ing as he trotted through the groups of warriors up to the mound where
the patriarch sat surrounded by his officers.
The mound was in darkness because Tevakel Khan did not wish his
foes to see his anger. A musket-shot away, the camp of the raiders was in
plain sight, for the Turkomans were enjoying themselves after their fash-
ion. They had set up lofty stakes to the top of which they hung captives—
women as well as men—by the feet. Warriors with torches were lighting
the heads of the unfortunates. Archers were shooting shafts into the strug-
gling and smoking bodies, and the hoarse shouting of the wild tribesmen
could be clearly heard. It was answered by a groan from Al-Tâbir.
Stacked by the Turkoman tents were piles of plunder—rugs, weapons,
and shining silver. Lean warriors, wrapped in grotesque finery, nankeens
and furs and silk taken from the Tartars, stalked about in full view, while
others roasted whole sides of mutton and beef over fires fed by broken tent
furniture and wagons.
At times other men were visible, dripping red from head to boots, with
stained knives in their hands—and Al-Tâbir wondered whether these had
come from the butchery of beasts or captives. Wild cries and the roaring of
flames, drifting smoke and the flash of bright blades in the sword dance—
all this filled him with a dread of the morrow.
He looked at Tevakel Khan and shivered. The old man was grinding
his teeth and clutching at his head, muttering.
“Tzaktyr—kiari. Burn—slay!”
Tevakel Khan had seen the blood of his grandson and the torture of his
people, and for him there was neither rest nor sleep until he could take his
sword in his hand and go against the invaders. But Kirdy, squatting at his
side and paying no heed to the nudging of Al-Tâbir, scanned the extent of
the Turkoman camp with experienced eyes and weighed chances. Before
long the fires would die out, and then nothing could be seen.
The Cossack frowned. By dawn the Turkomans would be in the sad-
dle, their best mounted men on the wings; they would circle the smaller
array of the Tartars, making play with their long firelocks—Kirdy knew
well how they fought, leaping in and slashing like wolves.
“Attack now!” he said under his breath.
The old man turned to peer into his eyes.
“What was thy word?”
t h e wol f m a s t e r 109
“Attack now.”
“Kai—it is dark. Yonder jackals snarl over their meat. That was the
word of a traitor!”
“I have been asleep. Now my eyes are open. I see a way into the camp
of the Turkomans.” Kirdy spoke with utter assurance, knowing that, for
a moment, life and death weighed in the balance. “After I drank the fire I
slept, and the spirits of high and distant places came before me.”
The Cossack was certain of three things: In darkness the crude fire-
locks of the Turkomans would be of less service than the Tartars’ bows;
also, for a reason he had never fathomed, the Moslems of the south were
reluctant to give battle at night. Also, if Tevakel Khan waited for dawn
and the onset of the sultan, he would fare badly.
Tevakel Khan breathed deeply and ceased to snarl. He was aged and
far from timid, and he was thinking that in the hours of night the power
of the fanga increased greatly.
“Then, say!” he urged.
Kirdy was already shaping a plan in his mind.
“By fire, by the cattle herd, and by fear the Turkoman can be broken
like a dry reed.”
“I will make a whip from his hide—I will make a drinking cup from
his skull.”
“Aye, so. Now hearken, Tevakel Khan, to the plan.”
Mindful of possible listeners, the Cossack leaned close to the chief-
tain and whispered. When he had done, the Tartar sat like a graven im-
age, blinking at the distant camp fires. The shadowy figures of his men
crept closer, to hear what he would say.
“God is just and merciful!” he ejaculated at last. “Yalou baumbi—
mount your horses. Bring my shield and my horse. We shall go against
the long-haired dogs.”
“What has happened?” Al-Tâbir caught the flash of exultation in the
Cossack’s dark face. “Will we fly? That is good!”
“Nay, we draw the saber and cast away the scabbard. And that is best
of all.”
Now the interpreter of dreams did not lack cleverness. The set lips and
blazing eyes of the young Cossack told him that it would be useless to pro-
test; and he had found out that it was worse than useless to try to sneak
out of the camp. So he pretended to be pleased and asked for a weapon,
saying that he would ride between Kirdy and Girai. It seemed to him that
110 t h e wol f m a s t e r
Then, to Al-Tâbir’s thinking, all the devils of the night swooped down.
The herds started to run away from the camp fires, and the Tartars around
Kirdy howled and roared at it on their wing, so that the leaders plunged
down the wind, over the knoll, and toward the Turkoman camp.
The bellowing of the beasts, the snorting of the frantic horses, the whin-
ing of the wind—all this swept Al-Tâbir along, close to Kirdy’s stirrup. In
the depression between the camps, the steers spread out but ceased not
their maddened rush as hot embers fell on them.
Rushing to the summit of their slope, the Turkomens beheld the herd
with its blazing horns. Their patrols tried to turn it, but that herd could
not be turned. Then the Turkomans ran for their horses.
Thundering across the depression and up the slight slope, the cattle
burst past the watch fires and scattered among the tents, the carts, the
piles of plunder of the raiders. Firelocks barked at them, and arrows began
to flicker among them, but the mass of them that surged over the tents—
crashed head-on into wagons, rubbed blazing horns against flimsy felt.
In another moment flames fanned by the rushing wind began to spring
up all over the encampment.
To the best of Al-Tâbir’s belief madness had given way to chaos, and
he wondered into which of the seven hells of Moslem purgatory he had
been plunged.
The “Ghar—ghar—ghar!” of the eager Tartars mingled with the “Al-
lah-hai!” of the rallying Turkomens. Al-Tâbir was still between Kirdy
and Girai, galloping through lines of tents and dodging frantic steers. He
saw two warriors on shaggy ponies—two men with gleaming swords and
bare, shaven heads. Prudently he pulled in his horse and watched the Cos-
sack spur forward, parrying a slash of a Turkoman scimitar and slipping
his blade into the throat of the shouting warrior as he passed.
Girai arose in his short stirrups, swinging the long battle-ax. The
Turkoman who opposed him threw up his sword to guard his head. But the
heavy ax smote through the guard and split open the man’s forehead.
“Forward!” Kirdy cried.
They turned aside, bending low in the saddle to keep under the whis-
tling shafts that flew from the shadows where men gathered. Their po-
nies leaped a tangle of bodies and flew up a clear slope toward the green
standard of the sultan. Here the wind howled at them and eddies of smoke
twined around them, as if to draw them onward.
112 t h e wol f m a s t e r
A firelock roared and flashed, and Girai’s pony sank, head down, at the
crest of the knoll. But Kirdy, who had caught sight of Nada, rode on at a
free gallop, his sword arm swinging at his knee.
The girl still wore her Cossack dress and hat for—despite Otrèpiev’s au-
thority—no woman of such beauty would have been safe in that camp. She
was in the saddle of the bay stallion, without her yataghan, and the stallion’s
rein was held by two men, also mounted—companions of Otrèpiev.
One let fall the rein and rode at Kirdy. He was a young warrior, with
thin, cold features, and his apparel was that of a Polish noble, a black vel-
vet kontash thrown over silvered breastplate, a gilded eagle on his light
shield. His horse was a splendid gray mare.
Kirdy tightened his reign and swerved to meet the Pole on his right side;
but the other—a skilled horseman—darted in and slashed at his head.
The sabers clashed and parted, and before the young noble could turn
his mare the Cossack had whirled his black Karbarda and crashed into
him. The Pole kept his seat in the saddle by a miracle, but his sword wrist
was gripped by steel fingers.
“Yield!” Kirdy demanded.
At the same instant both heard the flurry of hoofs behind them. The man
who had remained at Nada’s side was a Circassian, a follower of Otrèpiev,
and not inclined to let slip an opportunity to use his weapon. Swinging
his yataghan over his head, he darted at the Cossack’s back.
“Guard yourself—White Falcon!” Nada shouted, her clear voice cut-
ting through the uproar as a bell pierces the mutter of a throng.
Kirdy had no time to do that. He caught a glimpse of the lean Moslem,
and the gleam of steel—and he swung himself out of the saddle.
“Hai!” The Circassian shouted once in triumph and again in anger, be-
cause his sweeping slash had met only air. The impetus of his rush carried
him past, and before he could wheel, Kirdy, who had kept his left foot in
the stirrup, had thrust the Pole away and was in the saddle again.
But—though his grip had numbed the young noble’s right wrist—the
Pole had plucked a dagger from his belt with his free hand, and the short
blade slashed the Cossack’s ribs. Feeling the bite of the steel, Kirdy smashed
the hilt of his saber into the Pole’s face. Both men reeled, but it was the
Pole who fell, the Cossack who tightened his knees and groped for his
rein with a numbed arm. And upon him all the fury of the Circassian de-
scended.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 113
The Moslem came on warily this time, and once his twisted blade cut
Kirdy’s forearm. Squatting in short stirrups, his long teeth bared, his dark
eyes gleaming, he edged his horse closer, seeking to thrust under his foe-
man’s guard with the shorter weapon.
And now Kirdy swayed in the saddle, his saber sliding off the
yataghan.
“Hai!” cried the Circassian, and thrust.
But the Cossack, who had been watching for this, was not as weak as
he seemed. The curved saber slashed down, and before the Moslem could
recover, Kirdy had cut him through the temple so that the steel grated
on bone and he had to strain to draw it free. So convulsively had the man
gripped with rein and knees when he was struck, he remained for a mo-
ment crouching in the saddle—until his frantic horse, rearing, flung him
to earth, a lifeless body.
Then Kirdy turned to look for the other. Instead, he saw Girai climb-
ing into the saddle of the mare and a glance at the splendid figure in
breastplate and kontash showed him that Girai had slain the owner be-
fore catching the horse.
“Dismount!” he heard Nada’s voice. “Let me see your hurt.” Kirdy
shook his head.
“It was a trick. I can ride.”
The girl, in her dark svitza and hat, looked slender and pale as if she had
been wasted by sickness, and in the glare of the flames Kirdy wondered
if this were indeed the Nada he had left at the Wolf’s Throat, or some ap-
parition that had taken form out of the steppe. He leaned forward to peer
into her eyes, and the sight of her beauty warmed his blood like the rar-
est of wines.
“My yataghan,” she begged at once. “The dog of a Circassian took it.”
Kirdy bade Girai retrieve the weapon and its sheath, but when Nada
took it in her hand, she shivered.
“There is blood—your blood upon it.”
“Wipe the blade,” Kirdy ordered the Tartar harshly, and Girai did so,
on the end of the slain Moslem’s turban.
“Nay,” cried the girl. “It is an omen of death.” And she looked at the
young warrior steadfastly, as if she feared some power might, even at that
moment, carry him from her side.
“Then take me to Otrèpiev!” he responded gruffly, because of the pain
of the wound in his side.
114 t h e wol f m a s t e r
“Unharmed he goes again upon the steppe. And what road will you
follow?”
“I will stay with you.”
Kirdy could see nothing at all, and the beat of the rain was like sword
strokes on his bare head. With the rein of the Karbarda over his arm, he
staggered toward the rocky side of the gully, to seek for shelter. Once he
felt Nada catch his arm.
Stumbling forward, he tried to feel out the way.
Though his legs still carried him, he was half unconscious. Then he
became aware that he was in a dry place—a shallow cavern, he thought.
He heard the heavy breathing of the horses, the light step of Nada. Fling-
ing himself down, he fell asleep at once.
The girl had taken the warrior’s head in her lap, and with the long
tresses of hair that had been kept dry under the sheepskin hat she rubbed
the water and blood from his face. Because she also was weary and—for
the first time in months—happy, she wept.
Chapter XVI
Tevakel Khan
Girai the ax-man sat on the saddle atop the treasure wagon of the van-
ished wizard and related over and over again the tale of what he had seen.
This he did to establish his own worth and importance, but also to keep
intact the contents of the wagon.
It had been placed upon him as a duty to preserve this spoil for the
Cossack, and, being no more than one man, Girai knew that guile must
come to the aid of his ax if he was to ward greedy hands from the bundles
and chests that he sat on.
With the gold-embroidered kontash of the dead Pole wrapped around
him, and the body of the Pole to point to in evidence of his tale, he held
forth:
“Hai—in this fashion it was. We had slain many of the Turkoman
wolves—the Cossack fanga and I. We twain rode up this height to where
the standard was to be seen. In this place, as you may see, I slew the Frank,
splitting his skull. Then out of the darkness appeared the woman dressed
as a man and the Cossack bade me wipe clean a light sword and bestow it
upon her. It was a good sword, though light. Then the twain rode to look
at this wagon which contains the magic of the fanga nialma.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 117
“No sooner had they touched the wagon than the fanga nialma came
toward us, with a white pelt swinging from his shoulders and his horse
snorting fire. The Cossack fanga shouted and reined at him, swinging the
enchanted sword that cuts through iron or leather. If there were not magic
in the sword, how else would it cut as it does?
“Then, behold, the fanga nialma fled for his life.
“But he cried out to the spirits of the upper air, and rain came, to be a
veil in covering his flight. He vanished like a rat in a wheat field, and the
Cossack also vanished; but by the gods of the high places, my brothers, it
is not well to touch this wagon. I, who have permission, may sit in this
saddle thus. Now, my brothers, bring me mare’s milk and the fat tail of
a sheep from a full pot.”
After a time came Tevakel Khan with two sons, to look at the wizard’s
wagon. Though they yearned to investigate, after hearing Girai’s tale they
decided not to do so until all the rest of the spoil of the Turkoman camp
was safely garnered.
The Turkoman wolves had been slashed and driven. The fighting ed-
died over the plain, as scattered wind gusts follow a hurricane. And the
Tartars pursued like ferrets—for this was the kind of fighting they rel-
ished. The Horde had been thinned under the dreaded swords of the in-
vaders, but a great number of the Turkomans lay headless in the high,
wet grass. Their heads were piled into pyramids, about which vultures
and crows flapped and stalked. The men of the Golden Horde cared not
for slaves, and they had seen their women hung by the feet and burned
the night before.
The younger warriors were still in the saddle, harrying the groups of
the flying, when, at midafternoon, Kirdy and Nada rode in on lame horses,
and Girai gave up his charge.
No sooner had the Cossack dismounted than word of his arrival was
carried to Tevakel Khan. A carpet was placed near the wagon, and upon
this the old chieftain knelt, while his surviving sons gathered behind
him. Gravely he acknowledged Kirdy’s salute, and without expression he
stared at Nada, evidently believing her a captive.
“The fate of man is in God’s hands,” he intoned, and added: “Hast thou
slain the wizard of Ilbars Sultan?”
“Nay—he has escaped to the east.”
“Doubtless taking the form of a serpent or a rat,” nodded the khan, who
was familiar with the evasiveness of wizards. “Yet this, his kibitka, is in
118 t h e wol f m a s t e r
thy hands. Thou hast, too, his woman. But let us see what is in the sacks.”
Many and varied were the tales that had sprung up among the Horde of the
splendor and the daring of the departed wizard, and—though he gave no
sign of it—Tevakel Khan was afflicted with all the curiosity of a child.
First the saddle was brought to the chieftain for inspection, then kegs
of powder, which he recognized and distrusted. He believed that fire-
locks were uncanny, and since the firelocks of the Turkomans had done
them little good, he decided to sprinkle the powder on the earth, where
it could do no harm.
A pair of flutes pleased him immensely, and rich garments and jars of
rum and brandy likewise. But when Kirdy broke open a small chest and
showed him strings of pearls, the notorious gold apple, the gold staff with
jeweled tip, and rubies and diamonds of great size and luster, he fell into
meditation.
“Aforetime,” Kirdy reminded him, “I made pledge that from the spoil
of this camp a gift should be found for thee—a fitting gift. Take then these
precious stones, for they are part of a royal treasure.” Again the old man
scrutinized each flaming ruby—torn from more massive settings—and
the blue and yellow diamonds that must have come from Persia.
“Allah!” he grunted. “Of what worth are these? The garments I shall
wear, and the wines shall be drunk from the skull cup of Ilbars Sultan.
But these will not keep out the cold or warm the blood.”
“They are thine. Do with them as thou wilt.”
“They brought no good to the fanga nialma. Such things work evil. I
have seen it. I have goods enough. From the earth they came, and I shall
have them buried, and a horse slain upon the spot as an offering to the
spirits of the high places.”
Kirdy glanced at Nada, who was fingering the stones curiously.
“The khan will bury them,” he said. “Will you not keep some?” The
girl smiled, and then shook her head.
“Nay, White Falcon—they were stolen, and what would they avail us
here?” Now the jewels were the last of the things of the false tsar—and
Kirdy thought that he must have carried them from the palace the day be-
fore his flight from Moscow, sending them ahead in the sledge. Such arti-
cles as these might have been carried out under one of the immense coats
of the Muscovites, and Otrèpiev had counted on changing them into money
when his journey had ended. And Kirdy wondered, while he waited for the
khan to acknowledge his gift, whether Otrèpiev had turned back through
the shambles of the camp to seek Nada or these precious stones.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 119
“Eh,” said Tevakel Khan, “now come ye to my yurta and make choice
of whatever thing thou desirest.” A Tartar is avaricious where presents are
concerned, but it is a matter of personal honor with him that the giver be
rewarded. So he was surprised and not too well pleased when the Cossack
said he would take only fresh horses and a man to show him the way.
“Whither?”
“Only the eagles know. I go upon the trail of my enemy, the fanga
nialma.”
Considering this, the khan shook his head moodily.
“Thou art bold, O Cossack. Thou art terrible in battle, as a man should
be. Thou hast a golden-haired slave, and here in the Horde there is a place
for thee, at the right of the fire. What more will a journey bring thee?”
“Vengeance.”
“For death?”
“For the deaths of ten thousand, and the broken promise of a traitor.”
The old chieftain made a gesture as of casting a stick upon a fire.
“With the slayer of his kin a man may not sleep under the same sky.
Bind thy wounds, that they do not open—choose from my herd what
pleases thee, and go. Yet if thy rein is drawn again to the Altyn-juz, the
place on the white horse skin of my yurta is open. I have said it, and my
word is not smoke.”
Aware that this was a favorable moment to leave, and that the good-
nature of the old man might not last, Kirdy placed his hand to his fore-
head and lips.
“And the woman!” Tevakel Khan observed suddenly. “What is to be
done with her?”
“She desires to go with me.”
“Then thy peace will be troubled, because she came from the camp of
thine enemy. It would be better to slay her with thy sword—thus!”
He moved the scimitar that lay across his knees significantly.
“Nay, she is a Cossack, and her father is the master of the wolves, thy
friend.”
“Allah!” Tevakel Khan considered Nada and thought that here was a
matter of wonder. It seemed to him that this feud was no ordinary pursuit
of blood, but a struggle of wizardry. He chose rather to hear the ending of
it than to have a share in it himself, and he gave Kirdy leave to go.
When the wounded Cossack and the young girl walked away through
the charred camp, the sun was near setting, and the red light brought
120 t h e wol f m a s t e r
to the mind of Tevakel Khan another matter, most vital. His faded eyes
gleamed, the wrinkles in his broad face deepened, and he bade his sons
bring to him the scholar who did his writing.
When the native was seated at his feet, thin brush and paper roll in
hand, the master of the Golden Horde began speaking.
“Write thus! To Arap Muhammad Khan of Khiva, lord of dead wolves
and king of grave-jackals, greeting from his foe Tevakel Khan of the Al-
tyn-juz!
“Understand that upon this day, the fifth of the month of the Ox, I
mounted and rode against thy camp and thy son Ilbars Sultan and thy
warriors, sword in hand.
“Thou couldst not see the flames devour thy tents, thy heroes over-
thrown and trampled, their heads piled into heaps.
“Thou couldst not see thy wise men and wizards fleeing like sheep,
brother parting from brother—thy horses taken by my grandchildren,
thy weapons cast before my tent pole, thy standard the plaything of girl-
children—nor the skull of thy son Ilbars Sultan that was, a drinking cup
ready to my hand.
“Since all these things thou couldst not see, and since not a man of thine
hath escaped to bear thee the tale, I, Tevakel Khan—I tell it thee!”
This was the Tartar’s valedictory to the hated Turkoman, and when
he had satisfied himself that Al-Tâbir did not understand the writing, Te-
vakel Khan gave the letter to the interpreter of dreams to bear to Khiva,
instructing several of his warriors to accompany the Persian as far as the
first outposts of the Turkomans.
Chapter XVII
The Gate in the Mountain
It was several days later that Kirdy and Nada camped near a Tartar ceme-
tery—a place of gray, moss-coated rocks and dense rushes—and listened
to a harangue by Girai the ax-man, who had offered to accompany them.
A half dozen rough-coated ponies grazed outside the firelight, with the
bay stallion that the girl had kept. Their packs now held little except meat
and salt, and Girai’s cooking implements, and furs.
Squatting at a little distance from them, the Tartar spoke gravely, his
hideous face outlined by the glow of the fire against the loom of a rock.
“Kai, it is so. Here the grazing land ends and the thick forest begins.
After the rains it was a small matter to follow the trace of thine enemy;
but in the forest a trail is lost if it be three or four days old.”
t h e wol f m a s t e r 121
she added tranquilly, “where else could he go? You have seen, and Girai
has growled it out, that only the mountain pass was open to him.”
“Nay, yours was the spur that sent him forward.”
“True! How much better for him if he had lingered at that first camp,
eating mutton until you came, with your sword, on a Tartar’s pony—”
Kirdy winced, because the diminutive beasts of the Golden Horde were
ill suited to his height, and Nada, secure on the great-limbed charger, had
pointed this out more than once.
“—and cut him to pieces,” the girl concluded pleasantly. “As it is, he
goes free into the unknown.”
“You led him across the dry lands.”
“Should I leave him for the kites? Nay, he could never have found the
way. And you blame me for that?”
Now in his heart Kirdy had no blame for any act of the girl; a blind rage
was seizing him. Al-Tâbir had said that Nada had joined the company of
Otrèpiev because she knew that, sooner or later, Kirdy would come up
with them. Rage whispered that Al-Tâbir lied, to curry favor—that Nada
loved the false tsar and the glitter of his deeds. Jealousy whispered that
Nada was now riding at his side, not because she wished to be with him,
but because she sought to lead him astray from his pursuit.
And in this moment Nada’s mood changed, as a leaf blown by the wind
whirls and rushes back upon the gust. Her long eyes, intent on the fire,
grew troubled, and she put her hand lightly on the Cossack’s arm. Under
her fingers the man’s muscles were like iron, and he did not dare look at
her, for the anger in him.
“Kirdy,” she said after a moment, “look!”
She pointed up, beyond the dark network of the forest, to the wall of
darkness that was the bare, rocky heights above the timber line. Out of
this black wall rose at intervals the snow peaks, gleaming in the clear
starlight. To the girl—as well as to Girai—they resembled watchtowers
built upon a wall of sheer immensity.
“Tevakel Khan is old and wise,” she whispered. “Do as he counseled. Go
back to the Horde. Your wounds have not closed; there is fever in you.”
Now he looked at her with burning eyes, his lips set upon clenched
teeth. And she frowned and tried to shake his arm.
“Go back, Kirdy. You did not hear the tale of the wife of Tevakel Khan.
Only now—”she hesitated, then—“I fear that Gregory Otrèpiev will in-
deed be master of the country beyond, and blood will fall between us—
yours or mine.”
t h e wol f m a s t e r 125
Once Kirdy laughed, and at the sound of it she drew back, lips
parted.
“Remember the omen of the yataghan. Your blood was on it when it
was given me.” But the Cossack rose suddenly to his feet and cupped his
hands about his eyes to peer at the heights.
“Kirdy,” Nada went on impulsively, “let Otrèpiev meet his fate, wher-
ever he has gone. He will not return. I fear, for us.”
“Nada,” he said slowly, “there is no fear in you. Your beauty is such
that you command and men obey, like slaves. It burns, this fever.”
His hands clenched, and his arms flung out so that bones and sinews
cracked.
“That is the way of it! Your thoughts are bent on this traitor because
he has played the part of a king. What thought have you for the Falcon,
the Cossack? He serves to protect you—to groom your horse—to bring
wood for your fire. When the wolves howl, the borzoi is caressed by his
mistress; when the sun shines, the Cossack is good enough for your jests.
The Cossack is bloody—the Cossack is revengeful—and in your dreams
you cling to the man who has slain multitudes for a whim—”
Springing to her feet, Nada faced him with blazing eyes.
“Stop! I have given my love to no man.”
“Nay, only you can know if Otrèpiev be man or fiend.”
“I—”
Nada caught her breath, and the sound of it was surely a sob. The next
instant she had grasped the hilt of the yataghan and drawn the weapon
with a thin slither of steel. With all the strength of shoulders and arm she
struck at Kirdy, and the twisted blade stopped over her head as if bound
by chains.
The Cossack, laughing wildly, had caught her wrist with one hand,
and when she sought to snatch the sword in her left hand he drew her for-
ward and turned her about so that her head pressed back against his shoul-
der and his left hand grasped her girdle, holding her helpless. Her sheep-
skin hat fell off, and the loosened tangle of silk-like hair swept against
his throat.
“Look!” he said between his teeth. And Nada ceased futile struggling
to stare up at the heights.
In the maw of blackness between two of the peaks a red eye of light
was visible.
126 t h e wol f m a s t e r
“It is in the pass,” Kirdy went on grimly, “far above the tree growth,
where no Tartars venture. That is the fire of Otrèpiev, and when you beheld
it you said to me, ‘Turn back!’ You would have led me from the trail.”
“As God lives, that is a lie. I did not see the light.”
But Kirdy merely laughed between his teeth and released the girl, turn-
ing his back upon her as if the yataghan and her anger, and his, did not
exist.
“Hi, Girai! Make ready the packs. We will go upon the road.”
Nada stood utterly still, one arm pressed against her heart, and pres-
ently she sheathed the sword, and came to Kirdy but did not touch him.
“You are wild with the fever,” she said quietly. “Pour water on your
head, walk about, and then sleep. Then in the morning go whither you
will. I—I have no place to go, except to the Tartars, and would you have
me do that?”
“Nay, you shall not leave my side until the end of the road.”
She waited while Kirdy and the Tartar made up the packs and saddled
the ponies with experienced hands in the darkness. Girai, after a glance
into the Cossack’s face and another at the gleam of light above them, made
no objection to entering the forest on horses that had not slept.
The three mounted and moved off in silence, leaving the glen with its
starlight at once. And when they entered the gloom of the forest, they were
no longer three. Girai turned aside and made off toward the valley.
“Eh,” he said, a week later, at the encampment of his clan, “I saw the
light. It was the eye of Shaitan, looking out from the gate in the ram-
part.”
Chapter XVIII
The Law
In elder days the wise men foregathered and said: Thus and so shall
be the Law. And a woman, fair to see, came and spurned the Law,
dancing upon it with light feet.
And thereupon the youth of the land came and made an oath,
saying: Thus and so shall be the Faith between us.
When they had parted, a girl-child with flowers in her hair laughed
at the Faith.
Yet when the old men and the youths girded on their armor and
went with their chariots to a distant battle, the women kept the Law
and abode by the Faith. And who shall say why this was done?
Nada could be surprisingly patient. Her father had taught her that there
is an end to everything. She talked, low-voiced, to the big bay charger,
t h e wol f m a s t e r 127
who pricked up his ears and surged forward gallantly when she noticed
him; she crooned at the eagles that flickered past the forest mesh, and
she hunted wild turkeys with a bow while she waited for the black rage
to leave Kirdy and the ascent of the Earth Girdle to end.
At evening—for the Cossack pressed on, and cooked only one meal in
the day—she plucked a turkey or roasted a deer’s quarter and made bar-
ley and cheese cakes for them both, while Kirdy attended to the horses.
Only once did he speak.
“This companion of Otrèpiev—who is he?”
Nada, bending over the fire, made answer quietly.
“One of the tsar’s dogs.”
Then Kirdy knew that the man with the false tsar was an executioner—
one of the torturers kept by the Muscovite lords. Otrèpiev had chosen a
motley court to go upon his exile, and now, except for the interpreter of
dreams, only this man garbed in black and armed with a two-handed
sword—Kirdy had caught a glimpse of him during the fighting in the
Turkoman camp—remained at the fugitive’s side.
Nada’s quick eyes missed nothing of the ascent. She knew when the
birches and alders gave place to blue firs that they were near the end of
the forest and near the spot where the fire had been seen. Ahead of them
the mountain slopes closed in, and down this gorge a bitter wind howled
as if it were a watchdog chained in the cut of the mountain.
She knew when Kirdy found the scattered ashes of the fire two days
old. For an hour he examined the earth in a wide circle about the spot,
and though Nada could see nothing at all in the ground, a sudden tens-
ing of his dark brow and flicker of the thin lips told her that he had made
certain that Otrèpiev had gone up the gorge. She had learned to read his
face, if not his thoughts.
“Sleep, Nada,” he ordered her. “We will rest, and the horses will roll
and graze.”
By this she was aware that the fever had left him and she did sleep, draw-
ing her sheepskins about her against the chill breath of that wind—the
sleep of the young and weary. But at times she heard the Cossack moving
about, and the crackle of a growing fire, and the neighing of horses led to
water. Near at hand a stream tore down the mountain side between black
boulders—a stream that foamed, milky white. And Nada, who knew noth-
ing of glacier-fed streams, was astonished because this one had roared past
128 t h e wol f m a s t e r
when she lay down in the late afternoon, and did no more than murmur
when she roused at sunrise.
Kirdy, who never seemed to sleep—after that first night in the storm
when she had held his head on her knee—led the way into the teeth of
the wind.
That day they left the last stunted trees behind, and the short grass
changed to a mossy growth that clung to the rocks, and the sides of the
gorge became sheer cliffs that rose higher until the face of the sun was
hidden. They saw the bones of a horse from which foul-smelling vultures
flapped up lazily.
Once they circled the pool under a thousand-foot waterfall—the source
of the stream that had given them water for the last day. The sun’s rays
reached the summit of the narrow fall and tinted the spray in an arc of
color that made the girl gasp.
Then, when the roar of the fall had dwindled to a distant reverberation,
Kirdy heard her singing against the voice of the wind:
And, though he pushed ahead without a word, he was troubled. This was
the song of Cossack captives, who went in chains to distant lands. He won-
dered why Nada had chosen it, and whether sickness had touched her.
That night she slept like the dead, and Kirdy tended the fire at her
feet—the glimmer of a fire, fed by the wood one pony had packed up from
the forest.
And while he watched, he listened to the twin voices of the Earth Gir-
dle—the strident cry of the wind gusts and the moan of the waterfall.
In spite of the wind’s breath, the fire burned badly, unaccountably so,
and when he filled the pot with water and tried to boil the Tartar tea brick
in it, he could not do so. Kirdy set this down to the working of the evil
spirits that must frequent such a place.
Although he got up, to walk stiffly up and down between the boulders,
drowsiness clutched at him and was not to be shaken off. So, when at last
he seated himself by the unconscious girl, his head slipped forward on his
chest. He had to struggle for breath. Almost at once the two voices of the
pass swelled in volume, and strange words came to the Cossack’s ears:
t h e wol f m a s t e r 129
Such was the warning roar that came up from the fall.
Then the wind’s note changed swiftly to the clang of war cymbals and
the monotone of the fall to the mutter of drums. The Cossack heard the
clashing of shod hoofs on stones, the snapping of standards, the creak-
ing of great wagons drawn by yoked oxen, and the roaring battle shout
of riders.
The pass was filled with moving shadows and sound. Under the space of
starlight above him gleamed the weapons of a host. He heard the snarling of
laden camels, the snorting of horses, and the clang and clash of shields.
This, he thought, must be the Golden Horde coming up from its city.
And surely he heard a deafening shout:
Kirdy sprang up, his limbs chilled and stiff. He peered around him
and saw that the line of sky between the rock walls was gray. The roar of
the fall had dwindled to a whisper and the fitful wind was no more than
a mocking whimper. At his side the horses were stamping and snorting,
and Nada, roused by his sudden movement, lifted her head and smiled at
the dawn drowsily.
“If such be the watchers,” the Cossack thought, “at the gate, what will
be the folk of the city?”
Before now he had slept on the upper slopes of a mountain range, and
at such times dreams had troubled him; breathing had been difficult, and
the fire had acted strangely. Whether all this were caused by evil spirits—
130 t h e wol f m a s t e r
dreaded by the Tartars—or by the wind and the cold of the heights, he nei-
ther knew nor cared. The night was past, the day at hand.
“Did you hear the cymbals and the drums, White Falcon?” the girl
asked.
“Aye.”
“The Tartars say that is the Horde, marching through the gate. When
they hear it, down below, they are afraid.”
“Nay, little Nada—it was the wind, and the thunder of the fall.”
“Listen!” She smiled at him in the gloom of the gorge. “Now the voice
of the fall is only a little voice, and the wind barely stirs.”
“Then it may be that the city is near, and the guards upon the wall
sound cymbal and drum at the dawn hour.”
“Do they drive camels through the pass at that hour? Nay, this is the
gate!”
She pointed at the sheer rock walls, now growing gray, and Kirdy saw
that the pass fell away, to the east. They had camped almost at its highest
point. The thought struck him that Otrèpiev and the Muscovite might
have turned back and passed them during the night and the two horses,
clattering among the stones, might have made the uproar.
But this he did not believe. A man like Otrèpiev would not have passed
a fire without investigating, or a half dozen ponies without trying to seize
them. Also, the Cossack was certain that a horse coming up the pass—a
living horse with a rider—would have roused him from his stupor.
If it had been a dream, Nada would not have heard the same sounds,
and his ponies would not have been aroused and restless before the first
light.
No, he had listened to the passage of an armed host, an array not of
mortal men but of ghosts. And it was this Horde of the dead that the Tar-
tars feared. Whence came it, and whither did it ride? What matter? The
dead were the dead.
“They paid us no heed!” Nada mused. “Ai, Kirdy, it was surely a warn-
ing.”
By now the light was strong enough for him to look closely into her
eyes, shadowed by weariness and yet bright with a kind of fever. And he
groaned, clutching both hands upon his belt. They were at the gate of
the Earth Girdle; beyond might be a barren land where food could not be
hunted down.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 131
In his anger, a few nights ago, he had ordered Nada to ride on, with him.
Better for her if she had struck him down with the yataghan! Better, per-
haps, if she had kept at Otrèpiev’s side.
“Go back, then, little Nada,” he said gruffly. “Aye, the Cossack is mad—
he has hurt you. How can you go on, in such a land as this where the spir-
its ride as a regiment? Take the horses, and—God keep you!”
He took her head in his powerful hands, pressing against the tangle of
soft tresses; but his head hung upon his chest, and he did not see her eyes
open very wide, or the sudden flush that darkened her skin.
“Whither?” she asked quietly. “Could I, a woman, ride alone with horses
through the tribes?” Again he groaned, thinking that Girai the ax-man,
who might have been relied upon to protect Nada, had run from them.
“Aye,” he said, touching the icon at her bare throat.
“The good Saint Ulass will guard you, as among wolves.”
“Foolish Cossack!” she smiled. “Now we are past the gate, and is there
less of peril before than behind? Fool, to have crossed the Earth Girdle!
Nay, I think we are near the end of the road. Come and see.”
As Nada had prophesied, the sides of the gorge fell away, and the trail
dipped sharply. Rounding a turn a little after sunrise they came out on
a point of rocks and reined in, Kirdy silently, the girl with a quick cry of
wonder.
Over the rim of distant mountain ranges the sun glared at them, and all
the way to this far-off horizon were ridges and the purple shadows of ranges.
Here and there in the nearer valleys the golden beds of lakes flared.
So great was the elevation of the point on which they stood, they could
discern no trees or animal life below them. Instead of the gray-green
steppes, they stared down at red cliffs and gorges, still mist-shrouded.
Red and gray and barren, this land beyond the Earth Girdle might have
been shaped by blind and tortured giants.
Nada shaded her eyes and looked down.
“See, my White Falcon, here is the city.”
Kirdy nodded; he had seen it at once, and now he leaned on his saddle
horn, studying it.
For more than a thousand yards the mountain fell away steeply be-
neath him—sheer cliffs, at places. At the foot of this descent a plateau
extended. The top of the plateau, or table formation, was fairly level, and
he thought that it towered far above the lower valley.
132 t h e wol f m a s t e r
At the plateau’s level, the mountain was limestone. And the city of the
Golden Horde was the same red and white stone, with bits of gray gran-
ite and other rock that glittered—quartz or porphyry.
It was a ruin.
From where the Cossack stood, the twisted streets looked like gul-
lies—the dwellings, piles of crumbled stone. He traced out terraces and
bastions without being able to decide whether they had been wrought by
men’s hands or by nature. There were patches of green growth and glints
of water.
But running down in long zigzags from the point of rock was a road, or
rather the remnant of a road, covered at spots with rubble and fallen away
completely at places. This road was the only way down from the pass.
Tevakel Khan’s nomads would no more have built that ramp down the
mountain side than nature itself could have done so. At one time men
had hewn it out and built it up.
And so, at one time, men must have lived on the plateau. By now he
could see the lower valley through the mist—the dense mesh of forest
growth that seemed no greater than moss—the lighter green of the valley
bed where the mist was clearing, and the brilliance of a lake that looked
like a jewel.
The men who had lived upon the rock plateau could have grazed their
herds thousands of feet below—or perhaps the plateau was a citadel, a
refuge in time of war. Beyond doubt there were water, wood, and game
in the valley.
But he could see no solitary sign of man.
Chapter XIX
The End of the Road
“Gregory Otrèpiev,” Nada mused, “would have gone down to that city. He
would like to see what the ruins are and what people live there.”
“Eagles live there,” Kirdy made answer, “and vipers—not men.”
“We will soon know. At least someone has gone down the trail.”
That much the Cossack had already ascertained. He had seen tracks in
a cascade of soft earth, where one horse had rubbed against the slope and
another had trampled the fresh dirt. They were halfway down the traverse
road, and the worst of it was before them. That slide of earth told a story
of frightened horses rearing back, and riders hovering over eternity.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 133
But Otrèpiev had gone on, and Kirdy meant to follow. He bade Nada
dismount, and took the rein of the bay stallion. The hardy Tartar ponies
kept their footing wisely, but the charger was all nerves. The Cossack
talked to him, and Nada coaxed, and it was one of the ponies that missed
a short jump and hurtled, screaming, down the face of the cliff, with a
thunder of rock and loosened dirt.
The charger took the jump with a yard to spare, and it needed all Na-
da’s weight on the rein to keep him from plunging ahead with the sudden
spurt of a high-strung horse that thinks danger lurks behind him.
“Well done!” Kirdy cried, as the girl quieted the bay stallion. “Here
Otrèpiev lost one of his mounts.” A speck on the valley bed had caught
his eye—a cluster of vultures that had dined on something.
Obviously something a day or more old, because a score of the flapping
creatures rose into the air to investigate the Tartar pony that had finally
stopped, an inert huddle, not so far away. The distance was too great to
make out whether they had been feeding on a horse or a man, but Kirdy
prayed that it was a horse and that Otrèpiev, who had led him across the
Earth Girdle, still lived on the plateau, now near at hand.
And Nada read his mind with a single glance.
“What will you do, White Falcon, when you meet with Otrèpiev?”
“Bid him to sabers.”
Both had jumped to the same conclusion at once. If Otrèpiev and his
companion were living and on the plateau, they might well have noticed
the fall of the pony and the miniature avalanche that set a hundred echoes
flying. If they happened to be on the cliff side of the city, they might have
seen the two pursuers.
“So the Cossack says.” Nada tossed her head. “And what, O my hero,
if both fools die—and I am left alive with the tsar’s dog, who has been
trained since birth to torture, and who carries a sword as long as himself?
Take heed! If you must fight Otrèpiev, agree with him as to that. But first
do you and he and the other band together to journey safely back across
the Earth Girdle.”
Kirdy frowned and shook his head. The sun was well up by now and the
glare of it against the white limestone had made him throw off the tat-
tered sable coat, so that he walked in a worn red shirt, slashed and stained
where he had been wounded. His lean head was dark as the long hair that
fell over one shoulder—Nada, considering him, thought that he did look
like a falcon, swift and merciless.
134 t h e wol f m a s t e r
it been abandoned? Kirdy was too busy finding a way across the chasm
to wonder.
His search for a while was fruitless. The river that had cut the plateau
from the mountain a thousand centuries ago, had done its work well—
except at one spot. Here he had noticed twin gate towers rising on the
other side. Since these towers must have defended the entrance, he led the
way along the ledge toward them, praying that the bridge, or whatever it
might be, was still standing.
So at midday they reached the gate and found not a bridge man-made,
but an arch of limestone that spanned the chasm.
Once the river must have plunged underground here—or dipped be-
low a broad shelf of rock to thunder over a fall. The rock bridge had been
worn by the elements until at the middle a tall man’s arms might have
spanned it. Also, it had been eaten down to the center.
In the white dust atop the limestone were the tracks of a horse and two
men, leading fairly through the opening between the towers—where a
barrier of wood and iron must have stood in other years.
“Go last, Nada!” Kirdy swept the ruined wall, the expanse between
the towers, with a swift glance and started down the natural bridge, lead-
ing the charger. If his enemies were hidden in the ruins with so much as
a pistol or a bow between them, he would fare badly; but he felt no fear,
and the proof of it was that the charger followed him willingly, with only
a pricking of ears and shortening of strides. The ponies ambled across in-
differently, and Nada brought up the rear, laughing.
A blazing sun, beating on the white dust of streets and the gray and red
ruins, half blinded them, and a vagrant wind clutched at them. They stood
within sight of what had been the registan, the open square of the city.
Here a gray scum of tamarisk impeded progress, and the crumbling
stone was covered with thorn and creepers. A sluggish gray snake with
mottled red back crept past their feet. Remembering that little water re-
mained in the goatskins, Kirdy investigated a pool of water that lay between
two houses. It was bordered with sparkling salt incrustations, and small
plants covered with brilliant orange and red berries. A glance convinced
the Cossack that the water was undrinkable, the berries inedible.
Then his head jerked up, and the horses moved restlessly.
“O—ho—o! O—HO—O! O—ho!”
Someone had laughed and started up the echoes again. It was a mad,
exulting laugh that seemed anything but human. It might mean that they
136 t h e wol f m a s t e r
“It is the end of the road,” he laughed. “I shall seek the false Dmitri,
and you—”
“I shall stay here with the horses.”
He turned in his stride to frown and think. He did not want to part from
the girl, but to take her and the horses—no, the danger was below.
“Abide here, then,” he advised her, “and if God sends misfortune to
me and I come not by the next dawn, take the stallion and go up the pass
without halting.”
“God and His holy angels keep you, White Falcon.”
So she responded, without looking at him, her lips close pressed and her
eyes shut. She heard the grating of steel as he tried his sword in its scab-
bard, and his steps moving away, down the hall of the columns.
He left the palace at a spot where he could not be seen, and struck
through the hollows until he reached the edge of the registan again. Here
he sighted the thin line of smoke and ran, crouching, from ruin to ruin,
stopping at times to listen with his head close to the ground.
But Nada remained without moving, chin on hand, gazing up at the
Earth Girdle, listening to the horses that were grazing upon the bushes
and scattered grass. So she sat, wondering why she had determined to stay
where she was, in spite of the grief that chilled her veins and heart, until
a voice near at hand aroused her.
“So, little Nada, you have kept your promise. Behold, I have kept
mine!”
Blinking—for the sun was full in her eyes—she turned and saw Gregory
Otrèpiev sitting on a block of marble upon the dais and smiling at her.
His powerful arms rested on his knees, and the woman in her took
note of the rents and tears in the long coat that covered his rusted armor.
A scruff of beard had grown over his chin, and his long blue eyes gleamed
from his dark skin.
“My court,” he said, “is small, yet when you sit at my feet I am more
honored than any emperor.”
Her lips parted to cry out, when she remembered that the Cossack was
far beyond hearing. Then, too, she saw Otrèpiev’s courtier. A man taller
than Kirdy leaned on a five-foot sword, holding in the crook of his arm the
silvered casque with the eagle crest of the false Dmitri. His black satin
garments were gray with dust, and his drawn, sun-blackened face was ex-
pressionless as a mask. His lips smiled.
138 t h e wol f m a s t e r
“Ah, you are grinding wheat to look for chaff. What matter, if you have
come to sit at my feet?”
The close-set blue eyes blazed upon her restlessly.
Whenever Otrèpiev spoke, neither eyes nor hands were still, and yet
his voice was full and deep. A man of great physical strength, acting im-
pulsively, he made no secret of his delight in Nada’s beauty and youth. He
addressed her as a child to be humored—a woman to be desired.
He glanced down at the ruined hall of columns.
“Eh, little Nada, the weeds and lizards keep the court of ancient kings.
Was this place built by an emperor of Cathay, or by the Macedonian, Al-
exander, who made himself master of the world? I might have aroused the
Muscovites as he did the Macedonians, except for one thing—supersti-
tion. The beast would not come out of its stall! I showed them the path of
glory, and they hearkened to the chants of bald priests. I brought to Mos-
cow a Polish bride, and they cringed. Fools!”
He shrugged and smiled wryly.
“How fared the lady of Sandomir? She was a painted stick beside you,
Nada, lass. Eh—eh!”
The girl stood up, tossing back the mass of gleaming hair from her
shoulders. The heat of the day had been so great she had thrown off her
svitza and was clad only in white linen shirt and slender embroidered
vest, over the loose Turkish trousers.
“A handsome Cossack—hi, Feodor!” Otrèpiev looked up at the silent
headsman.
“I am here,” Nada said, “at your feet. But if you would so much as touch
me with your hand, you must first overpower me with the sword.”
Otrèpiev frowned, and then his brow cleared.
“Why, so you said in the steppes. I will do it at once, my lass.”
“And will you wear mail, my lord, in facing a woman’s sword?”
For an instant Otrèpiev hesitated, and Nada laughed at him.
“Do you fear the Cossack, then, O my emperor?”
“Not I—nor shall you mock me.”
Otrèpiev cast loose his cloak, and the tall Feodor assisted him out of
the rusty mail shirt.
Otrèpiev turned to the brief bit of weapon play with the relish that he
felt in anything that diverted his thoughts. His restlessness covered black
brooding, and he dreaded to be left to himself; when another was with him
he talked constantly, and until his flight from the Tartars he drank heav-
140 t h e wol f m a s t e r
ily of the spirits among his stores. He had been morose since the defeat
of the Turkomans, whom he had expected to sweep over Tevakel Khan,
but Nada’s coming had restored his good humor. It was a good omen—
the girl and fresh horses.
“To one, death,” Nada breathed, “to the other, life!”
Otrèpiev lowered his blade and glanced at her keenly. Her face was ashen,
and her lips trembled as she spoke the Cossack salutation before a duel.
“Answer me one question!” he demanded. “Do you love this Cos-
sack?”
Nada flushed and met his eyes fairly.
“Aye—the White Falcon has my love. When we met in Moscow he was
master of my heart, and it was to follow him that I joined you in the steppe.
You—the traitor that played at kingship. In the steppes he took leadership
among the Tartars, and it was he who overthrew you and the Turkomans.
But he has thought that I serve you, and he has no faith in me.”
“The devil!” said Otrèpiev thoughtfully.
The next instant, with eye and foot and hand, he was fighting for his
life.
Nada had sprung at him as a Cossack rushes, recklessly, raining cut
upon cut. Surprised, Otrèpiev gave ground a little, and settled himself to
parry the flashing blade that darted at his throat and slashed at his side.
Again he stepped back, and Nada pressed in, her eyes narrowed, her lip
gripped between her teeth.
Once he parried and tried a quick twist of the saber that should have
disarmed her, but the yataghan slid clear.
The brain of Otrèpiev fought coolly, telling him that his saber was
heavier than the girl’s weapon, his strength greater. He only needed to
ward off her first rush, and then—
Again Nada pressed him back, making no effort to parry, but striving
to thrust inside his close-drawn guard.
“The girl is mad!” he thought, and then the evil impulse of desire that
always lurked behind his brain seized upon him. The struggle had stirred
him—he wanted to drive his blade past Nada’s weapon, to strike it deep
into her breast. To slay always delighted him, and, after all, if this wild
Cossack lass loved the warrior, she might work him harm. Aye, better
deal with her as he desired!
A moment later Otrèpiev stepped back, smiling, and lowered his sa-
ber, glancing at the darkened tip.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 141
Nada’s yataghan clattered on the stones, and she bent her head, fum-
bling with a long lock of hair that had fallen over her shoulder. Gathering
the golden tresses in her hand, she pressed them against her side, where
Otrèpiev’s saber had pierced under the heart.
Then she sank to her knees and lay down, as if utterly weary, on the
stones. Tall Feodor came and bent over her with professional interest.
“Not enough,” he spoke for the first time, “my prince, your blade did
not go deep. To make sure, another thrust is best.” Otrèpiev stared eagerly
at the girl’s drawn face, the pallid lips, and the circles under her eyes.
“Keep back, you dog,” he muttered at his follower.
And after a moment Feodor touched his shoulder.
“Great Prince, guard yourself!” Startled, Otrèpiev heard the impact of
boots on the stones, and looked up as Kirdy leaped a fallen column.
The Cossack must have seen Nada as he leaped, because he came at
them without pause or spoken word. He was panting from the long run,
and his sword arm quivered.
He swerved toward Otrèpiev, and his heavy blade rang on the Musco-
vite’s saber as the other stepped back to put space between them and Fe-
odor.
“Slash him down, dog!” he panted at the headsman, who was swing-
ing up his broadsword silently.
Kirdy heard and swerved away as Feodor struck, the long blade hiss-
ing through the air.
“From two sides!” snarled Otrèpiev. “Come at him from the other
side!” As he cried out, he parried swiftly, because Kirdy had put him be-
tween himself and the headsman.
For an instant Otrèpiev could do no more than ward the whirling blade
that sought head and throat as a wolf strikes. Meanwhile Feodor circled
warily, swinging up his broadsword. Kirdy did not seem to notice him—
certainly did not glide away as before.
Feodor tensed his arms, and the Cossack leaped high in the air, turn-
ing as he did so. His saber hissed down and in, and for an instant Feodor
stood poised on massive limbs.
The man’s head fell down on his chest, held only by one of the throat
muscles—and the throat had been all but cut through.
“Ha!” Otrèpiev gasped.
He heard Feodor’s sword and then the giant body fall to the stone flags;
but his saber was locked fast by the Cossack’s blade. For a moment the
142 t h e wol f m a s t e r
eyes of the two, beaded with sweat and bloodshot, glared, and then Kirdy
wrenched free.
A wave of hot anger swept over Otrèpiev, and fear beat at his heart like a
hammering pulse. With a cry he sprang forward, and his right hand, grasp-
ing the saber, flew off and slid along the stone slabs. Kirdy struck twice at
the bent head of his foe, and, cut through the temples on either side, the
body of Otrèpiev stumbled and dropped beside his henchman.
Kirdy wasted no second’s thought upon him. Running to Nada, he
cut the fastenings of her vest and drew it off, then gently pulled away
the hand and the clotted tresses. With quivering fingers he felt the nar-
row wound.
Then he turned her on her left side, to check the inward bleeding,
and as he did so, her hand touched his arm and felt up it until she could
stroke his head.
“The end—” her lips moved— “of the road.”
The Cossack glanced around wildly. To heal such a wound in a com-
rade he would have given a draft of powder mixed in vodka. But he had
neither powder nor vodka, and he did not know what more to do, except
to bring water.
“O Father and Son, hear me,” he cried. “The spirit of little Nada flutters
like a pigeon in the storm wind. It goes, her spirit, from my hands. Hear-
ken, O White Christ, and thou, souls of the Cossack heroes who dwell in
the regions above—there is faith in this maiden, and knightly honor. Did
she not draw her sword bravely? Is it fitting she should die by the sword
of a traitor and a dog?”
When he returned with water, Nada drank a little, and signed for him
to bend closer.
“I love you, White Falcon—even your shadow and the horse you ride. I
stayed behind because I feared he was hiding nearby. Truly, then, I thought
I might slay him, so they could not fall upon you. But—promise me you
will not leave me, White Falcon. Hold me in your arms and take me from
this place, down to the valley, my Falcon.”
The rush of words ceased and her lips quivered.
Kirdy looked up. Already vultures were dropping down on the columns
and the throne slab. The wind threshed through the dry growth, and up
the Earth Girdle clouds of driven dust hid the pass and the heights.
“Aye, little Nada,” he said, gently, “I promise.”
t h e wol f m a s t e r 143
Here was something he could do. Yet no living man could carry the suf-
fering girl up that wind-whipped ramp to the desolate pass—or make the
horses follow. They had made the descent, but they could not go back that
way. When he had circled Otrèpiev’s bait of a camp, and had noticed that
the fire was left to die and the horse likewise, he had suspected the trap
set for him and had gone back instantly, running like one possessed when
he heard the clash of weapons. But before then he had seen what Otrèpiev
had discovered, a road winding down the east face of the plateau.
So, only stopping to bind Feodor’s great sword and Otrèpiev’s helmet
on the charger’s saddle, he tied up Nada’s wound with strips of his shirt
and lifted her in his arms, keeping the stallion’s rein in his fingers. The
ponies trailed after, and no sooner had they moved away than the vul-
tures closed in upon the bodies of the false Dmitri and his solitary com-
panion, the torturer.
“It was a dog’s burial,” Kirdy thought, “but it is well suited to Gregory
Otrèpiev, because he has left his bones in the hall of a king. Bold he was,
but not a good Cossack. He kept faith with no one, and he handled a sword
badly.” Weary beyond knowing, Kirdy strode on into darkness and wind.
The night had brought the first of the Autumn’s storms, and gusts of rain
whipped the mesh of the forest over his head. The burden of the uncon-
scious girl had numbed his arms long since, but as long as he could feel
Nada’s heart pulsing slowly under his fingers he kept on.
When neither wind, nor the bitter air of the heights that hinted at snow
penetrated to him, he halted and laid Nada down in the darkness, upon
ferns and pine needles. When he was able to raise his arms again, he took
down the broadsword from the stallion’s saddle, and groped for branches
and fallen wood.
A fire kindled and fed to roaring flames, he shook the stupor of sleep
from his brain and hacked down young firs, working incessantly until
he put together the framework of a low hut and covered three sides with
branches. Then he took the saddle from the stallion and the packs from
the two ponies that had followed patiently, to be unloaded. He watched
them go down at once toward the muttering rush of a stream.
Then he hurried back to listen to the girl’s even breathing. And the
glare of exhaustion and anger left his dark eyes.
“She sleeps, the little Nada,” he smiled. “Eh, there is faith in her, in all
things. When the Muscovites would have taken her captive, she met them
144 t h e wol f m a s t e r
with the sword. With the dawn she will open her eyes.” He glanced up
at the whirling sparks. The hut was in a grove of gigantic deodars, whose
branches rose beyond the firelight, whose tips threshed under the wind
gusts that could not move the massive trunks.
A light flurry of snow came down on the Cossack—snow that powdered
the hut without melting. He looked out at it thoughtfully.
“Aye, the pass through the Earth Girdle is closed. And here there is no
road of any kind.”
He was in a new world, where the sun rises. And Nada had given him
her love. What matter the way, if they could ride forth together with no
shadow of doubt between them and all the unknown ahead?
It was the next Summer that Girai the ax-man came to the yurta of old
Tevakel Khan and squatted down at the edge of the white horse skin, an-
nouncing that he came as a bearer of tidings.
“Upon thee, O Khan of the Altyn-juz, Lord of the Lesser Horde, mas-
ter of the plain, mirror of the faith, tree of the fruit of understanding—
the salute!
“The words of caravan men from Cathay have reached my ears, and
this is the tale:
“Where the forest meets the desert, far—far—these men beheld a pair
of the tengri that come down at seasons from the heights and are visible to
mortal eyes, as is well known. The tale was that one of these spirits was a
man, wearing a silver helmet and bearing a sword as long as a spear. The
other was a woman with hair like gold, glittering in the sun. Their faces
were dark, yet in their voices was no sorrow. They asked, ‘What land is
this?’ And the men of the caravan, being fearful, kneeled at a distance.
“Because, O Khan, this twain spoke in pride and had the bearing of
kings. So the caravan men went away swiftly, leaving gifts, thinking that
they had seen the tengri that come down from the high places.
“And my thought is this—that the two are they I led up to the Earth Gir-
dle in the month of the Ox. They followed thine enemy the fanga nialma,
and surely they have overcome him, since they carry his sword and hel-
met. They have set at naught his magic. And now, being spirits, they wan-
der without fear. That is my word, O Khan, my master.”
With the tranquility of the very old, Tevakel Khan considered this,
looking into the fire.
t h e wol f m a s t e r 145
“It is evident,” he said at length, “that this youth and maiden have
crossed the Earth Girdle and passed through the city of the dead. It is
known to me that in former days this city was built by our ancestors. And
treachery arose in it as a viper lifts its head. The Khan of all the Hordes
was slain, and his warriors, and brother fought with brother, until no more
than a few families lived to flee. So, it is accursed and the unburied dead
ride about it at night.”
“And the youth and the maiden?” Girai demanded, for his curiosity
was very great.
Tevakel Khan smiled.
“Surely they are living mortals, or the caravan men would have seen
them at night, not during the hours of the day.” He meditated upon this
for a moment and came to a conclusion.
“In this twain there was great faith and little fear. Kai, the wolves
harmed them not, and the dead passed them by. To such as they, God hath
given the keys of the unseen!”
The Outrider
Chapter I
A Cossack of the Don
Ayub was in Winter quarters. That is, he had built himself a hut in one of
the balkas of the river Dnieper. The balkas, being gullies under the flood
level, were filled with brush and willow growth and were likewise shel-
tered from the Winter winds that swept the surface of the steppe.
A Cossack—and Ayub was a Cossack of the Don—was able to get shel-
ter and rations for himself even on the shore of an ice-bound river. Ayub
had built his hut of wattle and clay, but it kept out the wind; his fireplace
was part oven and he slept on top of it. He had made himself a sturgeon
spear and had haggled out of the village Tartars a hunting bow with dou-
ble-headed arrows. When he needed silver he worked at the town of Ku-
dak, a league down the frontier road, at the smithy when the smith was
drunk.
But Ayub preferred his hut under the black willows, and the silence of
the balka, to the bustle and argument of the town. He was lonely, not for
the peasants and tradespeople of Kudak, but for his brother Cossacks.
He was two score and ten years old, and most of his life had been passed
in the war encampments of the Cossacks. He had had many brothers-in-
arms. Khlit, called the Wolf, and Kirdy, who had wandered in out of the
East. But Khlit had vanished again, going off somewhere alone after Kirdy
was lost in the steppe. And Demid, the sword slayer, had laid his bones in
the deserts by the inland seas. Ayub was left solitary.
True, he could have gone to the camp of the Zaporogians—where the
picked men of the Cossacks reveled and gathered together to ride to the
wars. But the pain of rheumatism was in his bones; at times his sight grew
misty. He was an old Cossack, a man who had served his time, a gray-
t h e ou t r i de r 147
beard who liked a seat at the fires where others would listen to his tales
and see that his cup did not lack vodka.
Moreover, the Cossacks who spread their blankets in the barracks now
did not know him. Men who had gone with him on that ride with the
witch of Aleppo—who had raided Arap Muhammad Khan—they were
gone elsewhere, if they still lived. Among the Zaporogians, Ayub would
appear as a stranger. And he did not relish that.
Most important of all, at the moment he lacked both a horse and a
sword. He had drunk up his last horse at Kudak, and his saber had been
stolen that night when he was stretched out in the straw of the tavern
stables. Perhaps Gypsies had taken it to sell to the Jews. Gone also was
everything worthwhile in his garments—his silk neckcloth and the Per-
sian shawl that had served him for a girdle.
“To the devil with them all,” he had thought. “I’ll find others.”
But finding others was not so easy as in former years, not so easy in a
trading post like Kudak on the frontier. Once Ayub would have gone on
the bend and turned out the whole garrison of such a town and come out
of it with an officer’s sword in each hand, singing the march of the Don
Cossacks. He did not lie when he told how he had stolen a racing horse
from the sultan’s string near Stamboul.
No, he could not wander off to the Zaporogians in a shabby gray coat,
unadorned, and a black sheepskin kalpak, without a horse between his
knees or a saber on his hip. So he had gone, alone, into Winter quarters
to see what God might give, there on the ice-bound Dnieper, that year in
the mid-seventeenth century.
It was a dull twilight, that one. The snow seemed to give off more light
than the sky. The dry rushes crackled under his heavy boots when he plod-
ded into the gully, towing behind him a long bundle of brush looped in his
lariat. It was not cheerful work, gathering firewood for himself, alone, but
he knew how cold it would be before morning. The cold was the breath
of the steppe itself—that almost treeless plain stretching from river to
river, hundreds of leagues to the east. Ayub knew it well—a glory of lush
grass and wildflowers in the early Spring; a parched plain, wind-tortured
in the Summer heat. And now under heavy snow, almost untracked. The
saiga antelope had vanished elsewhere, the cattle of the frontier posts
were penned, and only the wolfpacks ranged the white expanse with the
herds of wild horses.
148 t h e ou t r i de r
“Nay, they are ambassadors of his serene Majesty, the King of Po-
land.”
“Devil take your serene mighty ambassadors!”
Ayub was sure the Cossack officer was making game of him. Ambas-
sadors went to the courts of other kings and lords, not to the edge of the
steppe.
“Hai, they must be going to Satan, or off the end of the earth.”
He stopped abruptly because Chort, who had been staring at him, open
mouthed, was now gazing fixedly over his shoulder—and had jumped to
his feet, taking the pipe from his lips.
Ayub turned around and found himself looking squarely into the eyes of
a stranger. The big Cossack stood four inches over six feet, and the stranger
lacked no more than two inches of his height. An officer, Ayub knew at
once, by the silver crown in his lynx skin hat, and by the sheen of the long
gray cloak that swung from his wide shoulders. An officer, moreover, who
had chosen his garments with care. Ayub noticed his knee boots of soft
red morocco and the linked silver plates of his sword belt.
But the officer turned his attention to the horse. He ran his hand down
the piebald’s muzzle and picked up the rear foot that the Cossack had
shod, looked attentively at the cleats. Then he lifted, one after the other,
the remaining three hoofs and made certain that similar cleats had been
nailed on them all.
“Well done,” he said briefly, and pulled a wallet from his belt.
Out of it he took a silver Dutch dollar and gave this to the Cossack.
Before Ayub could think of anything to say, the officer turned on his
heel and walked out into the darkness. Chort released pent-up breath.
“That’s the sir colonel,” he whispered, “the little father.”
“He comes like an owl, without a light. May the fiends take me, if he’s
a Russian, to come out to look at a horse. Or a Pole,” Ayub added, “to leave
his glass and fire and walk out in this cold.”
The silver coin burned in Ayub’s fingers. Within the tavern there was a
fire, and no doubt spirits were being poured like water, with such a com-
pany in the taproom. He dropped his tools and hastened into the dark-
ness after the colonel.
Threading his way through the wagons he approached the door, through
which came the murmur of voices and the strumming of a bandura.
“Eh, things are warming up,” he thought, eager for his first taste of
brandy.
152 t h e ou t r i de r
Nursing his growing rage and trying to forget both thirst and emptiness,
he swung away from the door and made his way again through the wagons
to the front. Here, as he was seeking for the street, he stopped suddenly
and sniffed strongly. The black bulk of a sledge was beside him, and from
the sledge came a familiar smell. Ayub went closer and sniffed again.
“Gorilka,” he muttered. “Corn brandy.” He went on to the next loaded
sledge. “Honey mead and wine. His Mightiness takes his cellar with
him.”
t h e ou t r i de r 153
The guard emerged into the light, bending over, one arm clasped to
his middle, his eye bleeding. When he stood before the youth in the sable
cloak he straightened, not without a grimace of pain.
“True, your Highness. He was lurking about, trying to get in the tavern,
stealing from the carts. I did not like to use steel on such an animal.”
“Devil take you!” shouted the Cossack. “I pulled one blade away from
you. Give me a saber and I’ll put you down again.” He turned to the no-
ble. “My Lord, I’m no peasant, but a man who has served—aye, before
these pole-bearers of yours were whelped. God is my witness, I’ve led a
regiment into smoke.”
The man in the sable cloak lifted his brows, staring at Ayub’s shaggy
head and shabby gray coat, the worse for the fight. A sudden gust of wind
swept the group and he shivered.
“Strip him. Give him fifty lashes and let him go.”
Ayub took a step forward and a soldier caught his arms. But he was pas-
sive now, and his anger had changed to a gnawing fear. To be stripped and
lashed by strangers! If the Turks had taken him captive, that was to be
expected. But to be laid out like a slave while Poles looked on over their
cups—Some of them had run out with great beakers in their hands and
were even now quenching their thirst. The odor of the hot brandy came
to Ayub’s nostrils.
“My Lord,” he begged, “if you are a soldier, grant that I may have a
sword and face this man of yours with steel.”
The young noble seemed surprised, but before he could speak a voice
sounded curt in the shadows beyond the torches.
“Your Highness!”
Ayub saw, walking toward them, the officer who had come to look at
the mare, the little father, in whose gray eyes and ruddy, weather-lined
face, there was no hint of amusement. In one hand he held the sentry’s
lance, in the other the sword.
“Are these your weapons, Platovsky?” he asked.
“Aye, Sir Colonel.”
“Did this Cossack take them from you?”
The soldier who had been on guard started to speak, then drew himself
straighter and nodded. Silence fell upon the group by the well.
“What the devil has this to do with whipping the animal, Stuart?” the
youth of the sable cloak demanded.
t h e ou t r i de r 155
“A peasant would not have faced weapons, Prince Paul. Besides, this
man is here at my summons—shod my horse an hour ago. He may not
be a thief.”
“But he’s a rogue, Stuart—a masterless rogue. If your horse is shod you’ll
not need him more. Par dex, we must have some entertainment.”
“Then give him a sword,” responded the man called Stuart.
“A duel? A hussar of the guard to face a horse-shoeing vagabond? Oh,
’tis impossible.”
“Nay, not impossible,” said the colonel quietly, “when the hussar has
lost his sword and his lance. Platovsky was on duty.”
Men who had been drinking withdrew the cups from their lips and
Prince Paul flushed.
“Lord Prince,” cried Ayub, “I’ve faced not only hussars, but a Tartar
khan, and more than one sultan, stirrup to stirrup. Only not in a tavern
yard.”
The thin lips of the youth were touched by a quick smile.
“Rogue thou mayest be,” he exclaimed, “but a royal liar thou art. It
would be sport—if Platovsky is willing—”
“Only give him a weapon,” the hussar responded, “and he will boast
no more.”
By now the taproom had emptied and a score of men gathered at the well.
Some were under-officers of Stuart’s regiment, and Ayub saw Chort’s red
face beside the slender figure of a Tartar mirza in kaftan and helmet. A
strange gathering, he thought. But he was glad that he would not be laid
out and lashed.
Servants brought fresh torches and hung them on stakes while Ayub
was taking off his heavy coat and rolling up his sleeves. Chort did not
come forward to offer his sword, but one of the hussars gave Ayub his
blade—a long, straight weapon, similar to Platovsky’s.
The Cossack would have liked a curved blade better, and a horse be-
tween his knees. He knew that his eyes were not as clear as they had been
once, and that his strength would fail in a few moments. Platovsky was
in no mood to deal with him lightly, but it did not occur to Ayub to draw
back and take his whipping. Only one thing he wanted.
“Dai vudka!” he cried.
“As I live, the old clown wants a drink!”
Several beakers were thrust out to him—for a man who stood between
life and death was privileged to ask that favor. Ayub selected the largest
156 t h e ou t r i de r
and seized it in both hands. His head went back and his beard went up,
and when he surrendered the beaker he sighed gratefully. The men near-
est him nudged one another and whispered, pointed out the corded mus-
cles of his heavy forearms, and the way he selected his ground and took
stock of the lights. When he tried the spring of his blade, prince Paul ex-
claimed:
“Perish me, Stuart—your vagabond acts his part. Ten silver crowns
that Platovsky ends him!”
The man called Stuart made no response. Evidently the prince was ac-
customed to calling his own wagers.
The hussar stood motionless, ten paces away, his sword tip buried in
the snow. He had watched every move of the old Cossack but had not trou-
bled to remove either his coat or his fur cap. Ayub, feeling the hot brandy
warming his veins, gripped the hilt of his sword and called out:
“To one life! To the other death!”
“The devil!” Murmured Prince Paul. “Begin, gentlemen—or vaga-
bonds.”
Platovsky engaged at once, his point sliding forward with effortless
ease. A swift slither of steel, a twirl of the hussar’s point, and Ayub sprang
back, avoiding barely in time the thrust that would have passed below his
heart. His lips were drawn back from his teeth and he breathed heavily,
while Platovsky, expressionless, seemed not to exert himself at all.
“Look, Stuart,” the young noble cried, “your animal gives ground.
Faith, again! The ten crowns are mine.”
The throng pressed closer, because Ayub had been forced back to the
well. The mist of their breathing rose against the smoking flare of the
torches.
“Eh, the rogue is pricked,” muttered one of the soldiers.
But Ayub had not yet been hurt. Unskilled in the niceties of fencing
and realizing Platovsky’s power, he leapt suddenly to one side and slashed
down at the hussar’s guard.
“He uses his blade like a saber,” Prince Paul remarked.
With his great strength the Cossack lashed at his adversary. But a hus-
sar of the guard regiment was at home with the curved blade as well as the
straight, and Platovsky hardly moved his elbow. Only his wrist turned, and
his eyes flickered under drawn brows. The clatter of the blades sounded
louder and swifter, for Ayub was slashing recklessly at his foe.
Well content to let the Cossack tire himself out, the husar stood his
ground. Ayub’s bearded lips drew back from his teeth and his broad cheeks
t h e ou t r i de r 157
glistened with sweat. He was laboring now, panting as his arm lashed
back and forth. His arm burned with a weariness that was like fever. The
watchers saw no slackening in the savage sweep of his long blade, but Pla-
tovsky parried a cut and lunged up at his throat.
“Double your ten crowns, Stuart?” Prince Paul asked idly.
“Aye!” cried the colonel suddenly.
Someone laughed, as the hussar thrust again, and Ayub crouched like
a cat. Then without a sound the giant Cossack leaped up and forward. He
rose nearly his own height in the air, gathering his knees under him—
and his sword swept up, and down.
It was a trick of the Moslem swordsmen, this leap and slash, and men
who had faced it once took care to jump aside. Platovsky did not move. In-
stinctively he flung up his arms to parry; a quick thrust might have saved
him. The Cossack’s sword beat down his blade and thudded into his head.
The hussar fell heavily to one side and lay without moving.
“U-ha!” Ayub roared. “I said I would put him down again. If this sword
had been a saber, he would never rise.”
He bent over his adversary, and the watchers stirred out of their amaze-
ment to gather around him. The cut, partly deflected by Platovsky’s frantic
parry, had slashed through the fur cap and had laid bare the skull. Blood
soaked the man’s hair and streamed upon the snow. But after several mo-
ments the injured hussar was still breathing regularly.
“Don’t put him to bed in the snow,” Ayub remarked, wiping the sweat
from his eyes with his long sleeve. “Carry him in and give him vodka and
gunpowder to drink, and he’ll be looking at the girls again in a week.”
Prince Paul and the officers had gone into the tavern. The rest of the
crowd followed Platovsky in. No one said anything to Ayub or offered him
a glass. Left to his own devices, he put on his coat, shaking his head.
“A fight doesn’t warm them up at all,” he thought. “They won’t talk
or offer brandy.”
“Hi,” the Cossack Chort called out from the door. “The sir colonel
wants to see you in his room.”
Chapter II
The Colonel
Colonel Duncan Stuart, late of Scotland, and long service in the Thirty
Years’ War, sat in his shirtsleeves by the open door of his stove and nursed
a short clay pipe into cool smoke. There were lines about his eyes and his
158 t h e ou t r i de r
firm lips, and his skin was darkened by exposure to cold and wet, but he
was not more than twenty and eight years old. In that age of almost uni-
versal war, lads in their teens were given rank, and Stuart had earned his
colonelcy.
He spent many evenings alone, a stranger among men whom he did
not understand, serving a foreign king for money, as did many another
younger son of a Scottish family. He could not respond to the vivacious
talk of the Polish gentlemen over their glasses, and at present Prince Paul
was in a petulant mood, thanks to the misfortune of the hussar Plato-
vsky. Stuart was in command of the military escort of the ambassadors,
but he had discovered that all the hussars of the guard were men of noble
birth who did not take kindly to discipline.
With frank curiosity he gazed at Ayub, who could not stand upright
because the beams of the ceiling were too low for his height. Except for
his head, which was shaved, all but the tuft of hair on the crown, Ayub
might have been an old Highlander. Just so the men of the northern clans
stood—firm footed, hands on hips, open-eyed.
“Sit,” he said, motioning toward a bench near the stove.
A peasant would have been dismayed by such an unexpected request,
but the Cossack flung himself down, dropped his kalpak on the floor and
spread his booted feet toward the blaze.
“Why did you want to fight the soldier? He nearly put an end to you.”
“Well, Sir Colonel, we’re always fighting the Poles. They call us dev-
ils in stinking sheepskins.”
“But his Highness, Prince Paul, is an ambassador, and our men do not
seek quarrels.” Stuart motioned with his pipe toward the east. “You’ve
been in the steppe. Do you know the roads yonder?”
Ayub grinned under his mustache.
“To Hindustan—or the edge of the world.”
“To the south—to the sea?”
“Aye, so.”
“As far as the city of the Great Khan?”
The Cossack looked up quickly.
“The khan who is master of the Horde and lord of the Krim? Eh, Sir
Colonel, the only Christians who have seen the city of the khan are the
captives, and they’ve never come back. Once I heard a man say he had
been there, but he lied.”
Colonel Stuart reflected for a moment.
t h e ou t r i de r 159
*It is still called the Crimea, a great peninsula containing some ten thousand
square miles of land, connected with the mainland of modern Russia only by
a neck some five miles wide. As late as 1800 this strip was still known as the
Golden Gate, and it was narrower then than now.
160 t h e ou t r i de r
Colonel Stuart bent forward to take up a glowing coal with the fire
tongs. There was an urgent reason why the Poles journeyed to the khan,
but this he did not see fit to reveal to the Cossack.
“Our orders are to press on without delay,” he responded. “Do you
know the road? Is it clear?”
“No road at all, now,” Ayub enlightened him. “Only snow trails. When
grass comes, it is different; then you could go down the Dnieper to its
mouth in boats, or cross the steppe anywhere. Now you will have to feel
your way, like a horse crossing a stream.”
“Still, the snow is open.”
Stuart had been told at court that the khan was the neighbor of Po-
land, and that once the frontier was crossed he would be in Krim country.
He had discovered that there were two or three hundred miles of Winter-
bound steppe to be crossed first.
“Aye,” said the Cossack dryly, “but it’s no Summer garden to pick flow-
ers in. What are your men like, Sir Colonel?”
“Thirty armored hussars of the guard, six Cossacks from the Walla-
chian light cavalry with their officer, an essaul, and fifty Tartars of the
Dobrudja regiment with their mirza. Then the servants of the ambassa-
dors, a dozen or so.”
“Well, you have a little of everything. Only Chort’s men aren’t Cos-
sacks—they’re town Cossacks, used to sleeping in feather beds, who don’t
stray far from their wives.”
The ghost of a smile touched Stuart’s thin lips.
“Even so, we are able to beat off marauders.”
“Aye, so, in the Polish streets, maybe. Out yonder it’s different. The
Nogais wander with their tent villages.”
“What are they?”
“Tartar clans. At war they follow the khan, but otherwise they do what
they like. They’re wolves.”
“Tribesmen fear the hussars. Besides, would the Nogais attack am-
bassadors?”
“Will a panther leap from a tree? Only God knows. You have too many
sledges. They’ll string out like lame cows. Hai, you ought to get rid of
half your loads and fill up with barley and chopped hay. Your horses aren’t
the kind to dig under the snow for grass. But,” Ayub added hastily, “don’t
throw away any of the brandy.”
t h e ou t r i de r 161
he’s light and the koulanok goes like the winged fiend, he gets away safe.
Hai—I’m no shadow.”
Stuart eyed his massive visitor reflectively.
“I have a horse that will carry you, at a pace, too. A black stallion I
bought in Poland. As for a sword—”
“Sir Colonel, grant me two more Dutch dollars and I’ll attend to such
things as that. I have a good saddle.”
“Then you will serve me?” Stuart’s eyes became penetrating. “You are
not a servant, but you will obey my orders.”
Ayub rose, bent his shaggy head toward the icon stand and crossed
himself on breast and forehead.
“Aye, Sir Colonel. May the foul fiend himself take me, if I do not
obey.”
Stuart motioned with his pipe toward the purse lying on the table.
“Take that, then. Buy yourself weapons and a good coat. Come to me
here, an hour after noon tomorrow. And come sober.”
Ayub swept up the purse and his kalpak. “Insh’allum bak Allah,” he
muttered. “God forbid otherwise.”
He left the colonel’s room with a swagger.
“Eh,” he muttered to himself, “he’s a Frank, the little father, but why
shouldn’t I serve him? He put a sword in my hand—he promises a good
horse and gives a purse without counting it.”
Ayub himself did not look into the purse, but thrust it into his gir-
dle. He had come to Kudak with the Gypsy’s whisper in his ears, intend-
ing to lift the piebald horse if possible from the Poles. Now this was not
possible, because he had sworn service to Stuart. But the journey to the
court of the khan appealed to him more, and he was impatient to outfit
himself. When he closed the door behind him he remembered the hey-
duke and the fine white lambskin kalpak and he decided to add this to
his outfit the first thing.
Questing around the inn yard for the officer’s servants, he heard voices
in the kitchen and thrust open the door. A haze of tobacco smoke hung
under the low roof and in this haze on the tables were sitting a half dozen
heydukes, making up to the women. These, having finished their labor
of the evening, were giggling and exclaiming at the talk of the brilliantly
uniformed creatures from the great cities. But when they saw the big Cos-
sack with his hands on his hips, they all fell silent.
t h e ou t r i de r 163
chains around your limbs, although you cannot see any chains. And then,
only listen—”
He tossed up the jug and drew several gulps from it.
“Then, while you lie like ghosts in the snow, the riders of the Horde will
come, in the mists. You will hear their war shout—‘Ghar-ghar-ghar!’—
and you will see their lances with the hair tufts under the points so as to
catch running blood. You will see their lances sticking into your com-
rades, and all the white snow will be red as your own pantaloons, my
poor heydukes. Then the women of the Horde will come riding up and
they will take off your little earrings and your kaftans and cut off your
heads and pile them for the vultures to come and dine upon. And then
the grass will grow, next thaw, between your ribs. And after that noth-
ing at all will matter, my heyduke lambs, because—” his voice sank to a
whisper—“you will be dead.”
Even the man who had been cuffed ceased groaning to listen, but when
the Cossack ended his prophecy a simultaneous groan burst from their
lips. Well satisfied, Ayub corked his jug and went off swaggering across
the moonlit snow, on his way to haggle with the Gypsies whom he sus-
pected of stealing his sword. The evening had begun auspiciously, and he
lifted his voice in song:
His dark figure merged into the haze of mist, and the sentry who had
taken Platovsky’s post heard his voice grow fainter in the distance:
Chapter III
The Ambassadors
A week later Ayub dismounted and thrust his hands into his girdle. Slowly
he took stock of his surroundings—on one side a straggling growth of
t h e ou t r i de r 165
dwarf pines; on the other several log cabins and sheds. The hamlet was
deserted and the surface of the snow unbroken.
“The end of the road, eh, brothers?”
“Allah birdui,” one of the Tartars murmured. “God gives!”
For a week they had followed a fairly good snow road, running through
the fishing villages and the outlying settlements and past the herds of
some friendly tribes. Ayub and his four Dobrudja Tartars had had little
to do except ask what lay ahead of them, and to select whatever shelter
might be had for the ambassadors.
The Tartars followed Ayub obediently, even with respect. He could talk
in their own dialect, and when one of them had disappeared for a day—
probably to ride back and loot some house—the Cossack had forced him to
walk all the following day tied to the tail of his own pony. After that they
kept together. And Ayub was now a figure to command their respect.
The Cossack’s old coat had been replaced with a long svitza that swung
down to his knees. His girdle was a Persian pearl-sewn shawl, and from
this girdle hung a long yataghan in a gilded leather sheath, two Turkish
pistols, a powder pouch, a knife and a wallet for his pipe and tobacco. How
he had achieved all this with twenty silver marks, Ayub did not choose
to explain.
“Two of you ride around the woods,” he ordered. “Thou, Toghrul, take
the horses, and thou, Ahmak, gather up the best wood before the nobles
come.” The three whose work lay with the horses looked silently at Ah-
mak, who had to find wood—a woman’s task. Ahmak had been the de-
serter of a day.
Ayub stared thoughtfully out beyond the cabins at the rolling ridges
of ruddy white that stretched to the sky. It was late afternoon, near sun-
set, and the breath of the open steppe grew colder. Beyond this hamlet the
road ended. After this the Cossack would have to ransack his memory for
the trails that led south—and cross long stretches of open plain, choos-
ing a route that the sledges could follow. As a forest dweller finds his way
through overgrown land by crossing clearings and questing along animal
and cattle paths, the Cossack of the plains would have to pick his way by
memory over land hidden under three feet of snow.
“These Polish Tartars don’t know where to turn their reins,” he thought.
“The devil! A blind Nogai on a lame horse could take us through.”
He trudged over to look at the best cabin. The door stood open, wedged
so by a mound of drifted snow. The small horn windows were shut, as
166 t h e ou t r i de r
always. Ayub entered the single gloomy room and inspected the cold stove.
A broken caldron lay on the floor, and the heavy frames of massive beds
had been drawn close to the stove. But the quilts and sheet were gone and
he could not find any cooking gear.
Nor any clothing. And the rafters overhead were bare. No hams or on-
ions or dried sheaves of corn hung from them. The few furnishings seemed
to be untouched, and the holy pictures were on the wall, in their stand
above some candles. Ayub took off his hat, crossed himself and went to
look at the next log house.
It was in the same state as the first, except that odds and ends of rope
and sacking lay on the sand that composed the floor. Ayub looked care-
fully at the sand near the door. Here and there the print of an iron heel
was visible, and the marks of smaller feet shod in soft leather. Long tracks
and whorls showed where heavy sacks had been dragged to the door. One
thing he picked up, a child’s wooden doll with a long beard and black hair
painted upon it and a miniature robe of coarse wool sewn over it. Ayub
tossed it away and scratched his head under his kalpak.
He did not feel cheerful. There should be people in this hamlet. They
had gone, somehow, with all their animals, food and utensils, but without
their most prized possessions, the picture stands. Even a doll remained,
but nothing worth picking up.
“They went off,” Ayub muttered, “before the last snow—three and four
days ago. They didn’t go toward the river.”
Along the frontier sudden removals were common enough—to escape
raiding Tartars, or an epidemic, or just because the men wanted to go
elsewhere to other lands. Yet these cabins were large and comfortable.
Ayub wished that the fresh snow had not covered all the tracks outside.
He could not make anything out of the cabin floors.
“If it wasn’t for the pictures—”
He shook his head gravely, and went out. The two Tartars had come in
from their patrol and were investigating the dwellings.
“Hi, you thieves!” he cried. “What did you see?”
“No horses, no men, no tracks.”
Evidently the place had not been visited since the snow fell.
“The tabor is coming,” volunteered the other rider. By the tabor he
meant the wagon train with the main body.
Ayub nodded and went over to the clump of pines on the lee of the woods,
where Ahmak had been preparing camp. Here the horses were tethered,
the saddle cloths unfolded and tied over their backs, and Ahmak squat-
t h e ou t r i de r 167
ted by piled brush. At a word from the Cossack he fell to work with his
flint and steel until he had struck a spark into a pinch of powder. A tiny
flare, and wisps of smoke began to curl up. The dark faces of the Tartars
turned expectantly toward Ayub.
He took his kalpak upon his arm and faced the south, lifting his free
hand.
“Brothers, Cossacks,” he cried in his deep voice, “the fire is burning.
Come and warm yourselves.”
Three times he repeated the words, facing the other quarters of the
compass. It was the brief ritual of every evening, and every Zaporogian
Cossack did likewise in the steppe, bidding to his fire the spirits of other
Cossacks slain in this waste land. They would be cold, those spirits, and
unseen and unheard; they might hasten toward him and gather around
the flames.
Ayub seated himself on his saddle where the snow had been cleared
away, and lighted his pipe. A jangling of distant bells, and the creaking of
runners over hard-packed snow told him that the main body was entering
the hamlet, but his work was over. The Poles would see his fire, and the
cabins and their servants could do the rest. In fact, voices soon shouted
back and forth, and the dark masses of the sledge train, from which steam
rose from the horses, filled the open space between the wood and the ham-
let. Men hastened up to light torches at his fire. The stamping and neigh-
ing of horses in the grove, the ringing of axes, and the crashing of broken
branches indicated that the military escort was making itself at home
under the shelter of the trees.
“The White Beard comes,” observed one of the Tartars.
Bells chimed melodiously, and a closed sleigh drew up before the larg-
est cabin. Servants hastened toward it and opened the door, upon which
was painted a crimson coat of arms. From the traveling sleigh descended
a bent form in a dark velvet cloak.
This was the under-chancellor of Poland, an aged dignitary of the court,
who was addressed as his Mightiness. He was the elder envoy, and the Tar-
tars called him White Beard. He glanced around the encampment, frown-
ing, and moved stiffly toward the cabin that was being made ready for him.
He did not set out until the tabor had gone far ahead, and his fast sleigh,
escorted by a detail of hussars, had easy going over the beaten track. Ayub
only caught fleeting glimpses of him, and wondered why such a grandee
168 t h e ou t r i de r
The Cossack ate the supper his Tartars had cooked, and when they rose
to go as usual to the camp of their companions, apart from the Poles, he
checked them.
“Nay, Ahmak, thou wilt stay by the horses. I go to the fire of the lit-
tle father.”
The broad face of the Tartar warrior grew sulky. He gritted his white
teeth and shook his head.
“Ai-a, am I to have the duty of a boy as well as a woman?”
The others stopped and looked at Ayub, who strode over to Ahmak
and grasped the thin beard that dangled from his chin. The Tartar felt for
the dagger in his girdle, but before he could draw his weapon, the Cos-
sack wrenched his head around and flung him to the ground. Ahmak
drew his knife and got to his knees. Then he hesitated, because the Cos-
sack loomed over him, dangerously silent. When Ayub abused them, the
tribesmen smiled and retorted cheerfully, but when he said nothing they
did not know what to expect. It was Ahmak who spoke first.
“Thou art a wolf. Kai—I have sat in thy shadow, and I obey.”
He shook himself like a dog and sheathed his dagger, then went and
squatted by the fire, with a muttered “God is one.” His companions moved
off silently into the darkness.
“Thou hast heard the order,” Ayub reminded him. “If I, coming back
to this place, find thee not, I shall seek for thee and make of thee some-
thing that is less than a boy or a woman.”
“I have heard.”
Ayub glanced at his follower appraisingly. The stocky little warrior
seemed saddened, and his lips moved as he squatted over the embers.
“What has come upon thee?” he asked finally.
“It is not good, this place.”
“How not good?”
But Ahmak only closed his eyes, and the Cossack swung away impa-
tiently. He sought through the damp smoke of the grove until he found
the round yurt that belonged to Colonel Stuart. Ayub had persuaded his
officer to buy this at Kudak—a small shelter shaped like a dome, with a
hole in the center. It was a light wicker frame that folded together in sev-
eral bundles when not in use, covered with strips of heavy felt. When a
fire was going inside, the yurt was comfortable in any cold, and its shape
t h e ou t r i de r 169
Duncan Stuart listened to the voice of the wind over his yurt, watching
how the whorls of smoke were drawn up through the central opening as
if pulled forth by an invisible hand. Although he had not let Ayub see it,
the prospect of a storm did not reassure him.
He did not regret engaging the Cossack. Ayub doctored his horses, in-
terpreted for him, filled empty hours with tales of the steppe. Moreover,
Ayub was the only guide with the column, as Prince Paul had neglected
to search for others when they left the Dnieper.
Prince Paul had all the gallantry and the heedlessness of a Polish gen-
tleman. And the expedition had been chosen more to impress the khan
than for any other reason. The hussars were the famous cavalry of Po-
land, picturesque in their helmets and dark armor, and the eagles’ wings
fastened to their shoulders, when they went forth in full regalia. The Do-
brudja Tartars were sent to show the khan that other tribes served the
King of Poland—so also Chort and his town Cossacks.
And Stuart suspected that he himself had been ordered to accompany
t h e ou t r i de r 171
the prince so that a Frankish officer would appear in the train of the am-
bassadors. At least his position as commander of the escort was an empty
one. Prince Paul was officer of the hussars, and this left only the Cos-
sacks under Stuart’s orders, because the Tartars would listen to no one
except their mirza.
But no one realized better than Stuart how much depended on the ex-
pedition. Mighty Poland had wasted her strength in continuous war. Now,
attacked at the same time by the Swedes of Gustavus Adolphus, and the
Russians, she had fared badly in the north. Her armies were thinned, her
treasury overburdened, her frontiers dwindling.
Meanwhile the Turks had come up from the south and overrun the bor-
der states. Tidings had reached the court of Sigismund of Poland that the
sultan was gathering greater forces to advance again in the Spring. And
to make this blow decisive, the sultan had sent to the khan of the Krim,
bidding him come with fifty thousand horsemen of the Horde.
The Turks themselves had no good cavalry, yet if the khan threw him-
self across the steppe into the heart of Poland, there would be no forces
to withstand him. Poland was prostrate, and in her need, had sent envoys
to the khan.
That was why the under-chancellor and Prince Paul must press on with-
out stopping in Midwinter. The ambassadors of the sultan were already
at Bagche Serai, and there was no knowing when the khan would decide
to ally himself with the sultan.
Ten thousand pieces of gold had been entrusted to the ambassadors.
Much of this had been raised by the sale of jewels of the nobility, and it
was to be given the khan, to buy a peace. There was no other alternative.
The khan made no treaties with Christian kings, but if he accepted the
gift he would abide by his word, as long as he respected the Poles. If, how-
ever, he discovered the real weakness of the mighty commonwealth, he
would not be too tender about pledges. So the king had sent as envoy the
arrogant Prince Paul and the venerable under-chancellor, and the escort
composed of varied arms of the service. And King Sigismund had ordered
Colonel Stuart, one of the most notable cavalry leaders, to go to the court
of the khan.
“Faith,” Stuart thought, “’tis no light task to buy a peace.”
The wind was still rising, and the dry snow swept against the edge of
his yurt like the spray of surf. Above the rustle of the trees, he caught a
snatch of song from Prince Paul’s quarters, and even a deep shout.
“Vivat Imperator!”
172 t h e ou t r i de r
“Long live the king!” Stuart reflected. “And may the envoys live
also!”
Chapter IV
The Price of Peace
It seemed to the colonel that he had not been asleep long when he was
called.
“Little Father—Little Father!”
Someone was slapping the entrance fold of the yurt, and Stuart pulled
on his boots. Picking up his sword, he thrust himself through the open-
ing. A glance through the trees showed him the red half circle of the old
moon. It was near the last watch of the night. Ayub stood before him.
“The Tartars are gone.”
“Yours—what the devil?”
“All of them. Only that undersized goblin Ahmak is left, and he is
weeping and howling—drunk.”
“The mirza too? Bring a lantern.”
“No need of that,” Ayub vouchsafed. “I heard the horses stirring and
left my blankets. Those three dog-born dogs of mine were saddling their
nags. Eh, they went off when they saw me. I thought that was not good,
and I walked over to the Tartar camp. Not a rope left.”
“Did they take any of the sledges?”
“Nay, Chort’s lads were on guard at the tabor. The Tartars rode away
on the other side of the wood, and no one saw them go.”
Stuart went first to look at the site of the camp, then a short distance
into the steppe with Ayub. The tracks led directly away from the wood.
In silence the Scot returned to the hamlet and roused Prince Paul. The
hussars were more than ready to pursue the tribesmen, but Stuart pointed
out that the mirza’s men had the faster horses and, besides, had headed
away from the trail. They had an hour’s start—Ayub’s detail had been the
last to leave-and pursuit was useless. Useless also was any speculation as
to why they had gone. Clearly, they had planned their move beforehand,
but they had not tried to take anything from the tabor. The officers gath-
ered around the breakfast table for consultation.
Stuart pointed out that a storm seemed to be coming nearer, and ad-
vised remaining at the hamlet. The strength of the escort had been cut
in half, but they had grain enough now, and food to spare.
“Par dex!” cried the Prince. “Shall we hug the stove for a gray sky and
a few deserters?”
The under-chancellor decided that they would go forward, as usual.
t h e ou t r i de r 173
So Ayub mounted and rode out. He took with him Ahmak, after tying
the Tartar’s ankles together under his horse’s belly, and binding up his
follower’s weapon’s upon his own saddle.
“He would lie to the nobles,” he explained to Stuart, “but he will tell
me the truth about his fellows, the little darling, before sunset.”
For the greater part of the day Ayub had no time to spare to question Ah-
mak. Their course took them through a network of gullies and buttes
where deep drifts had formed. This was a place called the Dry Lands, and
in Summer a meeting point for raiders who were going to cross the Dnieper.
Ayub remembered the way through, but at times he had to cast to right
and left to make certain that he was not leading the tabor astray.
It was noon before he came out into easier going, where the ravines
yielded to shallow valleys and finally to the gentle sweep of the open
plain. He pushed on swiftly, to look for a good halting place, where wood
might be found. Ahmak, who was now able to sit erect in the saddle, fol-
lowed him without complaining.
“Why didn’t you go with mirza?” Ayub asked. “Why did you drink?”
“I was afraid.” The little Tartar answered indifferently. “It was writ-
ten.”
“Well it’s also written—”
The Cossack fell silent and reined in his horse. For a moment the two
riders gazed at each other, their heads bent, listening.
Through the whine of the wind overhead came a new note, like the slow
beating of distant drums. When the wind freshened it grew louder.
“Guns,” Ayub said.
For awhile the reports were only heard at intervals, then came the thud-
ding of an irregular volley. This could not be hunters after wild horses, or
the young soldiers loosing off their pistols haphazard.
After the volley, silence.
“Come,” Ayub called to the Tartar, and wheeled his horse, urging the
black stallion to a trot and then a gallop. For nearly half a league he rode
back over his own trail. Once the wind brought to his ears an uproar of
voices. Then, silence again. But the Cossack had located the conflict—be-
yond a low ridge where he had stopped to look at the surrounding plain.
Approaching this ridge, he drew rein to listen. Then he dismounted,
and assisted Ahmak to do likewise. On foot he hastened up the last of the
slope, toward a fringe of gray tamarisk. At the brush he threw himself
174 t h e ou t r i de r
down and crawled forward with the Tartar. For a moment they stared in
silence at the shallow valley beyond the ridge.
Outlined against the white surface of the snow they saw the tabor. The
head of the wagon train was tangled in a rough half circle. Behind this
group of sledges and animals, the rest of the train strung out like the tail
of a kite—abandoned.
Within the half circle Ayub saw the Poles with their servants, and
Chort’s few Cossacks. Some of them had on breastplates and helmets,
and had harquebuses and pistols. They were on top of the sledge loads,
their horses within the barricade. A few of the Poles were in the saddle,
and Ayub recognized among the riders Colonel Stuart’s gray cloak and
the piebald horse. He thought he made out Prince Paul’s bay mare, but
the under-chancellor’s traveling sleigh was not visible.
Gathered beyond pistol shot of the tabor were groups of riders—small
men on rough coated ponies, armed with scimitars and long lances. On
their arms they carried round shields, most of them painted red. Their
heads were covered with furs—bearskin and wolf. Ayub was so near one
of the bands that he could have thrown a knife among them.
But many wore under their sheepskins fine link armor and carried Turk-
ish pistols in their girdles. Their dark, square faces were beardless.
“Nogais,” the Cossack muttered.
The story of what had happened was clearly written in the snow. The
tribesmen had come down on the tabor from the neighboring heights,
had taken it by surprise because only the leading sledges had drawn up
together to resist the attack, and the circle was not completed. At least
once—and Ayub remembered the volley he had heard—the Nogais had
charged the tabor and had been driven off. Four or five bodies lay in the
space near the sledges.
What had happened to the men in the rearmost sledges he could not
tell. Perhaps they had reached the half circle, perhaps they had been cut
down. The Tartars were looting the sledges beyond musket shot. They
had gathered into three bands, on different sides, and were watching the
dark mass of the Poles’ barricade, like wolves sitting on their haunches
beyond the horns of angered cattle. They had made their first attack and
had been beaten off—Ayub wondered who had thought to close up the
sledges in time—and were taking what loot they could while they pon-
dered what to do next.
More of the Poles appeared in armor. The hussars were taking advan-
t h e ou t r i de r 175
tage of the lull to don the heavy steel that had given them the name of
“iron men.” But Ayub thought that some were missing. He could only
make out about forty men in all within the tabor. The Nogais outnum-
bered them some three to one, but the better firearms and fine armor of
the Poles made the issue an even one.
“If the Tartars are looting,” the Cossack reflected, “they may ride off
at sunset.”
He lay in the snow without moving, and Ahmak was silent as a shadow
at his side. The slightest stirring of the bushes would draw a dozen eyes
upon them, and they knew the folly of trying to ride between the bands
into the tabor. The shaggy ponies were as quick-footed as hunting dogs
in the hard snow, where Ayub and his charger might break through to the
horse’s knees. Ayub was in no haste to move.
At intervals harquebuses were discharged from the sledges, and smoke
rolled over the ground toward the riders, who scattered at the flash of pow-
der and moved back a little. Some of them went off to join their comrades
who were breaking open the loads on the captured vehicles and cutting
the horses loose from the traces.
A Moslem on a white horse circled near the tabor, waving a black vel-
vet cloak, taken from the Poles. A flash and a flurry of smoke greeted
him, but he flung the cloak over his shoulders and rode off, shouting tri-
umphantly.
And then a trumpet blared from the barricade. The mounted Poles be-
gan to stir, the horse’s heads shifted, and long lances uprose.
Ayub muttered under his breath and rose on his elbows. The lances be-
gan to move, and presently the hussars appeared, out of the open space,
and formed in two ranks, nearly thirty of them. The first line half wheeled
and began to trot toward the nearest group of Tartars, while the second
followed at ten yards.
“Devil take them!” groaned the Cossack.
This was no trick to draw in the tribesmen; the hussars meant to
charge. Their heavy chargers moved more swiftly, floundering here and
there; the long lances came down to the level. Above the shoulders of the
iron men flapped the great eagle wings, the eagles of Poland and the em-
blem of the cavalry.
Ahead of them, his sword at his shoulder, trotted Prince Paul. He wore
no helmet, and his dark head was lifted with all the pride of a caste that
knows not fear. For several moments the gray cloud of Tartars had watched
176 t h e ou t r i de r
When the smoke thinned, the hussars were hemmed in, nearly half their
horses down. The heavy chargers, plunging through deep snow, could not
keep pace with the darting ponies of the clansmen, and they were marks
for the flying arrows. The hussars had no time to reload their pistols. They
fought furiously with lance or sword.
Ayub watched with both horror and anger.
“May the saints guard them! They went into deep snow in armor.”
He had expected the Poles to make good the barricade, standing in the
sledges, until darkness, when the Tartars would have withdrawn. More
horses went down, and the remaining hussars would not desert their dis-
mounted comrades. Led by the swiftly flashing sword of Prince Paul, the
knot of them began to move back slowly toward the tabor. And then they
were hidden by fresh throngs of gray riders.
Ahmak tugged at his arm, muttering to him to mount and ride away.
The Dobrudja Tartars were afraid of the Nogais and Ahmak thought that
the iron men were doomed:
“Nà kòn!” the Cossack assented. “To horse.”
They ran back down the slope and leaped into their saddles. Ayub de-
layed long enough to toss Ahmak his bow and short sword, then he urged
his stallion up the rise.
“Nay,” he cried, “I must find the little father.”
The Tartar’s face twisted ruefully and he clucked his tongue, but he fol-
t h e ou t r i de r 177
lowed Ayub, who galloped toward the tabor. They were a pistol shot away
when they saw Stuart. For a few moments the Nogais had left the tabor to
its own devices and the colonel had rallied a small party to aid the hus-
sars. Three of Chort’s Cossacks and a half dozen heydukes followed him.
He saw Ayub and Ahmak, and waved at them to come on.
The struggling mass of horsemen around the hussars was no more
than a stone’s throw away. Ayub drew a pistol, looked at the priming in
the pan.
“U-ha!” he roared. “Do we lack powder and steel, lads? Make way for
a Cossack!”
But slant eyes had seen the advance of the little party, and fifty stocky
riders turned in their saddles to ply their bows. Arrows hissed among the
Christians. A horse reared with a shaking scream and one of Chort’s men
dropped like a stone into the snow. Ayub and several others fired their pis-
tols. Then a group of Nogais bore down on them.
This was too much for the heydukes, who had been hanging back. But
Ayub did not see them flee. Out of the haze of smoke a gray figure, crouch-
ing in the saddle of a white horse, made for him, a steel lance point gleam-
ing above a red fringe of hair. The old Cossack felt for his other pistol, and
changed his mind, grasping his sword hilt instead.
He jerked his horse to the right, and the Nogai swerved toward him.
When the lance point was darting at his head, Ayub shifted his heavy
body with surprising swiftness to the left, his weight on that stirrup. The
lance passed over his shoulder, and he thrust the blade of his yataghan
into the Nogai’s side.
He looked for Stuart, and saw two tribesmen rushing at the Scot, who
parried the scimitar stroke of the first man with his long straight blade.
The Tartar slipped to one side, dodging the officer’s slash, and Stuart turned
in the saddle to meet the other rider. The first Tartar checked his pony in
its tracks and lifted his scimitar to strike the Scot in the back.
As he did so Ayub heard Ahmak’s bow resound at his side. An arrow
thudded into the head of the tribesman, who slipped from the saddle with
a snarling scream.
“Well done!” Ayub roared, and the little archer shouted trium-
phantly.
The man he had brought down was the owner of the black velvet cloak—
the one flourished at the Poles—and the cloak had a gold buckle set with
gleaming stones. Ayub remembered it vaguely, but Ahmak seemed to covet
178 t h e ou t r i de r
it, for he sprang down from his saddle and wrenched it from the fingers of
the dying man. His greed made him forget all caution.
A pony whirled past Ahmak, a lance thrust down, and the Tartar was
pulled over—dragged through the snow, with the steel point of the lance
fast in his throat.
Ayub gained Stuart’s side in time to see the Scot’s adversary turn and
flee.
“Eh, Little Father,” he cried, “where are your men?”
Stuart’s followers and the Tartars alike had left them. The flight of
the heydukes had stirred the Nogais to pursue them, and a score of riders
were scattering down the valley. The three who had come against Ayub
and Stuart were accounted for, and for these few seconds the Scot and his
follower were left unnoticed.
Ayub looked around swiftly. The tabor was deserted, and on the other
side of him, the Nogais were closing in upon the last hussars. Not one
of the Poles remained in the saddle, and during this moment of triumph
the tribesmen were intent on striking down the living and stripping the
dead. The old Cossack made up his mind at once.
A glance at Stuart’s set face, and he leaned forward, wrenching the rein
of the piebald horse from the Scot’s left hand. Then he struck the horse
with the flat of his blade, urged on his own beast, and turned back toward
the knoll from which he had first seen the conflict.
He heard a swift oath and the Scot’s deep cry—
“Loose the horse, or I’ll cut you down!”
“Slash, Little Father,” Ayub shouted, “and you’ll soon follow me down.
Only look in back of you!”
Stuart turned in the saddle. A dozen Nogais were detaching them-
selves from the throng that had made an end of Prince Paul and his hus-
sars. Only a faint clash of steel could be heard, where the exultant tribes-
men were tearing plunder from each other’s hands. The heydukes were
being overtaken and killed, one by one.
“The Poles have all—” Ayub panted—“turned up their toes. No good
going back to be stretched out like a dog.”
For a moment the Scot was silent. Then he shook his shoulders and
reached out calmly for the rein, and Ayub, after a glance at him, gave it up.
They had passed over the ridge and were galloping along the trail that the
Cossack had made earlier in the afternoon—to the south. Behind them, a
long musket shot away, the Nogai riders appeared.
They fell into single file, pushing rapidly along the narrow trail, but
t h e ou t r i de r 179
for the time being the longer limbed horses of the fugitives increased the
distance between them. Stuart’s piebald was fairly fresh, and carried less
weight than the Cossack’s stallion, yet the powerful black charger gal-
loped steadily through the heavy going, the snow flying up like spray un-
der its hoofs.
The light failed steadily, the gray sky darkened and the Nogais became a
blur against the snow. But Ayub knew that night would not hide the trail
from the keen eyes of the Tartars. Evidently their ponies were tired and
the tribes were content to follow, certain that they would come up with
the fugitives when the swifter horses lagged. The Cossack pulled his char-
ger back to a fast trot, and pondered.
“No cover, no place to hide—can’t hide our tracks,” he muttered to
Stuart.
“They will stick like burrs to a dog’s tail, because they want our
horses.”
The Nogais did not seem to be any nearer; by now they were lost to
sight in the murk. The two riders felt as if they were speeding through a
lifeless plain. The horses’ hoofs were muffled in the snow, and no stars
were to be seen.
“Were the Poles mad,” Ayub asked presently, “to ride out from the ta-
bor? Where was his Mightiness?”
“The Tartars cut him off, with his escort,” Stuart said grimly. “They
brought his head to the tabor and threw it among our men.”
He had been riding near the center of the sledge train when the tribes-
men came over the crests. Chort, at the head of the train, had brought the
first sledges into a half circle, and Stuart had taken command here, order-
ing the hussars to dismount and use their firearms. Most of the men had
reached the barricade safely, bringing in the sledges with the gold. The
first charge of the Nogais had been broken.
Some of the Cossacks had shouted to the Nogais that they were en-
voys, on their way to the great khan, and a rider on a white horse with a
green saddle cloth had come up as if to talk to them. Instead he had drawn
the head of the under-chancellor from beneath his arm, and had swung
it by the beard into the nearest sledge, riding off unhurt in the confusion
among the Poles. Prince Paul, maddened by the insult, had called to the
hussars to arm themselves and go out to the Nogais.
“They followed him,” the colonel said quietly, “against my order.”
180 t h e ou t r i de r
“Well,” Ayub grunted, “they were brave and now they are dead, and
we are like to share their bed this night. I said, Sir Colonel, that the omen
was not good.”
“More like,” Stuart pointed out, “the Nogais had sacked those cabins
and camped nearby—”
“Aya tak! ’Tis so, by God!” The old Cossack struck the saddle horn
with his hand. “And those weasels, our Tartars, sniffed blood in the air
and went off.” He shook his head sadly. “Eh, the blame is not yours!”
“Two nobles and forty—two Christian souls slain, and the gold lost—
the mission destroyed.” Stuart laughed harshly. “It is on my head, the
blame—and I live.”
The attack on the column, the savage fighting and the swift flight had
given him no moment for thought, but now the massacre burned in his
memory. He had been in command of the escort, and it had been wiped
out by tribesmen.
“Nay, Sir Colonel,” Ayub said gravely, “you are young and this is not
your country. The Poles gave orders, not you. If I had a good head to think
with, I would have spied out the tracks of the Nogais in the cabins. Or
maybe I would have searched Ahmak’s toes this dawn to make him talk.
But I have no more than an empty keg on my shoulders, and now I am
running like a dog with a panther hissing at his tail. Tfu! You are wise,
Little Father. Do you see any way to escape?”
He bent his huge body to stare into Stuart’s face. The Scot looked around
at the bleak expanse of white and at the curtain of darkness that hemmed
them in, and behind which followed the riders of the steppe.
“Not I!” he laughed.
As if it had been an echo of his voice, the high-pitched shout of a Nogai
came down the wind—a shout to announce the picking up of the trail,
or a taunt—
“Ahai, caphar—ho, unbelievers!”
Ayub tightened his knees, and the black charger flung up its head and
trotted faster. Hearing the men’s voices, the horses had lagged, and the
pursuers had come closer.
Chapter V
Enemy’s Shelter
Stuart, on the fresher horse, had taken the lead. The Cossack’s big char-
ger had been trotting through snow for the greater part of a day and the
half of a night, and its strength was failing. It stumbled frequently, pull-
t h e ou t r i de r 181
ing up with a snort and a quick heaving of flanks. If the two men had been
mounted on ordinary cavalry beasts they would have been overtaken by
the ponies of the Nogais before now.
From time to time Ayub glanced over his shoulder, trying to pierce the
pitlike gloom. The tribesmen, he knew, would not loose their arrows until
they were certain of striking down the men without injuring the horses.
They were too wise to scatter in pursuit, and they would not give the fu-
gitives a chance to use their swords. The Cossack and the officer had a
pistol each, but in the darkness they were worse than useless—the flash
would reveal them to their adversaries and the dense smoke would hide
the ensuing rush of the tribesmen. Avub had seen the Nogais charge the
Poles through such smoke.
The piebald wolf-chaser neighed suddenly, and then again, thrusting
down its head.
“That is a good omen, Little Father,” the Cossack called.
He stared around him, then down at the ground. Bending over, he looked
again, and jumped off without slowing up the black horse. Rein in hand
he ran beside it for awhile. Then, gripping the saddle horn, the rein over
his arm, he swung himself up again, grunting with the effort.
“Turn to the right, Little Father,” he urged, and Stuart obeyed in si-
lence.
After a few minutes, his eyes still bent on the snow, the Cossack spoke
again.
“Now to the left a little.”
“What is it?” Stuart asked.
“Many horse tracks, all around. A whole herd—wild, maybe, or a Tar-
tar’s herd. By day I could know.”
“Will yonder devils lose our tracks here?”
“Nay, they will not lose the trail. But they will have to dismount and
stick their snouts down, and so they will fall behind.”
Ayub uttered an exclamation and turned his head. For some time the
air had been growing colder; now it seemed warmer, and the black sky
lighter. Something stung his face and beat against his eyes.
“Faith,” Stuart said, “nothing is wanted. We are already marked for
dead men, and here is the snow to bury us.”
The snow was dry and hard, and it whirled around them, shutting them
in so that soon they could not see beyond their horses’ heads. And pres-
ently it rose from the ground, swirling around them.
“Eh,” the Cossack observed, “the Nogais won’t look for us any more.
182 t h e ou t r i de r
They’ll ride for shelter, if they know any place near; if not, they’ll let the
horses pick the way.” He pondered for a moment. “Drop the rein, Little
Father; urge on the spotted horse, and let him lead. That’s the best thing
to do.”
The two horses drew together until the stirrups rubbed, and the piebald
seemed to turn down the wind, after Stuart tossed the rein on his neck.
But he trotted slowly and then fell of his own accord into a walk.
So far the cold had not troubled the men, but now the icy breath of the
storm chilled their backs. Stuart dismounted and walked for a while, to
stir the blood in his numbed feet.
“Don’t do that, Sir Colonel,” the Cossack remarked. “If you walk, the
horse will follow you. If he is left to himself he’ll go to a wood, or perhaps
a ravine, and then we may be able to gather a fire.”
There was no sign of any break in the plain. At times they went down
long slopes, or circled around a knoll, but the dense veil of drifting snow
made it seem as if they were still walking over the level steppe. Both of
them knew what the storm meant—the cold steadily increasing until
morning. By then the horses would be exhausted. And the wind came
in such gusts that they could not tell whether they were wandering in a
circle or not.
Once or twice the piebald wolf-chaser lifted his head and pricked his
ears. Finally he whinnied, and Ayub grunted with satisfaction. The horse
had heard or scented something.
“Ahai muslimin—” a wailing voice pierced the silence. “Ho, ye be-
lievers!”
And from the other side of them a second voice made response—
“Is it thou, Ismail?”
Leather creaked faintly near at hand and was echoed by a jangling of
iron. Ayub and Stuart reined in and waited. They could see nothing in
the drifting veil of white.
“Do not wander!”
A shout came from farther off, and then the silence remained unbro-
ken. Ayub crossed himself on breast and forehead.
“Lost souls—spirits seeking for shelter,” he muttered, “or those dog-
born dogs of Nogais.”
He noticed that the piebald went forward again more swiftly, and he
wondered whether the charger were following the horses of the tribes-
men. Then the cold crept into his limbs; the ache of hunger settled in his
t h e ou t r i de r 183
body. The best thing, he thought, was to let the horse go on.
When his bones pained him, and the cold settled in his old hurts, his
thoughts turned to the tavern of Kudak and the delight of hot brandy.
“Tfu,” he told himself, “all that fine wine of the tabor is being guz-
zled by these sons of Satan, and I did not even fill a flask. They’ll find gold
enough to cover their wives with necklaces, and not a ducat in my pouch.
Devil fly away with them!”
The sky seemed lighter, and the snow had moderated. But it was not
morning, because a silvery half-light filled the air. The clouds had broken
away and the glow of the old moon had penetrated to the plain. By this
dim radiance, through the thin veil of the storm, he saw that Stuart rode
crouched in his saddle, his shoulders bent. The snow had drifted against
the crupper and the officer’s back, and had coated one side of the spotted
horse. Stuart’s cloth greatcoat was less protection than the sheepskin-
lined svitza and the massive flesh of the Cossack.
“Eh,” Ayub thought, “the lad is suffering, but he does not curse or be-
rate me.”
He drew up to the Scot, when the piebald horse turned sharply to one
side and quickened its pace. Ahead of it something high and dark took
shape through the drift—something shaped like a dome, coated white
on one side.
Beside it the piebald halted, and Stuart laughed hoarsely.
“A haystack!”
Ayub tumbled out of his saddle and ran to the horses’ heads, gripping their
muzzles as well as he could in his numbed hands.
“Please to dismount, Little Father,” he whispered. “Take the horses
and don’t let them whinny. Perhaps there is a hut near this stack. The
men out here don’t leave their hay in pastures.”
While Stuart climbed down stiffly, Ayub swung his arms and beat his
fists together until he could move his fingers. Then he disappeared into
the gloom.
The Scot had his hands full with the horses, which were snorting and
pushing up to the stack, and when he quieted them he heard Ayub’s high
pitched call.
“A-a-ay, Little Father. This wa—ay!”
Leading the horses, Stuart walked toward the sound, and made out what
184 t h e ou t r i de r
seemed to be a smaller haystack before him. It was a domed yurt, like the
one he had lost, but with a rough shed and corral of twisted branches built
against its protected side. He went around it until he reached the entrance
flap. Ayub’s voice came from within.
Looking under the lifted felt, he saw the big Cossack, sword in hand,
shaking the snow off his svitza. The light came from the glowing embers
of a fire in the sunken stone hearth beneath the central opening of the
tent. The earth was covered with greasy carpets, and the place reeked of
smoke and sour milk and leather. On the divan at the side crouched an
old man who wore a stiff leather jacket with a horse’s mane hanging from
the shoulders, his shaven head covered by a green skullcap, and from un-
der it his black eyes stared at the intruders without expression. A broad-
faced, handsome girl was hanging a pot over the embers and putting on
fresh dried dung from a pile in one corner.
“Nogais,” Ayub said. “Warm yourself, Little Father, and don’t let them
run out, while I look around. That young lioness is heating up broth.”
In the half hour that he was gone the two Tartars said not one word.
The girl built up the fire until the mutton broth steamed, and from time
to time when her back was to the old man, she stared intently at Stuart
out of her slanting eyes. Her head was bound in a neat white kerchief, and
her shoulders were weighted by strings of pierced silver coins of all kinds.
Ayub came in with a gust of snow.
“Satan still has us in charge,” he grunted. “Other yurts are near. I saw
some tracks going toward them. Those dogs we heard yelping out yonder
must have come in ahead of us, and our nags followed them. But this storm’s
a regular buran, and they won’t stir out of their nests for awhile.”
“Is this a Nogai village?”
“That’s what it is.” The Cossack went over to look at the woman’s cup-
board, where cheese cakes were hung in a leather bag, beside heavier sacks.
“Mare’s milk; kumiss, they call it,” he explained, prodding a sack. He
sniffed at a heavy clay jug. “Gorilka! Eh, thou grandfather, offer a greet-
ing to thy guests!” He tipped up the jug and took several long swallows.
“Allah kirbadiz partalouk! Allah protect your shadow!”
The old Nogai spat out one word.
“Caphar!”
Silently the girl brought out two porcelain bowls and filled them with
broth, setting the cheese cakes between her unbidden guests. Ayub handed
the jug to the officer.
The fiery spirits and the hot broth warmed them, and the Nogai woman
t h e ou t r i de r 185
filled the Cossack’s bowl three times before setting the pot aside to cool.
Stuart could eat but little, but the heat of the yurt brought on a drowsi-
ness that he could not shake off.
“Stretch out and sleep,” Ayub advised him. “I’ll smoke my pipe and
talk to the grandfather and his bride. I’ll wake you after dawn.”
Stuart loosened his belt, but kept his boots on, and he placed his sword
and pistol by his right hand. Lying on the carpet of the divan, he watched
Ayub light his clay pipe with an ember. The reek of the Cossack’s tobacco
mingled with the burning dung, and smoke eddied under the blackened
dome of the yurt. But before the young officer’s eyes passed the vista of
the fight in the steppe—the winged hussars engulfed in the gray horse—
the blood-streaked beard of the chancellor—Chort, kneeling with an ar-
row in his throat. And the wind buffeted the heavy folds of the felt near
his head, as if the storm itself were striking at him.
All the next day the storm raged. The cold increased, until the small fire
failed to warm the windswept yurt, and Ayub departed without explain-
ing to Stuart why he went. The Scot heard him moving about in the cor-
ral, and at intervals a loud thump sounded. When at last he appeared he
carried an armful of wood, and explained that he had found a supply near
some distant yurts. He had seen no Tartars, and said they were all holed
up like foxes.
Ayub had been tipping up the jug and helping out the gorilka with the
fermented mare’s milk. This combination made him restless and cheer-
ful. When he had a roaring fire going, he went out again and returned with
the frozen leg of a lamb on his shoulder.
“Nogais always hang them up, out of reach of the gray brothers.”
The eyes of the old tribesman kindled for the first time when he saw
so much meat, ready to be eaten without payment. It was a fat leg and tied
to it was the massive tail of the sheep, with a half dozen pounds of fat in
it. This was the prized portion of the sheep, and the Nogai gorged him-
self, when his visitors passed over the tail for the leaner meat, upon the
greasy fat, until his leather jacket swelled visibly. Even when he belched
he went on stuffing. Probably not for years had he tasted this delicacy, re-
served for the distinguished or the richer men of the clan. He ate it all,
and his girl wife dined after him on the broth.
When they had finished, Ayub filled two leather sacks with the mut-
ton stew and took them outside to freeze. For the third time he vanished.
The old Nogai was asleep after his debauch, and the girl was sitting qui-
186 t h e ou t r i de r
etly by the fire watching the officer. They had not been harmed, and they
accepted the visitors with the fatalism of their race, taking pains to hide
their curiosity.
The light was failing, and Stuart went to the entrance to watch for the
Cossack, half minded to truss up his hosts and go and look for Ayub, even
though nothing was visible ten yards away.
But the big warrior showed up again, this time with a low kibitka in
tow—a small cart on runners, the wheels removed. He lugged this up to
the corral and swaggered into the yurt.
“We are ready for the road now, Little Father.” He grinned. “I found
the sled over in the village, and brought it out myself. We’ll load the wood
into the kibitka, with the sacks of mutton and some hay. Then, when the
storm is over, before the first light, we’ll harness up two of old grandfa-
ther’s nags and saddle our horses and go before these devils in sheepskins
are stirring.”
“What about the two Tartars?”
“We’ll take them, too. They’ll sell for ten ducats in Kudak. Now, if we
had some fresh gorilka—”
He glanced longingly back into the drifting snow, but Stuart spoke to
him sharply.
“Ayub, is your head clear?”
“Ay, Sir Colonel!”
“Then stay here with these two. I’m going to look at the horses.” At
the entrance he paused to ask another question.
“If the storm lasts tonight, and stops tomorrow, in daylight—what
then?”
The Cossack pondered, swaying a little as he warmed his shoulders
at the fire.
“We’ll have to trust to the horses again, ride like the devil.”
Before the twilight ended Stuart inspected the commandeered sled and
satisfied himself that the harness hanging in the Nogai’s shed was sound.
Then he busied himself loading the wood Ayub had confiscated into the
kibitka, with the sacks of mutton. With a handful of hay he rubbed down
the horses. This done, he made sure that the saddles were hanging on their
pegs and that the chargers were well covered with felt blankets.
He knew that they had a chance to escape if the snow stopped before
daylight, but if not—if the Nogais saw them riding off their chance was
gone. Even if they could throw the warriors off their track by some miracle
t h e ou t r i de r 187
they could not cross the open plain without supplies. Strangely Ayub, who
had been moody before there was any danger, was now heedless of what
might happen. The jug, no doubt, kept him from worrying; but the near-
ness of his old enemies, and the fight in the steppe, had stirred his blood.
Stuart had taken stock of the situation and had weighed their chances
with the care of a man who is not disturbed by danger. That night he told
Ayub that he would watch, and the Cossack was soon snoring on the di-
van across the fire from the Tartars.
From time to time the girl, as if accustomed to do so, woke and put
more wood on the fire. Once, after listening to the snores of her aged mas-
ter, she came close to the officer and smiled at him shyly.
“Caphar!” she whispered, but the word was approval rather than re-
proach.
The fire flickered up and by its light Stuart saw that the Nogai bride
had not been idle during the last day. To the silver coins in her necklaces
she had added two new gold pieces. And he wondered if in any way they
had come from the treasure carried by the tabor. They were bright pieces
of irregular shape, badly minted, and she glanced down at them proudly.
He lifted one from her breast and inspected it. The inscription was Turk-
ish—a sultan’s seal.
“Othman?” he asked, and she nodded vigorously.
They had not come from the treasure of the Poles, but Stuart reflected
that this girl could not have had them long. She seemed to value them
immensely, and he did not understand why she had chosen to add them
to her ornaments just then. She pointed at the snoring old man and held
up three fingers. Evidently the Nogai had three similar coins. After a mo-
ment’s thought, Stuart went to the divan and shook Ayub’s knee.
The Cossack sprang up, his hand groping for his sword, and the girl
would have fled had not Stuart caught her wrist.
“Ask her where the Turkish pieces came from. Nay, do not take
them.”
Ayub listened, his head bent down to the girl’s white kerchief while
she whispered rapidly.
“A man called Abd-al-Rahman brought much money, like this,” he
explained, “in the last moon. He gave with an open hand, and he rode a
white Arabian horse, with a green saddle cloth, and he wore Tartar gar-
ments. But he came from Stamboul, the city of the sultan, to give the Tar-
tars money.”
“The man who carried the chancellor’s head to the tabor rode a white
188 t h e ou t r i de r
The wind had not died down, and the cold was like flame touching their
faces. Except to the south the sky was clear, and they harnessed the Tar-
tar’s ponies to the sled without delay, loading it up with bundles of hay.
Among these bundles Ayub stowed the old man and the girl, wrapped in
sheepskin robes. They made no effort to escape—in fact helped with the
loading, since they had not expected that their lives would be spared.
Ayub saddled the two chargers, swearing under his breath when his
fingers touched any metal. When he took the rein of the leading pony Stu-
art rode up to him.
“Make the Tartars show the road, or we will not get through the drifts.”
And when the Cossack would have started off, he checked him. “Nay,
this way.”
“But that is the south, Little Father, the way toward the sea.”
“Aye.”
“Down there is the Krim khan and his city. The outposts cannot be
more than three days’ ride.”
“Aye, we are going to the khan.”
Slowly Ayub shook his head.
t h e ou t r i de r 189
Chapter VI
The Turks
Four days later they heard the roar of the sea. It was near sunset, although
no sun could be seen. Mist rolled in from the water, among black outcrop-
pings of rock; the snow lay only in pockets and in the steep gullies under
waving brush. The ground reeked of mud and salt and damp, and the tired
horses floundered over slush and stones. The clamor of waterfowl filled
190 t h e ou t r i de r
the mist. The air, after the icy breath of the steppes, seemed hot.
They followed the narrow road that led along the shore, by fishing vil-
lages and shallow bays, until the throbbing of the surf diminished and the
path led them beside what seemed to be a canal. Sometimes this strip of
water narrowed until a horse almost could have leaped it, and at times it
widened into reed-bordered lakes where herons passed silently overhead.
The mist thinned away by degrees, and the outline of the land loomed
dark against the gray sky.
The canal became straighter, its banks high and sheer. And on the far
side uprose the level line of a wall. No human dwellings were visible on
the wall and, although Ayub listened for the tramp of horses, nothing
could be heard moving.
The old Tartar—Stuart had sent back the pair to their village with the
sled when the road to the sea had been reached—had said that after they
came out on the shore a ride of three hours would bring them to the gate
of the Krim men. The deserted canal seemed to be the sea moat, but no
gate was visible until darkness set in and the Cossack pointed out a glim-
mer of light ahead of them.
As they drew nearer the glimmer became brighter. Moving lights took
shape, and the glow of fires. They heard a murmur of voices and the stir
of animals.
On their side of the canal a street of sorts stretched to the moat—twin
lines of mud and thatch buildings that seemed to house the offspring of
bedlam. Around the fires men of all races were visible. Ayub saw the thin
faces and the ragged kaftans of Jews clustered among the muddy sheep-
skins of herders, and the striped cloaks of bearded Persians who snarled
at all the rest.
Dogs and children wandered between the fires. A Circassian horse-
man trotted down the street, singing a high-pitched love song. The air
smelled of horses and dung, and the love song was blended with the whis-
tling and bubbling of camels. Here and there the broken stone wall of a
caravansary took shape by the fires, with covered carts and lines of rough
coated ponies beyond.
All of the men except the Jews were armed, but the Cossack noticed
that no guards had been posted. At the end of the street the fires gleamed
in the water of the moat and revealed the shadowy outline of the cren-
ellated wall on the far side. A narrow bridge ran across the moat to the
gate of a dark building on the other side. Little could be seen of this, ex-
t h e ou t r i de r 191
cept two slender towers that might have been watchtowers or the mina-
rets of a mosque.
Ayub stared up at it, fingering his beard.
“Eh, Little Father, the gate is closed. See, the caravans have taken to
shelter for the night. In the morning, perhaps, they will go in.”
“We will go in tonight.”
They had no more food, the horses were nearly done. To beg quarters
from the rabble of the serais would be to earn mockery and to lessen their
dignity in the eyes of the throng. To sleep in their cloaks in the muddy
field would be little better.
The Cossack nodded slowly.
“Aye, so. Shall we ride in among the dogs and send a message to the
gate?”
“Nay, we will ride to the bridge. Is the envoy of a king to dismount
among herders?”
He pulled up the head of the piebald charger and trotted forward, Ayub
following a little to one side. The Cossack tightened his girdle and drew
off his right glove, trying the blade of his yataghan to see if it were free in
the sheath. Once within the light of the fires they could not turn back,
and there was no guessing how the Moslems would greet them.
But they entered the head of the street unnoticed, and trotted between
the buildings, amid a snarling of dogs, until a boy’s shrill cry drew at-
tention to them.
“Giaours!”
Then silence fell about the nearest fires. Men rose hastily to stare and to
finger their beards in utter amazement. They seemed not to believe their
eyes. They would have expected to see the companions of the Prophet him-
self ride armed among them, more readily than two Christians emerging
from the steppe at night, unheralded and palpably without escort. Few of
them had ever seen a man like Stuart before, and dark eyes fastened hun-
grily upon his gray cloak and stained red boots.
He did not turn his head, and he was halfway down the street when
a clamor of excited comment uprose. Then, when it was evident that he
would keep on to the bridge, men jostled to hasten after him and the dogs
scurried ahead. Swordsmen swung into the saddles of waiting horses and
cantered through the herders and slaves who raced afoot. Some snatched
up torches and beat a way for themselves.
Stuart and the Cossack reined in and walked their chargers out on the
192 t h e ou t r i de r
bridge because it was built of timbers laid loose across the beams, and a
gap might have been left for the unwary. But the torches of their escort
gave them light, although the throng halted and spread itself expectantly
about the end of the bridge.
From over their heads came a harsh challenge, and when Stuart kept
on without heading it, an arrow thudded into the boards by the forefeet
of his horse. Ayub looked up at the towers, lifting his arm.
“Elchi!” he shouted. “An ambassador! O ye men of Krim, send word
to the gate.”
A second arrow flashed down, and the Cossack’s charger snorted. Voices
gibed and mocked from the crowd that jostled beyond the bridge, but the
towers were silent. The glow of the torches revealed the face of the fortress
clearly—a seemingly solid wall of blackened brick and the lofty pointed
doors, strengthened by knobs of iron. Although he strained his eyes up-
ward, Ayub could see nothing moving on the tower summits.
It was not easy to sit quietly in the saddle beneath bows that could
slay them unseen, and the watchers from the caravans did not make mat-
ters easier.
“Since when did giaours send ambassadors to the Krim?” a voice
taunted.
Minutes passed, and the crowd grew more vociferous. Evidently it dared
not come upon the bridge, but it made no secret of its hatred of unbeliev-
ers, and prophecies were bandied back and forth in shrill speculation as
to the fate that awaited the Christians.
“O ye without wit,” one proclaimed. “O blind dogs, wearers of hats,
eaters of filth, know ye not the gate is closed between sun and sun?”
Ayub gritted his teeth in a rage because he could not retort, because
their lot would be no enviable one if they had to turn back now. But Stu-
art became impatient and, ignoring the threat of the arrow, reined his
horse forward, drew his sword and smote the timbers of the door with
the pommel. Echoes answered from within, and the caravan men ceased
their shouting to listen.
Whether the watchers above had sent tidings of the strangers, or the
Scot’s tattoo roused the guards within, the great doors creaked and swung
outward. A man strode through the opening. By his green turban and the
robe thrown over one shoulder, Ayub recognized a mullah who had vis-
ited Mecca. With a thin arm he lifted the lantern he carried and looked
t h e ou t r i de r 193
a Tartar mirza appeared and bade them make ready for the road, since he
would conduct them to the khan. He was a dark, diminutive figure, clad
in crimson and gold, and his horse was a blood Arab of price. He seemed
astonished that the Christians had no goods or gear with them, and he ex-
claimed admiringly at sight of the piebald charger. He led them at a trot
through the crowded courtyard and out to a highway where the earth was
dry and free from snow.
Then the mirza let his Arab gallop. The four warriors who attended him
fell in behind the Christians, and they thundered past the caravans that
had set out before them, taking not the slightest trouble to turn aside for
man or beast. The mule trains were hurried to the side of the road by anx-
ious owners, and the slaves scuttled into the muddy ditch, to stare fear-
fully at the flashing robes and the tufted spears of the Tartars.
When he had scattered the foremost string of beasts, and had left an
echo of mournful profanity in the air behind him, the little mirza looked
around with satisfaction and reined in to a more sensible pace, motion-
ing Ayub to ride abreast him.
For the rest of the morning they talked, and when they dismounted
at noon to let the horses graze, the Cossack sought out Stuart and flung
himself down in the brown grass.
“Not good, Little Father!” He shook his head and sighed, and the Scot
waited in silence for him to relate his tidings in his own way. “May the
devil take the sultan and all the Turks, and these wasps of Tartars, too! May
the foul fiends sit upon them. May their hides be made into dog whips!”
The Turks, he said, were already at the Krim court. A wazir had arrived
in the last moon with a galley load of gifts, and an army corps had followed
him—eleven thousand janissaries and sipahis who were to march under
the standard of the khan, up into the steppes and into Christian lands.
They were preparing to take the field already, while the snow was still on
the plains, before the Spring rains made a marsh of the grasslands.
This was bad news and Stuart considered it gravely. If the sultan had
sent such a strong division out to the Krim peninsula for a flank move-
ment, the Ottomans must be preparing to move with their full strength
against Poland. There were fortresses along the southern frontier that
could hold the main army of the Mohammedans in check—for a time.
But Stuart, a cavalry officer himself, appreciated the havoc that would
be wrought by this detached army, and especially by the fine Tartar cav-
alry of the Horde.
As usual, the Polish ministers had blundered. They had sent an ill as-
t h e ou t r i de r 195
sorted mission into the steppes, and it had been sent too late. The Turks
were first in the field, and the tidings of the massacre of Prince Paul and
the chancellor’s party would only make the khan contemptuous of the
fighting qualities of the Poles. And Stuart had seen enough of the steppe-
dwellers to understand that a hint of weakness would draw the Tartars
out of their fastness with fire and sword.
“Even the gold will work ill,” he said to himself, thinking of the Nogai
women who would soon be wearing His Majesty’s gold thalers.
Better if it had never been sent. And noblewomen had brought their
jewel caskets, and churches their candlesticks to make up the treasure.
“Is this true?” he asked Ayub.
“The red mirza is still rubbing his belly because he ate sugared mas-
tic in the booths of the janissaries.”
“Has the khan sworn to support the Turkish envoy?”
“Satan knows—at least they were hunting together. They have left
Bagche Serai. Eh, no good ever came of trying to wear another man’s
boots. We are not ambassadors, and they will plant us on stakes for the
sport of the women.”
“Aida—aida! Hasten—hasten!” cried the mirza of the red khalat, swing-
ing into his stirrups again.
He cried out impatiently, because Stuart took his time, and he seemed
to look upon his charges more as captives than envoys. He set out again
at the same breakneck pace, although he must have seen that the horses
of the strangers were tired. He rode with the short stirrups of the Mongol
and the easy, swaying seat of the Arab, and he did not draw rein until they
had left the sun-warmed fields and plunged into a forest of dwarf oaks.
Here the trail narrowed and—because the oaks were still in leaf—they
rode in shadow, sometimes stooping to pass under a gnarled branch. Pres-
ently the mirza dropped back until he could touch Ayub’s arm.
“Look, caphar, yonder are some of the sultan’s men.”
Ayub had seen them already, a dozen horsemen who had been sitting
by a stream, and who now were climbing into the saddle hastily. Their of-
ficer was an agha, by token of his white and gold mace. They were bigger
men than the Tartars, clad in heavy garments and riding slippers. They
had no shields or spears but carried long pistols in saddle holsters. Ayub
knew they were Turks.
The agha made quite a fuss about drawing up his men as the Tartar
196 t h e ou t r i de r
detachment came up to him, and he called out to the red mirza the usual
“Salaam aleikoum!”
The mirza, too, was inclined to be friendly.
“I greet thee, O companion of the road,” he made response, his hand
on his hip, and the head of his pacer pulled well up.
The Turk turned in his saddle, smiling, and suddenly snatched a pistol
from its sheath. Ayub saw the hammer fall, and then smoke beat against
his eyes, while his ears rang from the explosion.
The weapon had been thrust almost into the mirza’s side, and the lit-
tle Tartar swayed, catching at his saddle horn. He reached for his sword
hilt with a quivering hand and half drew the blade. Then he groaned and
fell forward upon the neck of his horse. Other pistols roared, and Ayub
drew his yataghan, shouting with surprise and anger. But he made no
other movement.
One of the Turks ran up and gripped the rein of his charger, and an-
other pointed a pistol at his head. The Cossack saw that Stuart, just behind
him, was caught in the same fashion. Through the haze of white smoke he
made out the Tartars of the escort fighting savagely. The agha and eight
men had closed in around them, and one of them had fallen.
Although wounded by pistol balls, the others clung to their seats, wield-
ing their short sabers, and snarling defiance. One of them, beset by three
men, slid under his horse, stabbed a Turk’s charger from beneath and
emerged on foot on the other side—grappled with another adversary and
pulled him to the ground, under the wounded horse that reared frantically.
When Ayub looked that way again, they were both dead, the Tartar war-
rior’s head crushed and his hands locked around the hilt of a curved knife
that he had pulled from the Turk’s girdle and driven under his ribs.
The other three fought without asking or giving mercy, and without
any thought of flight. One of them was hacked with scimitars until the
blood, draining over his horse, made the animal rear and throw him. The
last survivor held off his foes and plunged from the road, to the rocks of
the stream, where he made good his ground with saber and shield until
he fell with a pistol ball in his head.
When the smoke drifted away between the trees, three of the Turks were
dead and as many badly wounded in the body. The seven who were still
unhurt gathered around the captives. They took Ayub’s and Stuart’s sword
and pistol and brought them to the agha, who was nursing the sliced flesh
t h e ou t r i de r 197
Duncan Stuart, with his ankles aching from the ropes and his shoulders
and thighs stiff from long hours in the saddle, was almost happy, although
he looked utterly indifferent. He had slept through the night, although
the Turks had given him no better food than barley soaked in water and
had bedded him down in the dirty straw behind the horses. They had
passed the night in a hut where the trail entered a ravine, and the Turks
had taken some pains to hide the glow of their fire.
It was clear that the agha did not wish his captives to be seen. The
treacherous attack upon the Tartars could have only one cause. The sul-
tan’s men had been sent to intercept the ambassadors and to do it secretly.
How word of their presence had reached the Turks, he did not know. Per-
haps there had been spies at the gate of the caravans. Perhaps the Tartars
had sent one of their riders ahead.
But surely the envoy from Constantinople could not have bound the
khan to an alliance, since the Turks had hunted down the Christian en-
voys. And, for some reason, the Turks must find his presence dangerous
if they risked discovery in this manner.
Stuart did not know what was in store for him, and he expected no
gentle treatment. Ayub had passed more than one hour on the road re-
lating the tortures favored by the Ottomans, and flaying a man limb by
limb was not the worst. No doubt the Turks meant to question him, and
he had no delusions as to how this would be done.
It was clear that he was being taken to the Turkish camp, since his cap-
tors took such precautions to hide him from the eyes of the Krim men. In-
deed, if the story of the attack on the mirza—the true story—were known
to the Tartars, matters would not go well with the Turks. Stuart wondered
what the khan of the Krim was like.
He noticed that day that they saw few horsemen in the hills. Women
in bright khalats and children stared at them from a distance, and here
and there old men were out with cattle herds. But they encountered no
bands of horsemen and no one approached near them. Probably from afar
they looked like three officers with two troopers following. Only once
did they pass Tartar soldiers, when the trail, climbing the foothills, en-
tered a ravine so narrow that Stuart could touch the sheer walls of gran-
ite by stretching out both his arms. The defile was no more than the bed
of a stream, filled with worn stones. But when the weary horses scram-
t h e ou t r i de r 199
bled up the last ascent they came out into a place that made Stuart catch
his breath.
It was the summit of the pass—a level expanse of gravel as hard as a pa-
rade ground. In shape it was rough square, a long musket shot across, but
instead of being the open summit of the hills, it was a valley surrounded
by cliffs so lofty that Stuart had to raise his head to look at the summits.
And these blue-gray cliffs rose in tiers to jagged rock masses against the
cloud-flecked sky. On some of the ledges he saw the dark mouths of cav-
erns and myriad clefts.
But these rock walls fell away in four places, as if the giants who shaped
this plateau on the heights had hewn them asunder. Through the gaps he
could see the horizon far below the hills. And through these ravines the
wind surged gustily, sending the dust devils dancing over the ground.
“Ho, caphars,” grinned Zain ad-Din the agha. “Look well, for this is
the second gate—aye, the Gate of the Winds!”
And faint, clear echoes answered “Ho caphars!” flinging the words
back and forth between the rock walls. The whole place was a subdued
tumult of sound that trailed away like the ripple of water. In the center of
the arena stood Tartar yurts, and here in the sun sat a few score warriors
talking with a patrol of horsemen in round steel helmets and chain ar-
mor who carried long lances—a detachment of Turkish sipahis, the best
of the sultan’s cavalry.
“The two roads meet here.” Zain ad-Din pointed to the other ravines.
“Look well, for ye will not see the pass again.”
Stuart had already noticed that paths zigzagged up the rocks, leading
to the upper ledges. On the highest pinnacles tiny black figures moved
against the passing clouds. For the most part the ledges and paths were de-
serted, but at need several thousand men could have stationed themselves
on the heights of this citadel of rocks. If cannon had been placed at the
summit of the ravines, the defenders of the Gate of the Winds could have
maintained themselves against any siege. The plateau was large enough
for several regiments of cavalry.
They had come out of the smallest of the ravines, and they must have
been sighted from the heights above, because a Tartar officer mounted his
horse near the yurts and cantered across the dusty arena toward them.
Zain ad-Din spoke to his two troopers and hastened off to meet the offi-
cer. They met and talked a hundred paces away, and the Tartar, glancing
idly toward the captives, saw only four men halted in the deep shadow
200 t h e ou t r i de r
of the cliff. The sun beat into the valley and the heat simmered over the
dusty ground, although the breath of the wind was chill; it seemed nat-
ural enough that the agha’s men should keep to the shade—and no one
saw that his two troopers had loaded pistols in their hands.
The Tartar officer of the guard seemed more interested in the agha’s
white Arab than in the waiting men, and presently he turned back to his
tents.
“Eh, Sir Brother—” Ayub broke a silence that had lasted for a night and
a day—“let us ride toward the tents. We will fall with bullets in us, or
steel. But that is better than the skinning knives that we will feel when
we stand before the dog of a captain general of the Turks.”
Stuart glanced at him quickly. In the Cossack’s seamed and blistered
face was a gleam of desperation. That morning the Turks had bound their
wrists with ropes of twisted leather thongs and the heat had made the
bruised flesh swell until it was agony to move an arm, or hold the reins.
Ayub had sunk into a black mood.
“Wait,” said the Scot quietly.
But Ayub only shook his head, his bound hands caught in his beard.
He saw no good in waiting. His bones ached and he had not eaten since
Zain ad-Din had spat in his face.
“What is it you say?” Stuart asked him.
“‘The Cossacks still have powder, and their strength?’”
“Ekh ma!” Ayub lifted his head. “It was said long ago by an ataman
who was surrounded by enemies. ‘There is powder still in the powder-
horns—the Cossack strength is not broken!’ That is what the brothers
call out when matters go hard with them.”
“And how is it with us?”
“We have no weapons. Nothing ahead but the knives.”
The brief gleam of interest passed from the big man’s face, and Stuart
saw that he had failed to rouse Ayub from the moodiness that was like
a sickness.
“One of us must reach the khan,” he said. “For that we were sent.
When did a Cossack turn aside from the road because he feared the end
of the road?”
“By God, never!” Ayub smote his two hands upon his saddle horn and
cursed the stab of pain that made his arms quiver. “I do not fear the Turks,
and I will not leave you, but a bullet is better than the flaying knife that
lifts your skin a little at a time.”
“Will you go on with the agha like a tied dog?”
t h e ou t r i de r 201
Zain Ad-Din led them through the southern ravine of the Gate of the Winds
and, as soon as the gorge yielded to the open mountainside, he turned off
into a cattle trail. Here they had to ride in file, and it was some time be-
fore Stuart could speak to Ayub again.
“Before we reach the Turkish camp,” he said, “just before, we will do
as you have said. It may be tomorrow or the next day, or the next, and un-
til then we will watch for a chance to get free. If there is no chance, faith,
we’ll make one.”
Ayub bent his head to listen, and looked around anxiously at the Turks,
although not one of their captors understood a word they said. His bound
hands quivered on his thigh.
“How make one?”
“We have no weapons and can’t use our hands. But something will
aid us.”
“May God give it! Only, what?”
Stuart started to speak, and smiled. Leaning forward, he rested his
hands on the sweat streaked mane of the piebald horse.
“He took us out of the storm and he will aid us now.”
The Cossack looked keenly at the spotted horse, which favored a lame
202 t h e ou t r i de r
foreleg as he trotted stiffly after the agha’s smooth-paced Arab. The horses
had been pushed hard the last two days, and ill fed. Their coats were rough
and plastered with mud.
“Zain ad-Din’s nag will run down the wolf-chaser now,” he said, “and
even the trooper’s mounts will keep up with you.”
“I trust the wolf-chaser.” Stuart thought for a moment. “It is better to
take the chance than go like sheep to the butcher. This is a trick that the
agha’s men will not know. When we are in broken country, with woods
or brush near, I will call to you, and push past Zain ad-Din at a gallop.
The Turks will follow, and they may fire with their pistols. They will
have their eyes on me and you must make no move—until Zain-ad-Din
spurs after me. Then turn swiftly, and make for cover, to the side. Even
if the troopers have fired their pistols, they may miss. ’Tis no easy thing
to send a ball straight from a galloping horse.”
Ayub nodded, his tousled mustache twitching in a grin.
“You to go one way—I another. Well, that works sometimes. But those
sons of dogs may all follow you, and you have the king’s letter.”
Again a faint smile touched the Scot’s lips. Zain ad-Din had searched
their garments and boots, but Stuart’s missive still lay where he had
placed it, folded under his broad leather belt. He had not taken that belt
off, and the Turks had not seemed to think that an envoy’s papers could
be stuck under a belt. The agha had no reason to search more carefully
because the envoys were prisoners in his hands, their secrets soon to be
drawn from them.
“I trust the wolf-chaser,” he responded. “If you get clear and I fall,
go to the nearest Tartars, ask to be taken to the khan, and tell how the
Nogais slew the ambassadors, and how the Turks dealt with his officer
in the wood. Bid them search in the wood for the bodies. As to the mes-
sage from the king, the real ambassadors are dead and there is nothing
you can say. But I know the Tartars a little, and if the khan discovers that
his men have been set upon and slain, he will do nothing until he has
avenged them.”
“Aya tak, that is so. But if you escape, how will you talk to the Krim
men?”
“I cannot talk to them, not to a soul in all this land of the Krim.”
Ayub waited for his friend to say more; however, Stuart remained si-
lent and it was Zain-ad-Din who broke the silence.
“Ho, ye hat wearers! Look! The road—this is the end.”
t h e ou t r i de r 203
They had been passing through a nest of boulders, and the agha had
gone ahead to the brow of a ridge that overlooked the mountainside. When
Stuart and Ayub joined him, they stopped instantly.
The ridge gave them a clear view for miles to the south, into a plain that
stretched without break to the horizon. And this plain was green, from
crops or grass. They saw scattered huts by groves of fruit trees, and far off
the gleam of a winding river. The sun, on this side of the range, burned
into their faces, and the mild breath of the wind was warm. A faint heat
haze veiled the horizon.
This, Stuart thought, was the pasture land of the Krim, always free from
snow. What drew his eyes at once and made Ayub mutter in his beard was
the great encampment below them.
It was not one camp, but two, a half mile or so apart across the river.
On the east of the river, the ground was covered with the domed tents
of the Tartars, in the clear places masses of animals grazing. The sun
glinted on the horns of cattle, and the bright robes of riders moved like
flecks of color against the gray-brown horse herds. Smoke curled up from
scattered fires.
To the west of the river appeared the huts and pavilions of a different
sort. Some of the pavilions with their red and white sun curtains seemed
as large as castles. The lines of regular streets ran through the camp, and
a breastwork had been thrown up around it. In a cleared place the sun re-
flected upon brass. Stuart thought that cannon were parked here. Stream-
ers and banners marked different sections, and there were few horses to
be seen, but many men on foot in more somber colors.
“The camp of the Kapitan Pasha,” said Zain ad-Din. “Aye, Murad, the
Pasha of the Sea.”
Chapter VII
Comrades
The nearest portion of the Turkish camp was less than two miles away.
The path they were following ran close to the river on this side. Across
the stream some Krim men were watering their horses, and others were
more to the left, apparently flying falcons at the herons that started up
from the rushes, but not a Tartar was on their side of the river. The path
was clear to the gate of the breastwork, where some guards sat watch-
ing peasant carts go in and out. Zain ad-Din was well content. He had
obeyed orders, had found and taken the envoys of the Christian king and
had brought them safely within sight of his sultan’s army. The evidence
204 t h e ou t r i de r
of his attack upon the Tartars was well hidden, and the two Christians,
half-starved men on wearied horses, had nothing more to hope for. Zain
ad-Din, as he trotted down the winding trail, wondered whether the Kap-
itan Pasha would reward him with jewels, or a new command.
“Thou seest,” he cried, thrusting his baton into the Cossack’s ribs.
“There is peace and agreement between the host of Krim and the Otto-
mans. Soon the Moslem scimitar will strike, and thy brothers’ heads will
fall like cut grain, and as for thy sisters—”
“I know them well,” growled the old Cossack, roused by the taunt.
“And they will fall by the men, sword in hand. But as for thee, knowest
thou thy sisters?”
The face of the lean agha darkened and he clutched at one of the dag-
gers in his girdle. Then his teeth gleamed in a smile, and he spurred on
the white pacer.
“Hasten—hasten! Thy fate is near.”
Even the troopers urged on their jaded horses, for the breath of the plain
was hot, and the breastwork less than a mile away. Already some of the
guards had turned to gaze at the five riders.
Stuart watched the distant figures through narrowed eyes and laughed
over his shoulder at the Cossack.
“Well said, O my brother. The Cossack strength is not spent.”
“Well, we will look soon at our fate. Why did you not try the trick back
in the thickets of the hill? There is no cover here and in a moment the
dogs yonder will be leading our horses.”
“Wait.”
The Scot’s lips tightened and he moved his hands between the ropes.
A group of janissaries who had wandered out to the fruit trees waved at
them and shouted. Beyond this grove the plain stretched as flat as a des-
ert floor to the half mile distant river.
Stuart turned in his saddle and smiled at his friend.
“What was it you said before the duel in Kudak?”
“What, eh? To one of us life, to the other death!”
“That was it. Well, now is the time, Ayub. When the agha starts after
me, go for the river, and don’t look back or turn aside. Go with God.”
Ayub answered mechanically, “With God,” before he realized that
the Scot had struck the piebald horse on the side away from Zain ad-Din
with his heel. Surprised and hurt, the spotted horse lunged forward into
a gallop. It passed the agha’s Arab and took the road, its head thrust out,
t h e ou t r i de r 205
check the blow. The steel blade, near the hand guard, struck his lynx skin
cap and grazed his skull.
But the rush of the trooper’s horse carried him past, and when he wheeled
and came in to strike again, Stuart had found his stirrups and had raised
his scimitar.
“Allah!” the Turk cried, and slashed with all his strength.
But a blade in the hands of a skilled swordsman—even though his hands
were tied together—overmatched the Moslem soldier.
Once the horses reared, and the steel rang out. Twice the blades clashed,
and then the Turk fell, cut across the eyes, and Stuart wrenched his scim-
itar clear.
He turned to look for Ayub. But the Cossack was not riding for the
river, had not left the road.
Instead, two riders were locked together in a crushing embrace, while
their horses danced and wheeled like two ships moored together in a
swift current. Without trying to guess what had happened, Stuart raced
the wolf-chaser back to them.
He saw that the Turk held a knife in one hand and a pistol in the other,
and was twisting desperately to free an arm. Ayub had thrown his bound
arms over the trooper’s shoulders, pinning the other’s forearms to his
sides. The curved knife was moving spasmodically an inch from his ribs,
but the giant Cossack, exerting all the strength of his shoulders, squeezed
his enemy’s bones in a vise-like grip. The Turk was panting, and foam
puffed between his loose lips.
“Hai, Little Father!” Ayub grunted. “Don’t cut—thrust him under
the arm.”
Stuart drew back his scimitar as the soldier with a convulsive effort
discharged his pistol toward Ayub. But the ball went wide, although the
spraying powder blackened the Cossack’s cheek. Then, seeing death in-
evitable, the Turk turned his eyes up and dropped his knife.
Instead of thrusting him through, the Scot pulled the trooper’s scim-
itar from its sheath in his girdle, and with it cut the ropes that bound
Ayub’s wrists.
“Take one sword—here!” he cried. “Now cut these cords.”
When the Cossack had sliced the leather thongs from his throbbing
wrists, Stuart wasted no second of precious time upon the Turk. Instead,
he turned back and galloped to the white Arab that had regained its feet
and was standing near Zain ad-Din. The pacer snorted and sprang away at
t h e ou t r i de r 207
Chapter VIII
Diplomatic Truth
Arak Buka, Khan of all the Hordes, descendant of Mohammed, Lord of the
Krim, and Master of Bagche Serai, sat on his heels and looked with pleasure
at what lay before him. Two antelopes, a young panther and a black mar-
ten lay outstretched in front of the pavilion opening, and they had fallen
to Arak Buka’s bow that morning. The khan was seventy and six years of
age, his black eyes gleamed out of a mass of wrinkles, and the hair hid-
den by the black velvet cap was white, but he could still sit in the saddle
from sun to sun and bring down beasts with his hunting bow.
More than hunting, he relished leading the Horde afield, as he had
done for half a century. True, the ordus were commanded by his four sons
and some twoscore grandsons; but not one of his offspring would have
208 t h e ou t r i de r
dreamed of defying the authority of that thin and aged veteran. A dozen
of them in gold-trimmed khalats sat behind him, and behind them were
grouped as many mirzas—officers of high birth—and beyond them the
slaves who hastened to bring snow-cooled wine to the carpet of the khan,
who munched sunflower seeds and hemp as he contemplated the result
of his morning’s hunt.
“Take them—thou and thou—” he nodded to four officers who rose
and hastened to press their heads to the carpet at his knees at this sig-
nal favor.
Then, because the aged khan watched them, the four mirzas hurried to
pick up the game, and carry the carcasses off on their own shoulders.
The khan chewed on his string of hemp, his eyes closed.
Only one thing marred his content. His brother, the sultan of the Ot-
tomans, Lord of Stamboul,* had sent a strong force of infantry, with a
dozen cannon and some regiments of supporting cavalry, to aid him in
the new war upon the unbelievers. And this division was commanded by
a certain Kapitan Pasha who was a notable leader upon the sea. In fact,
this right-hand officer of the sultan had spent most of his life on galleys
and had matched his strength against the Barbary pashas.
But it was clear to the khan, although he kept his own counsel about it,
that this captain general of the Turks knew little about handling cavalry.
Murad Pasha had come with his galleys more than once to besiege the coast
cities of the Krim, but Arak Buka did not hold this against him. That had
been the war of brothers—and what would life be without war?
Murad Pasha now demanded that the khan advance at once with his
cavalry division and the Turkish infantry division, across the steppe while
the snow roads were still good. That was very well for infantry, but it
would be hard for the horses.
The khan was willing enough to march into Poland, and for the time
being he was at peace with his brother, the sultan, but Murad’s insistence
made him angry. His horses were not in condition for such a march. So
he had assembled some fifteen thousand of the Krim riders and occupied
himself with hunting, fully determined not to move north until he was
ready, Murad Pasha and all the Turks to the contrary.
While he chewed drowsily upon the hemp, a shaven mullah stand-
*Constantinople.
t h e ou t r i de r 209
ing beside him reading aloud verses from the Koran, the khan’s eye was
caught by a mailed figure that dismounted a stone’s throw from the wide
entrance of his sitting pavilion, and advanced toward him, kneeling out-
side the ropes. He held up his hand and the mullah ceased reading. He
nodded, and the bearded Tartar who held a spear across his knees as he
stood by the entrance—and by that token was officer of the day’s guard—
cried out to the messenger—
“Speak!”
The man lifted his hands to his helmet and bent his head to the ground.
Then, still upon his knees, he cried out:
“Two Franks have come to the ordu. O Khan of the Horde, O sayyid,
O Pole of the Faith, and Lord of Krim, these Franks are envoys from Po-
land.”
A murmur of whispering filled the pavilion, and Arak Buka opened
his eyes.
“What dogs are these? Is it not known that I have lifted my standard
for war? Send them away.”
The messenger bent his head.
“I have heard. And yet, O Lord my khan, they have with them a letter.
Will the Soul of the Krim see the letter?”
Slowly the bony jaws of the aged man resumed their chewing, and his
eyelids drooped.
“What is a letter brought by dogs? Have they gifts?”
“Naught have they but their horses, good horses. Their coming was
in this manner: They were riding across the plain with three Turks, and
then they were seen to fight with the Turks, of whom all three were left
on the ground. Then they turned their heads toward the river which is
the boundary of our camp. They have also,” the methodical Tartar added,
“another good horse, taken from the Turkish officer.”
Arak Buka stopped chewing, and his thin fingers caressed a worn gold
bracelet upon his wrist under the gray silk sleeve. He was still a splendid
figure, and he had all the fire of impetuosity and recklessness with an in-
satiable desire for gifts and spoil.
“Do ambassadors fight like leopards?” he said. “Let the horses be led
before me.”
When the Tartars of the guard were running up with the leg-weary beasts,
two black-robed attendants hastened up the slope to the pavilion entrance.
They carried staffs, and they wore turbans with crowns like sugar loaves,
210 t h e ou t r i de r
shook his head. He handed it to another who fingered his beard in silence.
A third reader of the Koran announced that it was not written in Arabic,
or Syriac, or Turkish, or even Greek.
“Read it thyself!” the khan commanded Stuart, and Ayub prompted
his friend.
The Scot took the missive and looked into the dark eyes of the mas-
ter of the Krim.
“This is the message, O Khan of the Horde,” he explained slowly.
Not of his own will does the khan of the Krim move to war,
but at the will of the Ottoman sultan. Is the khan a peregrine
falcon, to be hooded by a master and loosed at game when the
master pleases? It was not so in the day of Tamerlane when
the Golden Horde were lords of the steppe.
Is the khan less than his ancestors? Is—he indeed a blind fal-
con, not seeing that the hand that feeds him takes his prey
from him. The Ottoman sultan looks upon him as a servant
and sends commands to him by an officer. Let the khan con-
sider and act wisely.
When Ayub had translated the last word there was a general silence.
Never before had the Tartars listened to such an exhortation by Chris-
tians—and Stuart’s eloquence lost nothing in Ayub’s vivid rendering.
The mullahs muttered together, for they had been preaching a holy war
against the Franks, and the apparition of two wounded envoys was not to
their liking. The few Turks who understood looked astonished.
The aged khan, kneeling on the green carpet of the dais, lifted a finger
to his lips and meditated, while he fixed the words in his memory.
“I have heard the message of the khan of the Christians,” he said calmly.
212 t h e ou t r i de r
“Now I will hear how the message was brought to me, to this place.”
And when the Cossack turned to Stuart, he added curtly—
“Let the Kazak speak and the young officer be silent.”
He closed his eyes expectantly, and the two boy slaves who moved
the feather fans behind his head became very attentive, for the old Tar-
tar was never so alert as when he pretended to doze; they knew this to
their cost.
Ayub thrust his hands into his girdle and looked around at the rows of
thin, dark faces that stared up at him without expression. It had been easy
to interpret Stuart’s message, but what was he to say? His throat was dry
with dust, and there was nothing in his head but pain. Behind set teeth
Ayub cursed all ambassadors and all the Poles. He was no fox to beguile
a multitude with tricks.
“O ye men of Krim,” he said hoarsely, “since when have ye suffered en-
voys to stand like foundered horses, without wine to cool their throats?
Spirits are better than wine.”
They stirred restlessly, because to offer food or drink was to acknowl-
edge strangers as guests. A bearded mirza whispered to Arak Buka and
then signed to a cup-bearer, who poured white liquid into a deep bowl and
came forward to the Cossack. Ayub took it in his hands and sniffed. The
bowl was filled with distilled spirits mixed with mare’s milk. He stroked
down his mustaches, and lifted it joyfully, booming forth—
“Health to ye!”
He handed the silver vessel back to the cup-bearer, who hastened to
fill it again and offer it. It was a custom of the Krim to refrain from of-
fering wine until a guest made a sign that he wished no more, but Ayub
was not aware of this.
“Health to ye!”
Again he lifted the silver bowl, and again he emptied it with deep swal-
lows without lowering it. A murmur rose from the watchers. The guests
in the khan’s presence were expected to drink down all that was offered
them, and not to do so was to slight the hospitality of the Krim. But this
giant emptied bowls as if they were cups.
Ayub felt Stuart’s eyes upon him questioningly, and he gave voice to
his trouble.
“Sir Brother, the khan has commanded you to be silent, and me to ex-
plain how that writing was brought.”
“Tell the truth,” the Scot responded quickly, and then Ayub saw be-
t h e ou t r i de r 213
fore him the cup-bearer again, holding out the silver bowl.
“Well,” he muttered, “our fate is near, and ’tis better to have this milk
vodka under our belts.”
His own girdle irked him, and he loosened it, then gripped the vessel
and drank it down, more slowly this time, and the Tartar servant looked
into it and held it upside down, to show the watchers that for the third
time it was empty.
The Cossack’s heart began to beat strongly, and heat crept into all his
veins. Spreading his feet wide, he looked around at the assemblage, sur-
prised because the lines of faces had merged into a dark mass. He shook
his head, and the mass began to revolve slowly about the tent pole. And,
staring at the great gilded pole, Ayub fancied that it also was turning upon
its axis. He had eaten nothing for two days and had drunk down enough
of the fermented milk and pure spirits to make a bullock reel.
“No more!”
He heard Stuart’s voice, blurred, as if from a distance, and he shook
his head to quiet the throbbing in his ears. He began to speak and found
that all hoarseness had left his voice. In fact, it carried to the lines of the
outer guards, and filled the tent with its roar.
“O Lord of the Krim, Eagle of the Steppe, Master of all the Hordes, this
is how the letter was brought. We were many, and we had many wagons
filled with gold to be brought to thee, and a prince and a White Beard to
repeat to thee the words of the Christian king. Aye, ten thousand pieces
of gold and other gifts that would have filled this yurt.”
Ayub waved a stalwart arm in a sweeping circle.
“The jackals that hunt beyond thy gate, the gully-lurking jackals, the
Nogais, came upon us without warning and slew and seized, and we twain
are all that lived when the swords of the Nogais were sheathed.”
And he related the details of their ride through the storm and hiding
in the village of their foes.
“And why did these jackals tear us? It is true that the Turks sent gold
and an officer to lead them against us. Nay, the kites are fattening upon
the body of that officer! And what did the dogs of Turks do then? When
we had entered thy gate, they shot down thy men, our escort.”
He told how Zain ad-Din had come up to the mirza, and how the Tar-
tars had died, and it seemed to him that the throbbing in his ears became
a roar. In fact, scores of the listeners were upon their feet, some crying out
214 t h e ou t r i de r
The pasha spoke to one of his officers, who came forward with a sipahi
and took Zain ad-Din by the arms. And the agha rose to his feet at once.
He salaamed to Arak Buka, who watched him silently, and then turned
to leave the pavilion. His step was firm and he seemed less stirred than
the two who walked at his side. At the entrance he waited for the throng
to give way.
Then he knelt, beyond the ropes, and for several moments lifted his
hands and bent his body in prayer, his eyes toward Mecca. So still was the
assemblage that the murmur of his voice carried to the pasha—
“Allah u kerim—God the merciful and compassionate—”
When the murmur ended, and he knelt with his clenched hands against
his forehead, the sipahi stepped quickly behind him. In the gleam of the
lanterns the arc of blue steel showed for an instant as the soldier lifted
his arm, the point of the blade turned down. A quick thrust downward,
a check, a final lunge. Zain ad-Din’s body jerked forward, and a sigh ran
through the crowd.
The sipahi bent forward and held up in both hands the agha’s severed
head, holding it by the ears.
“Thou hast seen!” Murad leaned toward his host. “A life taken for a
life.”
“Aye,” said Arak Buka, and thought for a moment. “Now give me back
the ten thousand pieces of gold that would have been mine.”
Surprise made the Turk frown.
“O Lord of the Krim, believest thou the tale of the gold and the mes-
sage that none but the Nazarenes themselves can read?”
The old Tartar indulged in one of his spells of silence, until his eyes
opened and he smiled as if he saw a solution of the matter.
“I have heard, O my nephew, that thou art schooled in the writing of
Stamboul and the writing of the Franks.”
“Indeed, O my khan.”
Stretching forth his hand for the missive that had been given to a mul-
lah’s care, Arak Buka offered Stuart’s parchment to the Turk.
“Then read, thyself, and satisfy thyself.”
Murad took it in his hands and glanced at it eagerly.
“This is the common language of the Franks, by which one race writes
to another and it is called Latin.”
He scanned the lines, at first curiously, then with a swift and amazed
t h e ou t r i de r 219
cool night air and looked up at the sky aglow with starlight. He was in
the saddle of his own horse again, and beside him Stuart rode the piebald
wolf-chaser. Ahead of them trotted a Krim mirza on his pony, the guide
appointed them, to show them the way to the guest pavilion.
“As God lives, Sir Brother,” the big Cossack said, loosing long pent up
breath with a sigh that was like a bellow, you will never touch death as
near as that, until the grave takes you.”
The throbbing in his head was echoed by the rising mutter of drums
that grew louder as they penetrated the lines of yurts. Lanterns bobbed
past them, and dust sifted over them. From far off came the other mutter
that, once known, is never mistaken—the swift thudding of hundreds of
horses at a gallop.
“And what now?” said the Scot.
“Ekh ma! The khan has received us as ambassadors, and no man of his
dare lift hand against us. We are safe in our skins.”
“As long as he is the khan.”
They reined in, because their escort motioned them back. Past the end
of the tent alley a dark mass rushed, visible in the starglow. Dust rose
thicker, and they heard the creaking of leather, the jangle of bit chains.
They saw steel lance points flash and vanish, as a regiment of horsemen
went past at a gallop.
A little farther on they had to edge by the picket lines where warriors
were saddling their shaggy ponies and riding off almost in silence, as if
commands were things unheard of. Nor did any lights go with them. Stu-
art sniffed the damp air like a hunting dog nosing out a high scent, and
Ayub peered about him curiously. The roar of the drums did not lessen,
and now wild pipes wailed.
“Thousands are moving out,” Stuart said, “and they are riding
light.”
“What is it?” the Cossack asked the mirza.
He did not answer, but turned aside to ascend a rise where the great
drums thundered, and the pole and crosspiece of a battle standard rose,
with its drooping buffalo tails against the stars. Here no lanterns gleamed,
and they were challenged by unseen guards.
The mirza turned in the saddle then and pointed toward the west—
as Stuart calculated quickly from the stars. Beyond the Tartar lines the
plain was dark as far as the distant lights of the Turkish camp. But Stuart
made out the banks of the river, and the water itself where it was churned
t h e ou t r i de r 221
to white foam by some unseen power. And he knew that the mounted reg-
iments were crossing the river.
Suddenly the drums above them were silent, and other sounds reached
them—a faint ululation of voices, and a single shrill cry—
“Ghar-ghar-ghar!”
The whole night seemed to be astir and moving toward the west, where
now sounded the faint thudding of musketry.
Stuart’s hand clenched upon his belt as he studied the far-off flashes
that lighted up clouds of rolling smoke. The cavalry of the khan was at-
tacking the pasha’s camp. Arak Buka had not waited for any discussion,
but had launched his horsemen across the river at once. Ayub had come
to the same conclusion.
“Devil take him, he’s gone to tear down the standard of the Turks!”
More lights appeared, and a ruddy glow outlined the rampart of the
distant camp. The Turks were starting fires, to drive away the darkness.
The deeper reverberations of cannon rolled over the plain.
“Will the Horde storm the rampart?” Ayub asked the mirza.
“Kabadir, amamja. Perhaps; God knows.”
But the Tartar remained motionless as the Scot, his slant eyes fixed
on the plain. Although the wanderers were aching with hunger they did
not think of food. Stuart was the first to see tiny black figures moving
in front of the fires. They seemed to move very slowly and the musketry
fire increased.
Then the sounds dwindled, although the fires did not die out. No more
Tartars were crossing the river. The far off murmur swelled and sank. The
shooting lessened and finally ceased.
“They are in,” Stuart said, “or they have been beaten off.”
Lights appeared in the dark plain, moving back toward the river, like fire-
flies crawling through the grass. It was an hour before the nearest of them
reached the water, and Stuart noticed that they moved at a foot pace.
On the near bank slaves were lighting piled up brush at the fords to
mark the way and presently the first men came out of the plain, walking
into the water up to their waists. Their turbans and heavy breeches re-
vealed them as Turkish infantry. But they carried no arms or packs and
they came on in huddled groups.
Beside them rode armed Tartars with bundles slung upon their crup-
pers. When the Turks hung back at the water’s edge, the riders mocked
them, laughing and whirling long lances over their heads. More of the
222 t h e ou t r i de r
sacks. So the cordon of Cossack villages moved away from the forts and
soldiers of the tsars, out into the ranges. Here they had no tithes to pay,
and they could worship in the old fashion as they pleased. Only they had
to defend themselves against the Kalmuk and Kirghiz Tartars who had
grazed over these same ranges.
Behind them the Empire smiled indulgently at their trek because it
helped enlarge the frontier and beat off the Tartar clans.
Kirdiak’s detachment had been ordered out by the stanitza ataman
who wanted to have an advanced post at the river, twenty miles from the
villages of the stanitza with their cattle and maize and melon fields. A
horde of Tartars could gallop that twenty miles in two hours, and the at-
aman instructed Kirdiak to watch for any tribesmen crossing the river,
which was then shoaling in the Midsummer heat. The Cossacks of the
detachment all had picked horses, and at least two of them were to start
back with the news if Tartars were seen in force.
Kirdiak was pondering this idly, when he sat up suddenly—his pipe fall-
ing from his teeth and his hand grasping at the long pistol in his belt. A
strange figure stood against the sunset glow beside him, although he had
heard no tread on the ground.
He drew out the pistol but did not lift it. He saw that the man wore
a long, black lambskin coat with torn sleeves, and boots of soft, unpol-
ished leather, and a high black kalpak like his own but much the worse
for wear. Over his shoulder was slung a musket, and from his wide belt
hung some bloody pheasants, a curved Circassian dagger, a tobacco pouch
and powder horn.
“Christ save us!” Kirdiak muttered. “Why didn’t you speak?”
The stranger looked around the knoll.
“What’s in the jug?” he asked in a deep, ringing voice.
“A little—” the essaul remembered his dignity. He picked up his pipe
and got to his feet. His bullet head only came to the stranger’s chin. “Eh,
what’s this? What’s your name—why are you wandering out here?”
The tall Cossack glanced down at the sergeant.
“I am Koum,” he said, and walked away toward the embers of the fire
where the antelope steaks were sizzling in a pan by the kasha pot.
“God be with you, Uncle!” The other men greeted him.
“Chelam vam,” responded Koum. “The forehead to you, brothers.”
226 kou m
When the sergeant came up, they all got out daggers and caught up the
steaks, wrapping strings of fried garlic round them. While he ate, Kirdiak
scanned the stranger, tossing some loose brush upon the embers so that
the fire sprang up.
Koum had taken off his kalpak. His head had been shaved—all except
a long lock of black hair on the top. So was his chin shaved and the mid-
dle of his mustache trimmed, leaving the ends hanging down in shaggy
bunches. His brown eyes slanted a little at the corners, and the hard skin
of his face had dried and wrinkled from years of exposure. The muscles
of his full neck wrinkled under his long jaw. His shirt, open at the throat,
had been soaked in tar.
“Black as a she-devil,” Kirdiak thought. “No one could see him at night.
He walks like a hunter, but he wears a long sword. He’s had a bath, too, by
God, and a Tartar barber trimmed his head like that—so Allah can pull
him up by the scalp lock when he dies.”
He drew the cork out of the jug and at once small bowls and silver cups
appeared in the hands of the Cossacks. But Kirdiak filled his own cup first
and offered it to the stranger.
“Koshkildui!” Koum said in his deep voice. “God be with you!”
That was a Tartar greeting, Kirdiak reflected. He noticed that the stranger
had claw scratches over his right hand and wrist. So Koum owned a hawk—
carried the falcon around without a glove.
“Look here, lads,” he muttered, “we’ll have a cup of the brandy be-
cause we have a guest.”
Koum handed back the sergeant’s cup, which Kirdiak filled and drained
before he poured out measures for the men.
“Health to you, Koum!” Ostap laughed, drinking. “How do you live
out here?”
“How not? There’s meat enough—aye, buffalo and antelope and the
water fowl.”
“But how did you find us?”
“Only village girls would light a fire against a red sunset. The smoke can
be seen. You’re young—you still smell of milk. Besides, it’s not good.”
“How, not good?”
“This sunset, like blood. Aye, the Tartars say it means Allah has hung
the banners of death in the sky, and someone will die before the sun is
seen again.”
“An old woman’s tale,” grunted Kirdiak. “If a man dies, it happens that
way. A sunset can’t do good or ill to any one.”
kou m 227
Again Kirdiak meditated upon the camel dung and the path and the ford
so close at hand. He wished he had not let the men make a fire—but then
they would have had no steaks. He leaned over and thrust the cork into
the jug. “What are you doing?” rumbled Koum.
“No more brandy. We’ve had enough.”
“It’s bad luck, essaul.” Koum shook his head ominously. “Never cork
up wine until it’s all been drunk. The devil watches out for a thing like
that. He will have it in for you if you don’t pour out the rest.”
228 kou m
the khan of the Krim—aye, and the Cherkess and the Persian shah is so
fine today?”
“Nay,” growled Kirdiak, “but—”
“Because there’s Cossack blood in all of them. The Cossacks of the
siech embraced their Moslem mothers—”
A shout of laughter interrupted Koum, and voices called out to the ser-
geant to open the jug again.
“Drink health to the Zaporogian. He’s right, Father—it’s a sin to hoard
up the jug. Borchik hasn’t had his cup yet.”
Kirdiak, however, got to his feet angrily and spat.
“Fools! You can listen to the old beggar’s lying. I’m going to sleep. By
God, it’s for me to give orders here. Ostap, go and relieve Borchik. And one
of you tie up the horses near the fire and sleep outside of them.”
Carrying the jug and without any other word to Koum, he went off to
his sheepskins.
“The Little Father’s got his hair up,” laughed the oldest Cossack. “Well,
Uncle—”
But Koum rose to his feet, throwing down the half dozen pheasants
from his belt.
“Here’s a gift for the pot. I see there’s no welcome in this post—no fun
at all. God send you fortune, to change the bad luck.”
He picked up his musket and strode away into the gloom, when he
heard a step behind him.
“Stop, Uncle!” Ostap begged. “Don’t go away angry.”
“I wasn’t boasting,” Koum muttered.
“Well, come and watch with me. Show me where the ford is.”
After a moment the Zaporogian halted and leaned on his musket.
“I’ll watch the river with you, if you’ll tell the sergeant—tell him we’ll
divide the time between us. He need send no one out until daylight.”
In a little while Koum joined the young Cossack in the darkness under
some poplars, against a sandbank from which a long stretch of the river
was visible. A full moon, rising above the dunes of the east bank, cast a
vague radiance over the plain. Distant hillocks stood out clearly, while
the river itself lay in the murk between black masses of rushes.
Ostap wondered how Koum had found him, and how the hunter had
come within a stone’s throw of the poplars without being seen.
“Borchik was wild.” He laughed. “Because he did not taste a drop of
the brandy.”
230 kou m
But Koum would not talk. He lay back on his elbow in the sand, and
before long Ostap, who felt the drowsiness of youth after a full meal of
meat, began to yawn.
“You sleep,” Koum advised him presently. “I’ll call you in time to watch.
If I walk around, don’t pay attention—only if I fire the musket.”
Ostap muttered a protest, but presently wrapped his sheepskin coat
over him and stretched out in the sand, dropping off to sleep in a moment.
After listening to his breathing a while, Koum got up and moved about
among the poplars. Ostap did not even check his heavy breathing.
Two hours later the moon stood high over the river. Tiny gleams of light
ran along the shallows and vanished. The edges of drifting clouds high
over the steppe showed white, until they passed across the river, sinking
everything in a half shadow.
A dry breeze ruffled the deep pools, swaying the dense rushes along the
bank until they looked like silver. The rustling of the poplars merged into
the croaking of the frogs and the hurrying whisper of the water. Sound-
lessly an owl passed over the moving rushes.
Koum sat again on the sandbank. But now the clay jug rested between
his knees, and at intervals he lifted it up, and a slight gurgling could be
heard. Each time he had to lift the jug higher. He did not rouse Ostap, who
was sleeping peacefully.
Not for many moons had Koum tasted corn brandy like this. He sighed
gratefully and checked a sudden snort. The skin pricked along his scalp
and he threw off his heavy kalpak. He felt more than comfortably warm,
and slid the lambskin coat from his shoulders. Such a fine night it was,
he thought, for hunting along the river. But he had to watch for these vil-
lage girls who called themselves Cossacks.
The round moon glowed down upon his bare head. A golden moon.
And what a river it was! Over there the owl skimmed the rushes again,
and something slid into the water. A shadow slipped past the poplars and
Koum sniffed. A red fox. And he couldn’t even fire off his musket with-
out bringing curses on his head. Koum tipped up the jug again. Strange
that the brandy didn’t come out of it any more!
Across the river he heard a plunging and rushing among the high reeds.
Only one thing made a sound like that—wild pigs rooting along the bank.
Over there was tender roast pig, and here he was, sitting like an old mama
by a cradle. To the devil with it all!
kou m 231
Koum got to his feet restlessly, and planted his legs wide, to keep from
swaying toward the rushing river. A strange thing he saw. There behind
him the devil had hung another moon in the sky. But this did not fool
Koum. He knew that the pig was across the river. So he loosened his long
sword and laid it on his coat. Then taking up and priming his gun, he has-
tened toward the shallow ford. His black figure was only visible when it
crossed the strip of moonlight in midstream, and he made no sound that
could be heard above the wash of the river. The cold water ran into his
leather bag trousers.
Climbing out on a sandbank, he stepped into the mesh of rushes where
the frogs were holding their chorus. Quietly as he advanced, the pig took
alarm. A sudden splashing ahead of him changed to a rustling that went
away swiftly.
“They’ve gone into the balka,” he thought, “and I may have a shot at
them if they turn up the side.”
He hurried after the pig into a long gully, full of high grass and brush.
The bottom of the gully was in deep shadow, only the steep clay bank
on his left being in the moonlight. Upon this Koum kept his eyes as he
went forward, twisting among the brushwood. He could still hear a faint
scampering.
The balka turned first one way and then the other. Once Koum thought
he saw the pig far ahead up the bank. He walked slowly now, his wet boots
making no noise in the sand. Among a nest of boulders he stopped to lis-
ten. Then he laid his musket down, and squatted over it. Squinting up
into the sky, he held his breath and began to count.
Along the moonlit bank, clear against the luminous sky, mounted men
were picking their way toward the river. And Koum did not trouble his
head about the pigs any more. A single glance at the shaggy sheepskin
cloaks and turban head wraps—the dark round shields and thin ponies—
showed the hunter that these were Turkomans.
Koum counted fifteen and thought that a couple more were riding off to
the side. Half of them carried long flintlocks, not slung over their backs.
Tartars would not move at night, and only the prospect of a raid would
bring out Turkomans before daylight. They were arguing in low voices
and as they passed over his head he caught a few words. “Choupak bir Ko-
zaghi—those dogs of Cossacks. . .”
What devil of ill omen could have brought a war party to this place on
the river, at this time? They must have seen the smoke of the sergeant’s
232 kou m
fire, and watched the Cossack detachment at sunset. Now, when they
thought the Cossacks would be deep in sleep, they were going to cross
the ford and rush the camp.
Suddenly a chill chased up Koum’s back. The Cossacks were all asleep,
even Ostap. Why in God’s name hadn’t he roused the youngster when he
went off after the pig? Now here he was, cut off without a horse.
He did not move until the riders had disappeared down the bank, and
he had made certain no more were coming after. If they had been Tar-
tars he might have whined like a vampire in the darkness, and scared
them back to their tents. But these were gray wolves, following the scent
of blood. Well, the omens had given warning that blood would flow be-
fore sunrise.
Koum could only see one moon in the sky now. Getting to his feet, he
scrutinized the bank of the gully to his right, in shadow. Slinging his gun
on his back he began to climb the highest point, pulling himself up by
roots but keeping his feet clear of stones. At the edge of the clay bank he
turned his head cautiously. Nothing was to be seen except the summits
of the dunes and the dark patches of brush. The Turkomans had reached
the river bank.
Scrambling out, he crawled up among the rocks of the height and peered
toward the river. He could see it clearly, some three hundred paces dis-
tant, between the masses of rushes. But he kept his eyes upon the stretch
of moonlight in the center of the ford. Quickly he thrust his gun forward,
powdered the priming, sighted it, and waited.
No help for it. He had been on watch, and the detachment was asleep.
He had forgotten to call Ostap when he went off, and now he must shoot
off his musket, to give the alarm. If he fired, the wolves would see the
smoke. They would come back, find his tracks easily in this accursed
light. Some of them would watch the ford, while the others would ride
him down like a hare.
A rider appeared in the ford. Then others after him. Koum’s head buzzed
as he sighted his gun again. Too far off in that half-light!
“To the Father and Son!” he muttered, and pulled the trigger.
At the crash of the musket behind them, the heads of the Turkom-
ans turned toward him. They remained motionless, while he peered at
them under the smoke cloud—they were astonished no doubt, and hesi-
tated whether to go on or turn back. Then a red flash came from the dark-
kou m 233
ness under the poplars where Ostap had been sleeping, and Koum saw the
Turkomans turn their horses toward the gully.
Without waiting to reload, he ran back from the rocks, down one long
slope and up the next. He headed away from the river, keeping close to
the balka, until he dared run no longer for fear of being seen. He glanced
down into the gully, and saw that it had become shallow, opening into
a kind of bowl filled with poplars and brush. Well, he had no choice. He
must head in here.
Digging his heels into the dry clay, he ran down the slope, leaped through
the brush and plunged in, under the first trees. As he did so the hunter
swerved. Something light had flashed before his eyes, and when he threw
himself to the side, he felt steel rip through his loose sleeve.
“Ghar!” A hoarse voice screamed into his face.
Swiftly Koum swung forward the muzzle of his heavy musket. It struck
something yielding—knocked it back. A second time he dodged a knife
slash, stumbling over broken ground as he did so. Grasping his musket in
both hands, he leaped high in the air and smashed the butt of the gun for-
ward as he came down. It struck fair upon something that crunched under
it. And that something fell heavily to the ground, moving jerkily.
Koum steadied himself on his feet, and swung the butt of the gun
down again with all the strength of his shoulders. Bones snapped under
the impact and he heard a deep groan. Stepping aside and paying no heed
to the spasmodic movements of the wounded man, he bent his head and
listened intently.
By the river shots boomed out, but the hunter was listening for the
tread or stamp of a horse. The Turkoman who attacked him would not
have gone far from his mount. Koum could perceive no sign of a horse.
He saw, however, something else.
In the center of the poplar grove the ground was clear, and in the shafts
of moonlight a small horsehide tent was visible. Koum reloaded his musket
and strode forward. He came upon trampled ground, strewn with bundles
of sheepskins and furs, and a few pots. And he swore under his breath.
“Eh, it was a hunting party,” he thought. “They camped here, and saw
the Cossacks. Well, it’s true they will come back.”
He heard a scattering of shots and a faint shouting. He started to make
his way out of the depression, but stopped and shook his head. Useless to
go up on the steppe with the horsemen coming in. And when they came,
234 kou m
they would find their wounded comrade. Nothing for it but to hide in the
grove until daylight, and then trust to luck. Yet his luck had been bad—
Hoofs thudded closer, and a shrill voice hailed—
“Ai-a, Ahmet!”
Koum stepped into deeper shadow, gripping his gun. Then horses gal-
loped by, tearing through the brush. The grove seemed to be filled with
them, going past. A shadowy rider leaned down, and caught up a bundle
of furs and swerved away. A white horse plunged to a stop in the flecks of
moonlight so near he might have touched it with the muzzle of his gun.
Backed against the bole of a tree, Koum did not move.
“Ai-a, Ahmet, shaitan chavassar! Hey, Ahmet—may the black devil
ride you!”
The lank Turkoman on the white horse shouted angrily, and flung
himself to the ground. He darted into the tent, and Koum leaned his gun
against the tree, pulling his knife from his belt.
He strode toward the horse, which snorted and drew away. Then the
tribesman ran out of the shelter, carrying a bundle in his arms. Even in
the gloom he saw the Cossack, and dropped his burden, leaping forward
with a curved sword swinging in his hand.
Koum turned on his heels and flung himself at the Turkoman’s knees,
as the sword and long sleeve swished over him. And as he struck the
man, he thrust up with his long knife. The blade stuck in flesh, but came
out as the two men rolled on the ground. Koum buried his knife again in
his antagonist, under the ribs. The man choked and curled himself up,
while the Cossack felt on the ground and picked up the sword the other
had dropped.
“You won’t get up, shaitan,” he muttered, running his hand over the
bundle the Turkoman had dropped. Nothing but stinking robes. The sword,
however, felt like a good one. Koum put it under his belt and picked up his
gun, listening the while. Other men were riding past.
He went over quietly to the horse, and this time caught the bridle.
Swinging himself into the saddle, he found the flat stirrups, as the horse
sidled and reared. Tightening the rein, he felt the neck and shoulders of
his new mount.
“A good one,” he thought. “A real steed.” Now, at least, he could risk
a dash down the balka to the river.
Near at hand a gun roared. Hearty voices cried—
“Strike, strike, brothers!”
kou m 235
Some of them flung themselves from the saddle to ransack the tent and
the ground. Finding the dead Turkoman, they began to pull off the best
of his garments.
“There’s another back of you, five lance lengths,” Koum told them.
“What devil brought you here, Koum?” demanded Kirdiak, panting.
“Did you see us chase them? We shot one up on the dunes, and Borchik
has his horse. Omelko was shot in the ribs as we came over the ford—he’s
back on the other side with Andriev who lost his horse.”
Koum made a quick reckoning. If two Cossacks were out of it, they had
only six, with himself, against about twice their number of tribesmen.
“Essaul,” he said earnestly, “don’t be stubborn now. Give the order to
go back to the camp, at once.”
“By God, can’t you see they are running from us.”
“They were afraid of a trap, because they were shot at from behind, at
the ford. They had not counted your heads, yet. Now they will turn back
on both sides, and cut you off from the ford. Harken!”
Kirdiak lifted his head. On the dunes above him he heard a wolf’s
howl, then another, and a third. They came from different points, and
the sergeant knew that they were not wolves. Scattered in groups of twos
and threes the tribesmen were calling to the others. They had halted and
soon they would turn back. Probably this man Koum had killed was their
khan—such a fine horse he had. Aye, the Turkomans would be drawing a
ring around the sunken grove. Kirdiak tried to remember how many they
were—he had seen a score or so. Well, if seven Cossacks rode against them
in the open, that would be bad. Worse to hide in the trees, until they were
surrounded. He scratched his head and tried to think of a plan.
236 kou m
“Hi, Ostap,” he called. “Here’s a sword for you, a nice blade. I took it
from the khan over yonder but I don’t want it.”
Stretching himself out in the grass beside the badly wounded Cossack,
he put his head on the saddle and pulled his coat over him.
“Ostap,” he muttered, “don’t let the sergeant take my horse. You lads
can watch now, without harm coming of it—”
He was asleep almost at once. The men of the detachment looked ad-
miringly at the shaven head and powerful body of the Zaporogian who had
gone alone, somehow, over the river and had killed the Turkoman khan
with a knife by his own tent.
The red sun seemed to leap over the line of the dunes, and the gray sur-
face of the river became tinged with fire. The veil of mist shredded away,
and all the uncertain, fantastic shadows of the last hours vanished, reveal-
ing only ordinary sand and tamarisk clumps and rock buttes from which
a warm red glow grew, and faded into plain daylight. After the night, the
wide steppe became quiet and drowsy again.
Kirdiak walked up, with the white-haired Cossack, and went straight
to his jug, which now lay in its place by his sheepskins.
“Well, lads,” he said, “we drove the Turkomans and killed three of
them, we took two horses and some other things. We got a knock or
two but that’s nothing. And as for these omens, you see that the sunset
and the cork in the jug meant nothing at all.” He glanced around trium-
phantly. “Nitchogo—nothing at all. And now, lads, we’ll drink a health
or two. No harm now.”
He caught up the big jug, frowned, and shook it hastily. Then he jerked
out the cork—shook it again close to his ear, and turned it cautiously
down. A single drop fell from it.
“As God lives, Father,” cried one of the men, “we have not looked at it.
Not one of us has gone over to it.”
Slowly Kirdiak’s brow grew red, and he began to snort. But the other
men swore they had not laid hand on it.
“Then it was you, you hedgehog!” he cried at Ostap. “You had the
watch.”
The young Cossack shook his head. “How could I, when I was
asleep?”
Kirdiak turned on his heel and glared down at Koum snoring gently
under his coat.
238 kou m
“May the devil take him! Eight men’s rations of brandy he had, down
his gullet! The son of a dog is full! Look here, Ostap, I didn’t see him cross
the river—how did he get over?”
Ostap wiped at the blade of his new saber with a greasy rag.
“Allah knows—I don’t. I was asleep when his gun went off—bang! I sat
up and there were the Turkomans sitting their horses in the ford. ‘To the
Father and Son,’ said I, and fired my musket. Then I ran back, and you gave
command to chase the Turkomans. But I didn’t see Koum until—”
“He was drunk, the hog’s belly. And if we had not chased the Turkom-
ans he would have left his hide over there.”
“But we found him on a horse, a good horse,” objected Ostap. “He was
all right. He waited and called to us—”
“Well,” grumbled Kirdiak, “then he is a wizard.”
“Nay.” The oldest of the Cossacks came forward with his clay pipe in
his hand. He leaned down to pick a burning stick from the fire. “Don’t
you see, Father, and you brothers? It’s not like that at all. Koum changed
our luck.”
“How—changed our luck?”
The white-haired Cossack held the brand to his pipe and puffed.
“The signs—they never lie. Didn’t the Turkomans look for us, and look
into the blood sunset? And aren’t three of them dead before sunrise? Didn’t
we cork up the jug when it was only half empty? Aye, we did. And we’d all
be lying with our toes up, if Koum had not changed the luck by drinking
the brandy down. Then didn’t he find a wonder of a horse? Look at it!”
Kirdiak looked at the white Kabarda, and said nothing more. But the
old Cossack shook his head pensively.
“You’re a good officer, eh, Father. You say build a fire here, and go on
sentry post there, and charge, lads! That’s what an officer should do. But
luck settles the thing for us, and that’s the end of it.”
The listening Cossacks nodded, and a murmur of assent ran around
the fire.
Over the River
Koum sat on the oven. He wore only a shirt, and his powerful bare legs
hung down the side of the oven, which felt pleasantly cool. The big Cos-
sack was sewing up a tear in his breeches, pushing a bodkin methodically
through the soft leather and stopping work at times to sing in a voice that
reverberated in the walls of his small hut.
It was a hot afternoon, and both the Cossack and the hawk on its perch be-
side him were drowsy. There was nothing to do until the evening meal.
The hut was comfortable enough, with its thatch roof keeping out the
heat. A gallon jug buried in the sand of one corner held plenty of cool river
water. Dried fish hung from a roof beam, with strings of onions and some
pungent herbs. A fine saddle covered with red morocco leather stood on
its peg, and to the wall beside it were nailed skins of the white and black
steppe fox, with sables and wolves. Boots, firewood and a sack of barley
occupied the other corner.
Over the head of his cot Koum had placed a picture of the wonder-work-
ing Saint Nicholas, framed in gilt and imitation silver. On a long shelf
beneath it, with some tallow and a tin of powder and bullet mold, lay the
Cossack’s most prized possession—a bagpipe.
This bagpipe had belonged to a fellow Cossack of the war encamp-
ment, whose bones had dried in the grass long since. Koum remembered
vaguely that this brother had been an outlander from some island in the
Western Ocean. All kinds of men had joined the brotherhood of the Cos-
sacks in these first years of the nineteenth century—after the wars that
had raged like grass fires over Europe. Tartars, Gypsies, even noblemen,
had become Cossacks.
The bagpipe, with its sack of soft black leather and its polished pipes
ornamented with carved beasts’ heads, had whiled away long hours for
240 ov e r t h e r i v e r
Koum. He had a musical ear, and he drew strange melodies out of the
droning wail of the pipes.
Koum lived alone in this hut. He hunted over the steppe, with its herds
of wild horses, its black-nosed buffalo and small antelope. He found lesser
game, wild pig and waterfowl along the deserted river, and his nearest
neighbors were the Turkoman clans across the river. Koum was careful
to keep his distance from these neighbors.
“Crei-I!” shrilled the falcon, moving along its stick.
“Not time to eat, little warrior,” muttered the Cossack. “Don’t you
see the sun?”
Ruffling its feathers, the bird gazed at the white sand, its eyes half open.
Koum yawned and scratched his shaven head, from the center of which a
long scalp lock hung. Then he reached out his arm for his sack of tobacco.
Abruptly his hand stopped, outstretched in the air.
Down the gully he heard his horse neigh. Koum knew the habits of his
animals as well as his own, and his Karbarda was no spoiled stable horse,
to make a fuss in the shade in midafternoon.
Thrusting his legs into his breeches, Koum wound a shawl scarf round
his hips and caught up his musket from the wall. Without delaying for
boots or kalpak, he ran out of the door.
“Crei-i-i!” screamed the hawk, clawing at its cord.
Koum had built his hut in one of the balkas, or wooded ravines, that
led to the river. In this gully below the level of the steppe he had wood
and some grazing for his animals, and his hut could not be seen from the
plain.
Leaping up steps cut in the clay bank, Koum came to a nest of boul-
ders under the branches of a tall poplar—his lookout post. His eyes went
swiftly over the miles of rolling crests covered with high brown grass,
and he muttered in astonishment.
A hundred paces away a woman was riding on a spent horse. And Koum
had never seen a woman like this in the steppes before. Her long skirt
trailed down over her boots and she seemed to have one leg curled around
the saddlehorn. A ruffled cape covered her shoulders, and the hood had
been drawn up over her hair. Moodily she swung her whip against the
flank of her sweat-stained mare.
Behind her followed a man without a hat. He wore a blue coat short
in front and long behind and much bedraggled, and his head hung on his
chest. Far behind the two a bearded postilion limped, leading a shaggy
pony overburdened with bundles.
ov e r t h e r i v e r 241
Once in Sarai on the Volga, Koum had seen noble people like these
two, with white skin, riding around in carriages. They were Muscovites—
Russians—and he could not think what they were doing here, beyond
the frontier, in the waste lands. They could not be hunting, because the
only weapons they had were two great pistols carried in holsters on the
man’s saddle. Still the Cossack could not let them stagger along like this
without water.
He walked out from his shelter, and the woman screamed.
Koum stopped, embarrassed. He did not know how to address such
people.
“Hi, noble born,” he called out, “where are you going?”
The man, who at first had drawn out a pistol, seemed relieved. Urg-
ing his tired horse up to the Cossack, he began to talk all at once in the
Muscovite speech. Koum could make out only that God had sent a ca-
lamity upon them, and they were lost. But Koum looked at the woman.
She was shorter than the Cossack girls, and white as clean linen, with
two spots of red on her cheeks. She had fine eyes, and even in her weari-
ness she showed her beauty.
“Well, don’t fear, noble born,” he said cheerfully. “Here is shelter, and
how can you be lost?”
He led the way down a path into his balka. It surprised him that the
gentleman should dismount stiffly, holding to the saddle, and go over to
untangle the lady’s skirt from the saddle, and lift her to the ground. She
went into the hut and sat down on the bed, without greeting Saint Nich-
olas.
Koum offered them cool water from his jar, but the gentleman shouted,
and presently the servant came in with two silver cups gritty with dust.
They drank a little water, when the servant who had been lugging the
packs from the pony hastened up with a bottle of brandy.
“My house is your house,” said Koum, bowing. This was the custom-
ary greeting of the Cossacks to a guest.
Filling the two cups with brandy, the Muscovite handed one to his lady,
and she sipped at it, while he gulped his. To Koum’s surprise they did not
offer any to him—although they must have seen that he had no brandy.
The man seemed to feel better, because he stared round the hut and be-
gan to talk loudly to Koum.
All the Cossack could understand was that the visitor was a count—
Dolbruka—and an official accompanied by his wife on his way to Ural-
skaia, a frontier post.
242 ov e r t h e r i v e r
“How can I tell, Cossack? One place is like another. We were lost. But
now—” she smiled comfortably—“surely you can show us the way to
Uralskaia.”
Koum looked about him helplessly. He felt ill at ease, talking to these
strangers, who knew so little of the steppe and who paid no attention to
good Saint Nicholas in his gilt frame. Even while he pondered them, the
woman spoke rapidly to the man in a queer staccato and he answered
with a word or two of the same language. Koum had never heard French
before—the polite speech of the Russian court.
“Look here, gracious lady,” he observed, when she had finished. “Why
is it that the count and his man did not stay to drive off the Turkomans?
They had two pistols.”
“Eh, what?” The gracious lady frowned. “How could I ride unattended
in this place?”
Koum did not know. He had never beheld so beautiful a woman. Above
her stately head even the bright picture of the saint looked dull.
“This dog must be humored,” she said to her husband. “He must guide
us back to the villages. Lord, he is as uncouth as a Tartar, but the hut is
clean. We can sleep here tonight.”
But she spoke in the French that Koum did not understand. The Count-
ess Ileana had never met Cossacks before today, yet her intuition judged
Koum’s character quickly. And she made the strongest possible appeal
to him.
“We are your guests—” she smiled—“and we thank God that we found
your house, because tomorrow you will guide us to Christian people where
we shall be safe.”
Slowly Koum shook his head.
“Impossible,” he said.
The Russians stared at him.
“Eh,” cried the count, “we will give you silver.”
“Listen,” said Koum, “silver has nothing to do with it. You don’t un-
derstand, noble born. I must ride toward the river at once. Wait!”
Pulling on his boots of soft leather, he hastened from the hut down
the balka to the water’s edge. Running a few paces through the rushes,
he caught up a line and tugged at it. A flurry at the other end of the line—
and he pulled it in, to find a young sturgeon hooked and already weary of
fighting. Killing the fish and drawing it carefully from the hook, Koum
hurried back to his guests.
244 ov e r t h e r i v e r
The woman listened to the thudding of hoofs that dwindled into the
distance. Silence returned to the ravine and this silence held for her a
dread of things unknown and unseen.
“You were a fool to offer him gold,” she said.
The man poured himself another glass of brandy. He too was afraid of
this endless plain and the dry mist that hung over it.
On its perch, with red eyes, the falcon gripped its meat with a claw and
its beak ripped flesh from between the feathers.
But Koum, as he headed his horse along the back track of the travelers,
had forgotten about the gold and the angry eyes of the countess. He was
only anxious because he had been delayed so long in starting out. It was
already late in the afternoon.
How could he explain to the Muscovites that the Turkomans would
follow their trail unless held back by something? The count and his man
could not fight, even for their lives. But it would be a sin to let such a fine
lady fall into the claws of the tribesmen.
He must find the Turkomans, if they had crossed the river, and find
out what had happened to the other Cossack.
So he rode on at a fast canter that ate up the ground, with his eyes search-
ing the skyline hidden in gray mist. He soon was conscious that the trail
quartered widely, wandering in and out of the gullies.
“A fox,” he muttered to himself, “would go straighter than those Mus-
covites. Well, it’s as God wills.”
An hour later Koum was nosing about like a dog in a criss-cross of trails.
The tracks of the Muscovites had brought him to the river again, some
six miles from his camp. Here the clay bank shelved down steeply to a
broad, shallow stretch, strewn with sandbanks and rocks.
On top of the bank stood a kind of bastion of worn limestone, and here
Koum found signs of the other Cossack—scattered bullets and sprinklings
of powder grains, and the scratches of iron heels on the soft stone. There
were dark stains of blood, surrounded by innumerable drops, and some
bits of sheepskins. In a sandy depression where a man had lain, stretched
toward the river, he found a Cossack kalpak of clean white lambskin with
a red felt crown.
“Eh,” Koum said to himself, “that was his, and he did not take it away
with him.
246 ov e r t h e r i v e r
Behind the limestone ledge he found the hoof marks of a shod horse
that had been tied to the branches of a stunted tamarisk, and had plunged
and circled about without being able to break away.
“He tied his horse here,” Koum thought, “and went up to the stone to
shoot at the Turkomans. He stayed there a long time. After that he fought
hand to hand, scattering blood.”
Along the sandbanks by the water lay a network of tracks—made by the
horses of the Christians and the unshod ponies of the tribesmen. Koum
mounted his own horse and circled back over the plain behind the lime-
stone bastion. Here the tracks told a clear story.
The three Muscovites had come up earlier in the day, at a walk. And
a solitary horseman had followed them at a gallop—riding the same an-
imal that had been tied to the tamarisk. Then the travelers had ridden
off in the direction of Koum’s hut; but the strange Cossack had never left
the river.
And still there was not a single body upon the scene of the fight, not
even a knife or strap on the ground. If the Turkomans had killed the Cos-
sack, they would have stripped him, and perhaps amused themselves by
disfiguring the body with their knives. They would not have carried it
off with them.
Koum pulled at his mustache gloomily. The worst possible thing had
happened. He understood now why the Turkomans had not pursued the
Russians. The Cossack had held them so long at the ford—and perhaps had
wounded so many of them—that they had not killed him here. They had
carried him back, a prisoner. And now they would string him up some-
where and torture him slowly, before going to sleep.
Well, the count and his lady were safe. He thought that all he had to do
would be to ride back to the hut, guide the noble born, and have a smile from
the lady, a gold piece from the man and a good debouch at Uralskaia.
Instead, he rode down to the ford.
The first thing he saw on the other bank was a twisted dead branch
with a fork projecting toward him, like a claw lifted out of the sand. A
sign of ill omen. Koum grunted dismally, and spat twice as he passed the
branch, being careful to ride well around it. The tracks of the Turkom-
ans also avoided it.
“Eh, was it for them, the sign?” he wondered, “Nay, it must be for the
other Cossack.”
ov e r t h e r i v e r 247
Still he was uneasy, and he watched attentively for further signs. A ra-
ven flew across overhead, and Koum held his breath. But it did not croak.
So he could not make up his mind whether the signs were good or bad.
He put his Karbarda into a long gallop, for the plain was as level as the
sea here, with only scattered white salt beds glimmering in the strong sun-
set glow like mirages, through the beds of dry rushes and dark saksaul.
The Turkomans and their captive had disappeared. Koum put the whip
to his horse and sped on. He must get near enough to the tribesmen be-
fore dark to see their fire.
For two hours he rode due west. Behind him the gorgeous colors of the
sunset flung up to the lofty sky, as if great glowing banners had been cast
aloft by the hands of the unseen gods. The whole steppe seemed to be no
more than the floor of an immense empty chamber whose wall had been
painted with fire. The figure of the solitary Cossack was a black speck
crawling across space.
Rising in his stirrups to ease the cramp in his knees, Koum talked to
his horse.
“Hi, brother, art thou weary? The eagle flies over thee—hasten! Hey,
brother, the wind passes by thee, and says to thee, ‘Come!’”
Urged on by the Cossack’s voice, the Turkoman-bred racer changed from
canter to gallop and back again, untiring. For a few moments the plain grew
brighter, and the eastern heights shone with an orange fire, that changed
swiftly to blood color. As if a veil had been drawn behind them, the plain
darkened around the horse and the Cossack when the sun went down. And
a blue haze spread from the foot of the heights, up toward the summits.
Then the light vanished and a tracery of stars gleamed overhead.
But Koum reined in the horse and let him breathe. He had seen what
he sought—a dark group of horsemen ascending the bare foothills among
larger masses of cattle and sheep.
The Turkomans were riding into their aul.
Never before had Koum been within sight of the aul—the dwelling
place of the clan. It stood upon a low plateau under the foothills, cut up by
the dried beds of streams and rock strewn gullies. As the Cossack walked
his horse forward he made out, in the starlight, some rude domes topped
by long poles from which streamers of rags hung. These were tombs, and
around them bunched innumerable sheep and cattle.
Beyond, he could see torches moving between low huts and walls whit-
ened with lime. From time to time a strident voice shouted, or a horse-
man trotted by. The aul was awake and astir.
248 ov e r t h e r i v e r
Koum knew what lay yonder under the mantle of starlight. A deep well,
and a pool of filthy water. A tomb of some holy man, guarded by a handful
of mullahs and dervishes. Perhaps three score families of Turkomans in
their flat clay dwellings and horsehide tents—the men robbers and slay-
ers by choice and heredity, the women of less account than the horses.
Sharp eyes and sharper weapons on the watch, suspicious of each other but
merciless to strangers. Koum remembered that his own horse had come
from this aul, having been acquired by a hand-to-hand fight in which he
had slain the Turkoman who owned the horse.
By the sounds and by the subdued glow of small fires, he thought that
the tribesmen were eating. As yet he had seen no trace of the captive Cos-
sack. But the torture would come after the eating. And from this torment
Koum must release the prisoner, if it could be done.
How it might be done Koum did not know. He had one musket and a
tired horse, and there were probably a hundred muskets and swords in
the aul. If he were seen, they would drag him down like wolves. He could
not think of any plan.
But he could rest the Karbarda. It might have to carry double, later. Dis-
mounting, he tied the horse in a dark gully and looked around him cau-
tiously. Near at hand camels were dozing, grunting and bubbling. And
the black dome of a tent stood by them. Koum walked over to the tent
quietly and listened. After a moment he sniffed and moved closer to the
entrance gap.
A strong, sourish smell came from the tent which seemed deserted.
The Cossack bent his massive body and went in. He traced the smell to a
side where goatskins and leather sacks lay piled. He picked up one of the
skins which gurgled cheerfully under his hands.
Pulling out the peg that served as a cork in one leg, he tilted up the
skin and tasted the liquid in it. As he had thought, it was kumiss—the
fermented mare’s milk that served the nomads for wine and food. Koum
drank deep.
Then he sat down on a sack. He had a little time, and it would be bad
luck to leave the skin half empty after tasting it. He drank again and felt
refreshed. There was quite a bit of kumiss in the skin, and when Koum
had finished he sat still. His head hummed, but he could hear someone
approaching the tent. His eyes had become accustomed to the darkness,
and when the visitor stooped through the entrance, he made out the slen-
der figure, the tight-fitting garment and white hair veil of a young girl.
ov e r t h e r i v e r 249
Presently she stopped, with a hiss of indrawn breath, and Koum thought
she had heard or smelled something strange. So he sprang up, groped for
her, grasped her shoulders and yowled in her ear.
“Shaitan, khanum—mumtaz khanum!—Woman, I am a devil—I love
you, woman!”
The girl wrenched herself away, darted from the tent and began to
scream when she was a little distance off. Koum also left the tent, go-
ing the other way, back to his horse. No one would pay any attention to a
girl’s outcry, but the Cossack chuckled as he reflected that the next day
the mullah would probably be called in to write a prayer against a black
seven-foot Tartar devil that waylaid women. Then he tried to think of a
plan, but could not.
He guided his horse up a little rise near the graves, so he could look
into the aul.
And when he did so the shaven hairs bristled on his scalp. The tor-
ture had begun.
A great fire lighted the center of the aul, where there was a little clear
space before the tomb. A lance length in front of the white wall of the
tomb a heavy stake had been planted in the ground, with a crosspiece fas-
tened to it and upon this cross the captive Cossack had been tied with his
arms stretched out. He had been stripped to the girdle and his long white
body glinted in the firelight.
Round the fire a dark mass of tribesmen sat on the ground, shaggy
heads moving restlessly.
“Yah huk—yah hak; yah huk—yah hak!” the wailing of a dervish went
on like a tireless drum, and already some of the heads began to sway in
time to the chant.
As soon as the mood seized them, the Moslems would start upon the
Cossack with their knives, or perhaps heated irons. Once Koum had seen
a victim of such torture—a man with empty eye sockets who ran from
side to side in the plain with hoarse cries coming out of his open mouth,
while his hands tore at his bleeding stomach. The skin of his stomach
had been slit open and sewed together again very skillfully and what had
been put inside the slit Koum never knew. But the vultures were hopping
around the dying man . . .
And Koum felt the chill of fear in his blood. In another moment they
might start with the knives, and here he was out of reach. He caught the
250 ov e r t h e r i v e r
strap of his musket. A lucky shot would save the other Cossack from his
agony.
But the bullet might miss—and Koum did not want to wipe out a Cos-
sack like that. He thought of spurring his horse into the aul, trying to
reach the man and cut him loose. No chance of that. They would both be
roped, dragged down.
A strange thing had happened. An hour ago Koum had not been able
to think of a plan. Now a dozen plans buzzed and sang in his head. He
would pretend to be a ghost coming out of the graves. He would play a
ghost march, to draw the attention of the Turkomans. Then he would steal
away—creep round behind the captive Cossack and cut him free. Aye, he
would even let the Cossack know that aid was coming. While he mused,
Koum took up the bagpipe.
An unearthly cry rent the night, echoed by a wailing moan. It was as
if all the devils of the winds had come together, out of the sky. The howl-
ing of wolves, the roaring of trumpets and squealing of pigs could not
have made such sounds.
In the aul, men scrambled to their feet and peered into the darkness.
The dervish ceased his howling.
After a minute Koum put down the bagpipe. It was time to change
his place. But a new sound caught his ear—a bellowing and rushing of
hoofs. The wailing of the pipe had stampeded the cattle sleeping in the
nearby fields.
He trotted down from the hillock toward the dark shapes that rushed
past. A horseman galloped out of the darkness, shouting, and—seeing the
Cossack—swerved toward him. Koum heard the rasp of steel drawn from
a sheath, and saw a bearded face snarl in triumph.
Beneath him, the Karbarda braced itself, and the two horses came to-
gether. The Turkoman slashed at his ribs with a curved knife, but the Cos-
sack slipped to the far side of the saddle. The long arm of the tribesman
in its wide sleeve swung past harmlessly, and Koum gripped the other
around the waist with his right arm.
Swiftly the Cossack’s left arm shot behind the Turkman’s head, his fin-
gers clamping upon the bearded chin. With his shoulder under the other’s
knife arm, Koum wrenched with all the strength of his back. He pulled
the man’s chin half around, cutting off a wild cry.
The Turkoman groaned and tried to strike down with his knife, then
kicked at his horse to urge it on. But he was anchored in Koum’s arms,
ov e r t h e r i v e r 251
which wrenched at him again and a third time. Bones crackled and sud-
denly the Turkoman’s head became limp in Koum’s fingers. His neck was
broken, the spine snapped clear.
Panting, Koum looked to right and left, and lowered the big body in its
greasy sheepskins to the saddle, catching the rein of the other pony as he did
so. Leading the dead man’s horse, he urged his own beast at a walk across
the fields, until he came to some white boulders and a stunted tree.
Here he tethered the restless horses, and squatted down to stare over
the ground on all sides. A few sheep galloped past, and on the knoll he
had quitted ten minutes ago, dark figures moved slowly. Searchers were
looking for the source of the demoniac music.
Koum chuckled silently, and lifted the dead Turkoman to his back
by one arm. He loosed the strap of his musket and laid it against a rock.
Guns were no use in the dark—only got in the way. But he kept the bag-
pipe in his free hand.
Slowly he made his way not toward the mound but to the aul. In the
starlight he looked like some humped, eight-legged creature dangling
horns before him. Circling refuse heaps, he crept along the wall of a hut,
and waited until a group of men walked by. Then he went forward hast-
ily in the shadow of an alley.
“Now they will find a sign,” he muttered under his breath.
Carefully he lowered the Turkoman to the ground and pulled his legs
straight. Then he stretched the dead man’s arms to each side, and stopped
to listen. A harsh voice called from a roof top.
“Hai, Yussouf, has aught been seen?”
Another voice mumbled a response, and Koum heard a step behind
him. Without looking up, he fitted the wind tube to his mouth and filled
the bag. A dim figure stooped over him, staring down at the dark mass
crouching on the ground.
“Y’allah!” The newcomer muttered. “O God!”
Koum’s bagpipe skirled and wailed, filling the alley with sound. The
inquisitive Turkoman leaped high and ran. Koum’s pipe shrieked in tri-
umph, and into its madness, Koum wove snatches of a song—a staccato
march known to all the Cossacks. Now the prisoner would know that a
friend had seen him.
Almost at once Koum ceased playing the pipe and hastened into the pro-
tecting shadows of the alley. Behind him silence reigned. But he knew that
men would come into the alley cautiously, to behold the devil who made
252 ov e r t h e r i v e r
the wailing music, and they would find the dead Turkoman. The path he
had taken led into the deeper gloom of trees, and Koum made a half circle
before coming out into the starlight. He could no longer see the firelight
reflected on the high dome of the tomb, but he saw that he was standing
in a small graveyard and judged that he was behind the tomb itself.
In the direction of the alley he heard an outcry and angry shouts. Tak-
ing off his kalpak and tucking it through his girdle, he moved forward
cautiously to the corner of the tomb.
By shifting his head a little he could look out into the cleared space.
The fire had been allowed to die down, and by the glow of the embers he
could see that most of the Turkomans had left the place. Those who re-
mained were talking uneasily, their attention upon the tumult in the al-
ley. Boys ran by with newly lighted torches.
Twenty feet away from Koum stood the cross facing the other way. The
prisoner had not changed his position—only his head moved slowly from
side to side. Koum could not see his face. Between the cross and the fire,
within arm’s reach of the captive stood a tall tribesman with a sword and
knife in his girdle.
Now was Koum’s chance to cut the other Cossack free. Not much of a
chance, but the only one he would have.
Slowly, he slid around the corner of the stone tomb. He kept erect be-
cause he knew that anything crawling along the ground would catch the
eyes of the men out there more quickly than a man moving slowly on
his legs. He was flat against the wall, edging toward the shadow cast by
the cross.
For a moment he was in full view of the squatting Turkomans, and he
would have been seen if any one of the dozen round the fire had looked
carefully at the wall. He took another step. Another. He had six feet more
to cover, when a boy galloped by the fire, waving a torch. Koum’s head
buzzed, and he held himself motionless. Still, not a man looked at him.
Stepping into the shadow of the cross, he moved forward a pace—
touched the stake and stood against it. He could hear the other Cossack
breathing quickly. Did the prisoner know he was there? Koum dared not
whisper a word.
He felt along the back of the crosspiece. The wrists of the Cossack had
been bound to it with hemp cords. Carefully Koum drew out his knife.
The tall tribesman in front of the cross spoke suddenly. “Yok, cham-
bla, yok. It’s bad, no good.”
ov e r t h e r i v e r 253
No one responded, and the Turkoman yawned, and turned his back,
picking at his nose. Koum touched the other Cossack on the ribs with his
knife blade. The prisoner stiffened, planting his feet. Then, swiftly, Koum
cut the hemp cords, pressing his dagger’s edge into the wood.
The cords dangled over the cross bar, but the other Cossack held his
arms motionless as before. The big Turkoman had turned suddenly, staring
behind the cross and sniffing loudly. He had one blind, white eye, but the
other glared into the shadow, and he started to draw the curved knife.
In that instant the Cossack upon the cross moved. His right arm thrust
down. He caught the Turkoman’s sword hilt and ripped the blade clear.
As the tribesman struck with the knife, the Cossack thrust the point of
the curved sword beneath his beard, and the Turkoman staggered back
screaming.
“Y’allah—al——”
The Cossack whipped round the post, glanced once at Koum, and stum-
bled against the wall of the tomb.
“Lead!” he cried.
Cries of amazement went up from the fire as the watchers beheld the
cross empty and their comrade wounded. Koum ran behind the tomb and
stopped, hearing the clash of steel at his back. The Cossack had turned
at the corner to strike at the first tribesman to leap after him. Twice he
struck, knocking the pursuer’s sword down and slashing his head.
“This way!” Koum called to him.
Instead of heading back into the graveyard and the trees, Koum ran
clear round the tomb coming out into the alley where the throng had
gathered about the dead man.
“Put this over your hide,” he told the Cossack, slipping off his lambskin
coat. The black garment covered the man’s white skin, and the Turkom-
ans in the alley only saw two dark figures walk across and disappear
among some tents. Meanwhile the pursuers at the tomb were shouting
for torches to search the cemetery.
“I can’t run,” whispered the Cossack. “Leg hurt.”
“No matter.” Koum put his arm under the other’s shoulder and walked
beside him, heading down toward the rocks where he had tied the horses.
“Luck’s with us.”
As he sighted the tree and the waiting beasts, he saw torches coming
out of the tents through which they had run. He did not ask the prisoner
254 ov e r t h e r i v e r
if he could ride—he would have to stick to the saddle. He gave the Cos-
sack his own horse, mounting the Turkoman pony himself.
They walked the horses at first, then struck into a gallop, down the
slope, until the aul and its torches were far behind. Then Koum chuck-
led and reined in. The Cossack beside him heard a sound of blowing and
presently a demoniac wail split the darkness.
When Koum had finished his parting salutation to the Turkomans
they galloped on, heading toward the river. Koum knew that a whole reg-
iment might chase them in vain in the darkness, and they could swim
the river when they came to it. His head felt warm and comfortable, and
once or twice he snored unexpectedly. Then he settled back in the high
saddle, and sighed.
gan to feel angry, because his head ached and crawled as if lice were bit-
ing his brains. He peered from side to side. By the cold feel of the air the
night was more than half gone. Ahead of him lay the river and the out-
line of the far bank looked familiar. “Look,” he cried. “You’ve brought us
back to the ford again. The Turkomans will look for us here.”
“Well, they’re not here,” the Cossack answered casually. “And I left
my kalpak over in those rocks.”
“Your kalpak! By God, don’t you know I was riding back to my choutar
to see the beautiful lady before she goes off. She’s like the moon.”
“She may be that, but I heard her say to her husband that we Cossacks
were animals.”
“That’s a lie, you foster son of a hog!” Koum began to snort, because it
seemed to him that this Cossack was mocking the lady.
“Don’t get your hair up. The countess is fair enough, but if we go back
to your choutar she’ll make more trouble for us. Better sleep here——”
“May the dogs bite you!” The hot blood rushed into Koum’s head. “I’ll
sleep where I like. I am Koum, the Zaporogian. Aye, the Tartars beat their
foreheads on earth when they see me, and the man doesn’t live I can’t put
down with my hands.”
“Well, Koum,” said the other Cossack, “I’m Gurka, the sword slayer,
and I could cut you open like a hare—”
“Death to you!” Koum howled with rage. He jerked his horse up to
Gurka and struck out with a heavy fist.
The blow caught the Cossack on the shoulder, turning him half round.
It cast his weight upon his injured leg, and he groaned and fell from the
saddle. Still holding to the sword he had brought from the aul, he got to
his knee, panting.
“You fool,” he muttered. “Go down to the river and cool off your head.
Don’t come back until you’ve soaked it well, and then I’ll cut your hide
for you if you want.”
Koum had dismounted and drawn his long knife. But his throat was
afire with thirst, and he ran down to the water’s edge. He stretched him-
self out on the stones, sucking in the cold water. Then he thrust in his
head several times.
He walked back slowly, wiping the water from his eyes and wringing
it from scalp lock. All at once he remembered that Gurka had been hurt,
and he felt ashamed because he had struck at him.
Gurka was standing, leaning on the scimitar.
256 ov e r t h e r i v e r
Gurka paced the dusty street in front of the tavern. Most Cossacks would
have waited inside the tavern, as long as they had any silver in their pock-
ets for brandy or vodka. But Gurka was restless.
Hands thrust in his belt, his white kalpak pushed back on his head,
he stared up the wide dirt street lined with log houses. He paid no atten-
tion to a pair of girls who passed near him, their long beshmets swirling
in the wind puffs—although they glanced back at the tall Cossack with
the face of an officer and the sword with gold inlay on the hilt.
“Devil take him,” he muttered, “he’s off again.”
Gurka thought that he had waited long enough for his comrade. Koum
had a way of disappearing for hours or days at a time, after entrusting
his valuables to Gurka. But Koum was a hunter, a stiepnik—born in the
steppe—and had only a child’s notion of time. Moreover the hunter, ac-
customed to his hut beyond the frontier and the fellowship of a horse and
falcon, felt uncomfortable in this great town where hundreds of human
beings walked in and out of buildings, thronging the markets and the
drinking places. Yesterday noon Koum had left his musket and bagpipe
and the white Kabarda horse with Gurka, and had departed on foot with-
out any explanation, or any indication whatever of the hour he might re-
turn. “He’s like a child, the son of a dog,” Gurka muttered, going around
the inn to the stable yard. “Unless he’s tied up he’s always in trouble.”
Leading out the white horse, Gurka saddled him. The saddle had a red
morocco cover rather the worse for wear but much esteemed by Koum,
who had carried it off with the horse during an affray with a Turkoman
clan. Gurka mounted and trotted forth to find the hunter. He went first
to the earth rampart of the town where old-fashioned cannon stood point-
ing out into the endless brown plain. Here, amid dust and swarms of flies,
258 the post in the steppe
Tartars and fishermen thronged the native market, and a line of drowsy
camels knelt under their loads.
Gurka rode past stalls of fruit and wool and paused to look carefully
around the horse market. Koum had no money on him, he knew, but the
hunter was quite capable of bargaining a pony out of his friends, the Kah-
nuks, and then trading the pony in for vodka.
There was no sign of Koum in the markets, or any fighting. Gurka
went on to the town jail, a log pen open to the sky within which a score
of men slept or argued, watched by a Russian sentry. Several were Cos-
sacks—strangers.
Gurka reasoned that if Koum had left the traders and had not yet ar-
rived at the pen, he must be in one of the numerous taverns. The Cossack
passed by the better places with painted wooden doors, and drew rein at
a log house by the river, where he heard singing. Dismounting, he made
his way into a smoke-dimmed room, below the level of the street, reek-
ing of frying fish and onions.
Koum was not singing. He sat peaceably enough in a corner, an empty
pipe in his teeth, working with his knife at a piece of pearl shell. His
broad head was shaved in the old Zaporogian fashion, except for a long
scalp lock, and it was almost as dark as his tarred shirt. His long lamb-
skin coat, the Cossack svitza, was not to be seen.
“Well,” remarked Gurka, “where did you spend the night?” He sat
down on the bench, running his whip between his fingers.
“Cosatka chata,” grunted Koum, without looking up from his carv-
ing. “In the Cossack’s palace.”
This meant the sand or mud outside the tavern doors. The name came
from the Jews and shopkeepers who were accustomed to find the men of
the border snoring on the earth by the doors.
“Where is your svitza?”
“What is it to you?” Koum held up the shell, from which he was shap-
ing a belt buckle. “I drank it up, of course.”
A grievance rankled in Koum’s brain. He had not wanted to ride down
the river to this town. They had been fine and comfortable in his choutar,
with plenty to eat. But Gurka wanted to make plans—to sit with the of-
ficers of the garrison, drinking tea and wine.
True, Gurka had been a gentleman once, even a noble, a barin. Once he
had owned wide lands and horses and servants, off in a place called Hun-
gary. After he had lost all that in the wars he had come out to the fron-
the post in the steppe 259
The officers at Sarachikof led a dull life, being isolated upon the salt plain
where the sluggish Ural River runs into the Caspian. Their fort was the
farthest point of the Russian Empire, to the southeast. Astrakhan with its
theaters lay eight days’ fast riding behind them, and Moscow six weeks’
journey. Their military district extended for some thirty thousand square
miles—no one except the clerks in Moscow knew just where—and in
this miniature empire of sand and grassland the officers were supposed
to minister to the wandering Tartar tribes and to guard the caravan route
through Khiva from the east.
This duty fell in particular upon the stout shoulders adorned with
gleaming epaulets of His Excellency, General Andriev Lermontoff, whose
inclination lay rather toward Gypsy singers, card clubs and the opera—
and who in consequence deeply resented his exile where not one of these
luxuries could be had. Of course the imperial minister of state at Mos-
cow should have known that the military forces attached to Sarachikof
were incapable of keeping order within such a desert; but after the man-
ner of bureaus, Moscow demanded reports of the commander’s activities.
And these reports were the bane of Lermontoff’s easy life.
260 the post in the steppe
“What matter? If only they will get to the Kurgan and occupy it!” To
Gurka, he added, good-humoredly, “No more vodka money. Report to the
supply officer tomorrow for your rations. I’ll wager you fine lads will get
yourselves plenty of antelope steak and catch some wild horses. Don’t fail
to spy out where the Tartars have their auls.”
“Would your Excellency,” asked Gurka seriously, “also desire us to en-
list Tartars to serve under us?”
Lermontoff blinked his moist eyes and seemed pleased.
“Certainly, my lad, if you can. Look here—I’ve heard that a caravan
from Bokhara is coming in, under Ismail Bey. You’ll have gold, if it gets
in safe.”
“Then,” the Cossack pointed out, “we should have written authority
to enlist men and to protect caravans for Sarachikof.”
“Good!” The general dictated a brief order to his aide and signed the
paper when it was written out. Handing it to Gurka with ten rubles, he
waved his pipe again. “S’Bogum—Go with God!”
The two Cossacks bowed and strode out. When the door closed behind
them the lieutenant laughed.
“Do you really expect them to go, mon Général?”
“Yes, Rostov. Did you notice the elder’s head—shaved like the old Za-
porogians? The young one’s a fire-eater. They’ll go just to boast of it.”
“The Tartars will tear them out of their skins. You did not explain that
the Kurgan is really a tomb of some kind. When those mad tribesmen find
two unbelievers cooking meat over the grave of a saint—”
“We shall not have to pay the forty rubles.”
Lermontoff signed for the soldier at his back to fill his glass.
“I wonder why Gurka asked for an order—imagine enlisting any one out
there! Still, it will read well in our report. Write it out, Rostov, lad. After
the usual, begin. ‘The command of their high Excellencies, of ninth Sep-
tember, has been obeyed to the utmost. A picked detachment of mounted
Cossacks has been sent to occupy the Tartar fort sixty versts east of Sar-
achikof, on the Khiva road. The commander of the detachment will use
every effort to enlist the Tartar tribesmen, and their high Excellencies
may rest assured that the Khivan caravans will suffer no further moles-
tation.’”
Lermontoff signed the dispatch with a sigh of relief. The order to guard
the caravans had been troubling him for weeks, and now at the price of a
few rubles he had earned a year’s peace. Before then the Cossacks would
the post in the steppe 263
Two days later Gurka and Koum were trotting easily over the dry plain,
their long shadows going before them. Behind them the packhorse jogged
methodically under its load of provisions, cooking pot and pan, and a small
felt tent. Dust rose over them and hung motionless in the air. They were
crossing a sandy depression where fragments of ancient shells sparkled
in the dunes. Ages ago this depression had been the bed of a great inland
sea, of which the Caspian and the Aral were the remnants.
From time to time Koum swung over and lashed the pony, because he
wanted to reach the Kurgan that evening. He had redeemed his svitza
from the tavern-keeper and had bought a new supply of tobacco with his
share of the ten rubles. Although he grumbled he was really well con-
tent, because he was out in the steppe again and he had seen plenty of an-
telope that day.
“It always happens like that,” he ruminated, shifting his musket sling
to the other shoulder. “When you poke your snout into the city the Rus-
sians find work for you. They beat you, or perhaps they call you a fine lad,
and send you off to some black work too dirty for them. . . . Eh, why did
you ask the old fox for that order?”
Moodily, Gurka shrugged his wide shoulders. He had expected to be
taken on as a courier at Sarachikof, and he did not care for the desert.
“Always get a written order if you can,” he responded absently.
“Well,” Koum argued, “who will read it? It’s in Russian, isn’t it? No
one can read it but the Russians and they aren’t here—not a bit. And who
will you enlist? Call in the jackals and say ‘Dear little devils. Here’s the
264 the post in the steppe
counted nine distinct small mounds, so old that tamarisk trees grew on
their slopes.
In the center lay the fallen stones of a small, square structure whose
inner dome, built on more solid foundations, stood intact, although the
entrance gaped open.
“What birds roosted here?” Gurka asked curiously.
About the dome gray, weather-cracked poles leaned crazily. Bits of ragged
clothing hung from their tops. By the entrance strange objects had been
placed—a dried-up goatskin, some tarnished silver armlets, bones of ani-
mals, and even a broken pistol coated with rust. Gurka entered the round
chamber under the dome and found nothing at all. The stone flags of the
floor were bare; the wall had no windows and the hollow of the dome re-
vealed nothing except the traces of whitewash.
“It’s not a watchtower,” he remarked to Koum. “No man could stand
on that dome.”
Koum shook his head. He had been staring intently at the array of cu-
rios by the door without touching them.
“It was made for the dead,” he said, striking a stone slab with his boot.
“A grave, here—lots outside.”
“But they call it a kurgan.”
“A Tartar word—means a tomb or old castle. You ride by these mounds
all over the steppe. No one knows who built them. This here is the grave
of a holy man.”
He motioned for Gurka to come out, and carefully rubbed over the print
of their boots at the entrance.
“The men of the caravans left these gifts—” he pointed to the rags and
the objects on the stones. “Some have been here a long time—the bowl of
barley only a few days. Don’t touch them—it’s said to bring bad luck.”
And, after sampling the water in the well by the tomb, he led the pack-
horse out of the mounds. A stone’s throw down the slope of the Kurgan,
in a sandy depression screened by tamarisks, he dumped the loads.
“We’ll have to carry the water down here, and we can’t watch the road,”
Gurka objected. “Up there, the tomb is dry and warm—a better place.”
“Worse,” grunted Koum, opening the packs.
“How worse? What the devil ails it?” The Hungarian waited in vain
for a reply. “The dead won’t bite us, will they?”
“They might.” Koum began to root up tamarisk brush for the fire.
“Vampires do—aye, and the spirit wolves.”
266 the post in the steppe
Gurka only swore fiercely, and Koum went on preparing supper quietly.
He could not explain to the Hungarian why he would not sleep within the
mounds of the Kurgan, because it was not clear in his own mind.
“Look here,” Gurka remarked when they were eating the barley soup.
“Don’t you think your guardian, Saint Nicholas, could watch out for your
tender skin if you slept up there?”
Koum turned this over in his mind.
“Well, he could. But I’d be a fool to go into trouble.”
The big hunter did all the work that evening, roping and currying the
horses and setting up the small tent before the fire went out. He felt at
peace with his surroundings, secure and drowsy. The uneasiness that had
troubled him in Sarachikof had vanished. When he had finished he ar-
ranged his blanket in the sand and got out his saddle pack.
Gurka did not want to sleep. He went up to the Kurgan’s summit, pac-
ing restlessly among the mounds. The sickle of the new moon stood be-
hind the domed tower. Off in the west a yellow gleam marked the line of
the plain. The throbbing drone of insects came up from the grass—hushed
at times by the whisper of a breeze.
He stretched himself on a mound, picking out the form of the Great Bear
among the stars. They glowed like living eyes. The tomb looked larger
than in the day. It was a strange place, the Kurgan, he thought. He knew
that Moslems often were buried close to the grave of a holy man. But these
mounds did not look like a cemetery. Whatever men lay under him had
been buried all at the same time, hundreds, perhaps thousands of them.
Was this where Tamerlane had fought a battle? Or unknown pagans?
In the black entrance of the tower he thought that something moved.
At once his ears strained to catch a sound.
And near him he heard a subdued snuffling and breathing. As if some
animal were trying to free itself, and come out of the ground.
Suddenly a wailing and moaning burst upon his ears. Gurka sprang to
his feet and ran down the slope of the mound, out of the Kurgan. The weird
melody was coming from the tent, and at his sudden approach it ceased.
“What’s the matter?” asked Koum’s voice.
“Nothing,” Gurka laughed.
He had forgotten Koum’s cherished possession, carried about in the
hunter’s saddlebag. Koum had not played the bagpipe for weeks, but now
he sat with one leg outstretched, the leather bag pressed in his arms.
the post in the steppe 267
In the full light of the next day the Kurgan looked both dusty and desolate,
and Gurka wondered why he had fancied that it held life within it. Koum,
who had wasted no thought at all on the mounds during the night, now
wandered around on foot, to look at the sites where caravans had made
camp. He pointed out that they formed a kind of ring about the Kurgan,
because all were just beyond arrow shot from the grave mounds.
“They had to water many horses, many camels,” he said. “Aye, they
carried the water rather than sleep up there.”
“Then they were fools. Look here. This Kurgan is older than Islam—
the mounds were not made by Moslems at all. Why should they fear it
and make offerings to it?”
Koum shook his head. Why did the men born in the steppe fear the old
and unseen? Why did they make gifts to the spirits of this barren place?
“Well,” he observed, “what made you run away after the last light?”
“You lie, you cow-herder,” Gurka flushed. “I was half asleep when your
accursed pipe sounded.”
“Don’t go to sleep up there, after sundown. You wouldn’t wake up.”
The next day the two Cossacks rode east along the caravan trail to look
for signs of the tribes. They found nothing except the monotonous track
outlined by round camel pads and dung. After twenty miles the road turned
south, toward the blue line of distant hills. Here they crossed the dry bed
of a river, and beyond it they came upon the scene of a fight.
Scattered among the gray bushes and sprawled between boulders lay the
bodies of two dozen men—tatters of wool and fragments of leather hang-
ing upon bleached bones. Except for the skeletons, only some bits of rope
and sacks were to be seen. Everything else had been carried off. Tracks of
wolves and the claw marks of scavenger birds on the ground showed why
the flesh had vanished from the bodies.
Koum went over the ground with interest, explaining that this had
been a raid on a party of horsemen or a caravan camped by the river be-
fore the late Summer heat had dried it up. The raiders had taken away
everything, except the worthless garments of the slain. Even boots and
belts were missing.
“Tartars did not do it,” he said. “They would bury the dead toward
Mecca.”
“Who was it, then?”
“I don’t know. Someone from afar.”
268 the post in the steppe
Nothing more was to be seen at the river, and after breathing their
horses they rode back to the Kurgan—Koum pointing out how other car-
avans had circled wide of the place of the massacre.
Several days passed without a sign of other men in the plain. At Sar-
achikof the Cossacks had been told that two caravans were on the way
from Khiva, but they were not sighted from the Kurgan. Gurka began to
grow restless, and Koum took him off antelope hunting.
They rode into the grasslands toward the north, where the antelope
grazed—gray shadows drifting along the brown earth. The animals would
not let them come within range, but Koum turned aside on his pony and
disappeared into a gully.
Gurka, on the swift-paced white horse, circled back to get behind the
herd. He rode in toward them at a gallop and the antelope, instead of run-
ning straight away, fled in a wide circle that brought them closer to where
Koum had hidden himself with the musket. Usually the hunter, firing
from a rest, would bring down an antelope, and when Gurka came up he
would be cutting its throat with his long knife.
“Eh,” he sighed, “if we only had a golden eagle and dogs, that would
be sport.”
“An eagle will not pull down a running deer.”
“Nay, it flies over the antelope’s head, beating with its wings. The an-
telope turns and twists to escape, and the dogs come up and pull it down.
That is the way!”
To Gurka this chasing of foolish antelope seemed a child’s sport, and
he would not have done it if they had not needed the meat. When Koum
showed him tracks of wild horses, he only shrugged indifferently, and in
the camp at the Kurgan he did nothing. This did not trouble Koum, who
was accustomed to making the fires and cooking. The experienced hunter
knew that if trouble or hardship came, Gurka would take the lead at once,
and would do the work of three men. But he knew that the younger man
was growing weary of sitting in one place and staring at the sky. If only
Gurka could have a frolic with the sword—a long ride and a brisk fight.
Since there was nothing of the kind to be done the old hunter tried craft-
ily to draw Gurka into talk about the wars in Europe.
“It can’t be,” he remarked, “as you say. Now at that battle--what is it
called?”
“Austerlitz.”
the post in the steppe 269
“Well, you say thousands and thousands of soldiers were crowded to-
gether on your side, in companies and brigades and the like. And they
marched ahead against the other fellows, the French, all in step in bri-
gades like that. Then the French pounded them with cannon, all the day,
until half of them turned their toes up. What kind of soldiers were these
soldiers of yours?”
“Good men.” Gurka thought of the dogged gray infantry, and especially
of the horse guards, all noble-born, all mounted on black horses who had
cast away their lives before the lines of French guns.
“Then why did they act like duraks, like chuckleheads? If the other fel-
lows were too strong, they ought to have looked around and found some
shelter and pounded with their muskets.”
“How could they, when they were ordered to advance?” Gurka
smiled.
“They could do it in Cossack fashion—ride to the side and dismount
and clear the way with muskets. Then get to the saddle and chase the
other fellows.”
“Our cavalry had no muskets, only sabers and pistols. Besides, we could
not turn off, because we were all crowded together. You’ve never seen a
battle, Koum. The generals make plans, and maneuver the masses of sol-
diers. If every man did what he wanted and never obeyed an order, the
army would become a mob—running away.”
“Well,” Koum pondered this. “Your generals did make plans and you
obeyed orders, but you ran away like a mob.”
“Bonaparte was leader of the French—he’s a magician. Our generals
made mistakes.”
“Weren’t they Cossacks?”
“Cossacks! Don’t you know that three emperors commanded at Auster-
litz? Bonaparte, and the Emperor of Austria, and Alexander of Russia.”
“Nay.” Koum nodded understanding. “Well, that’s why forty thousand
were killed. A little officer, a sotnik out here can get forty men killed if he
makes a mistake. An emperor can do a thousand times as much.”
Gurka did not laugh. Sometimes at night visions of that foggy day of
Austerlitz seized upon his mind and drove away sleep.
“Weren’t the Cossacks there at all? They didn’t march in step crowded
together like cattle.”
“No—” Gurka smiled—“they were on the wings, and they got off well
enough.”
270 the post in the steppe
“That’s it. They are better than the soldiers because they’re wolves—
they strike and slash, and you can’t corner them in front of cannon. If an
army of Cossacks went against this Bonaparte of yours, they would tear
at him, and pull him down, even if he is a magician.” Koura fingered his
bagpipe reflectively. “Aye, if you had given the command at Austerlitz to
the Cossacks, you would not have lost all your lands. But why didn’t you
stay in the army, instead of coming out to the frontier?”
“I came—” he laughed—“to look for a pot of gold under a rainbow.
Count Gurka of Zaratz, fortune seeker—now occupied in killing flies on
a dusty grave. Requiescat in pace!”
“I’ve seen rainbows,” Koum observed, “but the gold is all back in the
cities.”
As if to ridicule both of them, the steppe itself answered them that af-
ternoon, when a veil of dust raised by distant winds hung over the plain.
Upon the particles of sand in the air the strong sun beat, and above the
haze forms began to take shape. White domes appeared against the glare
of the sky, and light flashed upon the waves of a mighty river. Shadows of
beasts and men seemed to walk upon the waves. They were like a proces-
sion of dead souls, making their endless way through the elements with-
out a Charon to guide them. The Cossacks came out to stare at the pag-
eant in the sky. They saw laden camels and masses of horsemen threading
through the blue river.
“It is the myzga,” said Koum. “Eh, there is your rainbow; but down un-
der it you would find the carrion we saw by the dry river.”
Gurka gazed in silence. It was his first encounter with a mirage, and
this impalpable city with its river rushing through the air stirred him
deeply. Koum, who believed that the myzga was a procession of dead souls
moving from one resting place to another in the sky, tried to decide if the
omen meant good or evil.
“Hard to tell,” he mused. “We’ll meet men and camels, and we’ll go
to a city by a river.”
The next morning, however, revealed nothing more than the famil-
iar gray plain. The Cossacks went off after antelope and bagged one far
to the north. It had been a hard chase and they rode back slowly. When
they rounded the last hillocks and glanced at their camp, they drew rein
quickly. A caravan had come up and occupied the Kurgan.
the post in the steppe 271
The new arrivals were camped within the mounds, about the dome
of the tomb. Below the slope groups of camels knelt, heavy bales rising
on either side of them. Close to the tomb the round summit of a desert
tent showed.
“From the east,” muttered Koum. “By God, they’ve gone into the Kur-
gan.”
Going forward at a foot pace, he studied the men working about the
camels. Instead of turbans or kalpaks, they wore round caps, and their
voices sounded in a meaningless sing-song.
“Kitaians,” the big Cossack muttered. “Men from China.”
The loads of the caravan seemed to be tea or rice, and since Koum could
not speak with the Chinese camel men, he dismounted to go up the Kur-
gan to the tent. As he did so, he heard Gurka hiss softly, and looked up.
Between two of the mounds lounged a half dozen men with long muskets.
They wore long cotton and quilted khalats, and the toes of their short rid-
ing boots curled up. In their shawl girdles were thrust long curved knives,
and Koum bristled like a dog at sight of wolves--for these tall warriors
were Turkomans, the most treacherous breed in the steppes.
“Too late to ride off,” Gurka whispered. Nothing was more certain
than that the tribesmen might shoot down two Cossacks who turned
their backs to flee. “Go on up. We’ll talk with the chieftain.”
“Take the horses,” Koum assented. And he hailed the men above. “Ohai,
my brothers. Where is the bimbashi?”
One of the Turkomans spat with deliberation and leaned forward.
“What do you seek, Kozaki?”
“We are guards,” Gurka put in swiftly, “of this place. We were sent here
by the Agha Khan of the Russians, and over there is our camp.”
Someone shouted within the Kurgan, and the warriors motioned the
Cossacks to come up. The small eyes of the tribesmen fastened greedily on
the white horse with the red leather saddle. They made no effort to stand
aside, and Gurka, who was leading, thrust one out of his path. The man’s
retort was an oath like the flicker of a knife, but as Gurka went on with-
out turning his head, he followed with his hand on his knife hilt.
Koum saw that more Turkomans were gathered about the Cossacks’
tent, ransacking it, but he said nothing. Gurka was approaching the car-
avan tent--a great pavilion of white felt with the entrance flap tied down.
At least a dozen guards stood about this at regular intervals, and one of
them motioned the Cossack away angrily.
272 the post in the steppe
The big Cossack looked thoughtful. Many things about the caravan struck
him as curious—the Chinese camel men, the camels themselves half
the post in the steppe 273
again as many as the loads, the strong force of lawless Turkomans, the
camp within the usually inviolate Kurgan, and the violation of his own
quarters. He was worried about his bagpipe, which he had seen the war-
riors passing from hand to hand with interest. Reaching back, he freed
the carcass of the antelope from his saddle and laid it before the knees
of Ismail Bey.
“A gift, bimbashi.” He did not speak Turkish as well as Gurka who had
learned it in childhood, and he was just able to follow the talk.
Ismail grunted and touched the antelope, showing that he accepted it,
before signing to a man to take it away. But he did not invite the Cossacks
to eat with him. Koum, in withdrawing, spoke casually to Gurka.
“It’s bad. Tell him to order his men out of our place.”
“Are thy men dogs, O my Bey,” asked Gurka coolly, “to prowl in our
tent? Send them away!”
Again the leader of the caravan smiled. He shouted in a dialect that
the Cossacks did not know. But Koum, watching the men behind the rug,
saw them lean forward expectantly.
“What now?” Gurka asked him.
“Tell him to take his horses away from the grazing ground below our
tent. That belongs to us.”
A third time Ismail Bey assented courteously. He said that the Cos-
sack’s horses were weary, and he would yield them the good grass. When
he shouted his command, the Turkomans who had been at the Cossack
tent moved off reluctantly to drive their beasts from the grass.
Turning their backs on the Bey and his followers, Gurka and Koum
circled the white felt pavilion, scenting as they did so a faint odor of in-
cense and perfume. Leisurely they descended the slope of the Kurgan,
and Kourm retrieved his cherished bagpipe from the ground, inspecting
it anxiously. Gurka saw that their saddle bags had been turned out and
many articles were missing.
“To the devil with them,” Koum observed. “They are jackals, hunt-
ing in a pack. After we’ve taken off the saddles and roped out the horses,
they’ll fill our hides with lead and take everything. The best thing is to
ride off swiftly now. If they follow, it may be we can keep them off un-
til dark.”
“Agreed.” Gurka nodded.
He did not know the hunter’s reasons for flight, but he felt that Ismail’s
men would make bad bedfellows. Down here within stone’s throw of the
274 the post in the steppe
selves in the saddles and found the stirrups, using their whips again. Gurka,
the better rider as well as the lighter weight, devoted all his attention to
nursing the brown pony along. Allowing Koum to pick the way, he kept
his eyes on the ground, until the big Cossack called to him.
“Hi, Gurka—look at them.”
Glancing over his shoulder, Gurka was surprised to see that the Turkom-
ans had come up halfway in the last twenty minutes. Their lean, shaggy
ponies covered the ground with a tireless gallop. The riders had taken
their muskets in their hands, and Gurka could make out faces and beards
distinctly.
“Go on,” he said between his teeth. “This clod of a horse holds you
back.”
Koum shook his head.
“Nay, Gurka. Only look yonder. There’s a height where we can hold
them off.”
The height was a line of rocky knolls with green brush showing above
them. Gurka did not think that one musket would keep the tribesmen
off for long, but his tired mount would have a chance to breathe and what
else was there to do? Koum had been heading for the knolls, so that the
Turkomans were strung out in a long tangent behind them.
Whipping their horses, the Cossacks galloped toward the highest point
of the rise and started up the slope, only to find that the tired horses could
not force their way to the top of the hard clay bank. Swearing roundly,
Koum slid from the saddle and poured powder from his flask into the
pan of the flintlock. The Turkomans, who had closed in rapidly, were
within easy shot. They did not hang back to shoot, but raced forward to
get within short range.
Koum fired quickly, bringing down a horse without harming the rider.
Swiftly he reloaded, while Gurka drew his sword.
“Ghar—ghar—ghar!” the Turkomans shouted, swinging their guns
over their heads.
And then the Cossacks heard a strange snapping and whistling in the
air. Invisible birds seemed to dart down from the crest of the knoll. Feath-
ers sprang into sight, quivering in the ground. One of the tribesmen yelled,
clutching his leg—the ragged turban of another dropped off.
One after the other, the Turkomans fired, above the heads of the Cos-
sacks. They turned their horses and darted off, plying their whips, the dis-
mounted man jumping up behind one of his companions.
276 the post in the steppe
Gurka looked at the summit above him. Over the dry grass rose huge
ungainly hats, high felt crowns with wide flapping brims. Under the hats
dark faces appeared, and leather-bound arms clutching bows.
“Hi kunak!” Koum called out. “They are Tartars, brother,” he added
to Gurka.
The Tartars stood up, short stocky figures in long sheepskin coats,
talking excitedly. When Koum put aside his musket, they helped the two
Cossacks with their horses to the summit. In the grassy ravine behind
the ridge stood round felt tents, with herds of fat sheep and ponies and
a throng of the nomads, men, women and children, watching the event
on the height.
The Tartars had been gathered around the dinner kettles before the skir-
mish with the caravan men, and now they went back to their food, kneel-
ing on the ground and thrusting their hands into the thick broth, to seize
bits of mutton or rice. They paid no attention to the Cossacks, and Gurka
wondered if he had got away from wolves to fall into a lair of panthers.
These nomads were hiding in the ravine—they had brought in all their
herds, and a rider passing by the hillocks would have seen no sign of them.
The smoke from the embers drifted into the haze of dust stirred up by
the breeze. It was the sunset hour and the red murk of the day cast only
a faint light into the depression.
But Koum had no misgivings.
“They won’t bite. Eh, they are Kara Kalpaks—Black Hats—cattle rais-
ers. I’ve stayed in their tents during a blizzard.” He was trying to repair the
damage to his bagpipe by cutting two short wooden pegs to fit in the bul-
let holes. When the pegs were in he inflated the bag and tried a few notes.
The unmelodious wail that came forth caused the Black Hats to turn in
startled concern, while the nearest cows lifted their heads. A man came
over and argued angrily, until Koum put down the pipe.
“Well, you see it won’t sound right,” he sighed. “They say it will stam-
pede the herd. They say if we want food we must come before it is all
eaten.”
The Tartar led them into the largest of the round tents, where a huge
candle burned in dense smoke. Behind the fire on a rug covered bench
sat a fat man in a khalat of horsehide painted red. This was Tavka Khan,
master of the little horde, and he waited patiently until the Cossacks had
eaten. Then Koum washed his hands in a basin brought by a young woman
and asked for wine.
the post in the steppe 277
They protect Ismail, so Tavka loots their ships when he can to get money
to pay the tax.”
“What kind of man is the Bey?”
“He’s a dog—not a good Moslem. Wears pigs’ tusks and eats unlaw-
ful meat. He’s not a Tartar, not a Turkoman—but the tribes fear him be-
cause he slays like a mad dog.”
“He speaks Turki like a man from the east.”
“God knows. But we’re well out of his hands.”
“Nay—” Gurka smiled—“we are going back to the Kurgan tonight.”
In the act of handing his bowl to the woman to be filled again, Koum
turned his head.
“What’s that you say?”
Gurka had passed an unpleasant afternoon. He did not relish being
chased like a wandering horse, and now he saw an opportunity to strike
a blow himself.
“Don’t you see, Koum? We can go back with these Tartars and rush
the Turkomans. They will not look for an attack.”
For a moment Koum considered and shook his head.
“Nay, brother. There will be a moon—a half-moon on the steppe. And
those sons of dogs have too many guns.”
“Too many for the day. At night a gun is no good. The light will be
strong enough for the Tartars to use their bows. If they don’t shirk, it can
be done. And then we’ll open up that treasure of the Bey’s. I’d like to get
my hand in it.”
Slowly Koum sipped at the bowl. He also had a score to settle with the
men who had damaged his beloved bagpipe. By now he had drunk enough
kumiss to look at matters with the eye of an opportunist.
“Well,” he muttered, “glory to God, why not try?”
Visibly excited, Tavka Khan listened to his urging, without being won
to consent.
“Ai Barba,” he responded. “No, uncle, who has ever attacked Turkoman
raiders? They are wolves with long teeth. If they came against us, aye—
then we would fight.”
“Some day they will come, O my khan.” Koum’s mellow voice was deep
with feeling. “And then, by Allah, they will pick their time and leave all
of you without graves, for the jackals to bury in their bellies. Even thy
moon-faced women, and young sons, tender as saplings. How much bet-
ter it would be to lead thy men against them now and take their camels,
their horses and that rich treasure concealed in the white tent?”
the post in the steppe 279
After filling and lighting his clay pipe he handed it to the khan, who
took it and drew upon it until his lungs must have been filled with smoke.
Nor did he let out the smoke, except as it filtered after moments from his
nose and ears. No true Tartar would waste the precious smoke.
“Aye, true it is,” he muttered, “that the one-eyed wolf guards something
of great price, concealed from other eyes. By day he carries it in camel ham-
pers, and at every halting he places it within the white tent. He takes it to
the Russians. No one else has seen it, except his men of Cathay.”
“O my khan, he said himself it was more than gold. Think of six cam-
els loaded with more-than-gold. Yah Allah—what a thing! And consider
moreover that this captain of Cossacks, my kunak, will be at thy side to
tell thee of stratagems. Once he held the baton of command in a great bat-
tle of the Franks in which forty thousand died.”
The bleared eyes of the old Tartar studied the spare figure and lean face
of the Cossack Gurka. The Black Hats had their affrays with the Cossack
posts, and each stole horses from the other, and held the other in respect.
In a storm, or upon purely friendly visits, each welcomed the other. Tavka
Khan perceived in Gurka the quality of a man who knew how to com-
mand. But he himself was old and heavy; he could not see very well and
he liked to sit in the smoke of the tent fire.
“Ai, tzee! He is a khan, as thou sayest; yet I—”
Koum saw that it was time to use his final argument.
“Listen, now. When a dog is mad doth not Allah shorten his days, so
that death comes upon him suddenly.”
“Aye, so.”
“Well, now—this night—it hath happened that Allah sealed the seal
of death upon the life of that dog Ismail Bey, the ill-born. It is certain. For
he sleeps with his men in the place of the doomed. He eats and he scat-
ters his filth upon the Kurgan itself, above the mounds and the grave of
the holy one.”
Tavka Khan clutched at his beard.
“Is this true?”
“By Allah, his carpet is spread against the tomb. Allah will aid thy
hand in his punishment.”
Fumbling in his girdle, the Tartar drew out a case of pearl shell shaped
like a half-moon. Inserting his thumb and forefinger, he helped himself
to snuff and passed the case to Koum who did likewise.
“I am young again,” cried Tavka. “Tonight I will ride against Ismail
Bey!”
280 the post in the steppe
this side, drive in the horse guards and stampede the horses—then circle
the mounds, making an outcry and shooting. You will have six men.”
“And what—”
“The rest will follow the khan, and I will take them in a circle beyond
sight of the Kurgan—you must hold back until we do this—to the road.
When you make your onset, the Turkomans in the Kurgan will wake and
run to that side. They will not see us come in at first, and we ought to
be on their backs before they can hold us off with musketry. Meanwhile,
your circle will bring you in among the camels—start them up, make a
tumult, then join us.”
When this was explained to him, Tavka Khan approved of it.
“We will draw the dogs this way by the bleating of a goat,” he assented,
“then we will rush upon their backs with a panther’s spring.”
“But watch for Ismail,” Koum urged Gurka. “He’s a magician—full of
tricks. Besides, we’d better get hold of his belt and trappings before these
fellows see him.”
Gurka, however, was thinking of what the white tent concealed. It
must hide something of great value, because Ismail would not mount
such a guard over it without reason. Probably he sold or traded this trea-
sure to the Russians. It might be camphor, ginseng, or rare drugs from
the East. Evidently Ismail had to conceal it from the Moslems; perhaps he
brought it all the way from China. Opium—but that would not fill such
a pavilion. Jade—but why would heavy pieces of jade need to be housed
in a tent at night?
What kind of treasure smelled like perfumes, and rode during the day
in camel hampers, and was kept at night in a guarded tent? Nothing—
and yet there it was. Koum and Tavka did not bother their heads about
it. They would see it before long. And the other tribesmen jogged along
by him as impassive as armored dwarfs, their wide-brimmed hats hid-
ing their faces.
Behind them the moon sank lower, while vague shadows moved ahead
of them, over the dry grass. Gurka recognized a nest of boulders by a
stunted tree and pulled up.
“Time to take your men,” he whispered to the big Cossack.
With his half dozen, Koum turned off to the left at a foot pace. He
would have to give the others time to make the circuit of the Kurgan and
he must judge the time nicely because they could not signal to him when
they were in place. He had left his long musket with the horde, and had
282 the post in the steppe
armed himself with a lariat, a heavy, three-foot cudgel and his knife. Also
he had his saddle pack.
With the Tartar khan beside him, Gurka swung off to the right, point-
ing as he did so to the dim shape of the mound. Tavka Khan grunted as-
sent—probably he knew the place. His men were stringing their bows,
whispering among themselves. Swiftly as they covered the ground, little
could be heard above the rustle of the grass under the rising wind.
When he thought he had made a half circle, and the mound of the Kurgan
showed dark against the moon, Gurka touched Tavka on the knee and
wheeled his horse. To breathe the animals, he reined in to a walk. It was
hard to tell how far he might be from the caravan. Nothing seemed to be
alive in the steppe ahead of them, and for a moment the Cossack won-
dered if Ismail had left the place.
“Hai!” muttered a man beside him.
Thin and faint in the distance, Gurka heard an unearthly wail. Such
a cry as a forlorn vampire wandering in quest of blood might make. The
back of his neck grew cold, until he remembered Koum’s bagpipe which
was audible even if damaged.
Then a far-off cry caught his ears, followed by a shot. He tightened his
knees and sent the white horse forward at a gallop. In silence the Tartars
pressed after him, until they entered the dim shadow of the Kurgan.
And then shouts resounded on the summit of the Kurgan, while men
appeared running along the mounds clearly outlined against the glow in
the sky. A spit of flame darted toward them and a musket roared. Gurka
swore savagely, realizing that he was too far from the Kurgan and that Is-
mail and his men were aroused and armed. If Koum had only waited five
minutes more before sounding his pipe!
Camels surged around him, and men fled away. He felt his horse rise
to the slope of the mounds, and he drew his sword. A half dozen muskets
roared above him.
A rider pushed close to him, and a hand caught his rein.
“Kosaki bimbashi!” a voice cried plaintively.
More guns flashed and bellowed as the Cossack turned angrily on the
man who had stopped him. The hand clutched his arm and pressed warn-
ingly. Gurka bent forward, looking from side to side.
Ismail’s men were thronging upon the line of the mounds. The steppe
fox had not been caught asleep. The Tartars had stopped abruptly, but no
the post in the steppe 283
one seemed to have fallen. Instead they were using their bows swiftly—
Gurka heard the incessant snap and hiss of them—and their shafts were
striking into the clearly visible Turkomans, not forty paces away.
Men dropped back from the skyline, screaming as the arrows from the
powerful bows tore into their bodies. The musket fire dwindled, as the
clumsy pieces were discharged into the shadow. Gurka heard the slugs
whine over his head.
“Ahai!” shouted Tavka Khan.
The Tartars dashed forward again, slashing with their short sabers
at the men on the mounds, thrusting down with their lances. Cries and
snarls and the thudding of horses’ hoofs sounded around the Cossack who
was striking silently with his saber.
He turned toward the flash of a musket and saw the Turkoman lift the
weapon to parry his slash. Checking his arm, Gurka leaned forward and
thrust, the point of his blade piercing the man’s beard and throat. The
Cossack freed his sword and turned warily in time to ward off the slash
of a long knife.
His horse swerved, and he saw two men rolling on the ground, locked
together in a death struggle. Horses swept by him and a shrill voice chanted
“Yah Allah—yah All—”
Out of the murk a long robed figure staggered, reeled against his horse
and vanished. Seeing a Turkoman climbing upon a pony, Gurka wheeled
toward him and struck him from the saddle before his feet were in the
stirrups. Over the tumult shrilled the lament of the bagpipe, and, hear-
ing it, Gurka remembered to look for Ismail.
The tomb was deserted, the rug bare. But Gurka thought that he recog-
nized the thin figure mounted on a horse, moving away toward the moon.
A Tartar appeared riding at it, and the figure lifted an arm that flashed and
roared. The Tartar dropped from his pony, landing on his feet. As Ismail
trotted past, peering into the murk, the Tartar swung his arm around his
head. The next second Ismail was jerked from the saddle as if an invisi-
ble hand had pulled him to earth.
Gurka rode over to him and saw that, although wounded, the Tartar
had managed to cast his lariat and pull down the chieftain. Now he was
winding his rope about his struggling prisoner.
“Hi, Gurka! The dogs are running. Come to the tent.”
Before the white felt pavilion Koum was beckoning him. A glance
showed Gurka that all the horsemen had swept from the mounds, leaving
284 the post in the steppe
only the huddled bodies of the dead and the injured dragging themselves
to shelter. Tavka Khan appeared on foot, panting and exclaiming, and laid
his hand on the entrance flap of the tent, now deserted by its guards.
In a second Koum was out of the saddle, jostling stout Tavka, to be first
to enter. Both became aware of a light within, and of quiet sounds made
by living beings. They hesitated, gripping their weapons, until Tavka
raised a corner of the flap and peered in. Grunting, he flung the flap wide
open and strode in.
“Women,” Koum cried. “Ismail had wives!”
The floor of the pavilion was covered with soft rugs and cushions.
Candles fastened to the heavy pole shed a flickering light upon a group of
slender women crouched at the far end. Tavka and the two Cossacks went
over to them and stared, amazed. What need had Ismail of nine wives, all
young, all clad in damask and silk, all wearing ornaments of heavy silver
and giltwork? Their fingers were henna stained, their eyes touched with
kohl, and they smelled of attar and musk and aloes.
“Not wives,” Tavka muttered. “Girls.”
Bending down, he pulled off a few veils, revealing fair, painted faces—
thin Persian cheeks and slanting Chinese eyes. Swiftly he turned over
the bundles of clothing and trinkets with his foot. Then he looked at
Koum moodily.
“There is no treasure here, he said. “Only these slaves.”
Slaves! Koum bethought him of how Ismail guarded his living treasure
in screened camel hampers and pavilions and how he carried his stock-
in-trade to the Russian market and did not bring it back again. True, the
Moslems frowned upon the slave traffic, but it was carried on more or
less openly, and Ismail would not need to take such precautions to hide
his human goods unless—
“Look, Gurka,” he exclaimed. “Ismail sold these dancing girls to the
high, well-born Russians. That is why he hid them like jewels. Aye, they
are more than gold. What a fox he is!”
Koum scratched his head, and remembered that if Ismail had no wealth
in the white tent, the trader must have it all on his own person.
“Where is the dog?” he shouted. “Hi, Tav—”
But the fat Tartar had come to the same conclusion a moment before
Koum and had vanished from the tent.
Strangely enough, Ismail also had disappeared. Koum searched the Kur-
gan and asked questions in vain. Not until broad daylight did Tavka Khan
the post in the steppe 285
admit that he had the Bey among the prisoners with the horse herd, and
by then the scowling Ismail had been stripped of belt and wallet, rings
and embroidered vest—although Tavka denied any knowledge of jewels
or gold found on his captive.
By then the fighting had ceased. The Turkomans had left a dozen men
killed and badly hurt about the Kurgan, with most of the muskets. The
survivors, who had managed to get a number of horses and stray camels,
had scattered like wild dogs among the dunes and hollows of the steppe.
The Tartars, having pursued them out of sight, gave up the dangerous
task of trailing them and rode back to count the spoils. They had lost only
two men killed, with as many badly wounded, and they had rounded up
all the camels.
They were delighted with events. Not only had they thrashed the hated
raiders and avenged their slain clansmen, but they had gained rare weap-
ons, powder and ponies, besides the camel freight and the Chinese cam-
elmen, who remained by their beasts, little moved at this abrupt change
of masters. Moreover Tavka Khan had extracted a small treasure from the
Bey’s garments, and meant to ransom Ismail for a stiff price in Bokhara.
Koum guessed at this, and demanded what Tavka had left to the Cos-
sacks.
“Now,” responded the fat chieftain, “thou hast again by our aid thy
kibitka.”
He meant the Cossacks’ tent, and when Koum cursed him roundly for
a thief without honor, he ruminated. Tavka was honest enough in his way,
but he could not bring himself to hand over horses or jewels.
“You are brave, my brothers,” he observed. “Aye, Gurka is like forked
lightning, striking down all who come against him. I love you more than
fat sheep, more than fat, swift-paced ponies. Thus, I will give to you all
the girls.”
Although some of his men, who had been inspecting the slaves, wanted
them, Tavka did not think they would be of service in the horde. Plainly,
they were not strong women who could endure in the steppe. And to sell
them in the distant cities would be a difficult and somewhat hazardous
matter for the Tartars.
“Those dancing girls?” Koum stared. “What would we do with
them?”
“They are young, moon faced—good for many things. Now, I have
given them to thee.”
286 the post in the steppe
And, argue as the Cossack would, Tavka refused to change his mind.
He had satisfied his conscience and rid himself of a source of possible trou-
ble, and he was content. Being weary with his exertions he went to sleep
presently, and Koum strode off to find Gurka.
“The khan,” he said, “has given us for our share all the girls in the
tent.”
“May the devil take him! Refuse the slaves—ask for horses. We can
sell them in the town.”
“No use. He won’t give up even a pony, only the girls.”
“Then we have nothing.”
“Nay, Gurka, we have the girls.”
“How? You did not accept them?”
Koum shoved his kalpak to one side and scratched his shaven head.
“You don’t understand. Tavka has given them to us—they are his gift.
He will not take back his gift, so now the nine bayadere are in our hands.
We must do something with them.”
“What? Rope them out, to graze? Give them swords and drill them for
recruits?” Gurka laughed.
But Koum was thinking. These singing and dancing girls—choice ones,
from remote lands—had been meant for the Russians. Had not Tavka as-
sured him that Ismail sold one or more on each trip through Sarachikof?
Unlike the Cossacks, the Russians had secluded their women until a
very few generations ago—Koum himself had seen the ladies of the no-
bility traveling like the khanims of Asia in closed carriages. The officers
looked twice at young Asiatic girls, and in remote posts like Sarachikof,
personable women brought good prices. The traffic was secret, of course;
but the Cossacks knew about it, as they knew everything that went on
in the steppe. Girls like these in the tent would bring six hundred silver
rubles each.
“Look here,” he observed, “they are worth more than fast horses. The
high, well born generals in Sarachikof have been buying them from that
dog Ismail.”
Gurka’s gray eyes flashed angrily, at the thought that officers would
buy Moslem slaves.
“I might take one or two,” Koum ventured, “into the town at night and
sell them to Lermontoff and the other stall-fed cows.”
To his surprise the Hungarian became even more angry, his lips tight-
ening in a half smile that had no mirth in it.
the post in the steppe 287
“I’m a Cossack, and a vagabond now,” he said quietly, “but not yet a
woman seller.”
“What’s the harm? You trade horses, Gurka, and why not—”
“Shut your teeth!”
For a while Koum mused upon his comrade’s nature, and gave it up.
“Eh,” he suggested at last, “then tell me what’s to be done with
them.”
“Take them back to the river—turn them over to the Russians to look
after.”
It was Koum’s turn to be angry. Snatching off his kalpak, he snorted,
pounding the grass with his clenched fist.
“So that’s all the plan you can think of, with all your education? May
your hide be salted down! So we’re to take in these bayadere, the nine of
them, and bow down to Lermontoff and his crowd and say, ‘Please, your
Illustriousness, here’s a few girls for your Excellencies to take care of, and
all for nothing at all, not a kopeck do we ask. We fought the Turkomans,
just to bring them to your Excellencies!’” Picking up his hat, he stamped
away, muttering, “They’ll be taken care of just the same. What difference
if they’re sold or given away?”
To relieve his feelings he went down and watched the young men of
the Black Hats burying the headless bodies of the Turkomans in a dis-
tant gully. The heads were to be dried and set up on stakes on the scene
of the massacre to the east. Their own dead the Tartars were burying on
the slope of the Kurgan facing toward Mecca, in order to benefit by the
sanctity of the tomb.
Koum wandered off to inspect the captive Ismail, and it cheered him
a bit to find the raider in the sun with his ankles bound and roped to a
stake. Deprived of his padded garments, he seemed to have shrunk, and
his eyes stared up malevolently. All the wealth had been torn from him,
literally; even his breeches had been ripped, and the grisly necklace of
teeth and human ears had vanished.
“How is thy health, Ismail Bey?” Koum asked. “Is it good? Then be-
think thee that we, who rode over thy camp last night, will take thy fair
slaves to Sarachikof to sell for gold.”
But the pleasure of mocking Ismail was dimmed by a calculation of
how much Tavka must have taken out of the garments of the trader, and
Koum became moody. He went off to his own tent and found little to com-
fort him in the disorder evident at the hands of the Turkomans. Even his
288 the post in the steppe
kit had been rifled and he had no hope of recovering any of the missing
articles. He took up his bagpipe and remembered that it had been spoiled
by the bullet. Putting it away in his saddlebag, he drew out his clay pipe
and rooted in his pouch for tobacco.
When he lighted it, the pipe tasted bad, and he swore fervently as he threw
it down in the sand. If he only had a single mug of brandy or vodka!
“He shies like a horse whenever I speak of girls,” he meditated. “He
made a fine plan to capture the Kurgan, and he went through the Turkom-
ans as a scythe-man goes through wheat, but now he won’t make a plan
to get gold out of the girls.”
The big Cossack yawned and rapped his fist against his head.
“God gave me bone here—nothing to think with. Why is it Ismail had
to hide his slaves? Well, there are priests in Sarachikof, who would make
an outcry if they saw them. And Lermontoff has a wife, an old wife. That’s
it—the officers are afraid of their little mothers.”
Beyond that point Koum’s thoughts did not carry him, and he fell to
musing upon the old and better days when Cossacks were able to do things
in proper fashion—when hogsheads of brandy would be broken in after a
victory, and the earth itself would resound to the high silver heels of the
warriors beating out the trepak, and no one would dream of turning over
nine girls to Russian officers.
Gurka, who had gone to sleep in the heat of the afternoon, woke up at
sunset. The air had grown cool, and the ruddy glow in the western sky
reflected upon the dome of the tomb, as if it held the embers of a fire. But
the sound that had roused the Cossack came from beyond the mounds--a
subdued wailing and chanting, accompanied by a rhythmic tinkling and
chiming of tiny bells. Turning his head, Gurka saw no living thing near
him, and he sat up, frowning.
All the summit of the Kurgan had been cleared, even the debris of the
fighting bad been picked up and the white tent had vanished. For an in-
stant Gurka wondered if the spirits of the place had put in appearance at
last and driven off the men. Then he heard a hoarse, familiar voice raised
in song—
Oh, Brother Eagle,
I am far from my home—
Rising, Gurka saw that the Tartars had moved everything beyond the
line of the grave mounds, and he remembered that they feared the Kurgan
the post in the steppe 289
after sunset. They had pitched the white tent again on a level place and
were kneeling round it, listening with satisfaction to the strange sounds
that came from within. Tavka Khan, installed on Ismail’s carpet, snuff
box in hand, looked up, smiling, as Gurka approached. Not one of them
would approach the tent.
Lifting the entrance flap, Gurka stepped inside. The candles had been
lighted and one of the slaves was circling slowly on the carpet in front of
Koum, who rested comfortably among the pillows, a smoking pipe in his
hand. Other girls were accompanying the dancer, with flutes and silver
staffs set with tinkling bells.
“One—two—” Koum waved his pipe, “Round and round—Hi,
Gurka!”
“Are you drunk!”
“How should I be drunk? There’s not a cupful in the camp. Nay, this is
a tamasha—a festival. The Black Hats won’t come in because these girls
belong to us. Look at this one—” He pointed to the veiled dancer, whose
dark eyes regarded the tall Hungarian anxiously. “Not every Cossack,
even in the old days, had a troupe of singers like this. Hai, yartak bish
yabir, tzee Kosaki khoudsarma—Ho, young women, here is your Cossack
master.” And he waved the pipe at Gurka.
“Chapir—chapir, choulbim bir Agha!” One of the slaves cried, going
down on her knees and pressing her head to the carpet. “Be seated, be
seated, we are your Excellency’s slaves!”
The experienced dancers recognized the bearing of an officer, and the
fairest of them tried to catch his attention by revealing graceful arms.
“See how they take to you, the lambs!” Koum grinned. “Ask them to
make a feast of sugared fruit and rice—they have their own food in those
packs.”
“Enough of this,” cried Gurka, his handsome face reddening. “We’ll
eat with the khan. And tomorrow you and I will leave the Kurgan and
start back to your hut.”
“Well, as you like. It’s your mission.”
The Cossacks, however, did not forsake their post the next day. Before
noon animal herds appeared in the south with riders, and reports of mus-
kets were heard. The newcomers proved to be Tavka’s horde, retreating
from the ravine, harried by a score of mounted Turkomans. They came
in to the Kurgan with all their animals and laden camels, and they ex-
plained that they had been afraid to remain longer at the other camp be-
cause the tribesmen were appearing in greater numbers.
290 the post in the steppe
Tavka Khan summoned the two Cossacks. He told them that he had
stayed at the Kurgan to rest his men and horses, but especially to keep
the surviving raiders from water. Holding the well at the Kurgan, and the
spring in the southern ravine, he had counted on forcing the Turkomans
to ride off to the nearest water, and leave him free to withdraw in safety
with his herds.
Now, instead of going away, Ismail’s surviving men had lingered, and
had somehow got more horses and powder. They held the spring, which
would supply them with water, and they could follow his trail, driving
off animals and shooting down men with their muskets.
“Hai, Barba,” he complained, “I do not know where to turn my
head.”
“Thou art heavy with sleep and fat.” Koum laughed. “Thy hands are
burdened with spoil.”
“Nay,” responded Tavka moodily, “Misfortune will overtake us, be-
cause we defiled the Kurgan with blood. Who can avert his fate?”
He was as moody and uncertain as he had been joyful the night before
last. To reassure him the Cossacks led a band of the younger Tartars out
toward the raiders. When they drew near the brush-covered hillocks scat-
tered shots greeted them, and when they circled the position they were
fired on again from some rocks. The Black Hats could not use their ar-
rows and would not rush the muskets.
Drawing off, Koum pointed out to Gurka a fresh band of riders—black
specks coming up fast under rolling dust. Ismail’s men were being rein-
forced. When the Cossacks drew off, several tribesmen rode after them
boldly for a final shot. Evidently the Turkomans meant to stay within
reach of the rich prize at the Kurgan, and without doubt they expected al-
lies to come on the scene before long from some distant aul or some car-
avan that had left their camels in camp to hurry to the scene of the fight-
ing. How the tidings had spread over that barren plain was a mystery; but
whispers traveled from river to river, and from well to well.
“Like that,” Koum pointed over his head. On motionless wings, scrawny
vultures were wheeling around the Kurgan.
With a fight in prospect, the Cossacks would not leave their ally. And
as Tavka would not think of abandoning either his spoils or his own
herds, they must make off at once. They might hold the Kurgan for days,
but more raiders would come up continually and in the end not one of
the horde might escape.
the post in the steppe 291
That afternoon Tavka talked it over with the Cossacks and agreed that
their best way out was to head west, toward the river. It would be a two
days’ march, with the cattle, and this meant a dry camp the first night—
but they would be moving away from the raiders, and the Turkomans
would not carry the fight beyond the Russian posts.
“Today we ride,” Koum repeated, “and tomorrow we carry the saddle.
That’s how it always is.”
A little after midnight the sheep and cattle were sent off along the trail
with a group of boys and young men to guide them. Three hours later the
camels were loaded and started with the Chinese and the Moslem girls,
who had been placed in their accustomed hampers. Water skins were filled
and loaded on the same camels. With them went the Tartar women and
children on their camel train, guarded by a troop of horsemen.
An hour before the first light the main body of fighting men, some
hundred strong, mounted and abandoned the Kurgan, taking Ismail with
them. When the Bey found that he was heading toward the west, he laughed
harshly and cursed his captors.
“The vultures will tear the flesh from thy bones, O Tavka Khan,” he
cried, “but first, before thy death, I will take off thy skin to make a mat.”
And he said again that he would wipe his feet each day on the mat.
By midmorning they had caught up with the cattle and the camels. Af-
ter that they could go forward only at a foot pace, and at noon they had to
halt to let the sheep graze and lie down. They went on in drifting dust,
harried along by a chill wind. And they saw that the Turkomans were
following.
Bands of riders appeared on either flank, without attempting to close
in, so that the Cossacks could only guess at their numbers. Beyond doubt
they were waiting for others to arrive before opening fire on the horde.
Overhead the vultures circled tirelessly, until a lame sheep or a sick
cow fell behind the herds, when they swept down to hover over the doomed
animals and come to the ground, to wait until they dropped.
“Their death will be easier than thine,” Ismail taunted the khan, who
said not a word. Encumbered by his women and all his possessions, Tavka
could not muster any spirit, and his men, although they displayed no emo-
tion, shared his gloom.
Already the animals were lagging, and it was thirty hours’ march to
water.
292 the post in the steppe
When the two refused, he put up his pipe and led his horse out into the
haze of moonlight. They watched him circle the camp and head toward
the river. After he had gone Koum got out the bagpipe and tried to make
harmony come from the damaged sack, until Tavka Khan appeared be-
side them, saying that he had taken the chance of starting off the herds
and camels but that all the men must go with them this time. A grunt-
ing and lowing and a trampling of horses testified that the beasts had to
be clubbed and driven to take to the road again.
The Cossacks could see the dark figures of children running after tru-
ant sheep. A little girl passed, leading a pony upon which an old woman
sat, rocking and moaning to herself. Tavka Khan pretended to take no
heed of this, but the sorrow of his people, revealed in the dim light, tore
at his heart, and he spoke with the calm of a stoic.
“Is there no plan, O Kosaki bimbashi, by which thou canst save my
horde?”
Reluctantly Gurka shook his head.
They could not take cover in this treeless plain, without water and ad-
equate arms. If they scattered under the cloak of darkness, they would be
tracked down the next day.
“Only one,” Koum answered gravely. “Take the horses and ride swiftly
ahead to the river.”
“Hai, there are not ponies enough for the young children and the old
people. Besides, without our herds and tents, we could not live through
this coming Winter.”
Koum closed and strapped his saddle bag and stood up, stretching his
long arms.
“Eh, Tavka Khan, it is written that each man’s grave is dug in its ap-
pointed place. We will go and find out.”
When they moved off to guard the herds, howls resounded from the
distance, echoed by mocking laughs. Then the flare of a torch came out
of the haze behind them. The light swung in circles, and presently Gurka
saw that a horseman carried it. He had no weapon except the knives in
his girdle and no others followed him.
“Aman!” he cried. “Aman.”
He was an old Turkoman, a greasy cloth wrapped round his long hair,
and he did not draw rein until he was within spear’s length of Tavka Khan.
“Peace—I will not harm ye, who will soon be dead,” he shouted, swing-
ing the torch to keep it alight. “Nay, I bring a message. Release Ismail
the post in the steppe 295
Bey—set him on a horse and loose him, and ye will not feel the knives of
torture. If Ismail Bey is slain, the jackals will howl and turn away when
they see your bodies. We have sworn it on the Koran.”
Tavka Khan shook his head, snarling.
“I trust the jackals more than any word of thine. As for Ismail, his
hour is at hand.”
“Is that thy word?”
“Aye, so.”
The messenger wheeled his horse, flung his dying torch at them, and
darted away into the murk. Tavka Khan fell into heavy silence, knowing
that while the tribesmen might try to save Ismail, nothing would keep
them from massacring the Tartars.
After sunrise no one thought of escape. They moved at a walk beside
the stumbling herds. Young girls and boys, mounted on cows, gazed fear-
fully about them. Only the camels, striding along under their burdens,
seemed indifferent to thirst or weariness or the peril on their flanks.
The Turkomans, twice as numerous as the day before, and certain now
of their prey, trotted forward in several bands, keeping just beyond range
of Koum’s musket. The morning passed, and they delayed their attack to
mock the men of the horde who were heading toward a line of hillocks
where trees showed green on the skyline. This height would offer some
protection—perhaps water.
But the Turkomans had seen it, and just before the advance riders of the
horde came within galloping distance of the broken ground, the bands of
raiders moved forward and closed in ahead of the laboring horde. Cut off
from the hillocks, Tavka could do nothing but form his beasts and men
in a circle and make ready for the final struggle. As he did so the tribes-
men began to shoot; a herder fell from his saddle, and a camel began to
moan and jump about. The cattle surged ominously, their horns clash-
ing together. Tavka Khan shouted, knowing that they would stampede
in another moment.
“We must ride at the dogs!”
“Wait!” exclaimed Gurka, catching his rein and pointing.
The reports of the muskets ceased, and all the men, Tartars and Turkom-
ans, looked toward the line of hillocks. From that line horsemen were
emerging.
They came at a shaking trot and they tossed about in the saddles
strangely; they wore gray uniforms faced with red, and they carried mus-
296 the post in the steppe
kets slung on their backs. One of them held a flag, and another a sword
pressed against his shoulder.
“Urusse!” grunted Tavka.
“Russian mounted infantry,” added Gurka.
The first troop was followed by a cavalcade of officers—the sharp eyes
of the Cossacks noticed the thoroughbred horses and the glittering points
of braid--with their equerries and servants. Some of the servants were
heydukes dressed as Turks and Circassians. Then, rumbling through the
dust, came a field gun with its caisson and cart. Last appeared wagons
piled with tents, escorted by a dozen Cossacks.
“It’s a general,” shouted Koum. “No one else travels like that in the
steppe. Look, brothers, he has a cannon.” Suddenly he grinned. “Devil
take me but he’s come after his girls.”
The arrival of the small Russian column nearly balanced the numbers
on either side. The precious quarter of an hour in which they could have
launched an attack upon the Tartar caravan was wasted by the Turkom-
ans who feared that greater forces might be hidden behind the hillocks.
They scented a trap and drew off swiftly to the sides, and paused, uncer-
tain whether to charge or retreat.
Then a solitary Cossack galloped from the Russian column toward the
horde, and Gurka, recognizing Ostap, went swiftly to meet him.
“I found His Excellency,” explained Ostap, “camped back there five
versts away. He did not know the tribes were fighting. I told him a few
Turkomans were attacking a caravan—we heard the shots—”
“What is he doing?”
“Ekh, he’s looking at the Turkomans. He’s just had his breakfast—”
“Tell him to fire the cannon. They will run from a cannon.”
“Now, brother, how can I tell him to do anything?”
Gurka glanced impatiently over his shoulder at the restless masses of
tribesmen, and put spurs to his horse. He shot toward the Russians, who
had halted in some disorder, and sprang from the saddle before His Ex-
cellency. Lermontoff, seated in an open carriage lined with yellow silk,
lifted a plump finger to acknowledge the Cossack’s salute.
“May I be the first to congratulate your Excellency,” cried Gurka, “now
that you have arrived in time to save the caravan. Tavka Khan places him-
self under your protection. Will your Excellency begin the battle by can-
non fire, or by a charge?”
the post in the steppe 297
give command to escort the Tartar caravan back to the river? The herds
are without water.”
Not until they were in motion, with the hillocks behind them, and the
Cossacks posted there as a rearguard, did he draw a long breath of relief.
It was dark when they reached the river at last and saw the lights of Sara-
chikof on the distant shore. And Lermontoff decided to halt for the night
where he was—in the midst of the bellowing cattle, forcing their way
down to the water, and the Tartars unloading the protesting camels. His
men were tired, and it would look more military to encamp by the tribes
and make an orderly crossing the next day. Besides, he had certain mat-
ters to settle with the khan and the two vagabond Cossacks.
Lermontoff had not been able to set eyes on them after the return march
had begun, because they were with the rear detachment. For miles the
Cossacks had fought off prowling Turkoman bands. At the river Lermont-
off sent a sergeant to find Koum and Gurka. The sergeant returned empty-
handed, reporting that Koum had been setting up a large white felt tent
near a string of kneeling camels, and that armed tribesmen had prevented
the sergeant from entering the tent, although a light showed within. But
the essaul Ostap insisted that Koum had gone out on the river in a barge
with some others. By way of excuse the sergeant added that the whole
place was in a tumult as if Satan’s stables had been turned loose.
Whereupon the general swore and ordered the sergeant to take a squad
with bayonets, and to bring in after dinner the khan Tavka, and the
Turkoman chief Ismail with the two missing Cossacks.
Being hungry after his two days’ campaigning, Lermontoff dined well.
By the time he finished his roast mutton and onions, he unfastened his
collar and tasted wine and began to feel pleased with events. After all, he
had gone on an expedition, he had been in action against the tribes. All
this would go into his next report. Moreover—and this would not be in
the report—he now had in his hands all the property of the wild Tavka
Khan, who could be made to pay a round sum for its release . . .
By the time he had finished his fruit and cordial, Lermontoff saw him-
self awarded the order of Saint Anne, with a sword of honor, for distin-
guished military service. Then he wondered where Ismail’s slaves were
quartered.
“They were brought in on the camels,” Rostov, the aide, answered his
question, “and were taken into the large white tent.”
the post in the steppe 299
“Do you think, my lad,” he demanded, “that you know more than the
government? You were sent to the Kurgan to guard the caravans, not to
loot them. Ekh! Your looting made it necessary for me to lead a column
over the river, and if I had not done so, you would have left your hides out
there. You ought to be lashed—” he paused to glare at the hunter—“but
I’ll let you off, if you leave Sarachikof at once.”
“Do you admit your guilt, Cossack?” put in Rostov, making notes.
“No,” said Gurka abruptly.
The word rang out like a gunshot, and fat Tavka, fearing anger and pun-
ishment, climbed from his knees in dread. Lermontoff’s hands clenched
on the table.
“And why not?” he cried.
Gurka came forward and placed his open hands on the table.
“Because,” he said, “we two Cossacks were sent by you to do the work
of a cavalry troop, without aid. At our post Ismail’s men fired upon us
without warning. We have your written order to enlist followers, and we
did so, calling upon these Tartars. You understood all this because you
directed your men to fire upon the Turkomans.”
Silence settled upon the room, while Lermontoff’s heavy face became
darker by the second. Striking his fist on the table, he found his tongue.
“I’ll have you lashed!”
“No,” said Gurka again, “because we are volunteers, not under your or-
ders. If you should, I would challenge you to a settlement with pistols.”
The aide got to his feet, seeing the glitter in the gray eyes of this mad
Cossack, who somehow bore himself like a man of rank. But Lermont-
off was thinking of many things—of ridicule, and of the report he had
sent in about the occupation of the Kurgan. The last thing he wanted was
talk, a public scandal.
“I did not realize,” he said uncertainly. “The Cossacks say you are a
count, Gurka—a former officer—”
“It doesn’t matter.”
“Ah, but you should have made yourself known. Now, of course, there
is no blame to you. You are free to leave Sarachikof.”
Koum pulled at his sleeve, but Gurka faced the general without mov-
ing.
“Tavka Khan,” he said, “is afraid. He tells me he has paid you a yearly
tax for protection, while until now you have done nothing but send Cos-
sacks to collect the payment from him. Now he surrenders Ismail to you,
the post in the steppe 301
and gives up Ismail’s ransom. But he is afraid you will take his cattle and
camels. I have assured him you will not. Is that true?”
Lermontoff waved an indulgent hand.
“Of course, my dear fellow!”
“Then will you write out an order, that Tavka’s herds and goods are
not to be molested?”
For a moment the general hesitated. The sergeant who had come in
with the prisoners was watching him, and he knew that keen ears outside
the tent might be listening to all his words. After all, his report to Mos-
cow was the main thing—that and Ismail’s slaves. He dictated the order
to Rostov and signed it: handing it to Gurka, who gave it in turn to the
khan. Tavka took it in both hands and touched it to his forehead.
“That is all. Good evening, General Lermontoff.” Gurka turned on his
heel and walked from the tent.
Lermontoff signed to the sergeant to lead Ismail out, and asked Rostov
to see that the Turkoman was locked up under guard. Alone in the tent
with Koum, he beckoned to the Cossack and whispered—
“Ismail’s slaves, where are they?”
“Safe, your Excellency. Tavka Khan gave them to us—”
“I know. Ostap told me the tale. What—what have you done with
them?”
Rubbing his head, Koum eyed the general doubtfully.
“Eh, Gurka’s full of ideas. He said I must bring them in to you, at the
governor’s palace, but—”
“Hss! I don’t want that.” Lermontoff visioned the Moslem girls be-
ing escorted through the streets to his gate. “I don’t want them at all. Is-
mail lied, you understand, when he said he sold one to the officers here.
Do you understand?”
Koum nodded, and watched with growing interest while the general
went to his cot and opened a leather valise. From it Lermontoff drew a silk
bag and from the bag he poured a half dozen gold coins into his hand.
“Will you swear to say nothing of Ismail’s slaves—you and your com-
rade?”
“As God lives, I’ll say nothing more.”
“They are safe, and no one has seen them?”
“True, by Saint Nicholas.”
Lermontoff filled his fist with coins and gave them to the big Cossack,
who took them incredulously.
302 the post in the steppe
He fumbled inside his shirt and began to pull out gold coins, showing
them to Gurka before tucking them away in his tobacco sack. “Four-
teen,” he counted up.
“Look here!” Gurka raised himself on his elbow. “You didn’t ask for
pay did you?”
“No, he gave them. He asked us to hold our tongues and ride away from
Sarachikof, and we’ve done it. Now they are ours.”
Gurka shook his head.
“Didn’t you sell him one of the girls?”
“You would not have it, Gurka. It’s foolish to give up all those girls to
the officers, I thought. So after I had them in the big kibitka I led them
out, quiet-like from the back, and rowed them over in a barge. I took them
straight to the church, to the little fathers. ‘Here, priests, I said, ‘are Mos-
lem slaves without a master. Take care of the stray lambs.’ Then I stopped
for just one glass of brandy, and the soldiers arrested me. Nay, the little
fathers can’t give up women to the general. That’s why I wanted to ride
away at once, before Lermontoff found out.”
Gurka laughed, and Koum fumbled under his coat again.
“Here,” he said with satisfaction, “feel this.”
Stretching out his hand, Gurka touched a wide leather belt in which hard
pointed objects had been set. Holding it close to his eyes, he recognized in
the faint moonlight the belt of Ismail Bey with its precious stones.
“What! Did you take this from Tavka Khan?”
“Nay, he gave it to me, in the afternoon. He was afraid the Russians
would seize his horses and camels. He wanted me to give it to Lermont-
off, to buy him off. But after you lashed him with your tongue, he wrote
the order, and after that I thought it would be a sin to hand over such a
treasure.”
“Well!”
Gurka settled back in his blankets. After a moment he chuckled.
“You can’t say now that the omens at the Kurgan harmed us.”
The pipe in the hunter’s mouth glowed fiercely.
“Why should they harm us? You said we ought to find a pot of gold at
the end of a rainbow. I didn’t know that, but here is the gold.” Koum nod-
ded sagely. “As for the Kurgan, I kept you from sleeping there, and you’re
living; but Ismail slept there and he’ll be kicking his heels in the air, eh,
Gurka?”
304 the post in the steppe
Gurka, however, was asleep. For a while the hunter pondered, harken-
ing to the croaking of toads and the faint rustling of small animals mov-
ing near him. Then, yawning, he glanced at the horses, and knocked out
his pipe. Getting to his knees, he muttered a short prayer to his guard-
ian saint, Nicholas.
After that, for additional safety, he rose and traced a circle in the sand
about their blankets. In the center of the circle he stuck his dagger with
the cross shaped hilt upright, and three times be spat beyond the circle,
to ward off the evil spirits. Seeking his blanket, he listened to Gurka’s
steady breathing.
“He’s like a child,” he thought. “Needs someone to look out for
him.”
The Devil’s Song
They were drifting down the river. Thirty and seven of them, sailing the
ships of the Volga pirates, drifting through the red glow of sunset.
Southward they were going, on the Spring flood—the ice was break-
ing out far behind them south through the grass steppes—to raid Gorod
town.
Zamourza the Tartar sniffed the night coming on, and he lifted his
head where he lay curled like a bear asleep. Zamourza could cut the skin
off a man with his knife. Ay, he was deft enough with a knife, but he had
in him the skill of a wizard. He could hear the whispering of the dead
where they lay.
Now he lifted his head, for it was his way to look around once at the
ending of a day, to fix in his mind all that was there before Allah drew
the curtain of night over the earth. He looked at the setting sun, and that
deep red sky.
“Yah ahmaut,” he murmured. “Allah hath hung the banner of death
in the sky.”
When the sun touched the dark line of reeds on the bank, a crane
winged past it. Zamourza nodded, puckering his lined face. He listened
and heard a wolf howl on the other hand. The omens were clear. “One of
us,” the old Tartar thought, “will die. A great one. The wings of the wild
birds pass over him, and the wolves drink his blood.”
Satisfied of this, Zamourza got to his feet, to see if a sign would be ev-
ident as to who the doomed man might be. And, standing behind him,
framed against the loosening sail, he saw Stenka Razin.
Stenka Razin, lord of the river, master of the bourlaki—the river-men.
Taller he was than Zamourza by two heads, heavy and powerful as a gray
buffalo. Like Zamourza’s, his skull was shaved except for a scalp lock;
306 t h e de v i l’s s ong
his short beard was black and lustrous. He held in hand the oak staff with
the iron spike that served him better than a sword. His crimson shirt was
embroidered with gold.
Under that shirt, Zamourza knew, on Stenka Razin’s left shoulder the
word CAIN had been branded. Stenka took pride in that branding. Some-
times when the whim seized him, he would pull back his shirt and show
these letters to a man, saying, “See, dog, that is what I am.” And he would
kill the man. Because the letters reminded him of the ten years he had
spent in Kazan Prison in the hands of the Muscovites.
Now he hunted down the Muscovites, the tsar’s men of Moscow, to pay
for those years and that branding. They hunted him along the Volga, put-
ting a price on his head and laying traps for him—without success. Some
said that Stenka Razin had sold his soul to Satan for immunity from steel,
fire, or bullets. But they lied. Stenka Razin kept alive because he was as
wary as a wolf and as merciless.
“A-ha-a-y,” a voice hailed from the river.
Like a cat Zamourza slipped to the rail and looked over. A canoe was
putting out from shore toward the pirate fleet, instead of scurrying away
like the other shore craft. And it headed for Stenka Razin’s boat. An old
peasant pulled at the oars. In the stern sat a woman, cloaked, holding a
bundle.
When she turned her head the hood fell back, and her hair gleamed
gold.
“O seafarers,” she called, “will you take me down to Gorod town?”
Some of the Cossacks came to the rail to stare, and one laughed. Here
was a lass with a shining face, who asked Stenka Razin to sail her down
to Gorod!
The ataman himself glanced at the girl. “Help her in,” he said.
The Cossacks lifted her over the rail, and stared anew. With the bun-
dle the girl was hugging a goat—a white goat with gilt horns, and a red
cross painted on its back.
Zamourza inspected it curiously. He had never seen a goat marked like
that. And the girl, its mistress, showed no fear of the wild Volga men.
“Girl,” demanded Stenka Razin, “what are you?”
“Are you the master?” Her gray eyes turned to him, and she smiled.
“Why, I am Nada, and if you’ll take me down to Gorod I’ll ask God’s bless-
ing on you and this ship.”
t h e de v i l’s s ong 307
Once a Gypsy wench had tried to trick the ataman, and he had crushed
her throat in his hands before escaping. He asked suddenly, “Who sent
you?”
“Ekh—no one.” She laughed.
Nada or Gretchen or Zuleika, Zamourza thought it would all be the
same to the ataman. For under her white cotton dress was a soft, slim
body and surely her eyes did not shun Stenka Razin.
The ataman was in a mood to play with a woman that evening, and
this girl pleased him. “Then, come,” he said.
He led the way aft, to the roofed in cabin, and the goat followed arro-
gantly as goats do.
“Precor pro nobis,” a drunken voice droned.
It was Pop Theodore—Chvedor, the lads called him—lying on the deck
muttering a Latin prayer. When this renegade priest had been licking the
cup, he had a way of chanting that Stenka Razin liked. He was a learned
man.
“Souse the Pop,” the ataman roared from the cabin. “Be quick with
him.”
Zamourza and another Cossack hurried to the priest, for Stenka Razin
did not relish being kept waiting. The Tartar did not know why Stenka
Razin went through this form of a wedding with all his girls—even the
steppe Gypsies and that Persian slave he brought up from the Caspian.
Always the ataman had Pop Theodore marry him. Sometimes when the
mood was on him, he demanded lighted candles and a hymn chanted . . .
he got rid of them quickly enough after he tired of them.
Zamourza and the Cossack grappled with the priest, who knew what
was coming. They swung him over the side, holding to his hands and
ducking him while he choked out curses, until he was sobered and stood
shivering on his feet. “May the black she-goat litter on your graves,” he
mumbled. “There’s no woman on this boat.”
“There’s one now, little father,” said the Cossack. “Come.”
Inside the curtain they stopped abruptly, and even Theodore was si-
lent. Stenka Razin had lighted the candles, and the incense in the jew-
eled bowl. Soft brocades and cloth-of-silver glimmered upon the walls.
But this was familiar enough to the Volga men. They were looking at the
girl Nada.
She sat on the couch, fingering its silk coverlet with delight.
308 t h e de v i l’s s ong
“’Tis the couch of a prince,” she laughed. “I fear me to sleep upon it.”
Her light hand passed over the tray beside her, the tray filled with sug-
ared ginger, cherries and mastic.
“Nay, master,” she chattered, “I think you are no merchant.”
Frowning, Stenka Razin watched her.
“I think you are a warrior—”
Stenka Razin passed his hand suddenly before her face.
“—and so you will safeguard me upon the river.”
And Stenka Razin drew one of the long pistols from his girdle, point-
ing the muzzle at her. Still she smiled and her eyes did not change.
Slowly the giant ataman lowered the pistol. “You are blind, girl,” he
said. For the first time he noticed the three men at the entrance, and
growled, “Get out!”
“Yes,” she said quietly, “didn’t you know? I thought, master, that all
the river knew Nada and her goat, Omelko.”
Omelko, she explained gaily, guided her footsteps by day and night. He
had been marked, so that people with eyes could pick him out from other
goats if he strayed from her. “Master,” she asked, “what is your name?”
He hesitated. “Cain,” he answered.
“A strange name.” She frowned. “What are you like?”
She leaned toward him, and her hand passed lightly over his shaven head,
his shaggy brows, and the scar along one cheekbone. She felt the iron mus-
cles of his throat, the spread of his shoulders. For a second she faltered.
“Will you take me safe to Gorod, Master Cain?”
Stenka Razin moved his head from side to side, like the great horned
buffalo scenting the wind.
“Eh, girl,” he said gruffly, “no harm will come to you.”
He brought her water to bathe her face, and he watched while she ate—
although he heard Filka giving commands to beach the boats for the night.
He listened to the thump of the poles working the boat in, and the scrap-
ing of the bow among the rushes. When Nada slept, the incense drifting
over the tangle of her golden hair, he put a sable wrap over her body.
He heard Filka’s voice, mellow over the water, singing the familiar
Devil’s Song:
From the white island
On the Mother Volga,
Stenka Razin’s brothers
Sail with a merry song.
t h e de v i l’s s ong 309
Nada stirred drowsily, and the giant Cossack left the cabin, treading
lightly.
“Stow that song, Filka,” he growled, and the growl carried to the boat
of Filka Chortyaka, his lieutenant, near by.
Filka only laughed, thinking that the ataman had been licking the
jug.
Stenka Razin’s the captain
And the Devil is the admiral—
Sing a song, Princess,
For we are merry today!
Stenka Razin went to the rail. “Still your tongue, you son of a Turk-
ish bathboy,” he roared. And this time Filka was silent. He came splash-
ing through the rushes, and hauled himself over the rail.
“What’s biting you, ataman?” he laughed. “Can’t a man sing?”
“Not that song,” said Stenka Razin. “Not here.” And he strode aft.
Filka peered after him curiously.
“Eh, say, what’s come over him?”
“He has a new woman,” grunted a Cossack, stretched out on the
deck.
The priest Theodore had been thinking. “Either a woman,” he whis-
pered, “or a witch.”
“How, a witch?” demanded Filka.
“Well, she came out of the river at sunset. She follows after a goat with
gilt horns.”
“Perhaps, little father,” suggested a Cossack, “she’s a vampire on the
hunt—a vurdalak. A hungry vampire, the kind that bites behind the ear
and flies away before sunup. I saw—”
“It’s clear,” decided Pop Theodore, “she’s cast a spell on the ata-
man.”
Filka had a bold spirit in him—he feared neither man nor devil. But he
obeyed Stenka Razin. Now he looked at the red spark of the ataman’s pipe,
and chewed his lip. “So,” he whispered, “he’s not as he was.”
Zamourza said nothing. He was thinking of the omens he had seen
at sunset.
“Eh, little Nada,” Stenka Razin ventured the next day, “why don’t you
stay here, on the boat?”
310 t h e de v i l’s s ong
He was at the tiller of his ship, and the bellying sails of his fleet filled
the river. They were making speed down the Volga, to reach Gorod that
night.
“It’s better,” he added, “than the shore. You don’t need eyes on the
boat, Nada.”
He didn’t know himself why he wanted this girl at his side. It was some-
thing in the way her gray eyes looked at him.
Nada shook her head slowly. “Nay, Master Cain,” she said, “I must go
to Gorod town.”
“Why?”
To follow Petr Noga, she explained, Petr Noga, the young tsar’s officer
of the Moscow guards. He had been sent with his men down to Gorod,
to garrison that frontier town against Tartar raids. And he would marry
her in Gorod.
“Hmm,” said the ataman. He had heard that Petr Noga was now sta-
rosta, governor. A keen soldier, and ambitious.
And the blood came into Nada’s white throat. Even, she whispered,
if Petr Noga couldn’t marry her, she would be near him in Gorod. She
could listen to his voice, and hear men praise him. For everyone loved
Petr Noga.
“Ay, he told me,” she confided, “not to go upon the river until he sent
for me. He told me how the river pirates slay and burn. Have you seen
them, Cain?”
“Yes,” assented Stenka Razin.
“But he didn’t send. I had no silver to buy passage on a merchant’s bark.
I was weary with waiting and I took Omelko and came.”
Stenka Razin said nothing more.
When the shadows lengthened over the river, and Nada went below
deck, Pop Theodore staggered aft.
“Eh, ataman,” he whispered, “the brothers are talking. They say this
girl is a witch. They say she has cast a spell on you, ataman. Ay, she will
bring evil fortune upon us.” He wagged his head ominously. “Tonight
you’re going against the Muscovites. Then throw her over the side before
night comes on and her power increases.”
When Stenka Razin did not answer he went back to the men gathered
about the mast. It was Filka who gave commands at the sunset hour. They
all knew what must be done before a raid.
They headed for the shore, where any soul on the river could see them.
They moored the boats in among the rushes.
t h e de v i l’s s ong 311
Then, after lanterns were lighted, they hung the lights on wooden
poles stuck into the mud; silently they lowered the tall masts, and with
their swords cut bundles of rushes, which they fastened to the rails of
the boats.
“Push off,” Filka called, “for a warm night, lads. We’ll kindle up
Gorod.”
The Cossacks poled out into the current, leaving the lights behind them.
Keeping close to the bank, they drifted downstream, drawing the boats
together and roping them. So that even a Tartar watching from the bank
would see no more than an island of rushes moving down.
When the town came in sight around the bend, Stenka Razin’s voice
was heard. “Tie up to the poles, here.”
The long poles were driven into the muddy bottom, and ropes passed
around them. And the boat leaders climbed from rail to rail, to Stenka
Razin’s deck.
Silently, they massed around the giant ataman.
“Why do we wait?” jeered Filka. “Yonder’s Gorod with its gate wide
and the Muscovites snoring.”
“We’ll bide here.”
“Kiss a bear’s snout, ataman,” grinned Filka, “but don’t hang back in
a raid.”
A Cossack laughed softly. “We’ll fire it, and fry the boyars in it.”
“Nay,” growled Stenka Razin.
They pressed closer.
“And why?” murmured Filka. The Cossacks thought it was strange
that their ataman hung back.
“I’m going over,” Stenka Razin told them. “Wait here for me.”
He went to the cabin, and led out Nada by the hand. He lifted her into the
canoe at the stern, and dropped the goat in after her. Then he followed.
“I’ll cut the skin off any fool,” he called back, “who follows me.”
Filka peered after the canoe until it vanished into the haze. He licked
his lips and moved his fingers softly together. Bewitched or not, Stenka
Razin was losing his grip on his men. And Filka was no man to hang back
when his chance came. He looked about him until he found Zamourza.
“Hey, animal,” whispered the lieutenant, “I’ll fill your hands with
gold this night.”
The Tartar merely grunted.
312 t h e de v i l’s s ong
“The ataman’s lost,” Filka breathed. “The witch holds him in her hand.
By Allah, you saw. Now go after him, and if he ventures into Gorod—
there’s five thousand silver ducats will be paid for his head—for one word
to the Muscovites. And I’ll fill your hands with gold. You can go back to
your people; you can have a white tent and many wives, many horses.
You hear?”
“Ay, lord.” Zamourza rose, and stepped into the next boat. Filka watched
until he saw the shadow of a canoe drift away with a man in it. Then he
went back to the Cossacks.
“Eh, brothers,” he said, “listen to Filka Chortyaka. That was not Stenka
Razin, our ataman. The young witch has sucked his blood. That is an-
other man, a shadow whining in the night—”
By the far bank, Stenka Razin was drawing close to the log wall of Gorod.
He could make out the square watchtowers against the stars . . .
With the goat leading, they plodded into the muddy street of Gorod,
where only a tavern door or a passing torch showed light, Stenka Razin
turned once, sharply, feeling that a shadow passed behind him; but nei-
ther he nor the guards saw Zamourza slip by.
“Where will you go now, girl?” Stenka Razin asked.
“To Petr Noga,” she cried.
Stenka Razin had sensed a shadow behind him, and instinct urged him
to turn back. But the street was dark, and the Muscovites dumb as cattle.
He asked the way to the starosta’s house of a passing priest.
“Is it a small house or a great one?” Nada asked. He could feel her quiv-
ering against his arm. For now the fear of the blind had come upon her,
the dread of unfamiliar things.
They did not reach the house. Petr Noga came out of it, with a torch-
bearer going before him, and a sedan chair borne by Tartar slaves at his
side. Behind him followed a half dozen guards.
When Nada heard his voice she ran forward.
“Petr!” she cried. “Blessed be Saint Nikolka—I’ve found you.”
She was reaching out her arms to him. And Petr Noga’s face flushed. He
had a small, clipped beard, and he wore the blue coat of the Moscow strel-
sui, and he stared at Nada as if seeing a spirit come out of the night.
“Why, girl—how did you come?”
Nada’s face was straining up, her eyes closed. She felt the coldness of his
words, and the helplessness of her blindness.
t h e de v i l’s s ong 313
Stenka Razin, watching from the shadows, saw the door of the sedan
open. A woman’s head emerged, with the plaited hair and painted cheeks
of the Muscovites.
“Petr,” Nada whispered, “have I made you angry?”
He patted her hand, glancing at the sedan. “Who brought you hither,
girl? ’Tis no place, this, for one who is blind.”
“Cain,” explained Nada, turning, her hand feeling beside her. “He
was here.”
Impatiently Petr Noga glanced at the man beyond the torchlight.
“Cain?” he laughed.
The woman spoke from the sedan: “Hurry, Excellency—it is so
cold.”
“He is the master of many ships,” Nada explained quickly, “and he
brought me here himself. Please, Petr, tell me—”
But the officer had looked again at Stenka Razin, and his eyes narrowed.
He took the torch from his servant’s hand and walked over to the Volga pi-
rate. Suddenly he drew his sword and shouted to his men, “Take him!”
Stenka Razin lifted his steel-tipped pike and backed to place himself
against a wall. The guards were lumbering forward with sword and hal-
berd. Nada had picked Omelko up in her arms.
“Ataman,” a voice whispered behind Stenka Razin, “come this way—
run.”
He knew Zamourza’s voice, and he turned. The Tartar was running
down an alley, and Stenka Razin followed, while the Muscovites charged
after him.
Zamourza saw a glow of light in an open door—the door of a log tower—
he turned in there, calling over his shoulder, “Here, ataman—”
Stenka Razin brushed past him, ducking into the low portal. And they
swung shut the heavy log door. Stenka Razin set his back against it, and
jammed his heels into the dirt floor, as the first Muscovites flung them-
selves against it, outside. He grunted as he braced himself. Zamourza
quested about, snatching up a heavy hand-ax.
“There’s a table,” said Stenka Razin. “Shore up this door.”
“Yield yourself,” they heard Petr Noga’s voice “Stenka Razin, the tsar’s
justice.”
“Come and take me,” roared the Cossack. Then he laughed. He had
looked around for another door, but had seen only kegs and sacks stacked
against the log walls—evidently the tower served as storehouse. By the
fragrance in the air he knew there was good drink here.
314 t h e de v i l’s s ong
“Come and drink a cup with me, you dogs,” he called to them.
They were beating with their halberd butts against the logs of the door
without effect. Stenka Razin listened a moment, then went over to smell
the kegs. He selected one, found a pewter bowl, and drew white liquor
from the wooden cock. “Gorilka,” he muttered.
He drained the bowl of corn brandy, and started to fill it again, when
Zamourza tugged at his arm.
“Ataman,” he begged, “don’t drink.”
Stenka Razin paused, frowning. “What brought you here, Zam-
ourza?”
The Tartar was silent.
“You followed me.”
Zamourza murmured assent. “Ai, ataman,” he said plaintively, “why
did you come among the Muscovites?”
Stenka Razin looked into the bowl, and drank. “Because of the eyes of a
wench,” he snarled, “An elf of a girl—a child I could break in my hands.
Because she was blind.”
He listened for the Muscovites at the door, and heard nothing. Either
they had gone for axes or more soldiers, or they meant to wait until morn-
ing before breaking into his stronghold.
“Here, you wolf,” he grunted, “drink this, before they cut the life out
of your body.”
Sipping at the bowl, Zamourza shook his head. “Ataman,” he observed,
“it is written that a great one will die tonight. I am only a slave. But who
is the great one?”
And he told about the omens he had seen on the Volga. Did they point
to Stenka Razin, or the young khan of the Russians, or to Filka? Surely it
would be one of the three.
“We’ll find out,” Razin laughed.
“Listen,” said Zamourza suddenly.
Not far away a bell was sounding, tolling fast.
“By Allah,” Stenka Razin grinned, “they’re ringing the alarm in the
church for me.”
He could hear men running. He heard a muffled roar, then another.
“Cannon,” he laughed.
Then came a burst of sharper reports, and the shouting increased.
Zamourza listened intently, his ear to a crack. Then he ran up the ladder
that led to the floor above.
t h e de v i l’s s ong 315
But Stenka Razin was watching the Muscovites with a calculating eye.
These halberdiers and matchlock-men were town militia, trained to march
and stand in line and fire off their weapons at command. The sudden raid
had frightened them—they were clucking about like a barnyard at the
coming of a fox. Their officers did not seem to know what to do.
Stenka Razin had licked up his fill of corn brandy. He was in no mood
to turn his back on a battle.
“Nay,” he said, “we’ll do more than that.”
Zamourza followed his chief with misgivings, down the ladders, and
out to the street.
At the main gate the young starosta and a bewildered Swedish captain
of artillery were listening to the uproar, trying to decide what next to do,
in the face of an invisible foe that loosed deadly arrows out of the dark.
Through the group around him Stenka Razin strode, staff in hand, tow-
ering over the smaller Muscovites.
“Eh, fledgling,” he hailed, “what are you doing? Douse the flares on the
walls—don’t waste powder until they attack.” He grinned at the young
officer. “So the wolves have come out of the steppes?”
316 t h e de v i l’s s ong
His eye had caught a flame in the sky, that rose over the dark wall and
dropped, sizzling, into the mud. Another burning arrow followed, in a red
arc, lodging in the roof of a hut. Petr Noga stared at it, and made up his
mind. Better to pay the ransom than to see Gorod sacked.
He ordered his lieutenants to collect the ransom from the town mer-
chants. “Put it in two saddlebags,” ordered Stenka Razin. “Put the bags on
a white horse. Get me a white camel hair svitza, to cover my shirt, and be
quick about it.” Then he turned to the starosta: “Where is Nada?”
The girl had been sent to the church, where the priests were praying,
with the other people, Petr Noga explained. Stenka Razin said they’d go
to the church, he and the starosta, for a word with her.
They set out together swiftly, because the Cossack gripped fast the
young starosta’s arm, and he walked with long strides.
“Listen, you cub,” he breathed, “there’s one thing more you’ll do, or
Gorod will burn like a hayrick. You’ll wed that blind girl, Nada—”
“Drunken hound!” Petr Noga tried to get at his sword, but Stenka Ra-
zin held his arm in a vise.
“You made love to her up north. Now a painted tenpenny slut makes
sheep’s eyes at you, Petr Noga, and you won’t look at Nada. Eh—isn’t it
so?”
“Nay—”
“Ay, it’s so. Now, you unlicked cub, this girl is a flower, a saint—” the
big Cossack choked, and spat. “Now you make love to her again, and say
before the priests you’ll wed her, and Gorod will be safe. I swear it.”
Petr Noga’s brain whirled dizzily. He had cared for the girl Nada, and now,
when he heard her voice again—if only he could stave off the attack of
the wild Tartars—if he—
They came on Nada standing by a post of the church.
“Nada.”
“Oh, Master Cain!” She groped toward him. She had lost Omelko, and
fear tugged at her heart.
“Nada,” he said with an effort, “I’m going away. I’m a pirate, a blood-
licking dog, and the name of Cain is burned on my hide—”
Trembling, she shrank back.
“But Petr Noga’s here, girl,” Stenka Razin went on. “When he saw you
first he had troubles on his mind. Ay, fighting and raids and such. But
now he’s looking for you—” Stenka Razin eyed the officer like a wolf—
318 t h e de v i l’s s ong
”to tell you how his heart’s full of love for you, and he’ll be asking you
to marry him.”
“Ay, Nada,” said Petr Noga, quietly, “we’ll be wed tomorrow.”
And he took the girl’s groping hands in his. A smile touched his lips,
but her face was like that of a saint in a holy picture. Stenka Razin looked
at them once and swung away.
Some, who were standing at the gate that night, said afterward that he
was roaring drunk. But Zamourza, who waited, holding the rein of the
white horse, did not think so. Stenka Razin came up, his heels stamping
in time to the tolling of the bell. He looked at the saddlebags that the mer-
chants were filling with coins and golden jewelry. He slung the bags over
the saddle, and pulled the white cloak across his shoulders.
Then he swung himself into the saddle, and yelled for the gates to be
opened.
To the tattoo of the drums, and the tolling of the bell, Stenka Razin
trotted through the half-open gate, with Zarmourza running beside him.
Hastily the log gates swung shut behind him.
Stenka Razin rode on, and he nudged Zamourza with his foot.
“Eh, tell them my name,” he said. Just beyond the circle of torchlight
he could make out figures on shaggy ponies, and the flicker of steel lance
tips.
“Ahai, men of the tents,” Zamourza wailed, “the Lord of the River goes
to his ships. Make way!”
No arrow sped toward them, and Zamourza drew breath anew.
“Hark to the yang-yang of the bell,” he chanted. “Hark to the drums. This
is the mighty khan of the sea, friend of Mirak Khan of the steppes.”
“Ai!” a voice exclaimed. The fame of Stenka Razin was known in the
steppes.
“Behold how the Muscovites bow down to him,” Zamourza chanted.
“They are his slaves. They pay tribute to him. And he says to Mirak Khan
that this town of the wooden wall is under his hand. Let Mirak Khan go
back to the steppes, with his cattle.”
Stanka Razin hurled the torch away from him, and reined in, to listen.
He heard hoofs moving away, and the trampling of driven cattle. When
he was sure the Tartars were retreating with their plunder, he stretched
his arms and laughed. “Eh, Zamourza,” he chuckled, “those militiamen
didn’t know that Tartars won’t storm a wall.”
t h e de v i l’s s ong 319
With that he turned his horse’s head toward the river. They came out
on the bank opposite his boats just as the first light streaked the sky.
Zamourza quested about until he found a fishing boat, which he ran
into the water. As Stenka Razin came up, carrying the saddlebags, he
touched his arm.
“Ataman,” he whispered, “look twice before you step into your own
boat. There is one waiting who would put a sword into your back.”
“Hai,” said Stenka Razin, “so Filka has been throwing his brawn
about.”
He said nothing more, but hot rage darkened his face.
The Cossacks in the boats had not slept that night. They had heard the
tolling of the distant bell, and the echoes of the fighting, and they had won-
dered into what kettle their ataman had fallen. Some of them had wanted
to row in, to find out; but Filka, assuming command, had reminded them
that Stenka Razin would flay alive any who followed.
They saw the fishing boat coming out, and recognized Zamourza—
then Stenka Razin in a new svitza. Filka rubbed his fingers together softly,
perceiving these two alive.
Stenka Razin stepped through the screen of rushes to the deck of his
boat and threw down the saddlebags. Coins and flashing gold scattered
around the boots of the watching Volga men.
“There, dogs,” said Stenka Razin, “is the ransom of Gorod.”
Filka saw this, and saw the blood lust in the eyes of the ataman. Without
warning, Filka thrust aside the man in front of him, and leaped at Stenka
Razin, drawing his sword as he did so. The sword swung up, glittering.
Stenka Razin needed no warning. He caught the flash of steel, and low-
ered his head. Like a gray buffalo, his body plunged toward Filka, as his
arms thrust out the steel-tipped staff.
The point caught Filka in midair, under the ribs. He screamed as the
point came out of his back. The sword in his hand struck Stenka Razin
across the shoulders, without force behind it—and clattered to the deck.
Stenka Razin put forth the strength of his shoulders, and swung up the
pike with the dying man on it. He tossed Filka into the water, jerking his
staff clear of the body as it vanished. Then he strode into his cabin.
But Zamourza crept to the rail, and looked into the water, reddening
with blood. The splash had startled a wild crane, and the bird winged over-
320 t h e de v i l’s s ong
head. A wolf that had come to the bank to drink at sunrise lifted its head
and turned back into the rushes. So Zamourza saw the omens fulfilled.
And in his cabin, Stenka Razin sat on the couch that bore the impress
of Nada’s body—even the scent of her hair. He stared at the guttered can-
dles. His hand, passing heavily over his face, touched the brand on his
shoulder.
His head swayed from side to side, like a buffalo in pain. For he was
lonely—lonely.
Mark of Astrakhan
I am Barbakosta, the stag hunter. My dogs are worth looking at. Now, I
have no horses. But when I was younger I had a fine string—Circassian
breeds.
It is true, your honor, that I would rather sit here in the sun against the
wall of the tavern than jigit around yonder where the young fellows are
showing off their horses to the girls. They did not steal those ponies from
the Circassians up in the foothills. They bought them from the Gypsies.
They pretend they stole the horses, but that is a lie.
In my day I got many a fine nag from the Circassian auls. When it was
dark, with knives in my belt, I would crawl up, like a shadow into the stone-
walled pastures of the villages. That was the way of it, your honor!
Pistols—like those long horse-pistols in your honor’s belt—are not
good for anything in the dark. They flash and roar, and you can see noth-
ing for a moment afterward, and God only knows where the bullet has
gone. That is bad.
I have sat for an hour waiting for sunrise near a thicket where a stag
has slept the night. It was no easy matter to stalk anything in those days
of matchlocks. Now, your honor has a fine flintlock with a long barrel. Eh,
I would like to try it out. I can still see an eagle under the clouds against
the snow cap of Mount Kasbek, yonder. Once I had a kunak, a friend who
called these mountains the Caucasus. He said, too, that my name was
Uncle Konstantine.
Yet he was not a liar. He was a man of his word, a hard man—altogether
after my heart. Your honor knows that when we Cossacks have a friend
we would pull out an eye for him. This one came to me out of a snow-
storm after he had traveled from the edge of the world.
322 m a r k of a s t r a k h a n
Nay, that is truth! It is also true that he drank, cup for cup, with Stenka
Razin, lord of the steppe, ataman of the Volga brigands. That was a night
of fear. Never were men so feared on the steppe as these two. And in the
end God rewarded them in a strange fashion, one with death, the other
with banishment. And they were ready. They desired nothing more than
that. Such men they were. A little your honor may have heard of them at
the battle of the Volga mouths. Always battles and hangings are written
down in books by the chroniclers. But what is said of the men?
What does your honor know of the terror that came to Astrakhan, or of
Chvedor, the black priest, or the young lass that became a Cossack?
Here, then, is the tale:*
It was a bad night, that one. Snow covered the trails on the steppe, and
it was so deep you could not feel the way with your feet any longer. The
wind picked it up and whirled it in the air—the east wind that comes off
the sea.
And it moaned, the wind, as if the Tchertiaka, the arch-fiend, were rid-
ing across the stars. Only you couldn’t see the stars at all. It cut through
sheepskins as if through cotton.
Nay, you could not feel the way and when you opened your eyes you
could not see anything at all. Perhaps a pony could have taken you from
one place to another, but I had no pony. Mine had strayed, I thought, when
the storm began, and I was seeking them. It was many days, as you shall
see, before I learned that Bassangor Khan and his Nogai Tatars had made
off with them.
I searched, keeping direction by the wind and the beating of the surf on
the edge of the sea. And I went forward toward a dark shape that turned
out to be not a horse or a clump of sedge, but a man.
He was not a Tatar. He had a cloak wrapped over his head and great boots
that came above his knees, the tops turned down and flopping when he
made a step. A horse would not endure a rider who wore boots like that.
When I peered at his face I saw it was dark and broad, with a thin black
mustache that ran from ear to ear. His teeth were chattering like the fangs
of a wolf at bay. But this was not at all on account of fear.
*The events related by Barbakosta took place in the years 1670–1671 and are pre-
served in the journal of an unknown officer who visited the Caucasus. The au-
thor has attempted to give the narrative as Barbakosta first told it.
m a r k of a s t r a k h a n 323
Nay, I put my hand on his coat and it was wet. Not from the snow’s
touch, but soaked with water. And God is my witness, it was no night to
be upon the steppe in wet garments.
I asked him what he was doing, and he shook his head, not under-
standing. I thought of the missing horses and of my cabin, and decided to
lead the stranger to my place. I was born on the steppe, and my days have
been passed beyond the border among the tribes of Islam—Circassians,
Tatars and others. Because of that, I learned to look at matters through
their eyes.
They have a word that explains everything that happens—kismet. And
perhaps it was written that I should come upon this stranger, nearly dead
with cold on the edge of the steppe by the sea.
“Well,” I said to myself, “a life may be saved if the stranger is given
shelter.”
And in the end I was rewarded for this thought, as you shall see.
“Come!” I said, and gave him the end of my shawl girdle to hold so he
would be able to follow me and I would know if he tumbled into a drift.
He fell more than once, but he did not drag on the girdle and he did not
complain when I lost the way and circled back to find it. Yet, I think if I
had not found him, he would have made his way to the Tatar tents or to
an aul of the hill people. That was the kind of man he was.
Before very long we sighted the lantern I had left in the door of my cabin.
When the door was shut and the stranger stood by the smoking stove, he
swayed like a hamstrung pony.
I heated some gorilka steaming hot, but his fingers were numbed so
that he could not hold the cup, and I held it until he got it down. Then I
made him sit on the stove while I pulled off his heavy morocco boots, be-
ing filled with curiosity because his garments were such as I had never
seen before on a man. The cloak was velvet and had belonged to some Mos-
lem officer, but the coat was that of a Frank, a Christian from Europe. His
sharivari, bag trousers, were voluminous black damask, such as a Circas-
sian or a Cossack might wear.
He had on nothing else except a shirt of clean white linen embroidered
with small crosses of St. George, and an Armenian must have made that.
When everything was off he lay down on the stove to dry himself.
His limbs were not long, but massive as a bear’s. His ruddy face with
its black mustache and deep-set gray eyes seemed to be stone. Not a smile
or frown crossed it, and by looking at him I could not tell whether he was
suffering or pleased in the least.
324 m a r k of a s t r a k h a n
It is, of course, an inland sea. Men say it is like no other in the earth be-
cause it lies down in the earth itself as if a great pit had been dug in other
m a r k of a s t r a k h a n 325
days and filled with salt and water. You cannot go from it to any other
sea; only up the great river Volga into our steppe. No tall ships journey
on it—only our barks and sailing skiffs and the oar galleys of the Mos-
lems. And in other days it had been a sea of the Moslems, until a man
came who took it from them.
“The ——” he said. A very little I explained to him. The Caspian was
like a bear sitting up on its haunches. And it sat on Persia with its tiny
hills and garden valleys. To the east, where the forelegs of the bear might
be, were the waste lands—the gray sand deserts and the nomad tribes.
To the north was the steppe, around the head of the bear and the river
Volga, with the great town of Astrakhan which was held by the Musco-
vites, where the river runs into the sea. And my cabin was on the west
where the steppe runs into the peaks of the Caucasus, about two weeks’
ride from Astrakhan.
And all about the Volga on the breast of the steppe is the country of
the Cossacks, of the Jaick and the Don, who once were free men, but are
now under the rule of the Muscovite.
While I explained this to the stranger I filled and lighted my water-
pipe, giving him the stem.
“Tell me your name,” I bade him, “and your tribe.”
I could see that the sea and the country I described to him, all of the world
I knew, had been unknown to him, and my curiosity grew the more.
He thought for a moment, and then said—
“Mark.”
“Is that all the name?”
“It is enough.”
“And where are your people?”
He tried to tell me in his slave galley Turkish, but I could not under-
stand. Ships he mentioned and a long, long journey over the sea and then
islands.
I asked then how many days it had taken him to come from his coun-
try, and he told me as many days as were in one Winter and one Summer,
and this seemed to be a lie. Who could journey for a year without going
over the edge of the world?
Nevertheless, he told the truth. He had come from beyond the edge of
the world, and the name of the place sounded like Marak. He was telling
the truth, but I could not understand.
326 m a r k of a s t r a k h a n
Very patiently he sat on the stove, the stem of the hubble-bubble pipe
in his hand, like a bear—a big bear in the prime of life, stripped of its fell.
And before long I noticed what I should have seen long ago—that his eyes
were sunk and his belly drawn in with hunger. He had not eaten for a day
and a night and the part of another day.
I was ashamed because I had not given him food, and I set about mak-
ing barley gruel and roasting the quarter of a wild boar that had been hang-
ing outside under the rafters. It was a hard Winter on the steppe, that one;
but my cabin had a good stock of meat.
“Chlieb sol,” I bowed to him when the boar’s meat and the gruel was
ready. “I bid you to my bread and salt, Mark.”
As for him, he got up and put on his shirt; then he bowed, not as we
Cossacks do, bending the head to the girdle, but with a downward thrust
of the shoulders and a slight outward sweep of the right hand. Then he
began to eat very slowly for all his hunger, and when he had done, the
shank bone of the boar was picked bare, the bowl emptied of gruel. For
a while we drank brandy until the last devilkin of frost had left our fin-
gers and our hearts were thumping soundly. Mark went to sleep where
he sat, on the stove, and I put sheepskins, over him, kindling up the fire
good and plenty.
When a man has come over the edge of the world, and has been cast
into the waters of an angry sea, and has been upon the steppe when the
wind is like the archfiend, he has need of sleep and a fire under him. A
good fire.
The storm lasted for three days and, when it ended, the snow had covered
everything except the tips of the sage bushes. Even the deer were snowed
in the barkas, the little gullies of the foothills. A man could not walk in
that snow until its crust had hardened.
Mark went to the door and looked at the white hills and the cloud-
less blue sky and the pinnacles of the great mountains to the south, and I
could not tell whether he was pleased or grieved. But it was clear that he
had not seen such a land until now. He liked to sleep on the stove, but he
always left my place clear for me. The rents in his coat he sewed up very
neatly, and he greased his boots with bear’s fat. Nor would he help him-
self to brandy unless I was drinking.
Our next bout with the spirits was a long one. Mark kept pace with
me, cup for cup. In time I became both sad and gay, and sang a song of the
Cossack people:
m a r k of a s t r a k h a n 327
Mark liked the song. He kept time, beating with his hand. And when
I had done, he sang. His voice was deep and throaty, but it rang out finely
in the cabin. And the song had a beat to it that I liked. When he had re-
peated the first words of the chorus I joined in—though the words were
unknown to me—thus:
That night it was Mark who put me to bed. Eh, he had a hard head on
him.
In time I went into the valleys again to hunt and to discover where my
ponies were, and brought back many Ufa marten skins and some skins
of the little black mountain bear, so we did not lack for meat—or barley
or honey, for that matter.
One day I came back to the cabin about sunset, and on the trail I saw
the tracks of four ponies that looked like mine. The door was shut and I
could not see through the horn windows, so I circled the choutar and found
that the four horses had gone away again. Then I discovered a great deal of
blood sunk in the snow before the door and many footprints. Some were
the horsehide riding boots of Tatars and some were Mark’s broad prints. I
thought that there had been trouble, and it was a bad thing.
If Tatars had come, they would have slain Mark and taken away ev-
erything I had in the hut. Usually the Nogais did not trouble me because
I did them no harm; but the Winter was a hard one and many of their po-
nies had died. So they had come for the food and the weapons and the gar-
ments in my place, doubtless having watched me go out that morning,
unaware that Mark was in the cabin.
Most of all I was sorry for Mark. He had worn no weapon, and had never
shown any inclination to use one of mine. I had taken the matchlock
with me and the four Nogais must have had arrows. From the amount of
blood, it appeared that he had killed or hurt one of them, and that would
have been his end.
So I thought. But Mark was sitting on the stove, the stem of the hub-
ble-bubble in his hand just the same as ever, except that his eyes were like
bits of light in his dark face. I looked around at the weapons in the cabin.
328 m a r k of a s t r a k h a n
There were the nine Circassian daggers hanging in place, and the rusted
yataghan that a dying Turkoman had let me have. But the heavy scimi-
tar was on the stove beside Mark. I took the blade from the sheath; it was
not bloodied, but had been cleaned painstakingly with sand and oil, so
that the blood was all gone from the channels.
This had been the weapon Mark used, and I wondered what had hap-
pened in my cabin.
“Eh, Mark, how was it?”
The four Nogais had all entered the hut on foot. They were surprised
to find Mark sitting on the stove. At first they moved around without
touching anything. Then one of them caught up the cask of brandy and
another threatened Mark with a knife. He took down the scimitar from
the wall before they realized what he was doing, and when they ran at
him he put two on their backs. One was cut between the shoulder and
throat and one in the groin.
When this had been done the two others carried their wounded broth-
ers to the horses without being molested by Mark, who stayed in the cabin
when he saw their bows. It was well for him he did that. They did not try
to enter the door again because they were afraid of his sword. Afterwards
he went out and watched them ride to the south.
“Shabash!” I cried. “Well done!”
If the food and the weapons and the pelts had been taken from the cabin,
we would have been no better off than hamstrung rabbits. On the other
hand, Mark had wounded two of the Nogais, and their brothers would cer-
tainly come from the camp to make an end of us twain. The Nogais are
great thieves, but they do not take up the sword unless they have a blood
feud. They had one now.
That evening when I had thought it all over, I told Mark we must go
from the cabin.
“Nay,” he said at once. “I will go, if it’s my hide they want. Why should
you leave your cabin?”
“Where, kunak moi, would you go?”
Aye, I called him my brother-friend. It is not every man who will stand
up to four armed Tatars in a hut for the sake of the belongings of another
man. The Tatars would not have hurt him if he had sat still.
After he thought about it, he said he would go to Astrakhan where
I had told him there was a Muscovite governor and many officers from
Frankistan. Then I said I would go to Astrakhan with him. Why not? For
m a r k of a s t r a k h a n 329
three years I had not talked with my brother Cossacks, or heard tidings
of what was going on in the world.
Already the ice was breaking up in the rivers and the sun was eating
through the crust of snow. We would be able to make our way along the
trails, and when we reached the northern plain the snow would be gone.
It was not pleasant to walk on our feet but it was better to do that than
to be buried in the snow.
The next morning I made a bundle of the pelts. It was very heavy, but
Mark carried it easily on his shoulders. Before setting out, I gave him the
scimitar, saying that a man who went unarmed in this country would
not live very long. He thrust it through his belt and smiled, the first time
I had seen him smile since he came out of the storm.
The nine daggers I put in my shawl girdle and took the harquebus on my
arm, with a pack made up of the barley, salt, a cook pan, tallow and flint
and steel, also powder and bullets in a separate leather sack.
“Now for the road!” I said.
So we closed the door of the choutar and set forth for Astrakhan, nei-
ther of us minded to turn out for any one. We had finished the brandy the
night before, and it was indeed the will of God that kept us on the trail,
because a dozen suns were floating in the sky over me. Hornets were buzz-
ing in my ears and flies crawling up and down my back.
And that morning I knew who Mark was. We had come to understand
each other well enough in Turkish and as we went forward he talked.
This place called Marak had nothing to do with his name. It was Amer-
ica.
A strange place, by all the ——! It lay beyond the great sea, beyond
Frankistan where the Christian tribes of Europe have their camps. Mark
had been born in a frontier stanitza, called Virginia, where tabak* was
grown as at Astrakhan, and the white men fought against nomad tribes
that were very much like our Tatars.
When he was old enough to own a gun, Mark went to an island off this
coast of America on the other side of the world with his father, who was
a governor of the island.
There they were raided by other Franks, who were Spaniards and came
in ships. The Spaniards must have been like the Turks of Constantino-
*Tobacco.
330 m a r k of a s t r a k h a n
ple, because their sultan was an emperor who claimed dominion over all
this new world and had multitudes of slaves. His ships were full of gold
and silver, like the galleons of the sultan.
Mark was not made a slave because he escaped from the Spaniards and
found his way to another island where was a city named Tortuga.
Here were gathered a brotherhood of men who had come to band them-
selves together in this way. They had voyaged to the islands to hunt wild
cattle, which were plentiful. The meat of the steers they smoked and dried
and sent away in ships. Before long they found that they could take plun-
der easily by going out in their sailing skiffs and lying in wait for the trea-
sure ships of the Spaniards. Then they began to build and to capture tall
ships of their own and to go against the fleets of the Spaniards.
The men of this brotherhood were called the buccaneers of America,
although the Spaniards called them pirates and the hornets of Tortuga.
They grew in number and power until the other kings of Frankistan
began to encourage them with gifts of powder and weapons and money to
make war on the Spaniards, because these kings were not strong enough
to stand against the Spaniards in the new world.
“Eh,” I explained to Mark, “your brotherhood is like the fellowship of
the Cossacks. When the Muscovite nobles and the Poles wish us to fight
the Turks, they make gifts to us. When we do any plundering on our own
account, they call us pirates and cry death to us.”
“That is so,” he assented.
I had spoken in jest, but it was indeed as he said. Did not the bucca-
neers choose their own ataman, or chief, to lead them? Did they not take
new names when they joined the brotherhood of that coast, as we do?
They had no wives in the camp at Tortuga, and when they had made a
successful raid they scattered their plunder in a fine debauch, as the Cos-
sacks do. Why not? What does it avail a man to store honey and mead in
cellars and gold in chests?
When we have such things we go into the streets, and all who pass by
may drink or eat at our will.
“Eh,” I thought, “my kunak does not always sit on the stove. There
is cold blood in him, but fire as well. He will kindle things up in Astra-
khan.”
And, in truth, he did so. Though not as I had thought. I had seen much
of his spirit, but not all. It would have been better for us if we had stayed
in the choutar in the Caucasus in spite of a feud and Tatars.
m a r k of a s t r a k h a n 331
“How did you come, kunak,” I asked, “from this nest of pirates in the
sea beyond the edge of the world?”
“I did not come. I was brought, Uncle Kosta. Among the Spaniards was
an emir of the sea who had slain my father and my mother. I sought his
ship for a long time among the islands of the Americas. In the end I found
it—in company with three others.”
He looked out over the glittering snow with narrowed eyes, as in that
day he might have gazed over the shining sea at the four ships of his en-
emies.
“I cut him down in his own cabin, but before night I and the men who
survived were prisoners of the Dons. They brought us to Algiers to be
sold as slaves to the people of the Barbary pashas. I was taken by a Per-
sian mirza who was far from his own country. He went in a galleon to
Constantinople and from there into another sea. Then we crossed beneath
high mountains into a land of many cities—Mazanderan, I think. Persia
was not far away when the mirza was taken sick and died. I have known
worse men than he.”
Mark thought for a while, and shifted the burden on his back.
“I never saw Persia, Uncle Kosta. They put me into an oar galley that
was being fitted out in that lake you call the Caspian. There was talk of
a war on the lake. Some pirates had come down from the north, and the
Mohammedans were sending galleys against them. When we did go out
of the harbor, a storm came up, and the galley, besides being ill-built, was
not the craft for a storm. It broke up on a sandbar and I swam ashore.”
“You have a horned soul in you, Mark. You are not easily killed.”
In fact, luck was with us for a while. At the Kuma River we traded our
pelts with a wandering band of Kalmuks, for horses.
It is true that the nags were not roundbellied Kiptchak stallions. They
were all bones and sores and evil temper, and our saddles were strips of
felt. But all cattle were lean at that time, and hunger was like a curse on
the steppe.
The tribesmen were in a black mood. Before long they would be able
to glean milk out of the mares and make themselves drunk—aye, even
the babes at the women’s breasts—from the fermented milk. Then they
could take honey from the wild hives and fish from the streams. But not
yet. I was glad to get across the Kuma with a whole skin.
We gave the ponies some barley, and before long the steppe showed
green in patches, and they were able to graze after a fashion. Because here
332 m a r k of a s t r a k h a n
on the Caspian the steppe is not like our Cossack land. The al-kali grass
is poisonous to horses, good only to be burned so that soap can be made
from the ashes. And when we looked to find wells in rocky pits, we found
only layers of shining salt.
Almost in a day the snow ended and the steppe became brown. Waves
of sand appeared at the sea’s edge, where we followed one of the Kozaki
khoda, the Cossack paths to the north. Aye, sand and crumbled shells and,
in the air—gnats. And the ceaseless croaking of frogs.
But one evening we saw a thing that astonished me. The sea was a Mos-
lem sea, and it had been so for the ages of ages. We were watching the round
moon come up over the dry lakes of shining salt when Mark pointed out
to the gray line of the sea where his quick eye had picked out a sail.
It was not a skiff, but a bark, and it was going north. We could hear the
men in it singing with a light heart.
“That sounds like your song, Barbakosta,” Mark said after he had lis-
tened.
It was so. A puff of wind brought it clearly to my ears.
I shouted at the bark and, though they must have seen our fire, they
paid no attention. The wind was blowing away from them and they did
not hear. If they had heard, we might have been spared many things and
less blood would have been on the path that lay before us.
But who can escape what lies before him? It was our kismet that we should
go to Astrakhan, on the white island in the river Volga.
When we saw the gray breast of the Volga and the masts of the ships
and, behind them, the wall of the town with its domes and clock towers,
Mark was glad.
We could see the house of the governor within its wooden wall and
the stone fortress that is the Muscovite citadel with its churches. But all
the rest was Asia. The domed gray tents of Tatars, the huts of Armenians,
the mud caravansary of the Hindu traders—all these clustered like hor-
nets’ nests outside the Muscovite wall, filling the north end of the island
on which the city stood. Mark was glad, and yet one thing grieved him.
While we waited for the ferry barge to cross the river we saw a fleet of
m a r k of a s t r a k h a n 333
more than twenty sailing craft depart up the river. And every vessel was
crowded with Muscovite soldiery in their black and white greatcoats.
They were armed with harquebuses and the ships were armed with brass
cannon. Flags snapped on staffs at the prows, and when they drew abreast
the governor’s house there was a great hullabaloo of trumpets, and a gun
went off—bang.
Mark watched them for as long as he could, and I think he was sorry
that we had not come in time for him to go on one of those boats on the
expedition.
“Where are they bound for, Uncle Kosta?” he asked me.
“They go where they go, kunak moi.”
And I could tell him no more than that, because all around Astrakhan
the steppe is like a desert—a red and gray desert.
And when we reached the serai of the Armenians, I thought no more
of the fleet of boats going up the river. Mark wanted a new pair of trousers
and a hat and such things before presenting himself at the governor’s house
and, after looking at him very shrewdly, the Armenians gave him all he
wanted. They were very excited about something or other, but would say
nothing at all to me. And as for understanding their talk among them-
selves, the devil himself cannot understand Armenians when they wag
their beards and toss their hands and shriek at each other.
There were some Circassians around the big fire in the courtyard of
the serai where the horses were quartered, playing their interminable fid-
dles and singing under their breath. They went off without a word when
I began to question them, and they were not the sort to give up the fire
to anyone else.
So we went to sleep in the gallery above the horses, no wiser than when
we came. All night the hubbub of voices went on, quarreling all over the
place, even the camels squealing and grunting, and Jewesses screeching
at their men who were trying to keep out of the way of the Circassians
and their knives.
I was glad when morning came and the town gates opened. Mark started
off through one of the gates toward the citadel and I went to the Tatar
tent village to look for old friends. It had been agreed between us that he
was to seek some post of employment in the garrison because we could
not live in the town for long without money, and we had not a kopek be-
tween us—only the two nags.
334 m a r k of a s t r a k h a n
I had not expected to find so many Nogai Tatars still at Astrakhan, be-
cause the ice had gone out of the river and the steppe was in flower to the
north, the cattle fattening up splendidly. You see the Nogais come to As-
trakhan with the first snow for shelter and to escape the Kalmuks,* who
hunt them down like ferrets. During the Winter the governor of the town
gives the Nogais arms, firelocks and such, to protect themselves against
the raids of the Kalmuks, who come across when the river is frozen.
With the last of the snow the governor takes the weapons away from
the Nogais so that they will not be tempted to use them against Musco-
vites on the steppe. But these Nogais still had firelocks, and they had sent
their women and children from their yurtas.
Their chief, Koum Agha, was known to me and I sat down in his tent
on the carpet with several other old men who were all drinking mare’s
milk, flavored with bitter herbs. When Koum Agha offered me a bowl
of the milk, I knew that he remembered me. He was a thin warrior who
shaved his head and carried it a little on one side because of a sword cut
that had injured the neck muscles.
When I had listened to the talk for a while, I understood that the Nogais
were making ready for war.
“Eh, Koum,” I asked, “what is upon the river?”
“Kazaki!”
“How, Cossacks?”
“They are upon the river, Barbakosta, and upon the steppe like the fire
that springs up with the night.”
It was nothing particularly new for the Nogais to have a quarrel with
my people, and I asked what leader they were going against, thinking that
horses had been stolen on one side or the other.
“Khaghan Kazaki, Stenka Razin.”
The chief of the Cossacks, Stenka Razin! Three years ago I had been in
the bazaar of Astrakhan and I had seen Razin, the little father, the nour-
isher. Ekh, a tall man with dark eyes, his face pitted with smallpox scars,
*Kalmuks and Nogais; Tatar tribes conquered a hundred years previous by Ivan
the Terrible, now furnished irregular cavalry to the Muscovites.
m a r k of a s t r a k h a n 335
his svitza pure white ermine, strings of pearls wound around his kalpak,
his sword hilt gleaming with diamonds. Wherever he went a crowd gath-
ered, and at times he tossed handfuls of gold coins to the children.
He had despoiled a Persian city, and he cast away his riches so that ev-
ery one could be jolly. He was a pirate, and he had the gift of holding the
love of men. They brought him their woes and he laughed, saying—
“Come with me!”
But I did not see what quarrel the Tatars could have with Stenka Ra-
zin who lived on the Volga and the sea.
“He comes,” Koum explained, “the great leader. He comes against As-
trakhan with a horde. Tomorrow or the next day or the next he will be
beating at the walls. Already he has taken Kamushink and the other kibit-
kas of the Muscovites. The steppe is afire, as I said.”
“Your words are smoke, Koum Agha,” I told him. “Stenka Razin has
made a truce with the Muscovites.”
“Unless, by God’s will, a goat does not breed.” He meant that all things
happened only by God’s will. “A truce is easily broken, Barbakosta. Ai-
iy! This thing is true.”
By then I had remembered the bark that we had seen manned by armed
Cossacks and sailing toward Astrakhan, and the boats going up the river
with the Muscovite soldiers. I remembered the tumult in the serai of the
Armenians. Indeed, as the old agha said, this thing was true.
Long ago a Muscovite general had put to death Stenka Razin’s brother,
who was serving under his command, for slight cause. And Razin had
sworn that until the day of his death he would be an enemy of the Mus-
covites. Men came to him then as now, and he ranged the Volga, escap-
ing pursuit, boarding the barks of the merchants, laughing when flames
soared up.
They sent armed regiments and barks with cannon from Moscow to take
him and he slipped away to the Caspian to a refuge in the islands where
they besieged him in vain. Eh, he was a wolf, the leader of a pack!
He descended on the Moslem shores, and the women of Kinderly and
Kietu had cause to weep. With his six thousand he took the city of a sul-
tan. But there was splendid wine in that city and, when his men were
drunk, the Moslems came back and slew all but six hundred. The Mus-
covites did not know this and they had had their fill of his sword. They
offered him peace and swore that he would not be molested and his men
would be pardoned.
336 m a r k of a s t r a k h a n
his head moodily. “Ai-iy! I see wolves, full fed. I see vultures gathering in
the sky, and the earth red with blood. Go now, Barbakosta.”
But I did not want to go without Mark, and he was somewhere within the
Muscovite city. I hurried, because the ten gates of Astrakhan are always
closed when it is dark.
A strong body of horsemen were coming out of the Motsagolski gate
near the Tatar tents, and these were Circassians, riding fine Kipchak and
Kabarda ponies, clashing cymbals and kettledrums as they came to make
their rounds of the island. They ride well, the Circassians, and these were
pleased with themselves. But I knew they were not the fellows to stand a
charge or to drive one home——.
It was not pleasant in the narrow streets, with women hanging out
of the upper windows and the smells of many kinds of greasy cooking
arising from the doors and the dogs snarling among the piles of refuse.
Only overhead where the glow was leaving the sky, the stars began to
shine down, bright and warm. So it was in the quarter of the Circassian
women—courtesans if ever women were—only the smells were of musk
and mastic and fruit. Here and there one of the beauties opened a screen
casement to look at me, but they mocked my sheepskins when they saw
I was not an officer.
They had big, dark eyes and white skins and small mouths. They needed
no paint to make them shine—those tall, supple women with hair like
ripe straw. I saw more than one Muscovite underofficer going in their
doors to eat dinner, but I did not see Mark. Nor was he in the wide cen-
tral place called the bazaar street, where a mob of people moved around in
groups and lanterns bobbed in and out like glow flies on the steppe. Aye,
here were Hindu turbans and the small velvet caps of Kitayans* among
the merchants closing up their stalls.
When the dark angel, Gabriel, blows his horn, some men will be found
bartering goods, and when the dead of all the ages come out of their graves,
a Jew or an Armenian will still be sitting on a carpet, testing a dinar with
his teeth to see if it is a sound coin.
Then I remembered that Mark had gone to the governor’s house, and
thither I went, too, through rows of barracks where many soldiers were
gathered around fires, through a palisade gate, into a grove of tall poplars
*Chinese.
338 m a r k of a s t r a k h a n
“Because by dawn we must mount and ride from this place. If I had
gone braying to the Muscovite princes, they would have asked questions
and shut me up in a room.”
Then Mark spoke to the colonel, and the praying Englishman swore
under his breath unhappily.
“We are not leaving Astrakhan, Uncle Kosta,” my kunak then said to
me. “I have volunteered to serve in the defense of the town.”
That was like a saber cut on the head! I could think of nothing to say
until we reached Mark’s new quarters—the colonel going back at once to
bear the report to the governor—in a clay house near the barracks. Again
I urged him to come with me to the steppe, and he said that I was free to
go, but he had given his word to stay with the Muscovites.
It is true that I was not a follower of Stenka Razin, but I was not at
ease in Astrakhan. Koum Agha had given me good advice. But how could
I leave Mark, my kunak? He had talked with his countrymen and had
eaten bread and wine with them, and his heart was uplifted. He smiled
and said he would appoint me a sergeant of artillery, since he had now a
hundred men and many guns under his orders.
“Good!” I said at last. “We will remain in this place. It was written.
But I would rather pare the devil’s hoofs than be one of the Muscovite
soldiery. Let me be your servant. Otherwise they will hang me later be-
cause I am a Cossack.”
So I stayed in the hut the next morning, sweeping it out and tending the
fire in the stove like a serf. Again I prayed Mark to go away with me, but
he would not, going off instead to drill his men at the guns. He gave me
some silver to take to the Armenians to make payment for his new clothes,
and I went with a heavy heart.
Not an Armenian remained in the serai except some that had been
knifed during the night by Moslems.
Eh, it was truly as if a steppe fire had been sweeping down on us, fanned
by a whirlwind! Such a fire as drives all the steppe dwellers into flight be-
fore it—the little red foxes, the marmots out of their holes, the wolfpack
and antelope taking no heed of each other, and even the bougày, the great,
gray, long-horned steer, master of the wild herd, lord of the plains.
The foreign merchants, many of them, and all Circassians who were
not penned within the garrison, were crowding into boats. They were lug-
ging along bales and women, and the women were lugging brats and pitch-
340 m a r k of a s t r a k h a n
ers and bundles on their heads. Every other minute a bark would hoist sail
and begin to move down the river toward the sea. And some of the skiffs
were so crowded that the sailors were dipping water out in pails when the
waves splashed over the sides.
If they had known what was awaiting them on the sea down below,
they would have stayed with us.
But they had heard that morning of the rebellion of the soldiers that
had been sent against Stenka Razin in the fleet, and they were mad with
fear. I saw a Jew, watering at the mouth, running down to the shore, clad
only in his long cap and half a sheepskin and carrying his own weight
in rolls of silk, snatched up from —— knows where. A Muscovite guard
shouted at him and pricked him with a spear, and he dropped the silk
and began to weep because he could not carry it away with him. Then he
feared that he would be left on the shore, and waded into the water. He
could not swim, and an oar hit him on the head, so that he was not to be
seen any more.
Then the same Muscovite pikeman came up to me with some soldiers
and said I was a spy because I had been standing on the shore watching
what went on.
“Bind the dog of a Cossack,” he ordered.
I gave him the silver that had been meant for the Armenians, and they
let me off because they wanted to go to a tavern and drink brandy. Eh,
they had not been paid for a year, and had nothing but beer and watery
vodka to drink.
“Don’t hang around here, Uncle,” they said. “You will be flayed. Go
across the river to your mates.”
Instead of that, I doubled back through the gate of St. Nicholas, intend-
ing to find my hut and stay in it like a bear in his snow shelter when Win-
ter is on the steppe.
Nay, the narrow streets were full of eyes, and men who, the day be-
fore, had passed me with a friendly word, now took occasion to cry after
me to show their zeal for the Muscovite cause. A patrol of riders, black-
faced Kalmuks with spears slung across their shoulders, heard the cries
and closed around me, taking me to the poplar grove where others of their
tribe had brought one of Razin’s boys, a prisoner.
He was a young Zaporogian, as I knew by the long scalp lock and the
wide Turkish trousers. He had been tortured a little in the hands and
arms, and was hot with fever.
m a r k of a s t r a k h a n 341
But it was not written that I should die then. There was a stir in the
crowd and Mark pushed his stocky form through the inner ring. Eh, it was
a joyful thing to see his broad, lined face and his big boots that flopped
when he walked. Another officer was with him—a young ensign who wore
a fine new uniform of white damask, the breastplate silvered and the iron
headpiece crested with plumes. Mark had seen me tied to the tree when
he was inspecting the palisade gate, and had come to investigate.
When he saw the Zaporogian, he started, and the ensign grew white all at
once in the face. Then Mark pointed to me and spoke to the young Mus-
covite, who shrugged his shoulders and gave an order to the Kalmuks, and
they cast off my cords and set me free.
“Eh, Mark,” I told him, “that poor devil on the tree wants brandy to
help him out of his skin. Have you any more money?”
Mark turned to the ensign and they talked in a language I did not know.
I learned afterward that Mark conversed with the Muscovite officers in
French, a dialect of Frankistan that is well known in the northern cities.
And I learned, too, what passed between him and the ensign.
First, Mark asked why the prisoner was being tortured, and the en-
sign said it was the order of the governor who wished to teach the reb-
els a lesson.
“His own men may profit more by the lesson than the Cossacks,” Mark
pointed out. And it happened that the tormenting of the young warrior did
stir up uncertainty among the soldiers of the garrison. Because they knew
that Stenka Razin would hear of it and, when he did, every Muscovite in
Astrakhan might have reason to regret his mother had given him birth.
“An order,” said the ensign, “is an order.”
Mark asked if the order was that the Zaporogian should be killed, and
the ensign said this was so. Then Mark took a long pistol from his belt
and powdered the pan without pointing the muzzle at any one. Turning
suddenly on his heel, he raised the pistol and fired and the Zaporogian’s
head dropped at once on his chest. He had been shot through the brain,
but so great had been his suffering that the sweat still ran from his mus-
taches and chin, although he was dead in a few seconds.
“Now,” Mark assured the ensign, “the savages can skin the pris-
oner.”
The crowd went away, and the ensign and the Kalmuks looked bewil-
dered, but it could not be said that Mark had countermanded the order.
m a r k of a s t r a k h a n 343
Word of what he had done was taken to the governor’s house and, before
long a Polish colonel came to us on the ramparts—from that time a flea
did not stick to a dog as close as I did to my kunak, Mark—and began to
blow out his cheeks and talk angrily.
He had a red face, that colonel, and a fine kaftan, embroidered with
gold thread and a splendid ivory baton. He was so fat that he panted when
he climbed the steps to the rampart, yet he was the officer commanding
the garrison. A group of underofficers walked behind him and, whenever
the colonel would speak, one of them would come forward and bow and
smile. When the Polish colonel frowned at Mark, they all scowled and
fingered their mustaches.
“Eh, Lieutenant—” this is what I heard of the colonel’s talk from a
cannoneer—“it has been reported to me that you have changed the load-
ing of the guns. As you are a civilian without experience in the arts of
war, you have not known better than to put wadding in upon the powder
without balls. It is reported to me that you have done so, or perhaps have
put the wadding behind the powder charge and the ball, which amounts
to the same thing.”
Ekh moi! What had happened was that some soldiers had related how
Mark had put the prisoner out of pain and others had repeated that he sym-
pathized with the Cossacks, and the people in the governor’s house had
passed on the story that Mark was a traitor who, no doubt, was charging
the guns so they would not go off. And the colonel had heard that Mark
had changed the charges in the cannon. That is how a rumor grows in
such times!
As for Mark, he did not look at all uneasy or angry. He asked the colo-
nel’s permission to discharge one of the guns and the colonel agreed. So
a slow match was brought and Mark himself trained the gun-carriage to
bear on a sandbar in the middle of the river. Then the match was touched
to the breech and there was a great roar and billows of smoke, and the
sand out on the shallows sprang up like mad.
They all saw that nothing was wrong with the charge; but Mark went
on to the next cannon, and the fat colonel had to go with him to each gun
until all were fired off.
The Polish colonel grunted, and looked at Mark a long time. Then he
swore at the underofficers and stamped off, pausing at the steps to speak
under his breath to a German lieutenant who wore a black coat with red
344 m a r k of a s t r a k h a n
ornaments and had a habit of brushing his mustaches to make them stand
up like bristles instead of hanging down as God ordained.
This lieutenant waited until the Pole and his staff had disappeared,
then he walked up to where Mark was showing his men how to load the
guns quickly. Mark was not sitting on the stove any longer. He showed the
Muscovites himself just how everything was done, and then the lunkheads
would get matters mixed. They were surly and slow, and I saw that Mark
was studying them as he explained things through a sergeant who acted as
interpreter. He was very patient and, before that morning had ended, the
Muscovites had learned that they must do what he said, swiftly, without
muddling. For four hours he made them load and draw the charges from
the guns, and they were very weary. I think they expected to be flogged,
but Mark had his own way of doing things.
This had not pleased the German, who only watched a few minutes be-
fore he took his stand where he was in the way of the cannoneers.
“Please to stand aside, barin,” the sergeant urged.
“I am on duty,” replied the German who was called a Walloon, rum-
bling in his throat and brushing up his bristles. “The hochwohlgeborener,
the high well-born, has said that this is not the time for adventurers to
seek promotion in the garrison.”
He meant the fat colonel, and he intended to cast a slur at Mark. Now
Mark had told his name to the governor and favor had been shown him,
so the foreign officers of the garrison were jealous of him. And the Mus-
covite officers were sulking because the governor had given the impor-
tant posts of command to the foreigners. He trusted them more than he
did the Muscovites.
“It is a time,” repeated the lieutenant, “when we should think only of
the defense of the city, not of personal advancement by intrigue.”
And he looked hard at Mark, who had taken off his coat and was work-
ing in his shirtsleeves among the men.
“Stand back, Rudolph,” he said. “You are in the way.”
The men began to look up from their tasks and the drill came to a stop.
The eyes of the lieutenant, Rudolph, began to glitter and he put a gloved
hand on the hilt of his long rapier.
“My dear sir, do not shout at me. I am on duty.”
Mark had not raised his voice to the officer, and now he made a fine
bow.
m a r k of a s t r a k h a n 345
It came, the Cossack fleet, sailing down the Volga, with the men singing
and the minstrels playing. Aye, it was a strange attack. I counted fifty-
two vessels and about seven thousand warriors.
When we expected them to land below the island, they turned and
rowed back around a bend in the river. They came so near we could hear
their laughter and the words of their song. They were big men, some in
rags, some in Persian finery.
The governor and his officers did not know what to make of this. Some
said Stenka Razin had lost heart when the moment came to attack the
shore; others believed that he wanted to scout around the city. But all
agreed that he had gone off without trying to get a foothold anywhere.
Then the governor asked for advice, and they held a council when the
ladies had left the table, as on the previous evening. Some of the Musco-
vite women were dark-browed and beautiful, but all were painted red and
white, and this is not the way of our Cossack maids.
The Polish colonel was all for crossing to the mainland and moving to
attack Razin with the Circassians and the Tatars, saying that we had nine
thousand Muscovite infantry, as many hundred Poles and Swedes and four
thousand native cavalry. But the governor said his duty was to defend the
city, and we did not know where to find Razin and his men.
To this the Muscovite officers assented, but insisted that the Nogais
should be sent to harass Razin.
When Mark was asked his opinion, he said that he had just come to
Astrakhan and knew little of the situation, but it seemed to him that the
governor should offer amnesty to all who had joined the Cossacks and for-
giveness for past offences to make sure of those who were wavering be-
tween him and Razin.
All except the Roundhead English colonel shook their heads, and the
young ensign, who shone like a bride in his new uniform, swore that he
would rather die than lower himself to treat with pirates.
So the governor did nothing, except a little of many things. He did not
advance on the Cossacks, but he sent the Nogais, and Koum Agha van-
ished like a bat into the night and was not seen again. Nay, he fled into the
steppe, as I would have done in his place. And the governor issued casks
of tabak and mead to the garrison and promised them a month’s pay—
who had not seen a kopek for a year. Surely the kopeks had gone into the
governor’s wallet, because the feast that night was a great feast. The ta-
m a r k of a s t r a k h a n 347
ble was covered with gold and silver plate, and the serving knaves carried
stuffed quail and sturgeon and mutton in great platters.
And at the end of the feast came two envoys from Stenka Razin—a
gray-haired ataman and a priest.
They offered the governor the lives of all within Astrakhan if he would
surrender to Stenka Razin.
Now the governor was no coward; he was bold enough, and foolish.
Pride made him foolish. He hung the Cossack colonel to a tree and cut
off the head of the little father, the priest.
But I did not see this. Mark and the English colonel were walking on
the wall, inspecting all things and moving their regiment to the south side
of the town, which was the weakest because it faced the length of the is-
land. See—the island is long and covered in places with woods. Without
this south side of the city wall are the quarters of the Armenians and the
others. On the other three sides the wall presses close to the river, within
pistol shot of the shore.
And here at the end is the governor’s house where it overlooks the river
to the north.
Mark and the Roundhead agreed that the city with its high stone wall
and great towers could stand off an attack by a hundred thousand men.
The cannon of the Muscovites were splendid, shooting balls as big as a
man’s head, and there was powder enough to last for years. If Stenka Ra-
zin’s boats approached the shore they would be blown out of the water. If
he landed below Astrakhan and tried to storm the south wall he would
be advancing up a narrow strip of land under heavy fire. His cannon were
small brass falconets, firing a ball no bigger than a man’s fist. Such can-
non could not make a breach in our wall.
And Stenka Razin’s followers were not as many as the soldiers of the
garrison.
“What do you think, Uncle Kosta,” Mark asked, “of the Muscovite sol-
diery? Will they stand?”
“Eh kunak,” I said, “the Muscovite is like no other man. It is hard
to make him angry, but when he is angry it is just as hard to make him
laugh again. They will grumble for ten days, then they will rebel if God
wills. If Stenka Razin had attacked this afternoon they would have fired
off the guns and stirred up their blood. Then they would have fought well
enough behind a wall. As it is, I do not know. The governor has been a
hard master.”
348 m a r k of a s t r a k h a n
This Mark repeated to the Roundhead colonel, who shrugged his shoul-
ders.
“If the men do turn against us, God help the women!”
They both glanced back at the governor’s great house where the Mus-
covite noblewomen were all quartered. The officers in the banquet hall
had fetched in some Gypsies, and a likely looking lass was dancing the
chapak for them on the long table, while Rudolph and the Polish colonel
were beating time with their swords.
“Listen, effendi,” I said to Mark.
Somewhere in the town men were singing.
And then, as if some devil in the air had drawn a shroud over every-
thing, the damp river mist drifted up and settled around the wall, hiding
the lights in the great house, the watch fires and even changing the moon
into a round silvery lantern.
“Listen, effendi!”
It was late, late when I warned Mark thus for the second time.
The round lantern of the moon was a lantern no longer; only a spot
of silver in the mist. The camp fires were embers. Only the government
house blazed with candles.
Bending over the wall, I heard jackals yelping down by the shore and
the hooting of an owl in the shadows of the Armenian serai. By and by
wolves began howling down the island.
Mark and the Roundhead colonel looked at me, and after a moment
they remembered what I knew very well, that there were no wolves or
jackals on the island.
“What is it, Barbakosta?”
When I heard the keels of boats grating on the small stones of the shore—
my ears are sharp, like a dog’s, to hear sounds at night—and the trampling
of heavy feet in the Tatar town, I went close to them and whispered.
“Effendi, it is death.”
Mark, too, had heard the sounds of men moving in the mist, and he be-
came aware that the Muscovite sentries were not giving the alarm. Sen-
m a r k of a s t r a k h a n 349
tries? The Circassians should have been watching the shore and we had
outposts in the Tatar town. The yelping of jackals had been the Cossacks
of Stenka Razin calling to scouts who had gone ahead to talk to the Mus-
covite soldiers in the outposts, and the hooting of the owl was the reply.
The Cossacks were coming up from their boats to the wall of Astra-
khan. Eh, had I not gone with them in their skiffs when I was a boy to
steal horses from the auls along the Persian shore? That was how they did
things. I wanted to go down with Mark to a small postern door beside the
great Motsagolski gate, so that we could hear them talking and find out
where they would attack, but the officers had no thought except to mus-
ter their men. It seemed as if the Cossacks were moving toward the Vos-
nasinski gate where the Roundhead colonel had his headquarters, and he
went off that direction.
Mark went up to the nearest sentry who was leaning over the parapet,
listening with all his ears. He ordered the man to fire off his gun, and the
sentry jumped as if someone had stuck a knife in him—jumped and ran
off, dropping his firelock. This Mark picked up, pulling the trigger. It only
sparked and clicked, as the powder had fallen out of the pan.
Then Mark said something softly and called the sergeant who acted as
interpreter, and the man ran up at once, although he had been off duty.
“Bring a slow match!” Mark ordered, and the Muscovite bawled out
loud for a light.
None came, and it appeared that the cannoneers had let the matches
go out. Then my kunak drew his sword and spoke very quietly to the ser-
geant, and the man began to bow as if had been frightened to the soul,
which was indeed the case. He went off to fetch embers from the nearest
fire, and Mark went among the groups of cannoneers, lashing them with
his tongue in slave galley Turkish that many of them understood. Eh, he
said things! Those who did not understand, saw his sword, and by degrees
they began to take their stations.
The thought came to me of my firelock in the hut within the gover-
nor’s palisade. It was time that I had a weapon.
“Eh, Mark,” I whispered when I could get his attention, “these sons of
jackals are not to be trusted. Leave them and come with me.”
But he would not. And still no trumpet had blared the alarm. As I ran
down the steps on the wall I heard steel clashing faintly over toward the
Vosnasinski gate. Mark had told me to warn the governor’s people that
Cossacks were afoot on the island. Of this, however, there was no need
350 m a r k of a s t r a k h a n
because I had not gone halfway to the hut when one of his cannon went
off with a roar, and I knew that the sergeant had brought the fire.
Other cannon began to talk, and I thought that now the Muscovites
would show fight if their officers knew how to handle them.
“Matier Boga molis zanas!” I cried. “Holy Lady, pray for us!”
Why did I pray that the Cossacks be driven away? Well, I was alive and
Mark was alive; yet if the men of Stenka Razin found us fighting among
the Muscovites, we would be cut open like rabbits in a wolfpack. I knew
this as well as I knew that I was standing in my own boots. Because then
I had seen the head!
An old man’s head, the forehead bald, the long white hair clotted un-
der the chin and dripping red. Instead of a body under it, the head had a
staff and the staff was a spear, stuck into the ground, and the head had be-
longed to a Cossack priest—the one Razin had sent as envoy to the gov-
ernor of the Muscovites. It peered at me, the eyes wide open under the
poplar trees.
Ekh moi! When I had my gun I ran back very fast toward the Motsagol-
ski gate toward Mark. As I passed the barracks the white ensign was trying
to muster his company in line, first pleading with them, then threaten-
ing. The soldiers in their dark coats were shuffling their feet and looking
all around at the officer and at the cannon on the wall. They were like
cattle in a herd when a solitary wolf is scented near at hand. The beasts
toss their heads and move together, not knowing whether to stand their
ground with the monarch steer or to flee.
All at once one of the men levelled his gun and shot the ensign, who
fell to his knees. As soon as this happened, a dozen ran up and let off their
guns into his body. When I could no longer see the fine white uniform, I
ran on until a man in a breastplate stumbled against me within an alley,
black as the pit itself.
He called out, and it was the voice of the Roundhead colonel.
“Are you hurt?” I asked, because his knees were wavering strangely.
“Barbakosta!” he groaned.
A candle flared up in a window above us and his face became visible.
He had been badly hacked in the hand and across the forehead. I thought
of the ringing of steel I had heard near his post on the wall. He cried out
something several times, but how was I to understand?
Wrenching a long piece of white linen from his shirt at the throat
with his good hand, he plucked one of my daggers from my girdle. Dip-
m a r k of a s t r a k h a n 351
ping the point in his own blood at the wrist he traced two words on the
linen and handed it to me. Then he gave me a push toward the wall. What
was I to do?
He was too heavy to carry, and his wounds made him weak very quickly.
With a sigh he looked around and went to sit down on the threshold of the
house where the candle burned.
Eh, he did not lack courage, that gray colonel. Again he waved me off
and I went, thrusting the strip of cloth into my girdle.
At the wall Mark’s men were serving the cannon, but it was apparent
that no other cannon were being fired. And we were not long in learning
the reason. Two officers, the Walloon Rudolph and a Muscovite lieuten-
ant, ran up to Mark’s place on the wall and urged him to come with them
to the governor’s house.
Their men had mutinied, and when Mark would not go, they asked
what they should do.
He said—I asked the sergeant what his words were—that he must stay
at his post of command as long as the guns could be served, and, as for
them, they had better bring their men to order.
“The Cossacks have entered the Vosnasinski gate,” they said.
When Mark shrugged his shoulders they started off, but not along the
wall. They began to run toward the governor’s house when they were clear
of the wall, and in the end it did them no good. Just then I heard singing
from the streets behind us, and I knew well that song.
Between the reports of Mark’s guns laughter came from the darkness
in front of us—roaring, drunken laughter. And the song was taken up
somewhere to our left in the Tatar town.
The sergeant began to tear at his head, crying out that cannon balls
and steel could not harm our foes. Aye, it fairly made my skin creep to
352 m a r k of a s t r a k h a n
hear those roaring voices out of the mist almost under the muzzles of our
guns. And when the sergeant cried out, the men all stood still and looked
at Mark. The guns ceased speaking, and Mark took his sword tip in his
left hand, the muscles on his chin standing out, his gray eyes glittering.
This was the rallying cry of the Volga brothers, the children of Stenka
Razin, and when they heard it, the Muscovites looked unhappy, scowl-
ing at Mark. I moved to stand between him and the outer parapet, sling-
ing my gun over one shoulder to free my hands. Then I pushed him off
the inner wall.
Beneath him were a flight of steps, leading into a tower. He fell, but his
feet were under him and he leaped down the steps with me on his shoul-
ders. Before he could gain his balance I had thrust him through the tower
door and slammed it shut behind us, setting the bars in place.
“Kunak moi,” I said into the darkness where he was breathing heav-
ily. “No doubt you would like to stick old Uncle Kosta with your sword.
Very well, go ahead. My hands are open, but I will not return up yonder
to be pulled into pieces by the Muscovite pack.”
He was silent for the time it takes to empty a flagon of brandy. Then
he laughed.
“Shabash!” Which means well done or the work is over. “What
now?”
I explained that at the foot of the tower there was the postern door.
This would let us out into the Tatar town, and in the mist we could eas-
ily escape notice by the Cossacks until we had gained the shore where
we could steal a skiff and go over to the mainland. If we were challenged,
I could answer that we were wounded Cossacks going back to the ships.
Our horses were lost to us, of course, but at that moment our skins were
the things to think about.
Two soldiers had been posted in the lower tower; I did not hear them,
and they had probably run away. Our friends, the cannoneers were pound-
ing on the door beside us before Mark agreed to my plan.
Cautiously we descended the winding stair until we saw the glow of
a lantern below, and then we stopped short like dead men. The two sen-
m a r k of a s t r a k h a n 353
tries were not there. A young woman was standing holding the lantern,
looking up at us wide-eyed, and the long pistol in her other hand was
pointed at me.
“——!” shouted Mark.
She was in truth a strange girl. She was thinner than the Cossack maids, too
young to have reached the years of wisdom. Her whole body was wrapped
in a gray cloak, a white collar covering throat and shoulders. The hood of
the cloak did not hide bright tresses of hair like sun-bleached grain.
Aye, she looked like a nun from a holy convent in that strange garment
of gray and white. Yet, when Mark cried out, she lowered the pistol and
answered him. Now her voice trembled, but her hand had been steady
enough. I could not understand their words which came bursting out
swiftly. By these very words I knew she must be a woman of Mark’s tribe
in Frankistan.* She was a beautiful child, altogether fair and clean.
Mark went down the remaining steps three at a time and put up the
bars on the door that opened into the city street. Then he looked at me,
his broad face twisted by a kind of excited grief.
“Barbakosta,” he said. “This is the niece of the Roundhead colonel.
She came to seek him and took shelter in this place when she heard the
singing in the streets. I am going to find Colonel Bailly.”
“If that is the name of the Roundhead,” I answered, remembering the
bit of linen that had escaped my mind until then, “you would not find him
in this world. Here is what he gave me. Is it meant for you?”
He took the white strip with its red lettering and turned his back so
the girl would not see. I think the writing was about her because Mark
only said when he had crumpled it up in his hand—
“Aye, Uncle Kosta, it was meant for me.”
He spoke quietly to the girl who stood looking at him without a word.
The noises around the tower seemed to bewilder her and she took his arm
in such a way that I saw she did not mean to let it go in a hurry.
Then he blew out the lantern and ordered me to open the postern,
saying that they would follow me down to the shore. Ekh moi, I had got
Mark away from the traitors, his men. But I knew I could not make him
leave the blue-eyed lass. Here we had been on the point of escaping with-
out a scratched skin, and now we had a woman to take through Stenka
Razin’s pirates!
Ai-a, have you ever seen the bougày, the great wild steer of the steppes?
Have you seen him, the master of the herd, standing on a knoll around
which the other cattle are feeding?
He does not move his massive weight, his red eyes scan you as you ap-
proach, and you wonder what is in his mind or if he has a mind and, while
you wonder, you feel afraid.
m a r k of a s t r a k h a n 355
Just so did Stenka Razin sit among his colonels the next day when we
were brought before him in the poplar grove. He was the master, the lit-
tle father, and the Cossacks were his children and the prisoners were his
slaves. I said to myself—
“Old Konstantine, yesterday the Muscovites were going to skin you
alive in this very grove, but God alone knows what will happen to you
today!”
For a Don Cossack, Stenka Razin was sizable, rather heavy. As tall
as I—six feet and eight inches—he must have weighed two hundred and
twenty pounds. Sprawled in an armchair, he sat in a fine red satin shirt,
spotted down the front with spilled wine; his wide green nankeen trousers
were stained with tar; the hilt of his sword was Venetian work, set with
many shining diamonds. The black lambskin hat on the table beside him
gleamed with a solitary Siberian emerald as large as my thumbnail.
“What sign is that on his arm?” Mark asked me in a whisper.
“An evil sign,” I replied, “for us.”
It was a thing like a diamond, burned into the skin, with one word printed
within the diamond—Cain. In this way the Muscovites had branded him
when he was a youth and they had taken him prisoner when one of them
said he had stolen a horse. I do not know whether he stole the horse, but I
know that he was branded and spent the ten years that were the prime of
his life in the prison at Kazan. Since then he had sworn an oath that the
Muscovites would not take him alive again.
Now he had rolled up the sleeve on that arm so that all the Muscovites
of Astrakhan who were brought before him could see the mark and the
word. Truly Cain once slew his brother, who was a mild man, but Stenka
Razin had not slain his brother. The Muscovites had done that.
And when each of the governor’s officers were set before the table, Ra-
zin looked at them and said whether they were to be thrown into the river
or beheaded. None of the officers did he spare, so it was not long before
Mark was led forward. Behind Mark was the young girl, Mistress Bailly,
and I was last of the three.
“Batko,” cried the Cossack warriors at Mark’s side, “Father, this is the
dog of a Frank who fired on us with cannon last night.”
Razin had a great, broad head. Even the skin was dark—the eyes black
under drooping lids, the long beard black, and likewise the hair on his
chest that showed where the shirt was loosened. Aye, it was no easy mat-
ter to face him. To see him was enough to yield, to beat to him with the
forehead on the ground.
356 m a r k of a s t r a k h a n
But Mark did not lower his eves before Razin’s stare and, after a mo-
ment, the Cossack chief stirred his shoulders and the chair creaked.
“What more?” he asked.
Then did Chvëdor, the priest, speak in his ringing voice—a stout man
who had given up the cassock for svitza and saber, and who sat, tankard
on knee, at the side of Razin.
“Eh, father, this Frank put an end to the torture of Melko, the Zapor-
ogian yonder.”
Chvëdor was a bold spirit and more than once Razin had been on the
point of hanging him, but the priest was merry and the pirate liked to
drink with him. Now Razin glanced at the dead Cossack who rested as
he had been left by the Kalmuks on the cross.
“Sit,” he said to Mark, and no man could tell how he was minded to
deal with my comrade.
One of the Cossacks ran up with a chair, and Mark seated himself
gravely, a little apart from the chieftain.
The girl was led forward. Her hood had been pulled back on her shoul-
ders, and the sunlight, coming through the poplar branches, gleamed in
the tangle of her hair. A slim lass, flushing under the eyes of the drunken
warriors. Like a lily she was, shining in rank steppe grass. So she swayed,
standing before the bougày, the master of the steppe.
Aye, in that moment I felt grief and pity for her, the young maiden who
had come from afar to the Volga and the children of Razin. I saw that she
had taken the chieftain’s fancy at once.
“To my choutar,” he said, meaning the governor’s house that he called
his farm.
The eyes of the girl flew to Mark and she tried to run to him, but the
Cossacks checked her. Then she closed her eyes and moved away with-
out a word. Mark leaned forward, looking at the ground between his feet,
and the muscles in his hands became rigid. It was clear to me that he
would not let Razin take the girl without an effort to protect her; but at
the time he said nothing, and I wondered. Before very long I thought of
the reason. Mark had wished Mistress Bailly to be out of sight of the Cos-
sack when he spoke. Eh, she was very fair, and no man seeing her could
fail to desire her.
Meanwhile I was led forward, hanging my head. The Cossacks who
had seized us in the tower had taken my gun and coat and a fine pair of
boots, and I was barefoot.
m a r k of a s t r a k h a n 357
“Father,” said someone, “this is Uncle Kosta, an old dog who fought on
the side of the Muscovites.”
Though I looked searchingly at the throng, I could not see the man who
had spoken, but presently the Muscovite mutineers began to give tongue.
They had turned their coats inside out and had come to Razin on their
knees, and he had given them the year’s pay that was owing to them out
of the coffers in the governor’s house. They said that I had been the first
to bring word of the loss of the flotilla; that I had been a spy of the gover-
nor’s and had given the alarm the night before.
Eh, it was the Muscovite halberdier who said that, the one who had
accosted me on the beach and had taken my silver for brandy money. He
desired to gain the favor of Razin.
As for me, I spat on the ground toward that father of lies, and Stenka
Razin moved impatiently in his chair.
“Fill Kosta’s belly with sand,” he said, “and throw him into Mother
Volga.”
The Cossacks, who had grasped my arms, were dragging me off when
a voice made them stop and look around in surprise.
“Khaghan,” Mark had said in his slow Turkish, “are you drunk?”
Most of the Cossacks, among them Razin, understood him and some
got up from their chairs to stare at him. The chieftain lifted his pitcher
of white spirits and drained it to the bottom; then he turned around to
face Mark.
“A devil is in you, Frank. Nay, Stenka Razin is not drunk. Are you
weary of carrying your head?”
“I have eyes, and I can tell you the truth. This man, Uncle Kosta, is
not a spy. He came with me, out of the steppe to the river. His home is in
the mountains down below among the tribes, and he can tell you much
of the Moslems and their doings. Another thing I say to you: The shah of
the Persians is gathering his war vessels together and fitting them out to
sail up the Volga and make war against you.”
“That is a lie,” Razin laughed. “The shah is afraid of my shadow. Did
I not put the torch to Baku under his eyes? Did I not take the horses he
sent to the white-livered emperor of the Muscovites?”
“It is the truth,” said Mark quietly. “I was a prisoner on a Persian gal-
ley.”
Now when my comrade said a thing, as he did then, his scarred hands
folded on his knee, his gray eyes unfaltering, it was not possible to doubt
358 m a r k of a s t r a k h a n
him. Stenka Razin did not doubt him, but the words bred anger in the big
Cossack. He grew more angry when one of his lieutenants laughed.
This was a slender man who carried his head on one side and drank
only red wine. They called him Filka Tchortyaka, Filka the Devil. It was
his habit to goad Razin to do mad things, and for some reason Filka had
taken a dislike to Mark.
“Drunk!” echoed Razin, shaking his great head. “Well, we will see. By
——, you will drink with me, Frank, cup for cup, in equal measure. If at
the end you are less steady than I, you will be put in a hogshead of vodka
and touched off with a torch, pouff!”
Even at that time his victories had stirred Razin to a reckless belief
in his own powers. He was master of the steppe, but he fancied himself
emperor of all that part of the earth. When he was quite sober, he was all
that a Cossack should be—open-handed, full of frolic, eager for new do-
ings. When he was drinking, a black devil seized him, and he had been
drinking spirits all that morning. Even so, it was clearly to be seen that
his Cossacks believed that Mark would be put in the hogshead.
“Ei sokoly vina Atamanou—hi, falcons, wine for the colonel!” they
shouted, and those who had me in hand sat down to smoke their pipes
and watch.
It was a strange duel. At first Chvëdor drank with them—drank the spiced
varenukha and the white, sweet-smelling corn brandy. Every time two
cups would be filled evenly and one taken to Mark, one to Stenka Ra-
zin’s table.
By and by Chvëdor dropped out to go off into the town and plunder a
bit. The prisoners were brought in a steady stream before the ataman, and
it is true he showed no mercy to those who had white hands. The fancy
struck Stenka Razin to have the prince, the governor, thrown from the
clock tower, the highest in the town, and this was done. Then he sent for
wines from the governor’s house, and the afternoon was not half gone be-
fore he had emptied two bottles.
“Ataman—” Mark had picked up this word from us—“you have said
what will happen if I do not keep pace with you in this drinking. But
how if I do?”
“Ask for what you want, Frank,” the chieftain made answer carelessly.
“It will be yours.”
m a r k of a s t r a k h a n 359
“Good!” said Mark, and Stenka Razin looked at him for a moment
from under drooping lids.
When the shadows began to stretch along the ground under the pop-
lars, Stenka Razin’s broad face grew darker and darker until it was purple.
By some blow many of his front teeth had been broken out, and from his
loose mouth trinkles of wine ran down on his shirt. Mark looked whiter
and no longer said anything.
The ataman called for a pitcher of gorilka and tossed it down his throat,
while Mark quaffed his slowly. Stenka Razin looked at him and grinned.
Mark’s head was swaying just a little from side to side, while the big Cos-
sack was motionless as always.
“Ekh, my falcon,” he muttered, “that last was bitter, was it not? We
will have something sweet.”
Throwing back his head he roared out a verse from one of the songs of
Chvëdor, and Mark, thinking that this was part of the game, responded
at once with his only song:
mind was the girl who had held out her arms to him and the bit of the old
colonel’s shirt inscribed with blood. He moved like a man who has been
cut on the head—very slowly, doing one thing at a time.
He raised the pistol Stenka Razin handed him and fired. And the bul-
let struck fairly, near the center of the poplar trunk. The Cossacks raised
a shout, and for a moment Razin’s eyes glowed red. Then he went over
and stood in front of Mark, hands on his thighs.
“Shabash!” he roared. “Well done!”
“Then give me the Frankish girl,” Mark muttered. “She is mine.”
Razin looked at him in astonishment.
“How, yours?”
“My betrothed. She is to be my wife.”
Mark lied, yet he said the only thing that would have weight with Ra-
zin in such a moment.
“What is that to me?”
“Your word!”
“Well, my word is not smoke. Take the lass. She’s fair, but I have a love-
lier bit in my bark. By ——, you are bold. There is a horned soul in you,
Mark.” Razin turned to the watching Cossacks. “Look here, children. This
Frank is Stenka Razin’s kunak, his chosen friend! Do you understand?”
“Aye, father,” the Cossacks cried.
“The whole world knows and the —— in purgatory knows, too, that
Stenka Razin is no niggard. Allah! Where is that besotted priest, Chvë-
dor? Fetch him here, and do you, Filka, run and get the maid. We’ll marry
you, Mark, to the blue-eyed lass, and —— take you if you don’t know how
to look out for her after you are her husband.”
Meanwhile my guards, who knew that I was a follower of the Frank,
decided to release me.
We soon saw that Razin was a man of his word. Chvëdor came staggering
and put a priest’s embroidered chasuble over his svitza and took his stand
behind the very table where the chieftain had been drinking. Torches
were fetched, and the round lantern of the moon peered down at us be-
tween the poplars.
Filka escorted Mistress Bailly from the governor’s house and all the
Cossacks bowed to the girdle when she entered among them, carrying a
candle. Mark went to her and they talked for some moments aside, and I
m a r k of a s t r a k h a n 361
do not know what they said. But the girl put her hand on his arm, and a
little color came into her white cheeks.
Ekh, they had spirit in them—those two. A fine pair, Mark standing
straight as a lance staff, looking every one full in the eyes, although the
liquor must have been boiling in his veins; Mistress Bailly, trembling a
little beneath the cloak, but outwardly indifferent to all except Chvëdor
who began the ritual at once in his fine voice. Her hand was steady when
she placed the candle on the table, and the flame burned bright. If it had
gone out, it would have meant an evil fate for her and my comrade.
We Cossacks all watched the candle, and it did not go out.
“Christ be with you, my children,” said the pirate priest at the end.
He knew the ritual well because he had married Stenka Razin a hun-
dred times or more.
“The Father and Son be with you!” all the Cossacks shouted, and Filka
the Devil, grinning like the fiend he was, fetched the whip with which
the bridegroom should beat the bride to show her who is master. But Mark
did not do this.
Razin began to enjoy the spectacle and to be pleased with himself. At
such times he showed the princely blood that was in him, for he selected
a scimitar and gave it to Mark himself, and the day came when that scim-
itar served us well in a fashion Razin little suspected.
In addition to the sword, he made Mark the gift of a boat—one of the
Cossack barks that had come down the river. It was as long as five horses
and as wide as one, and it had a single mast. There were benches and
sweeps for ten rowers. The sides of the boat were splendidly painted with
banners and figures of the saints, and the rump of the boat was roofed in
like a hut.
The floor of the cabin was covered with Turkish carpets, and hung
with fine colored lanterns and silk tapestries that had come from Ispha-
han. It had a divan with many pillows and ivory tabourets and incense
burned in jeweled holders.
To this bark the Cossacks escorted us in their skiffs in the moonlight.
When Mark and his bride stood on the roof of the cabin, the warriors
raised a shout and let off all their firearms. Then Stenka Razin rose up in
his skiff and greeted his new kunak.
“One thing I ask of you, Mark,” he roared. “When I summon you to sit
with me and drink a glass, you will come.”
362 m a r k of a s t r a k h a n
“I will come,” said my comrade gravely, and even at the end of all things
on the Volga he kept his promise.
This done, the Cossacks rowed off, singing to hold revelry in Astra-
khan, while I sat down in the nose of the boat to smoke a pipe I had bor-
rowed from one of the plunderers, and to think. In the cabin were sugared
fruits and cheese cakes and red wine and white wine, and I could see the
girl eating and drinking a little.
Mother Volga was very quiet that night, and no mist hid the stars. On
all sides were anchored the boats of the pirates, each with its light, and
canoes and skiffs came and went while the feasting in the town went on
apace. The lights on the boats moved very gently when little waves came
and went and the lantern of the moon cast a white light on the rushes of
the shore and the towers of the city.
Meanwhile Mark had drawn the curtain that shut off the cabin from
the belly of the boat and came and sat down by me. He had his short clay
pipe, because the warriors had not plundered him, and this he lighted
from mine, sitting on the wooden wall that runs around the nose of such
a boat, his head propped in his hands.
“Eh, Mark,” I said after a long while, “luck has come your way. If Stenka
Razin did not have a whim to marry you, we twain would have been food
for the fishes by now. It is altogether a miracle.”
“I am not married, Uncle Kosta,” he said shortly.
“How, not married?”
He explained that the lass had been weaned in a tribe and a land where
the priests were not as ours and the churches different. He called her a
Puritan, which is a praying person who has a knack of fighting. Chvë-
dor and our ceremony, the candle and the wedding feast and all the rest
of it, he insisted, was not in the least like the weddings in that tribe of
Frankistan.
“Nay, Mark,” I answered when I had thought about this, “a priest is a
priest even if he be full of wine. A promise is a promise in Frankistan or
on the Volga. Did she not light a candle to set before the Holy Mother?”
“She was made to do it by Filka.”
“You were not made to take her hand before the priest. It is true that
you did not kiss her then, or beat her with the whip and I do not know if
you have kissed her now. But you are certainly her husband.”
m a r k of a s t r a k h a n 363
“Yavash! Uncle Kosta, I have lived all my life among the brethren of
the coast—a plunderer, a vagabond, a buccaneer! I have slept many a time
in a bloodied shirt and have served no king.” He laughed under his breath.
“A buccaneer once, always a buccaneer. My wedding, a ribald priest on
the heels of a drinking bout.”
“You would have been a galliard among the Cossacks, Mark. Eh; the min-
strels must know your name in that far-off sea at the edge of the world.”
But Mark shook his head like a man who sees no use in trying to make
a hard situation better with words. He said that Mistress Bailly was a
flower, a saint, and how was he to care for her?
“Mark,” said I, “you drove the Tatars out of my hut. You faced down
the Muscovite mutineers with nothing at your back but your shadow. You
drank, cup for cup, with Razin and the little father himself swore that
you had a horned soul in you. But you do not at all understand how to go
about consoling a young girl.”
“Perhaps, Uncle Kosta, you might go and talk to her.”
“I? A bear putting his paw into a hive! That would not make her glad!
Look here, I have not heard her weeping.”
“She is not. First she made me tell her about the fate of her uncle, then
she thanked me and said she would sleep.”
I looked at Mark who was puffing at a cold pipe.
“Inshallum bak allah! If I were in your boots, I would not sit out here
and hold my head. I would sit by her and hold her hand and stroke her yel-
low hair. Then I would tell her she is beautiful—and as the saints hear
me, that is the truth. Then I would not fail to kiss her.”
“The —— take you! Uncle Kosta, you know nothing about such a
girl.”
“They’re alike, all of them. If you don’t order them around and show
them some endearments they think you don’t love them. Then they’ll
plague you like a demon until you take the horsewhip to them.”
Again he shook his head helplessly. Yet that is the truth. When a Cos-
sack maiden is married she fetches a whip to her husband to show that she
is ready to serve him. Only if he does not use the whip, she’ll get the upper
hand, because those young girls are like pasture-bred fillies. They need
the bit and spur, otherwise they toss their heads and get out of hand.
Mark explained again that they had gone through the ceremony be-
cause Razin made them, and because they wished Stenka to be free to
leave the Volga.
364 m a r k of a s t r a k h a n
“Taib. True, Mark. Yet I do not think that this maiden would have done
that if she had not loved you.”
He started as if I had flicked him with a whip.
“Not to be believed, Uncle Kostal”
“I have eyes, kunak,” I said, beginning to be angry with him. “I know.
What is the use of talking to you? I am going to sleep.”
Mark had forgotten to bring me any supper. He had forgotten every-
thing except his own uncertainty, and when I curled up on the planks he
began to pace up and down in his heavy boots—going on tip-toe at times
to listen at the curtain to discover if Mistress Bailly slept in peace, and
making more noise in so doing than a buffalo going through underbrush
to drink. Eh, he kept us both awake with his rambling and muttering.
When I dozed off at last, he shook me up to ask why I thought she
loved him.
“Because she watches you when you are not looking and is altogether
a different person when you are with her, you fool.”
Again I dozed and then heard him splashing around in the river. He had
gone over the side of the boat to swim like a dog, which is a custom of the
Franks, hard to believe. It was nearly sunrise and I was very weary.
“Listen, Mark,” I said angrily, “if you will sit in one place and smoke
your pipe or think and not move around in the boat and the water all
the time as if the flies were biting you, I will be able to snooze a bit even
though I have had nothing to eat.”
After that he was quiet, and I found him propped up against the side
wall of the boat when it was light. Mistress Bailly was awake, and with-
out making any fuss at all she brought us a fine breakfast on a tray.
When Mark had gone off to talk with Stenka Razin, she watched his
skiff out of sight, and then, finding out that I knew a little of the Mus-
covite tongue, she made me tell her everything that he had done—how
he had found favor with the dead governor and had saved me from being
skinned alive. I told her some handsome tales because there is nothing to
be gained by sticking about facts when a beautiful maiden lends her ear,
and we got along splendidly.
She told me that when she and her uncle had been forced to fly from
their home, they had dwelt a little among various peoples of Frankistan
and had journeyed to Moscow when they heard that the emperor was
paying foreign officers to drill his soldiery and sail his boats. They had
been ordered to Astrakhan when Stenka Razin took up the torch and the
m a r k of a s t r a k h a n 365
sword. She said that a new army was being sent down the Volga to crush
the Cossacks.
“Will the Cossack chieftain let us go back to Moscow, Uncle Kosta?”
she asked.
“I do not think so. His whim is to keep Mark at his side.”
So it happened. While the Cossacks were feasting in the town and the
merchants and citizens of the place doffed their caps and bent the knee
to us, Mark was summoned at all hours to drink with Razin. He was
made to tell about the buccaneers, and the hunters of Tortuga and the
great treasure ships that crossed the seas to Frankistan. Such things Ra-
zin had never heard before, and his favorite story was the one in which
Mark related how he had taken the galleon of the Spaniard, boring holes
in the skiffs of his men when they rowed up to the enemy in the dark-
ness so that his followers would not lose heart and try to draw back, once
the swords began to talk.
Because such deeds were good hearing, Stenka Razin held Mark in fa-
vor, and the next days were pleasant ones. We went about clad in cloth
of silver and in silks from Kitai,* with belts full of weapons, with wine
casks open in all the streets and more meat than we could eat at night.
For a bottle of spirits we gave a gold chain to a merchant, and the min-
strels made a song about Stenka Razin. Even the shepherds and boatmen
of the place had full bellies and wallets and no one mourned the dead
Muscovite lords.
The sun smiled on us and we lived like princes in the fine boats of the
Cossacks until the day a Terek Cossack rode a foundered horse into the
gate of the Tatar city and flung himself, white with dust, from the sad-
dle before Razin.
“Father,” he cried, “the shah of the Persians has sent his fleet to sea
to make war on you.”
*China.
366 m a r k of a s t r a k h a n
slavery in Shamaki and Tiflis and Bokhara. Sitting in his chair under the
poplars, with a tankard of mead on his knee, Razin heard them through,
and laughed.
“We are dogs,” he growled, “to bite the Muscovite boyars. We are not
a garrison.”
For his captains he had other words.
“Come with me, my children. We will frolic!”
It was in the minds of all who heard that he meant to leave Astrakhan
to its fate and move up the river. But he had another plan. And at this mo-
ment it happened that his eye fell upon Mark, who was sitting with him,
and he remembered the warning of my comrade.
“Eh, Mark,” Razin said, “are you a prophet as well as a kunak? You said
the Moslem jackals were getting together a fleet to come against me.”
“That is true, ataman, as you see.”
“Well, I will not await them here in Astrakhan. I will move down
among the islands, and their women will wait in vain for the warriors of
the shah.”
Hearing this, the captains exchanged glances and Chvëdor made bold
to speak. The Persian fleet had been seen coasting to the north within a
few days of the Volga mouth. In the fleet were a hundred vessels, large and
small, manned by perhaps twenty thousand warriors and slaves. The Cos-
sacks, he pointed out, numbered seven thousand, not counting what was
left of the Muscovite garrison, and the soldiers might do well enough be-
hind walls supported by heavy cannon, but were little used to river war-
fare.
“By the black mass!” cried Razin. “I do not want the Muscovites. They
would overcrowd our boats.”
To other arguments he would not listen, and the townspeople thought
him mad. They were pleased that the Cossacks were going against the
Persians, because there were not ships enough left to them to bear away
the inhabitants up the river, and they were thinking of their houses and
goods and children.
As for the Cossacks, they were ready to follow Razin anywhere. Was
he not their father? Had he not a charm that protected him against bul-
lets, steel or poison? Did he not find plunder and sport for them wherever
he turned? They would have gone with him against all Asia!
And so, in fact, the pirate boats were manned on the second day, sixty
of them. Filka the Devil and two thousand men were left with the Mus-
m a r k of a s t r a k h a n 367
covites who had joined Razin in the city, and the fleet moved off down
the Volga after sending picket boats ahead to find the Persians. And with
the others went the little bark that had been given to Mark.
Razin wished the buccaneer to come, and Mark was not the man to
refuse. Nor would the Frankish girl leave him. Although two brass can-
non had been put in the pretty cabin in place of the divan and a crew of
a dozen outlaws were in the waist of the vessel, she sat on the rail of the
cabin beside Mark, and in vain he urged her that she would be better in
Astrakhan.
Eh, the same thought was in my mind. In a battle on the steppe if things
go wrong you can turn your horse and go away, but you cannot run away
on a ship. And if God wills that the ship should cease floating and should
sink down in the water, that’s the end of everything. I thought of what
Koum Agha had said:
“Fire for the hearth, water for the cup.”
A ship and a battle on the sea was not to my liking.
Mistress Bailly only smiled at Mark and waved her hand to the chil-
dren, gathered on the shore near the city wall under conduct of some priest
or other. They were delighted at the sight of so many little boats moving
down the river and began to sing in their high, sweet voices:
Our Cossacks all looked at the children and waved their hats, and took
it as a good omen. At first they had grumbled because there was a woman
on the boat. They were surprised that evening when a skiff came from the
big bark of the chieftain with a command that Mark should attend the
council of the captains. They had not known that Stenka Razin trusted
Mark greatly, and now they treated me in friendly wise and asked me to
share their kasha and hubble-bubble pipes. They were lean men from the
uplands of the Don and Terek, river-men and hunters like myself—men
of good faith, although given to quarrelling. They had been kissing the
cup a-plenty in the town, but now that we were setting forth to pound the
Moslems, they would not touch even mild red wine.
So we sailed down the Volga, five thousand going against twenty thou-
sand, and we knew not what else.
368 m a r k of a s t r a k h a n
Nor did we know where the Persians were or what channel they would
enter. And this, the Cossacks told me, was no light trouble. Because Mother
Volga has not one mouth but eighty, all reaching into the sea. How were
we to find the Moslems?
What worried our leaders were the eighty mouths of the great river. These
mouths spread over the steppe, running around innumerable islands, and
some were not channels, but shallow streams down which barks could not
sail. Others, nearly all, had sandbars and rocks that barred the way.
So, for as far as a man could ride on a good horse in a day, there was a
wilderness in front of us—a wilderness of sluggish streams and marshes,
of islands hidden by immense rushes and inhabited only by hawks and
gnats and the evil spirits of the waste. Roving Tatars sometimes pitched
their tents on one of the islands by a main channel and waited until a
bark ran ashore, which often happened, and gave them a chance to plun-
der the goods of merchants and carry off the merchants to sell as slaves.
In all this waste of rushes and rocks and yellow sand a man might lose
himself and starve to death.
The Muscovites came there, it is true, to set their nets for sturgeon and
strelet; but they had no love for the Volga mouths.
And here it was that Stenka Razin had decided to give battle to the
Moslem fleet; beside an island that he knew well. This was an eminence
of rocks on the summit of which he had built a wooden castle when the
Muscovites besieged him in former years. It was called Shatiri Bogar, the
Mountain of the Prince, and it lay beside one of the navigable channels.
Stenka Razin was shrewd enough to know that in the open sea his small
Cossack craft would fare badly against the big sailing barks and sandals
and oar galleys of the Moslems.
He had brought a score of heavy iron cannon from Astrakhan and bar-
rels of powder and round shot and grape. And he planned to set a trap for
the Persians.
“Eh,” he said, “we will catch them in nets, like fish.”
And that night, when the full moon came up over the Volga mouths,
we saw what he meant. We came to the nets.
They stretched from the shore of one long island to another save for a
space of the length of three spears that had been left for the boats of the
merchants to pass. Piles made from the trunks of trees, sharpened at one
end, had been driven down into the bottom of the channel in a ragged line,
and between the piles nets of strong hemp were stretched.
m a r k of a s t r a k h a n 369
There were three lines of these nets, a stone’s cast apart—the two up-
stream having openings in them so that the fish might swim through
and be held against the lowest trap. Then the Muscovites would row up
in their boats and sink hooks behind the heads of the sturgeon and slay
them. Since there had been no Muscovites at the nets for many days, the
traps were nearly filled with the long, twisting bodies.
And since the sturgeon were great and powerful, the nets were heavy,
too heavy for any boat to break through.
Behind this triple line of nets Razin planned to place the bulk of his
boats, manned with Cossacks who had muskets. So, in a way, they would
be behind an entrenchment—a palisade in the river itself. And since there
was no time to lose, he set a hundred men to work pulling up the piles
and the hemp meshes from the upstream line, enough of them to close
the gap that had been left for boats to go through.
But before this was done, twenty skiffs and barks and barges floated
down through the gap, down the river for the distance of two musket shots,
along the side of a great island in the center of which rose a rocky height.
This was Shatiri Bogar, and its shore was hidden by a mass of rushes—the
highest I had ever seen—like a forest growing out of the water.
In seventeen of these craft were the heavy cannon he had fetched from
Astrakhan. And these boats were sent through the tall rushes in single file
so that they made but one track which was afterward closed by a screen
of rushes. They were beached and the cannon, the shot and the powder,
landed. A command was given, and the Cossacks from the seventeen boats
began to dig an entrenchment in the sand of the shore.
They worked swiftly, for this was labor they liked well, and the trick
they thought to play on the Moslems made them merry. They arranged
places for the cannon behind the earthwork so that a little after sunup,
they had twenty guns on the shore of Shatiri Bogar, hidden behind the
towering rushes.
And these twenty guns pointed at the channel. A Polish officer of ar-
tillery—Heaven knows whence he came or why he fled to the outlaws—
commanded the guns and the thousand men who were in the redoubt.
And the stout priest Chvëdor, sitting atop a powder keg, commanded the
Pole, in order that everything should be as Razin wished. I wondered why
the Cossacks did not man the wooden fort on the summit of the rock; but
not so much as a lookout was posted there. The buildings looked empty
because they were in truth deserted except by crows.
370 m a r k of a s t r a k h a n
Aye, all these things I saw because our bark was one of the three that
had drifted below the nets and had not been run ashore on Shatiri Bo-
gar. I saw, too, how the trap was being made. First the cannon, then the
nets would hinder the Moslem boats from going up the channel. But why
should the Persians choose this of the half dozen main channels? And
why could they not turn around and go away to another one when they
discovered the lair of the Cossacks?
Razin, however, had thought of all things. At the council he said:
“Hai, my brothers, the trap must be baited. Who ever heard of a wolf
putting his head into a snare unless there was bait? We will anchor three
boats out the mouth of the Shatiri Bogar channel and when the Persians
come up along the coast they will sight our boats and come this way.”
To this the captains agreed—all except Mark, who had set such traps
himself in that sea of the Spaniards at the edge of the world.
“Nay, ataman,” he said thoughtfully. “I have seen the Persians and
their leaders. They are fathers of treachery, and they are ever distrustful.
If they behold three Cossack boats waiting for them they may take it into
their heads to go elsewhere, thinking that these are scouts.”
“Well, they may. They will ask their astrologers and, if the omens are
favorable, they will press ahead. In that way they are fools. “
“True,” assented Mark. “But who knows what the soothsayers will
advise?”
The Cossacks exchanged glances and Razin gnawed his nails. He was
bold. He had gone with five thousand against a great fleet. He was shrewd—
he had blocked the channel, as I have said. But beyond that he cared not,
trusting in his luck.
“Eh, what?” he asked.
“Send the three barks out into the sea athwart the course of the Mos-
lems. When they sight the Persians, let them veer and sail confusedly as
if the pilots were terrified or as if they had no pilots. Drawing back into
this channel they will surely bring some of the Moslem craft in pursuit.
And where some of them go, all will go.”
“You have spoken well, Mark. You have planned wisely. Do you wish
to be part of the bait?”
“Aye,” said Mark when the eyes of the Cossack leaders turned on
him.
Stenka Razin had asked the question idly, pondering whom he would
send as captain of the three ships, which would be the same as a death
m a r k of a s t r a k h a n 371
warrant. When Mark accepted at once, he stroked his mustache and said
no more. He would have gone himself, but the Cossacks would not have
permitted it.
“Eh, be it so.” Suddenly he remembered the woman on the bark. “What
will you do with your wife? We will guard her on Shatiri Bogar.”
Mark pondered and shook his head.
“Unless we bound her, she would not leave the bark. She will go with
me.”
And so in truth she did. All that morning I had been asleep in the nose of
the boat where Mark would not see me and take it into his head to sum-
mon me to row with the Cossacks who were laboring at the oars—since
the wind was the warm, south wind, and the boat would not go against
it without the oars. When the sun was overhead and the thumping of the
oars stopped, I woke up and found that a new Cossack was on the boat.
A slender youth with a white lambskin hat and white wool cherkeska,
bound with a broad red sash. The boots of the newcomer were red mo-
rocco, embroidered with gold, and a pistol and a light yataghan were thrust
through the red sash. Eh, that was Mistress Bailly and a handsome boy
she made, standing on the rump of the boat beside Mark, looking intently
to the south.
“A-yar!” said a Terek warrior who was sitting smoking beside me. “She
is better so, the princess! Look!”
With his pipe he pointed to the south. Here the gray water was covered
by a black mass moving along the shore toward us. Never have I seen such
a number of vessels—high sandals, swift shallops, darting like spiders
over the waves, squat merchants’ barks and galleys—all with sails of every
color, both square and triangular and all moving toward us while we sat
on the water, rolling from side to side and making no effort to escape.
Even before I saw the green crescents on the white sails of the sandals,
I knew this was the fleet of the Persians. Among the ships were many that
had fled from Astrakhan and had been captured.
We were not far from the coast, but when I looked to the north whence
we had come I saw only a gray line, shrouded in mist. We had followed
the west coast but we had come many leagues from the river’s mouth.
On the rump of the ship I found Mark leaning against the pole by which
he steered.
372 m a r k of a s t r a k h a n
“Surely, Mark,” I said, “it is time to hoist the sail and tighten the reins
of the ship so that we will not fall into the hands of yonder dogs.”
“Your place, Barbakosta,” he responded, “is there in the bow.”
Mistress Bailly smiled at me, and her eyes were bright. Mark, too,
appeared taller, and his words had a bite to them. He was studying the
clouds and the birds that wheeled over the masts of the Moslems—rooks
and hawks that had come from God knows where.
Ekh-ma! The men from the Terek and the Don mocked me when I
went back and sat down, not at all proudly, because the sons of jackals
had heard the words of the Frank. One said—
“Messenger to the chieftain!”
Another put in—
“Ambassador Barbakosta!”
“Hi, brothers, to the oars! Barbakosta does not want to fall into the
hands of the Moslems.”
“Nay, he went to woo the ataman’s wife, the old dog! His fleas woke
him up.”
I had not thought before then that a Cossack on a boat was not expected
to speak to the officer or to go up on the roof where the tiller was. Just
then Mark gave an order and the men ran to the mast and began to hoist
the long beam to which the sail hangs. The wind turned the boat and we
ploughed through the waves instead of rolling around in one place.
But it was not part of Mark’s plan to run away quickly. He turned the
tiller and our bark bumped against the side of another so that some of the
ropes were broken and the sail began to flap like a limed pigeon.
Soon I heard the “Hourra-ha-a!” of the Moslems who were closest to us
in several long shallops. Our Cossacks mended the ropes that were bro-
ken and we sped away again, leaning over on one side because the wind
was pushing very strongly.
The islands of the Volga mouths began to draw nearer, and I picked out
the high rock of Shatiri Bogar before midafternoon. By then we could see
the peaked turbans and the mailed corselets of the Persians in the shal-
lops, and it was clear that the whole fleet was coming after us.
Slowly opened out the mouth of the river toward which we were headed.
White surf fringed the rocks and the tall rushes wavered and bent like a
forest under a tempest. Our boat leaned over more and more until the men
beside me lay down on the floor with their feet braced against the lower
railing, paying no heed to the spray that came over us. They watched the
m a r k of a s t r a k h a n 373
sail and said that Mark at last was trying to make the boat show its best
speed.
The cannon in the Persian boats began to go off, and every time the man
from the Terek would lift his head to see where the balls had struck.
“The birds are flying high,” he said, and I asked why we did not re-
turn their fire.
He pointed down to the floor of the bark and shook his head, meaning
that it was impossible to fire unless the deck were level; but our pursuers
began to loose more cannon at us. Their great sandals had come up closer,
and they seemed to have no reluctance to burn powder. This was because
they did not wish us to escape and bear the tidings, as they fancied, of
their arrival to Astrakhan. So said the man from the Terek, pointing to the
shore that seemed to fly toward us. Thin, veil-like mist was gathering be-
tween us and the rock of Shatiri Bogar. Yet I could see the wooden house
of Stenka Razin on the summit with the rooks settled about it.
Surely the Persians would fear nothing from that, because birds would
not act like that if men were about.
“Look!” said the Terek Cossack, ramming his elbow into my ribs.
The largest of our boats had been hit more than once by the Moslem
cannon. And I saw white splinters fly up from its side as it swung slowly,
first this way, then that, its mast broken down. The leading shallops cir-
cled around it as dogs rush in on a wolf. Now the cannon of our comrades
in the disabled boat began to speak, puffs of smoke darting out and drift-
ing down the wind.
But it availed them little. A black ship with two masts, towering over
the rolling chayak, headed toward it and struck it with a dull crashing of
wood. The Persian sandal kept on after us, and our boat sank lower and
lower until it could not be seen at all.
Mark had seen, but his face had not changed. The girl had grown pale
and her eyes were smoldering. She sat on the deck at his feet where the
railing protected her from arrows.
The roaring of the swell on the shore grew louder, the soughing of the
rushes and shrieking of the gulls, and the breath and power of the sea
seemed to sweep us into the gut between the islands. We fled. Crowding
together, the first boats of the fleet were close upon our heels.
We passed the flank of Shatiri Bogar where the thickening mist and the
rushes hid a thousand men with their cannon. We swept around the bend
374 m a r k of a s t r a k h a n
in the river beyond, Mark steering the boat past rocks and the gray shapes
of sandbars. In the farther reach of the river we moved more slowly be-
cause the wind did not push as much. What became of the other boat I do
not know. Perhaps it stumbled on a sandbar and sat.
For a space we drifted alone in a shroud of gray mist with our heads
close to the water, listening. The Terek Cossack got up and looked over
the nose of the boat, listening also. Mark jumped up to the railing, keep-
ing one foot on the pole that steers the boat, attentive to things that were
going on behind the gray veil. We heard firelocks booming far behind us,
and I thought of the second boat.
Eh, we had led the dogs of Tourki into the nets, but we ourselves were
in the trap. We could not go ahead. There was no longer a path through
the nets. We could not go back. The oncoming fleet was at our heels. And
now that the wind had ceased the river began to push at us, first this way,
then that.
“To the oars!” cried Mark.
Four oars were thrust into the water, and Mark turned the guiding pole
so that we moved toward the island on the far side of the river from Shatiri
Bogar. We felt our way among rocks and shallows until we entered a hole
in the side of the island—a cove, the Terek Cossack said. Big black boul-
ders rose on either side and passed behind us. Then the oars were lifted
and our boat sat on the ground, although the water still stretched a spear
cast to the shore.
“Barbakosta,” Mark ordered, “take one man and go to a high place on
the shore. Watch the river! Bring us tidings!”
I took the tall man from the Terek and waded ashore. We carried our
firelocks through the brush and shivered when the wind whipped through
our trousers. We heard the shouting of the Moslems, the creaking of wood
on the ships and the threshing of oars. We could see perhaps half the river,
with black shapes moving up the stream.
And then the gray curtain was cut by red flashes and rolling white
smoke upstream where the Cossack chayaks were in ambush behind the
nets. All of the boats had small brass cannon and the balls tore through
the close packed Moslems. But I heard no firing from Shatiri Bogar be-
low the bend.
“Chvëdor is not a fool,” my companion grunted. “He will not loose his
iron dogs until the Tourki begin to flee down the river.”
m a r k of a s t r a k h a n 375
Then I saw the whole of the trap Stenka Razin had set. It was like the
trap the Muscovites made in the water for the sturgeon—easy to get into,
but no way out. The cannon on Shatiri Bogar were not to keep the Mos-
lems from ascending the Volga; nay, to sink them when they fled.
For a time we sat and watched, and it seemed as if the Persians were
trying to force their way through the nets, because we heard the clash-
ing of steel and the war shouts—
“Haura—haa-a!”
More boats were coming up and these began to drift over toward us,
oar galleys and sandals packed with men who were all watching the fight-
ing up the river. They did not look happy. By and by we heard the Cos-
sack cry:
“Saryn na kitchkou! Up, lads to the bows!”
The Terek Cossack let his pipe go out and rammed his arm into my
ribs.
“Eh, Barbakosta, the brothers are warming up. They are getting their
blood up!”
I had drawn careful aim at a tall mirza who stood on the rump of the
nearest galley, a stone’s throw away. He was a fine man in a black khalat
with a brass knob on the top of his white turban that was shaped like a lily.
Over his head was a canopy of striped stuff, and two black slaves stood be-
hind him with peacock plumes on their noddles. And upon the mast near
him dangled two Muscovites, taken from the boats that had fled from As-
trakhan—now hanging head down, roped by the ankles.
From below the bend thundered Chvëdor’s big cannon—bong, bang,
bong! My mirza looked surprised, but he could see nothing, of course.
One by one, the ships began to try to go back.
Bong, bang, bong! Thus spoke Chvëdor’s guns, and all at once, as a
flight of swallows start up from a thicket, the Persians became afraid. A
galley broke off its oars against the side of a big ship; a sailing boat ran
down a skiff. There was not room enough in the river for them all to turn
and go out as they wanted.
Many of them started toward our shore, the mirza’s boat among them.
At first a few, then throngs of Moslems began to run up the shore, shout-
ing and holding their heads. That is always the way with the Tourki. When
they are attacking or cornered they are brave fighters. But when they flee
they rush blindly.
376 m a r k of a s t r a k h a n
“It is time to go back to Mark,” I said, and the Cossack from the Terek nod-
ded assent. Indeed it was time, because they had seen us on our rock.
We ran down through the brush until my companion stopped sud-
denly, putting his hand to his side. Nay, he was not hit by an arrow, he
was feeling in his pocket.
“Stoy bratikou, lioulkou zagoubil!” he cried. “Stop, brother, I have
lost my pipe!”
“May the dogs bite you! If you go back, you’ll never smoke labak
again.”
But the mad fellow turned and started up into the rocks to look for his
pipe. I waited several moments, and then I saw turbans and cloaks on the
height where he had vanished. Nay, I never saw him again.
To Mark I said that the Tourka boats were in a stampede like cattle,
leaving the nets. And what was going on by Shatiri Bogar I knew not. In-
deed it was not long before our eyes beheld what our ears had long been
aware of. First a skiff rowed into our hole in the shore as if the fiends were
behind it. Then a gilded sandal with its mast shot away.
These boats paid no heed to us. They ran on the ground and sat and the
men swarmed to shore. Some began to shoot arrows at us, and we more
than paid them back. But finally there came the oared galley of the tall
mirza, with half its men lying bleeding on the deck. When he saw us,
he shouted angrily, and the galley ran in beside us, and forty Moslems
poured over the rail of our bark, ululating with blood lust, with steel in
their hands and teeth. We shouted once—
“Hai—Kosaki!”
And we fired our muskets into them. I picked up a heavy boat hook
with a long point and prong, regretting greatly my nine daggers. By break-
ing the shaft of the boat hook in twain, I had a good weapon. One man I
pierced with the point and another I hooked through the ribs.
I was knocked into the nose of the boat, my boat hook lost. A gun lay
here, and I loaded it, being protected for the moment by the mast. Mark
was standing on the rump of the vessel alone with the girl, his scimitar
flashing up and down—up and down, as he sprang from side to side. An
arrow flickered into his thigh and he staggered.
At the same instant the girl fired a pistol down into the Moslems who
were climbing over the dying Cossacks toward the stern. She drew her
light sword bravely. But what is a blade in the hand of one unskilled? A
giant black slave sprang up beside her and struck the scimitar out of her
m a r k of a s t r a k h a n 377
hand with his heavy sword. Then he hacked deep below her shoulder just
as Mark reached him, stumbling, and cut off his head cleanly.
Hai, that was a good stroke! “Shabash!” I cried, and shot down a war-
rior who had run at Mark’s back.
It seemed to me then that our lives would go out in another moment—
Mark with his arm around the bleeding girl, raging back and forth on
one leg; I with an empty gun and no other weapon. Then I heard a roar-
ing voice:
“Steel to them! Strike on all sides!”
And a man jumped from the galley into our deck. A man with a ring-
mail shirt half slashed from his shoulders and the tatters of red sleeves
flying when he struck with a long curved blade that sang in the air.
Eh, the blade dripped red, and the man scattered blood as he crashed
into the huddle of the Moslems.
His blade snapped off, and he thrust out with his fists, sending men fly-
ing. His big, bow legs bent and leaped, and he began to lash about with a
battle ax he had caught up. No one could stand against him. Shields split
and bones snapped under his blows. The Moslems who had been about
Mark—among them the shining mirza—flung themselves on him until
they all became a knot of arms and heads, twisting among the dead bod-
ies in the belly of the boat.
For the last moment I had heard other shouts.
“Aid for the ataman! Slash them brothers, slash!”
Other Cossacks dropped over the rail and pounced on the knot of men.
Pistols barked, and before my gun was loaded the deck was cleared of all
Moslems save the dead and the dying.
That was how Stenka Razin came to seek Mark in the fight on the
Volga. He wiped the sweat from his black brows and spat from bleeding
lips. When he was certain that Mark was alive and not dangerously hurt
he turned on the Cossacks who had followed him across the empty galley
from two chayaks that had come up to the far side of the galley.
“Eh, dogs—fathers of a thousand slaves! You were late, late! The Frank
was nearly done for when you came.”
They were ashamed and hung their heads, until one of them looked
around at that sepulcher of a boat.
“Aga tachomek chapar Frankistan,” he said. “The Frankish lord is
brave.”
Then Stenka Razin saw the Moslems gathering on the heights above
him, drawing their bows. Instantly he sprang into the water and waded
378 m a r k of a s t r a k h a n
ashore, leaving a red trail behind him, heaving himself up on the shore
as the wild bougày, lord of the steppes, comes up out of a river, shaking
his horns and roaring to let other animals know that he is on the shore.
So Stenka Razin roared out of an open throat, running toward the un-
easy bowmen. And, though they were many and his followers few, they
turned and fled.
That is how Stenka Razin fought—without mercy for himself, his men
or his foes. And yet he took thought in that red twilight for Mark, his
kunak.
We carried the girl ashore, Mark and I, as gently as we could, and laid her
on the sand, drawing off her cherkeska. I had thought to find her cut half
through, the life all gone. But Mark had thought to make her put on a
shirt of finely wrought ring mail.
The blow of the slave’s sword had severed this under the armpit and
had driven many of the links into her white flesh, yet the steel rings had
checked the bite of the blade and the wound was no deeper than my thumb
joint. It had not quite reached the wall around the heart.
“Eh, Mark,” I said to hearten him, seeing that his eyes were haggard,
“spit on some clay, put it on the cut and give her vodka and she will live
to give you more than one son.”
Instead of that, he bade me go to all the fiends, and bathed out the girl’s
bleeding side with salt water. She whimpered but did not cry out. Then he
bound her tightly under the arms with the white cotton turban cloth of
the Persian mirza which was the cleanest thing within reach.
When this was done she made him put her head on his knee and held
up her hands. He stroked her hair, but she pulled down his head so that he
kissed her many times on the eyes and lips. That was the way of it.
“See, Mark,” I pointed out from where I was sitting at a little distance
so that the smoke of my pipe would not make the girl cough, “it is as I
said. Although you are a fool where such women are concerned, she wants
you for her man, if God gives her life.”
“The saints bless you, Uncle Kosta,” he whispered, and tears were
shining in his eyes.
And in the end her life was spared. Mark went as swiftly as a chayak
could be rowed to Astrakhan and from there, all the weary way up to Mos-
cow, on the Volga, I accompanying him because I had no wish to leave my
kunak. He wanted a Muscovite surgeon to attend her, but she wanted no
m a r k of a s t r a k h a n 379
more than his nursing, though he could not understand that. He had eyes
for nothing except this young girl lying on the rug under the canopy, nor
would he permit any one else to give orders on the skiff.
He was no longer a wanderer or a prisoner. In Moscow he held his head
high and spoke proudly to the Muscovites who, having heard of his deeds
at Astrakhan and in the Volga mouths, offered him a commission as col-
onel of a fleet. This time he accepted.
The battle of Shatiri Bogar was much talked about, because the Persians
had been badly cut up. Men said that ten thousand of them had departed
this life, trapped between Chvëdor’s guns and the nets, and the Cossack
took more spoil than they knew what to do with. Never since then have
the Moslems launched a fleet on the Caspian.
As for Mistress Bailly, she was married again to Mark by a priest of her
own faith, a little man in dull garments who read through his nose out
of a book. Although she and Mark took pleasure in it, the ceremony was
lacking to my mind. No candles were set before the Holy Mother and the
drinking was not a cupful to the revelry in Astrakhan when the moon
looked down through the poplars and the lover and lass stood between
life and death while Stenka Razin frolicked.
Nay, should a promise be said over again? I thought of the promise
Mark had made to Razin—that he would come and sit with the Cossack
when he was summoned. For a time it seemed as if Mark and his new fleet
would be sent against the Cossacks and the two fighters would exchange
sword strokes instead of stories.
Then we heard that the Cossacks had been cut to pieces by the Musco-
vite army that had been sent from the north. It was in the north, too, that
Prince Boriatinski broke the power of Razin. Eh, the Cossacks had suf-
fered as well as the Moslems in that red evening on the Volga. The survi-
vors scattered, and Razin was hunted from place to place.
Before long tidings came that he had been taken, in a hut on the Volga.
He had killed fourteen of the soldiers that surrounded him. Then he came
out of the door, leaving his sword within, saying:
“Take me, curs! I am ready to be killed.”
It was a day in late Summer when the leaves were dry on the oaks that
grew in the promenade before the great church of Saint Vasili the Blessed.
Mark was walking with his lady on his arm, accompanied by Frankish
and Muscovite officers of the tsar’s bodyguards. I, as his servant, followed
380 m a r k of a s t r a k h a n
behind with a stick instead of a gun, to drive away beggars. Mark had on
a splendid white kaftan and broad red boots and a wide Frankish hat with
plumes, and many officers were the first to bow when they met him. But
that evening a crowd came toward the Kremyl gate, escorting a file of hal-
berdiers who surrounded a cart drawn by black oxen.
In the cart, leaning against the rail, his arms folded, was Razin. Eh,
his finery was no more. His shirt was in rags, and his feet were bare; his
hair had grown long on his head. The wild bougày of the steppe had been
torn by wolves and the flesh of his purple face was sodden, his eyes dull.
No longer did his followers crowd around him. Look where he would, he
beheld only the eyes of hatred.
Yet he saw Mark and leaned over to stare at him and his lady.
“Hai, Mark,” he said beseechingly, “my friend, come and sit with me
in the prison. Come and talk over the wine cup these few days.”
He had spoken in Turkish and none of the Muscovites understood.
Mark looked long at Razin.
“I will come,” he said.
Afterward, I went to him and said that this thing was not to be thought
of. In the tsar’s service a colonel could not go and drink with a Cossack
pirate. It was known that Mark had had dealings with Razin in Astra-
khan, but this had been forgiven him in view of his skill in handling the
new ships. If he went to Razin like a brother now he would be suspected
and treated in evil wise. That is how it is at a tsar’s court.
But the lass, when she understood the matter, said suddenly that he
was to go and visit Razin as he had promised.
And Mark laughed, looking down at her with pride.
“It is as you see, Uncle Kosta,” he cried.
As for me, knowing that Mark was not to be persuaded from anything,
I burned a gold candle before the good Saint Nicholas and went to the river
gate where some Nogai Tatars of my acquaintance had a skiff that they
were willing to sell. I bought it, and the Tatars too, for we lacked not gold
in those days. I made everything ready to flee.
For three days Mark went to the prison, I carrying a keg of brandy behind
him. Because of his rank, Razin’s warders could not refuse him. And far
into the night the two of them sat drinking, cup for cup, saying little.
At times Razin would tell of how he frolicked on the Volga and at
times Mark would relate how the buccaneers made a kingdom in the is-
lands that lie at the edge of the world. When the candles burned low, Ra-
zin would ask if Mark were coming again to sit with him.
m a r k of a s t r a k h a n 381
“Well, kunak,” he said on the third day, “soon the stirrup cup.”
On the fourth day Mark came, indeed, and so did the priest and the
executioners. The crowd around the prison and the open space where
he was to die in the Kremyl was very great. The cart and the black oxen
were in readiness, and even musicians had been summoned. Razin was
given a goblet of mead and, as a last favor, allowed to smoke the pipe for
which he asked.
With it between his teeth he climbed into the cart and leaned down to
grasp Mark’s hand. He noticed the musicians with pleasure and smiled.
“Shabash!” he said to Mark. “Well done!”
He did not think that such words were like to be a noose around Mark’s
neck. Stenka Razin waved farewell to his kunak with his pipe and called
out to the fiddlers—
“Strike up, lads!”
The oxen grunted and the cart creaked and he started forward through
the crowd, roaring his favorite song—the same the children of Astrakhan
had sung when we floated down the river toward the Volga mouths:
going into Frankistan, to the great sea in the west, to seek again the is-
lands that lay at the edge of the world.
And so it was that I said farewell to my kunak, a man of his word, a
man after my heart.
Today, if you sail upon the Volga in a chayak, the song of the Cossack
river-men will repeat the name of Stenka Razin, and if you talk to them,
the old Cossacks, many will recall Mark of Astrakhan. He and Razin—
where will you find such men today?
Red Hands
Charny came to himself a little at a time. First he was aware that he sat
in a saddle. Then he saw the familiar gray steppe grass and felt the wind
in his head.
His head troubled him. It was wet with sweat and it had no lambskin
kalpak on it. Inasmuch as most of his skull had been shaved a few days
ago, it felt cold. A fiery thirst tormented him.
Besides, the level steppe behaved strangely. It rose dizzily and then
dropped away from him, although his horse paced along steadily enough.
Charny knew what this meant.
“I’ve been licking the pig,” he thought.
He remembered singing a chorus with some fellow Cossacks in a town
tavern. After that—night and the saddle and a rushing wind.
“Devil take it all,” he muttered. “I’ve come far.”
No town was visible on the swaying steppe. The Cossack bent over and
looked down. He had no coat, but his wide leather breeches were there
and his prized shagreen boots—he looked on each side to make sure. His
shirt appeared torn and stained with tar. What mattered most, he still
wore his sword. So, he had not drunk that up.
But the horse! After awhile he drew rein and dismounted, holding firmly
to the saddle horn. Streaked with sweat and dust, with burrs clouding its
long tail, this black horse was certainly not his. A good horse, however,
a wolf-chaser.
“How did I get you, kunak?”
Evidently after the drinking bout he had taken a horse from the stable
and then raced off into the plane—naturally enough, after so many cups
of brandy. It was afternoon now, the sun almost setting, and Charny saw
no sign of a trail. Only the waving grass, clusters of dark oaks, the hazy
384 r ed h a n ds
sky—and the brown sail of a boat moving majestically over the grass, far
off. The Cossack closed his eyes and looked again. The brown sail was
still there.
Well, brandy played tricks like that. Worse than the myzga, the mi-
rage. Charny tried to remember whether he had gone north, east, south,
or west from the frontier town, but without success.
Leading the horse into the nearest shade he loosened the saddle girth
slowly. He searched for a picket rope and found none. Letting out the rein,
he slipped it over his shoulder and laid down, his head on his arms. He
would sleep for a while and then let the horse find the way to water . . .
Instead, he woke with a start. The red glare of sunset filled the sky,
and the wind had ceased. Along the ground he had heard the thudding of
hooves on the hard clay. Instantly he leaped to his feet, his hand touch-
ing the sword hilt at his belt.
Then he relaxed. Only one rider had come up, a Cossack on a piebald
horse—a broad Cossack with long arms, wearing a clean sheepskin coat,
a black kalpak with a red crown, and polished boots. His was a brown,
lined face, like a Tartar’s, with tufted mustaches.
“Tfu!” grunted the rider. “Draw that curved sword and I’ll slap you
in the snout.”
Charny’s head was clearing. The other man had saddlebags, with a
rolled-up bearskin and a jug behind the saddle—evidently a registered Cos-
sack, on service. In that Year of the Lord 1684 it was well to look twice at
one who rode alone and armed in the eastern steppe. The towns and the
Muscovite merchants lay under the sunset to the west, and the steppe
here was at the edge of the frontier.
“What man are you?” Charny asked.
“They call me Vash. I patrol from the Zarit stanitza. The others turned
back, but I kept your trail like a weasel.”
Zarit, Charny remembered, was the hamlet where he had been drink-
ing at the tavern. He looked at the man called Vash expectantly as the
other dismounted.
“Seventy vests you rode between midnight and now,” went on Vash.
“Straight over the steppe to the east. Well, I’ll take you back.”
“Why take me back?”
“Don’t you know? Last night you licked the pig—you were dancing
the hopak in the Cossack’s bed* when His Highness, the lieutenant of
the starosta, rode by. He said something, and you pulled him out of the
r ed h a n ds 385
saddle and used the whip on his hide until he danced. Tfu! There was a
devil in you—”
“How did I find the horse?”
“It’s his Highness’s charger—a good one. The starosta gave command
to all of us on the border patrol to follow and bring you back. They are rag-
ing like bulls in a pen, the starosta and his men. Come on, it’s late.”
Charny knew well enough what awaited him at Zarit: the stocks; the
scourge; or his ears clipped off. They had his horse and his silver, his
svitza and his hat, while he had one of their best chargers. So, he had sto-
len nothing. Moreover, he was tired of the Russian settlements were a
man could not even drink without being caged.
“My road is to the east,” he decided. “To the devil take your starosta
and his commands.”
Vash considered a moment, his slant eyes measuring the tall fugitive.
Then he leaped at Charny, his powerful arms clutching. But Charny was
in no mood for a fight. Stepping aside, he drew his curved sword swiftly.
“Steel to you!” shouted Vash, jerking out his own sword.
For a moment the two Cossacks circled wearily, Vash half crouched,
his muscles tense, while Charny sidestepped softly, waiting. Then Vash
leaped again, his saber swinging over his head. Charny parried the slash
at his ribs and drew back while the Zarit Cossack pressed him with cut
after cut.
Suddenly the taller man stepped forward, twisting the curved blade of
his saber around the other’s sword until the hilts locked. Without warn-
ing he wrenched the blades toward him, and Vash’s sword flashed into the
air, falling to the ground behind Charny, who set his foot upon it.
“The devil’s in you still!” Vash muttered, rubbing his hand. “Get into
the saddle, and may the dogs bite me if I don’t carve your ribs there. To fight
on a horse—that’s the best way. Only sheep-herders fight on their feet.”
A smile touched Charny’s thin lips. With the red glow of sunset on his
half-shaven head, his dark eyes seemed on fire.
“Well, what will you do?” Vash asked irritably. “Don’t you see that I’m
your prisoner? Do you want me to take grass in my teeth?”
“Do what you like.” Charny picked up the other’s sword and sheathed
his own. “I’m not going back to Zarit to be strung up on a rope.”
*The trampled earth in front of a tavern door where Cossacks were likely to be
found asleep in the morning.
386 r ed h a n ds
“Well, I can’t go off into the steppe without a sword. Now listen, you
aren’t my captive any longer, that’s clear. I won’t try to take you back
there.” Vash’s tufted mustache twitched in a grin. “Allah, they say His
Highness the lieutenant howled when you kissed his hide with the whip.
It’s all one to me. Only give me back the sword.”
He held out his hand. “Faith of a Cossack. I pledge faith by all the Cos-
sack brotherhood, alive or dead, out yonder.” And he motioned to the north
and east, to south and west.
He had served, that Vash, in the wars, and his oath was the oath of a
Zaporogian—of a free Cossack who had once belonged to the great war
encampment of the siech. If he gave his word as a Zaporogian, it would
be trusted.
Charny handed him back his sword.
“Aya tak,” he said, “Aye, so. Now give me water from that jug.”
Vash sheathed his sword and stared.
“Water! Would I carry water with mother Volga flowing under my
snout?”
And, remembering the brown boat’s sail on the steppe, Charny laughed.
Truly his head had been bitten. Ten minutes later the Cossacks and the
horses were drinking at the bank of the wide gray river that flowed sound-
lessly between borders of high rushes. Charny thrust in his head, snort-
ing, and wringing the water out of his scalp lock. The burning fire left
his brain, and all at once he felt ravenously hungry. He found Vash sit-
ting his horse on a sand mound that rose above the rushes. The Cossack
of the patrol had barley cakes in his bags, but both of them felt the need
of meat or gruel.
With experienced eyes Vash studied the river in the deepening twi-
light. Swallows flitted overhead; out in midstream a log raft drifted with-
out lights, although the deep notes of a boatman’s song came from it over
the water. On the far side the gray banks were turning black. Upstream
he made out the blur of some large islands. But he shook his head.
“Not a tavern: not a fishing boat. Nothing to eat here.”
“Yonder’s a fire,” observed Charny. He knew nothing of the Volga, but he
had been born in the steppe and he had noticed what the other had missed:
the thin glow of firelight against trees upstream near the islands.
“Gypsies, it may be.” Vash nodded. “Well, God gives.”
As they rode north, keeping to the hard ground above the rushes, he ex-
plained that this portion of the steppe was deserted except for a few Sum-
r ed h a n ds 387
It was almost dark by the time they approached the fire, and Vash drew rein
with an exclamation. The place seemed to be a large encampment with-
out tents or huts. Along the shore in the firelight some two-score men sat
at meat around three smoking pots. Most of them were armed with short
sword and pistol, while pikes were stacked in military fashion. A few of
them, in fine clothes, looked like Russians. And Vash noticed these had
no weapons, although there were two women in their number.
Among the crowd he made out Kalmuks in white felt hats and a scat-
tering of burlaki.
“There’s no wagon train, no horses,” he muttered, spitting out the sun-
flower seeds he was chewing.
Charny, who was hungry, urged his horse forward. As they came down
to the shore some of the men rose to meet them.
“Whose men are you?” demanded Vash.
The strangers made no answer. They stared at the horses, and one went
to the top of the rise on which the fire had been built to peer into the dark-
ness behind the Cossacks. Someone else threw a dish of grease on the
flames, which soared up, hissing, lighting up the shore.
Vash noticed a figure in a priest’s hat and veil seated by the women,
who had bold painted faces and the physique of Amazons. At least three
of their companions wore the fur-trimmed garments of boyars—noble-
men. But these, although they looked curiously at the patrol rider, had
nothing to say. Perhaps they spoke only Russian and did not know the
Cossack speech.
“Well, people,” Vash remarked, “is there no one to bid us to sit down to
bread and salt?” The odor of mutton and garlic tickled his nostrils.
388 r ed h a n ds
A tall man in a red Tartar khalat rose from his place and came over to
the Cossacks. He had curly hair the color of wheat, and he bore himself
as if accustomed to command. With his hands thrust in his girdle he in-
spected Vash and Charny without haste.
“What seek ye?” he asked curtly. He spoke in the fashion of the Mus-
covites, like a boyar.
“We are riders of the Zarit patrol—” Vash stretched a pointed to include
Charny “and, by Allah, we want to set our fangs in meat.”
“Well,” said the tall boyar, “I am Kolmar, the lieutenant of Astrakhan,
and I have no meat for you thieving dogs.” He spoke to one of his follow-
ers and turned back to the fire.
Vash glanced anxiously at Charny, who had horsewhipped the lieuten-
ant of a smaller town after drinking brandy. It would not do, he thought, to
try that game with this Kolmar. Cossacks would not have turned a hun-
gry man away from such an abundance of food: but these chaps seemed
to be Muscovites with a following picked up along the river.
Charny, however, was more interested than angry. Suddenly he reined
his horse forward, passing Kolmar and halting to stare at the women and
the priest.
“If you have no food for us of the steppe,” he said slowly, “give us at
least a blessing, little father.”
Some of the men laughed, and the bearded priest turned his head as if
troubled. Hastily he raised his hand and muttered something.
“Get out!” said the Lord Kolmar softly. “And if you show your head
this night you will taste a bullet.”
One of the women cried out shrilly but Charny wheeled his horse and
trotted off. He headed straight away from the river, as Vash joined him,
and kept on until he was beyond the last of the firelight. Then he halted
and sat motionless.
“The ox tails—the stall cattle!” muttered Vash. “They had white bread
and kegs of mead enough for a barrack. But then they’re Muscovites, and
God made them so they can’t see beyond their whiskers.”
“Kegs and chests they had,” Charny observed thoughtfully.
His eyes by now were accustomed to the gloom. A half-moon, low over
the river, shed an elusive light. To Vash’s surprise, he began to quarter the
ground at a hand pace, bending down to inspect the light patches of sand
between the clumps of dwarf oak and saxaul.
“There’s no bread here,” Vash remarked after he had grown tired of fol-
lowing his champion about.
r ed h a n ds 389
“Nothing,” Charny agreed. “Only the tracks of men who came out of
the wood. No carts, no horses, and no tracks of many people.”
For a moment a chill of dread touched the Cossack of the patrol, who
had all the superstition of those who ride the steppe. Kolmar and his peo-
ple had food chests and cakes with them, and they could not have carried
such things on their shoulders. In fact, they did not seem to have passed
over the surface of the steppe. And Vash had seen no sign of a boat. They
were there on the shore, waiting by that fire, as if they were dead souls
who haunted the river in the hours of darkness. He thought of the florid
faces of the women, and the silent priest, and glanced over his shoulder
uneasily. True, they were not like honest folk of flesh and blood.
But spirits did not boil mutton over a huge fire, nor did they slake their
thirst with honey-mead. Moreover, Kolmar had been a true boyar, ready to
blaze away with powder and ball. No, they must have landed from a riv-
erboat, although why they should have done so on this deserted stretch
of shore Vash did not know.
“The fire,” Charny said softly. “Did you see where it was?”
Hastily Vash glanced over his shoulder, half expecting to find the fire
moving away somewhere. But it still flared and smoked on the rise by
the shore.
“Devil take it!” he grunted. “Haven’t you ever seen a fire before?”
“Not like that.”
Vash reflected that he himself would have built a fire in a hollow out of
the wind, where it would not catch the eye of roving Tartars. Or, to cook
meat, he would have made a small fire between rocks and let it die to em-
bers. But these men made a blaze as if to signal down the river.
“Well, they’re Muscovites,” he responded. “And they have women to
keep warm. Why shouldn’t they kindle up?”
Then he started. They had been walking the horses slowly down river,
when Charny’s mount shied away from a clump of saxaul. Something
slipped out of the shadowy thicket and sped away soundlessly.
Charny went after it in a minute, lashing his horse through the brush.
By the time Vash caught up with him the Cossack had dismounted and
was wrestling with a dark figure. A knife flickered in the moonlight as
Charny caught the arm of his antagonist and jerked. Charny had mus-
cles of pliant steel in the hundred and eighty pounds of him, and the fig-
ure went down on the sand.
Jumping from his saddle, Vash was going to kick the stranger in the
head—because a knife in the dark is more to be feared that any sword.
390 r ed h a n ds
But Charny pulled him back and spoke to the stranger, who made an-
swer in a whisper.
“It’s a woman,” muttered the Cossack of the patrol, bending down.
“A girl. Eh, she’s pretty, too. A dove. Hi—hop!” He began twirl his long
mustache.
“Shut up!” grunted Charny. “She’s a Gypsy, and she can take us to
some food.”
“But—”
Charny took the rein of the black horse in one hand, and he twisted his
other fist in the end of the Gypsy girl’s long, loose hair. She was barefoot,
with a sheepskin chaban over her slender shoulders, and she led them
swiftly toward the river.
“But,” whispered Vash, coming up, “look out for yourself. These Gyp-
sies are witches. They know how to lay spells. They can cut your heart
out of your body.”
The Gypsy girl laughed softly, hearing this. She did not make any ef-
fort to escape from Charny until she scrambled down into the gloom of
an oak grove, with a warning cry that sounded like a night bird’s.
It was answered from below, and the Cossacks saw that they were at
the river’s edge, a long musket shot upstream from the fire of the Musco-
vites. Beneath them, a timber raft was tied to the shore. On the raft whis-
pers sounding faintly and bare feet moved over the logs.
“My people,” explained to the girl. “They are honest folk, O my fal-
cons.”
Vash doubted this. It would bring bad luck, he thought, to follow this
girl of the night. Charny, however, let go the girl and leaped down to the
raft.
“I am Yamalian,” a gruff voice greeted him. “What would you, Cos-
sack?”
“I,” Charny answered, “am a masterless man from Zarit with a sto-
len horse, and this comrade of mine is a fugitive who has kissed just one
girl too many. Give us bread and salt.”
A chuckle came out of the darkness.
“Be welcome.”
traders, although how they got their tidings remained a mystery. They
drifted over the steppe with their carts and strings of ponies, their hags
and children; some of their girls, like Makara who had guided the Cos-
sacks to the raft, were beautiful and fiery in spirit.
Yamalian had two of his sons on the raft. While the Cossacks ate hugely
of his kasha and bread washed down with Vash’s brandy, the old Gypsy
explained they were on their way south to Astrakhan where they would
sell their logs and spend the Winter months when the Volga was frozen.
They had tied up to the bank for the night.
“Now tell the truth,” Charny demanded. “What did you steal from the
Muscovites down the shore?”
From the raft the mound with its blazing fire was in plain sight over
the fringe of rushes at the shore. Most of Kolmar’s man had disappeared,
but the women with their boyars and the priest were still to be seen. The
Gypsies had not even a lantern on the raft. The only light came from the
moon piercing the branches of the oaks.
“Eh, from them—nothing.” Yamalian sounded sincere enough and
Makara laughed a little.
“How did they come?”
“By boat, in two saiks. This morning they passed the raft, O my fal-
con. Now the saiks are hidden in the rushes.”
“As you were are hiding in the shadow—why?”
“Because I am afraid.”
“When was a Tsigan afraid of darkness? And when did nobles of the
north journey with their women in open saiks? What kind of priest gives
a blessing like a fisherman? Eh, tell.”
“I’m afraid. The fate of every man is in God’s hands.”
“Of what are you afraid?”
The old Gypsy made no answer, but the girl, Makara, said defi-
antly—
“The red cock.”
Charny only shook his head impatiently. Vash, who had been chewing
sunflower seeds and spitting them out, leaned forward, startled.
“Eh, the red cock will crow?”
“Before the first light,” assented the girl.
“Here?”
“At the fire.”
“What is this red cock,” demanded Charny, “and his crowing?”
392 r ed h a n ds
Vash felt for the brandy jug and took a long swallow.
“River pirates,” he whispered. “Red hands. After they have attacked
and slain, and taken out what they wish, then they kindle up with fire,
and the boat goes burning down the river. They say it is the red cock crow-
ing. Allah, we would have had more than bread in our gullets if we had
sat down with them.”
Many things became clear to Charny—the two score armed men wait-
ing on the shore, their boats concealed in the high rushes. He wondered
why they should sit by a fire and why some of them wore the dress of no-
blemen.
“Red hands down from the north,” muttered Vash. “But that Kolmar
is a nobleman, devil take me if he isn’t. What are the women for?”
Yamalian chuckled.
“Are you a Cossack, to ask?”
“But they’re dressed up like peasants, and this Lord Kolmar of Astra-
khan has on Tartar rags. Eh, why?”
Makara, who had been watching Charny, leaned forward impa-
tiently.
“When the red hands work, keep your tongue between your teeth.”
It did not please the stocky Cossack to be spoken to in this manner
by a girl.
“Well,” he snorted, “you were spying on them. What did you find
out?”
But she shook her head. Charny, the one who had run her down and
thrown her to the ground—who had stolen a horse fit for a prince—was
the one she wished would look at her.
“What is that?” Charny demanded of Yamalian.
Far up the river a pin-point of light appeared. Presently it vanished, to
reappear again.
“It’s a boat, the Kniaz.”
“May the dogs bite me!” Vash clutched at his head. “How do you
know?”
Yamalian did not see fit to explain how tidings of the ship’s approach
had crept down the river ahead of it. He knew the talk of the river-men,
the whispers that passed up and down the broad river—and Makara had
ears like a cat.
“A rich ship,” Vash muttered to Charny. “The last one down before
the ice closes up north—for Astrakhan at the Volga mouth, with gold
r ed h a n ds 393
and gear, powder and arms and merchants’ goods. Hi-hop! The red hands
know. They are waiting like wolves.” He turned to the Gypsy. “Where’s
your skiff?”
In spite of the instant protest of the men on the raft, Vash searched un-
til he found a small skiff tied to the logs.
“It’s devil’s work Kolmar and his lads are about,” he explained. “There
are honest folk on the Kniaz. I’m going to warn them.”
“Nay, Falcon,” Yamalian objected. “They have cannon, muskets. What
harm to them?”
“The devil only knows.” Vash considered and shook his head. “It’s
clear those red hands came to wait for them. Now I must go out on the
water and tell them to keep away from the fire. Plague take Makara—if
it wasn’t for her I would not be able to go.”
Charny entered the skiff with him, and a Gypsy took the oars. Yama-
lian had whispered to him to look out for the skiff. Just as they pushed
off the girl jumped in beside Charny.
“See how she loves you,” Vash grumbled. “But it’s bad luck having her
along on the water.”
The girl, however, showed no inclination to be put back on the raft.
“Nà kòn!” Vash cried. “Make haste.”
They met the Kniaz about a league upriver. First the patch of square sail,
half furled, showed in the moonlight and then the blunt bow of the small
bark—that was a large ship on the Volga. A great lantern on the break of
the afterdeck gave the light that Charny had seen at first. Little air was
stirring, and the ship barely had steerage way in the current. A sailor in
the bow took soundings steadily, for the shifting channel and submerged
islands made the river treacherous.
“Hai!” Vash stood up to hail. “Who commands here?”
“Keep off, you swine!” retorted the leadsman.
Heads began to show along the rail. Light came from the ports of the
after castle, and the light wail of a violin ceased. Someone shouted at the
skiff in Russian, and a sailor repeated it.
“Have you a message?”
“Aye, so. There is danger down by the islands.”
“Come over the side. The serene, mighty lord will speak to you.”
At a word from Vash the Gypsy swung the boat in, and the Cossacks
hauled themselves up by a rope to the shrouds.
394 r ed h a n ds
They dropped over the rail and stopped, surprised. A seaman held a
blazing pine torch close to their heads, and a half dozen soldiers in hel-
mets and breastplates pointed long pistols at them. Behind these guards
stood three officers—one the stout Muscovite ship’s captain, another a
young ensign in a green uniform, and the third a dry little man who held
himself stiff as the gold-headed cane he carried.
“Halt!” he snapped, and put a round piece of glass in his eye to look
at them. He said something they did not understand, and the green en-
sign translated.
“Tell your names, occupations, your master’s name and your business
upon the river. But first lay down your swords on the deck. It is forbidden
to come over the side with small arms.”
Instead Charny took a step forward.
“Allah! We have come to warn you.”
The officer of the glass gave a second command, and the ensign ex-
plained:
“I should count four, and if at the count of four you have not laid down
your weapons my men will shoot you. Come now, fear God! One-two-”
The Cossacks exchanged glances. On land they could ever run for it,
but here on the cramped deck with the water behind them they were help-
less. With a mutter of anger Vash drew his saber and dropped it, while
Charny laid his down silently. The ensign picked up the weapons, and the
guards lowered their pistols.
It seemed to the Cossacks as if the men on the Kniaz were marionettes,
bobbing up and down at the pull of invisible strings. First he of the eye-
glass snapped out words, then the green ensign sang them out like a par-
rot, and the seamen ran about or barked orders. Vash peered over the bow
and saw that they were approaching the dark blur of the wood where lay
the Gypsy raft.
“Look here, Excellencies,” he explained, “the devil himself is squat-
ting down behind that bend. Only listen—”
Hastily he told of the meeting with Kolmar and his armed band, of the
watch fire and the tidings of the Gypsies.
“May the hangman light my path if they aren’t red hands—pirates. If
you don’t want your hides ripped, keep to the other side of the islands un-
til you are past the fire.”
The dry little man glared behind his glass and snapped out questions
as a sap log shoots sparks. He ordered Makara and her brother up from
r ed h a n ds 395
the skiff and questioned them without result, because the Gypsies were
afraid of the officers.
“What is the name of the leader of this band?” He demanded finally.
“Kolmar, lord lieutenant of Astrakhan.” Vash made answer.
The green ensign scowled.
“That is a lie. Here stands his High Well-Born Excellency, Franz, Count
of Fugenwald, who has been appointed Lord Lieutenant of Astrakhan by
his Imperial Majesty, the tsar of all the Russians.”
And he pointed to the erect little German, listening respectfully as Fu-
genwald rattled forth more long words.
“Moreover, His Excellency says to you that he entertains suspicion
aroused by your coming. His Excellency has been warned against the out-
laws of the Volga, and he has taken steps to resist them. These four car-
ronades—” the ensign pointed to two pairs of twelve-pounders in posi-
tion in the waist of the ship—“are charged with chain shot and iron. My
twelve men of the Moscow strelsui are armed with pikes and pistols, and
the twenty members of the crew have swords and axes.”
“But for God’s sake, go outside the islands. Look!”
Vash pointed at the tree-covered islets dead ahead of the Kniaz. But
when the ship’s captain turned inquiringly to Fugenwald, the German
ordered him to keep to the inner channel, to pass close to the fire on the
mound. Two seamen swung the long tiller over, and the Kniaz turned
sluggishly toward the land. Fugenwald and the captain went aft to join a
young Russian woman who appeared, wrapped in her cape, at the break
of the poop.
“A lady!” muttered Vash. “Give us our swords and let us go.”
The ensign shook his head.
“Nay. You two mangy dogs won’t sneak off until we find out what your
game is. If anything happens here, you’ll be hung up on the hooks as a
warning to all lawless men.” He went to the rail to stare at the fire. “Eh,
there are people signaling.”
“What will they do?” Charny whispered.
It was the first time he had ventured on the deck of the ship and he
did not like it.
“God knows.” Vash spat out his sunflower seeds morosely. “These
guards are militia—captain’s a Russian—commander’s a German, and
the lady’s his wife.”
396 r ed h a n ds
In the firelight on the bank the two women, the priest and the boyars
waved and shouted at the ship. One of the men ran down the mound, as
if to throw himself into the water. And the cries of the women became
distinct.
“Aid! Aid for the lost! Take us in, good people!”
The Countess Fugenwald was urging her husband to send ashore for
these castaways who looked like nobles.
“In God’s name!” The voice of the priest came over the water. “We were
seized and robbed by lawless men. We have nothing left.”
Shading his eyes from the lantern light, Charny studied the shore. The
chests had vanished, and there was no sign of Kolmar or his men. Nor
could he see any trace of the long boats. He glanced around for Makara,
but she had disappeared.
Then came a rumble and splash from the bow of the Kniaz. The an-
chor was down, and the bark turned slowly in the channel, until the sail
flapped lazily and it brought up, opposite the fire.
“What now?” Charny demanded.
“They’ve tied the vessel. They’re going to send a small boat to the shore
to talk to her friends. Hi—wait!”
But the tall Cossack was down from the spars and up the afterdeck
ladder with long strides. Grasping the burly ship’s master by the arm, he
swung him around.
“Eh, haven’t you a nose to smell a trap? Loose the boat. Take a whip
to her.”
Removing his clay pipe from his bearded lips, the Moscow captain
pointed with it toward the rail. Seamen stood by the two port carronades
with lighted matches in their hands. The pikemen, fully armed, manned
the rail, where torches smoked and flared.
“Where’s the trap?” The captain growled. “You’ve been licking the pig
this night, my man.”
r ed h a n ds 397
“He wished to turn us aside from rescuing these poor souls,” echoed
the Russian lady. Pearls glimmered softly on the collar that bound her
throat.
Charny went to the rail and stared down. With two sailors, the young
ensign was entering Makara’s skiff to go to the shore to bring off the priest
and the nobles. The ensign stood up, as the skiff pushed into the forest of
rushes as high as a man’s head along the shore.
And then with a splash a length of the rushes fell down. Orange flashes
lighted the faces of the ensign and the two sailors as firearms roared and
smoke swirled. A man screamed, and two portions of the rushes began
to move toward the side of the Kniaz, a stone’s throw away. Down in the
gloom between the fire on the shore and the torches on the ship the two
dark shapes drew nearer with oars swinging at their sides, and men tearing
apart the screen of rushes that had hidden the two longboats. But the bod-
ies of the ensign and the two seamen were visible, sprawled in the skiff.
“Sarin na kitchka!” voices roared from below. “Death to the white
hands!”
Then the pirates were alongside the bark, throwing grapnels over the
rail, clutching at the shrouds. Pistols blazed up from the side, and pow-
der wreaths dimmed the torches.
“O Mary, Mother!” cried the Russian woman.
The captain let fall his pipe, shouting hoarsely. No one had fired the
cannon, which could not have damaged the boats beneath them. Fugen-
wald, with an oath, clutched at his sword. But his commands, in Ger-
man, went unheeded.
Something cold and hard was thrust against Charny’s hand, and he
gripped the hilt of his saber. Makara had brought it to him, her dark eyes
aflame with excitement.
“Strike, Cossack!”
It passed through Charny’s brain that even the Gypsies could not fly
from the ship. They were all in it together.
“Down with the torches! Shoulder to shoulder. Strike, lads!”
His voice cut through the tumult, as a sailor with a torch staggered and
dropped, his face smashed in with an ax. The remaining torches were hurled
down into the saiks, leaving only the great lantern in the moonlight.
“Back from the rail, you dog-brothers,” Vash roared. “Behind the spars
with you, bull-tails!”
The Muscovites pikemen, after discharging their pistols into the gloom—
their eyes had been dazzled by torchlight—were struggling clumsily at
398 r ed h a n ds
the rail, their long-shafted weapons of little use against the short pikes
and knives of the Volga outlaws. Some of the sure-footed sailors were
making good play with axes, but the pirates were coming over the rail
with a rush.
Kolmar appeared in the shrouds, pistol in one hand, sword in the
other.
“Slash the white hands, lads,” he laughed. “Ho, women and gold for a
frolic!” And, throwing back his head, he howled like a wolf.
Charny had been snorting and stamping with growing eagerness. This
fighting at hands’ strokes was to his liking.
“Make way for a Cossack!” He called, vaulting the poop rail. “U-ha!”
With both knees and the hilt of his sword he struck a Volga man,
knocking him to the boards and slashing his body open below the ribs as
he rose, dodging the thrust of a pike. The shaggy burlak raised the short
pike to throw it, but the Cossack’s saber whizzed, and the curved blade
took off the man’s hand.
“U-ha!” Charny’s war shout. “Come down wolf, and you will howl—”
Kolmar had seen his two men fall, men of the Kniaz rallied to Char-
ny’s leadership. He hurled the pistol that he had just fired and jumped
down into the clear space between the end of the spars and the afterdeck.
Snarling, he made at Charny, swinging a heavy cutlass.
Twice he cut at the Cossack’s head, and twice he was parried. They were
under the lantern, their backs guarded by their men on either side.
When Kolmar felt the weight of the Cossack’s blade, he crouched
warily.
“Fool,” he called softly. “There’s gold and gear under your hand. Come
over to us. To the fish with the white hands!”
But Charny’s saber flashed above his head, dripping blood.
“Your head will go first to the fish,” he retorted, laughing.
The voice of Kolmar was the voice of the nobleman, and Charny was
not minded to trust a voice any longer. He leaned back as the cutlass swept
inside his blade, the point tearing across his chest. Instantly the leader of
the outlaws cut down at his knees, and Charny jumped.
“Ho, the Cossack dances!” Kolmar shouted, pressing him.
A pistol roared near Charny, and he had the stench of powder in his
throat. He parried a cut, and twisted his blade along about Kolmar’s cutlass,
locking the hilts and thrusting up. For a moment the two men strained,
shoulder to shoulder, steam rising from Kolmar’s yellow head. His utmost
r ed h a n ds 399
strength could not force down the Cossack’s arm. But his free hand felt
at his belt and rose with a knife.
Charny saw the thrust of the knife, felt the steel rip over his shoul-
der—and wrenched himself free. Kolmar’s cutlass slashed down at him,
but struck harmlessly against his side, all the force taken from the blow.
For the Cossack’s blade got home first on the man’s bare head, splitting
it above the jaw.
Kolmar dropped to his knees, when Charny struck again, severing the
spine behind the ears, cutting the head from the body.
“Here’s for you, red hands,” he called, and caught the smoking head
from the boards to hurl it among the Volga man.
A Kalmuk ran at him, but a stocky figure brushed him aside. Vash
fought off the Kalmut, shouting:
“U-ha!—the Cossacks are dancing. Join in, brothers.”
The rush of the outlaws had been stopped at the spars, while the rest
of the crew had had time to come up. Some of the armored Muscovites
were down, and the rest were fighting with desperation, seeing death at
hand. Sight of their leader’s head flying through the air brought the Volga
men to a stop, and when Charny and Vash pressed around the end of the
spars they gave way.
“Come on, dog-brothers,” Vash urged.
The curved swords of the Cossacks rose and fell. The outlaws, lead-
erless, began to drop into the boats. Some leaped the rail, into the water,
and climbed into the saiks, and in a minute they were clear of the deck,
except for the groaning wounded who were soon silenced by the axes of
the crew. Mercy was unknown on the Volga.
From the boats the outlaws retreated to the mound, beyond pistol shot.
Charny was sitting, panting, on an overturned keg, when he saw Fugen-
wald striding past and heard a command. With a blinding flash and roar
the two carronades were fired, the chain shot and scrap iron sweeping the
knoll, scattering the surviving outlaws into the darkness. Only the bod-
ies of three or four men were visible by the fire.
“Eh—” Vash grinned—“His High Mighty Excellency is starting to
fight when everything’s over. But it was you, dog-brother, who sent the
red hands off howling.”
“The head,” Count Fugenwald explained precisely, “of the man Kolmar
has been identified as that of a renegade and a river slayer who has shed
400 r ed h a n ds
blood like water in the northern district. From the scene of his crimes he
fled into the steppe. He had the wits of a noble and the cruelty of a Kal-
muk. It is apparent now that he laid a trap for this ship, dressing up five
of his followers—for two women came with him into the steppe—in the
garments of others he had put to death. So, by the discipline of my mili-
tia and the destructive fire of my two carronades, we are victorious over
the notorious Kolmar and his band.”
Approvingly he tapped his eyeglass on the paper in front of him. He was
seated on the afterdeck, and the morning mist was clearing away from the
Kniaz, still at anchor in the river, gray under the first light.
Behind him in the place of the dead lieutenant stood the Russian ship’s
master who translated his Excellency’s words to the two Cossacks who
stood before him, silent but with restless eyes.
For an hour the whole ship had been ransacked for the jeweled collar
and other valuables of the countess, which had disappeared during the
tumult. Nothing had been found.
“However,” went on that count, “you two lads bore yourselves well. I
commend you and reward you—so!”
He picked up the paper that bore his seal and folded it, handing it to
Vash.
“I have written,” he explained, “to His Excellency the Governor of
Astrakhan to free you, Vash, from patrol duty and bestow upon you the
ranking of sergeant in His Excellency’s town guard. As for you, Charny,
you assured me that you have no duty except that of caring for His Excel-
lency’s horses. So I have suggested that you be raised from groom to mas-
ter of the Zarit stables.”
Vash turned the paper in his hands uneasily and passed it to Charny,
who looked at it thoughtfully and tucked it into his belt. Both Cossacks
were looking over the side, where a log raft was drifting slowly past the
Kniaz. Behind the raft floated a skiff, and on the raft stood two horses,
stamping restlessly. One was a black charger, the other a piebald pony,
and their saddles had been removed. Charny nudged Vash, who found his
tongue at last.
“We thank your High Well-Born Excellency,” he said eagerly, “and we
accept the letter joyfully. But we wish to be sent off in a skiff to that raft.
Look, our horses are waiting for us there.”
Fugenwald glanced through his glass and nodded amiably. After all,
he would come to Astrakhan with a reputation.
r ed h a n ds 401
The Cossacks climbed down into the skiff with alacrity. A few mo-
ments later they leaped from it to the raft, shouting farewell to the Rus-
sian seamen who headed back into the current.
“Now, you old son of a dog,” Vash exclaimed to the anxious Yamalian,
“you wanted to get away with our horses.”
“As God lives, I heard you were dead.”
“In a sow’s ear, we were. Makara saw us on our legs.”
“But the shore, my Falcon, it was aswarm with outlaws. Truly, I saved
the horses for you.”
Vash grunted and turned to confront the Gypsy girl, who would come
out of the thatch cabin to look at Charny.
“Eh, little hawk, where have you hidden the pearls you snatched from
that Russian dove?”
Indifferently Makara glanced at him: but her dark eyes glowed as
she stepped before Charny, the wind whipping her dark hair about her
throat.
“Will you take—pearls?” she whispered.
Charny smiled down at her.
“Nay, keep the pearls, little Makara. Pearls for a sword. Now I have
had enough of the water. My road is on the land. Swing over, Yamalian,
swing east.”
When they had saddled the horses, and Charny had landed at a point on
the east bank of the Volga, Vash followed him, leading the piebald pony.
“How will you get back again?” Charny asked.
The stocky Cossack pulled at his mustache reflectively.
“Then you’re not going to Zarit—” he grinned—“to be master of the
stables?”
Charny shook his head and drew Fugenwald’s letter from his belt, hand-
ing it to his companion.
“Not I. You take it.”
“I’m not going back. Too many lords and officers. I’ll draw my rein with
yours, you brother of a dog.” Vash stepped to the river’s edge and tore the
seal from the paper. Then he tore the paper into pieces and scattered them
over the water. “Now they can’t make me sergeant of the militia.”
Charny laughed joyously.
Witch Woman
Beyond doubt, something troubled the girl Ivga. Like a shadow she ap-
peared in the corners of the rooms where Sergei sat; at times, when he
looked at her, she smiled suddenly; at times, she wore her sable coat with
the white shoulder knot of the unmarried woman.
Sergei did not notice that. He read much by candlelight, pronouncing
the words aloud. And once he found Ivga curled up on the Bokhara rug be-
yond the light. He asked her why she did not go away.
“Because I like to hear the words read,” Ivga explained quickly, “and
you are the only one who can read them.”
“Do you understand them, Ivga, girl?”
“No, but they sound nice—about the heroes and devils and saints.”
Pop Opanas, the priest doctor who wore chains under his cassock, un-
derstood women much better than the young Sergei Stroganoff. They be-
came hysterical sometimes, the young ones did, he explained, from lone-
liness. When Ivga’s father had died on the frontier, she had come back with
a load of furs and two silent Mordva servants, coming down the river to
Chusavaya. Instead of going on to Moskva, she had stayed like a shadow
in the rooms.
Thinking about that, Sergei shook his head. “If she is lonely, it would
be better for her to go to Moskva.”
Pop Opanas agreed. He did not want the fur trader’s girl at Chusavaya.
When she went out at night to the ploctyad—the shrine with the great
cross of Siberian marble—he followed her. When she came to the lighted
candles under the sheltering roof, she did not kneel down to pray. Instead,
she looked at the shrine and touched the cat’s skull, which was a talis-
man to aid women in having sons. Standing so near the candles, her face
w i t c h wom a n 403
shone white, as if drained of blood. After she had touched the cat’s skull,
she went away soundlessly.
“My son,” Pop Opanas remarked to Sergei after that, “I have had expe-
rience at exorcising devils and watching women. And now I have a mind
to warn you, to whom I am beholden for my bread and salt. At times for-
est spirits take human form, and when they take the shape of a young
woman, they are apt to be lieshy—marsh spirits. The lieshy beckon to
men, and they are so lovely that ignorant men pant after them to lay hand
on them. These marsh girls flit away, shining with white light, and the
men who follow, seeing only the light, are drowned in the marshes. So,”
said Pop Opanas, sniffing among the cups for the strongest brandy, “if the
girl Ivga beckons you in the forest, spit three times and cross yourself be-
fore you take a step after her.”
Ivga heard him say that, as she heard everything. But Sergei Stroganoff
only smiled. Of some things he was afraid, yet not of witch women whom
he had never seen. He was afraid of the blood that had dried in the ground
of Chusavaya estate, because it had been shed by his fathers in making the
Stroganoff estate so wide that in his boyhood he had never ridden over land
that did not belong to them. Before the Stroganoffs came with a grant of
settlement from the Grand Duke of Moskva, who was now called Tsar of
All the Russias, this land and these forests had been the hunting ground
of the Mordva, the people of the forests.
He thought of this blood, drying under the earth like seed, to fertilize
someday and bring forth evil. From the rivers the Stroganoff family had
taken gold, from the forests they had drawn animal fur and timber for
Chusavaya town. Chusavaya castle was no more than a log fort. They had
taken wool from the herds of sheep that grazed where the forest mesh had
been cleared; they were mining silver in the hills. Tatar merchants jour-
neyed to Chusavaya gate to trade; burlaki, watermen, flocked in from the
Volga, to log along the new river. And Sergei Stroganoff, now heir to the
lands, was afraid of blood.
Never willingly did he enter the forest to hunt. He had to do it, because
his liege men expected it, and they needed meat. By choice, he kept among
his books, for he had no company then except the icons blazing on the
silk-hung wall. No loud voices disturbed him. When the Tatars drank and
bargained, he called for the stewards to settle prices; when the stewards
came to him with accounts, he bade them do as they pleased. In this way
he bought himself a time of quiet, shrinking from trouble.
404 w i t c h wom a n
He had little weight in his body, and he stooped from sitting long over
books. “The life of the old buck is not in him,” the Chusavaya stewards
said of the young lord. And they whispered that a weakling would not en-
dure long in Chusavaya, where so many vultures came to roost.
Masterless men and others escaping from debt came to the frontier, and
stayed on, eating the food of Chusavaya. Sergei had no mind to send them
away. He knew it was time to clear the Mordva people from the nearer
woodlands, because their trapping thinned out the game, and he imagined
himself driving them off, but he could not bring himself to do it.
The night when he found Ivga astray in the forest, he was hunting deer
and boar for meat, with the men of Chusavaya driving the animals down
to the river where the archers could kill them. The swift water ran with
blood in the evening half-light under the tree mesh, and Ivga appeared at
his side, riding one of the best Kabardas, sitting astride the birch saddle
like a man. He had not noticed her leaving the stables.
“Ride faster!” she cried at him, touching the Kabarda with the whip.
The scarf had slipped from her long hair that streamed behind her as she
dodged branches, pressing close to him, her thin face shining with joy.
And Sergei rode faster, although there was no road. Nor did he remem-
ber to spit three times and cross himself. The mist of the long evening
lay around them, and he felt free to leave the hunt to ride with her, won-
dering, however, why she had come.
Abruptly they came upon a cluster of bark and thatch huts hidden in
the bare birch groves—huts where the Mordva people took shelter from
the snow. And Sergei caught her rein, pulling in sharply, saying, “It is
dangerous here.”
Nothing could be seen of the forest folk, who must have hidden them-
selves at the sound of horses.
“What is dangerous, Sergei?” Ivga cried.
“The arrows from hidden bows.”
Ivga shook her head, the dark hair twisting around her throat. “They
will not hurt you here. Nay, at Chusavaya is the danger.” Her gray eyes
seemed to slant as she looked at him. “Will you protect me, Sergei, from
everything?”
Sergei felt like saying yes, of course; but he began to think, and he said,
“You are alone, girl, and, as you say, Chusavaya is no fit place for you. It
seems to me better that you should go to Moskva.”
“It seems to you—” Her eyes fastened upon his. “Do you want me to
go?”
w i t c h wom a n 405
Then he felt that he did not want her to go. He said, trying to think
about it, “But isn’t it better?”
Ivga looked down at her hands. “Was that written in the books you
read, my lord of Chusavaya? I am only a girl, I do not know.”
When he pulled irresolutely at the Kabarda’s rein, she struck his hand
with her whip. “You wear more chains than Pop Opanas,” she whispered.
“Ai, I hear them clank and grind.”
Twisting the horse’s head, she turned and rode away, using the whip,
merging into the gray twilight of the forest. Sergei Stroganoff wanted to
ride after her, to hear her voice again, and to make certain she was not
hurt riding back to the settlement. Instead, because it was near dark, he
turned aside to the river to fetch back the huntsmen and the game.
Before the girl Ivga could leave Chusavaya, Irmak came that night. Ser-
gei heard his shout, “Light up, house dogs! Light up, and break open the
wine kegs, for Irmak, the son of the Don, is here!”
In truth, Timofeivitch Irmak brought sunlight and sound with him
into the log walls of Chusavaya. For he shone like a sun in the honored
guest place under the icons.
He shone with white silk kaftan and gold-chased breastplate and pig-
skin boots, when he sprawled at the table, laughing at his own great deeds
in the far northeast. “For I am lord of the sun’s rising place,” he chuckled,
“lord of Sibir, where the white lights dance in the Winter’s sky.”
“Ay, the bears are white there, and the women are black,” his ata-
mans—officers—echoed, drinking. These atamans and a hundred riders
had come with Irmak convoying wagon trains of sable and ermine skins,
gold and jade and silks from Cathay, as a gift to the tsar in Moskva. They
had come back, they said, because they had no more powder. And how
could they rule the new empire of Sibir without gunpowder, from the
blasting of which the natives ran away like sheep—Tatars and conjurers,
reindeer folk and black people of Cathay?
“There is powder in the arsenal here,” Sergei put in. “Take what you
need, noble sir, for I have need of little, except for hunting.”
Big Irmak lifted his eyes and crossed himself. “God gives such an an-
swer to my prayer, Sergei Stroganoff. Give us that powder and ask what
you will in payment . . . except the gifts that are for the tsar’s majesty,”
he added quickly.
“We will serve Sergei Stroganoff!” shouted the atamans.
406 w i t c h wom a n
Irmak had not taken off his breastplate. It had a double-headed eagle
chased upon it in gold. “For the soothsayers of Cathay consulted the stars
and swore that I would meet death only from a two-headed eagle. And
such a bird is not in the sky.”
He did not add that the steel armor kept him safe from an assassin’s
knife. An outlaw he had been, with his band, before they ventured east of
Chusavaya, to conquer Sibir. And Timofeivitch Irmak, who swore that he
had never known his own father, had a quick, hard cunning in him. Al-
ways he kept near his hand the long steel kisten, or war club, with a spiked
ball and chain at the end, that he carried instead of a sword.
“With this steel staff I slew Kuchum Khan,” he explained. “So I am
lord of his lands. I keep it with me for luck, Sergei Stroganoff.”
Sergei’s curved saber hung on the wall, and he took it down seldom.
“Aye, it is settled here.” The bearded Siberian nodded understanding.
“You are settled, with sheep and fisheries and mills. But where are the
women?” he added, laughing.
His atamans said their eyes had beheld no white woman for five
years.
“By right, a woman should pour the wine,” Irmak pointed out. “You
have the name of a good host, Sergei Stroganoff, yet you have had no
woman pour the wine.”
Sergei explained that he had no women except the housemaids, who
were in their barred room.
“You have Ivga,” put in Pop Opanas.
When Ivga was called in, she came with a pearl-sewn net of ceremony
over her head, and she greeted the noble guests with a clear voice.
Then, in silence, she poured corn brandy into the beakers held out by
Sergei and by Irmak, who stared at her hungrily. “Oh, my,” he shouted,
“a beauty, a dove!”
And the young master of Chusavaya, hearing this said, knew it was
true. As soon as Ivga had gone, the Siberian nudged him, smiling. “It feels
good in her arms, hey? Have you a son by her yet?”
When Sergei did not answer, Pop Opanas, well sluiced with brandy, leaned
over to whisper to the big Irmak, who emptied his beaker in silence.
If he had come like the sun, Timofeivitch Irmak stayed in the house
like a storm cloud. Massive and sure of himself, he gave orders and the
watermen jumped to obey. Here was a man who could kill with the beat
of his arm, and could reward on an impulse. Here was a true leader of
w i t c h wom a n 407
men, Sergei thought, when he tried to read in the solitude of his can-
dlelit chamber. To honor his guest, he had given Irmak the great sleep-
ing chamber with the Venetian glass, from which a hidden stairway led
down to the stables.
Even when he buried himself in the chronicles of forgotten men, he
could hear Irmak’s ringing laugh, and the buzz of answering voices. For
Irmak stayed, and Ivga stayed, keeping out of the Don Cossack’s way like
a shadow with veiled face. Often Pop Opanas held the Siberian conquis-
tador in low talk, and Irmak listened, rubbing his beard.
Here, Sergei thought, is a hard man who knows his own mind, and is
a fit lord of Chusavaya with its masterless men. Irmak took most of the
stored-up gunpowder; he bargained with the Tatar merchants for their
brocades and rugs, and got a low price for Sergei from them. “They know
I will nail to the door the skin of a man who cheats me,” he laughed,
white teeth showing in the tangle of his beard. When he rode over the
home pastures, his eyes took in everything. When Ivga poured the wine
now, he was silent.
Over the wine, Sergei heard a voice down the table, “He’s scented his
beard with musk; he knows what women are.” And another muttered
that Timofeivitch would be a true protector for Chusavaya. A hard soul,
with no soft spot.
The first clash with Irmak came after the hunting. The Don riders had
gone off with plenty of powder, and came back in a snowfall at the end of
the day, tired but gleeful.
“Thirty-six they downed,” Irmak told Sergei.
“I see no deer.”
The son of the Don laughed. “You will not eat this meat, comrade mine.
We cleared the skulking Mordvas out of your woods with bullets.”
Stung, Sergei flung words at him, “You —— No good will come of
that!”
“How, no good?” Irmak watched him, surprised. “Kill a few and the
others will bow to you. Otherwise, I have had native arrows in me, boy.
Your title to land is better if sealed with blood than with wax.” Contemp-
tuously he nodded, when Sergei did not speak. “You are still wet behind
the ears.”
Sergei shivered, feeling cold, thinking of the blood that had dried long
ago in Stroganoff lands. Thinking himself a coward, while this man at his
side with the two-headed eagle on his chest had no fear. This man would
survive the frontier, while he, Sergei, would not survive.
408 w i t c h wom a n
The hunting of humans in the forest had stirred Irmak’s blood, because
he pounded with the kisten on the table boards that night and called for
music with his meat. Some of his men were singing, telling their exploits.
Sergei, looking down the row of scarred, openmouthed faces, could not eat.
Pop Opanas sighed contentedly over his brandy, as if pleased with what
he saw. “So then we’ll be joyful,” the priest doctor muttered.
As if the hall of Chusavaya belonged to him, Irmak was calling for mu-
sic and meat, ignoring Sergei. Irmak knew how to provoke a quarrel, and
he had already won one dominion by slaying its master. So thought Pop
Opanas, rattling the chains under his cassock.
Then he gasped over his brandy. Ivga had come up to the table, clap-
ping her hands. At this late feast they had not expected her, and at first
the men from the Don paid little attention to her. But she came close to
the long table opposite the icon stand, clapping her hands, and they saw
that she had changed her shape. This Ivga was not the veiled girl who had
kept beyond the candlelight at night.
Sergei noticed how her face shone white, as if the blood had been drained
from it. Her eyes slanting, half closed, avoided his. Pop Opanas saw how
she held the cat’s skull taken from the plochtyad, and how her woolskin
jacket gleamed with the wet of snow, because she had come in from the
night. When she stamped on the floor boards, the hair on the priest’s skull
stirred, because, instead of embroidered slippers, she wore moccasins of
deerskin that left wet tracks.
When Irmak saw her, his eyes creased as if searching for a trick. Her
long hair tangled about her throat, her jacket swung open, showing her
bare throat and the shape of her body under the thin long skirt. She smiled
at him, and she made music by singing, stamping in time on the floor,
drawing near him and retreating. “Tell me, Brother Eagle, is it far to your
home—far to the skies of the Donetz shore?”
One by one, the noisy atamans fell silent to listen to a song they knew.
Pop Opanas thought, She has changed her shape to a witch woman, to a
true lieshy coming out of the night to lure men after her with voice and
eyes. Crossing himself he spat three times.
Irmak stared at her body under the swaying jacket, and thumped the
table with his steel staff. “Be quiet, dogs! She sings for me!”
Then the blood rushed to his head, and he shouted, “To the devil with
this! Go up to my room, girl!”
w i t c h wom a n 409
Still smiling back at him, Ivga ran to the door that led to the stair. Ir-
mak poured himself a beaker of brandy and got to his feet. The atamans
stirred, grinning, to look at Sergei.
“She is the guest of Chusavaya,” said Sergei.
Irmak Zark laughed. “She seeks the Eagle of the Don. You heard her,
cub. Keep away.”
Carrying the beaker without spilling the brandy, he strode up the stair.
When he did that, Sergei felt cold and weak. His hand reached to the wall
behind him for the sword that was hanging there, and his fingers trem-
bled as he buckled it on, following after Irmak, while Pop Opanas pat-
tered at his heels. No one at the table came after them.
Irmak stood within the open door of the great sleeping room, mutter-
ing. The room was empty. On the bed, the ermine coverlet lay smooth.
“Oh, my!” breathed the lord of Sibir.
Although the fire made the room hot, a cold current of air swayed the
candle flames, billowing out the damask hanging on one wall. Instantly
big Irmak went to it, pulling aside the hanging, seeing the blackness of a
narrow door in the wall—the escape stair.
Pop Opanas pushed in front of him, babbling, “Lieshy, lieshy beckon-
ing you on! Don’t follow her into the night!”
“Lies!” cried Sergei.
Irmak scowled at the priest, who was picking up a cat’s skull from the
floor. “Witch women and vampires don’t sing to the Eagle of the Don.
She’s only a girl.”
But he hesitated long enough for Sergei to push by him down the nar-
row stair. Jumping clear into the stables, Sergei noticed that the wide door
was open—a square of half-light showed—while the horses moved rest-
lessly. One was missing.
“She makes herself hard to catch, the darling,” observed Irmak’s voice
behind him.
The man from the Don was moving quickly, jerking a headstall upon a
black horse and mounting without a saddle. He rode first, stooping down,
through the low doorway, with Sergei close behind on his own horse.
As the two had guessed, dark hoofprints traced a pattern out toward
the forest in the fresh snow. An old moon hung low over the pines, and no
snow came now from the clear sky. Sergei felt the bite of the night cold,
and kneed his racing horse forward.
410 w i t c h wom a n
He was passing the Siberian when they came under the trees. Swing-
ing hard against him, Irmak forced him over, and a dead branch lashed
his head. The pain stung him and drove the cold from him. From shadow
to moonglow to shadow he followed Irmak, who had to pull in at times to
watch the tracks in the snow. He thought only of reaching Ivga then, and
taking her away with him. He did not think of Chusavaya.
“Where is the mad girl heading?” muttered the Siberian as they swept
under bare birches. Sergei knew she was heading for the river and the huts
where she had ventured before. And out of the birches they galloped into
the clearing, seeing her still on her shaggy pony in the moonlight by the
blackness of the huts. As if held in her place, she waited for them.
Sergei caught sight of the forest men first, where they crouched around
the huts and the trees with their bows. Before he could shout or pull aside,
he heard the sough of rope in the air. A loop caught his shoulders, jerking
him back from his horse.
He felt snow under his hands, and sound roared in his ears, chang-
ing swiftly to the familiar rush of the river close by. The rope pressed
on his arm, and he threw it clear, seeing bent figures running at him.
He smelled the grease on the bodies of the Mordva men who had trapped
him, and Ivga, and the Siberian, who lay twisting on the ground beside
him. At the same time he thought, They are frightened and dangerous
because so many were hunted down. If they manage to kill the two of us
they will not spare her.
Because of the urgent need to calm the Mordva men, he rose, stepping
toward them and speaking in the same moment, “Stop, animals, or you
will be harmed! Stop and listen to me!”
His voice sounded clear, and his mind assured him that these forest
folk could not know yet that they had caught Stroganoff and Timofeivitch
Irmak and the girl Ivga; they had caught only three Russians riding as if
mad into the forest, and if they listened to him, he knew he could calm
them. They were hesitating at his voice, drawing closer together, grip-
ping their bows and spears.
“If you harm us,” he argued with them, “three hundred riders will
come with guns to hunt you like wolves. If you help us, you will be re-
warded.”
Out of the corner of his eye, he had seen Irmak rising to one knee, feel-
ing at his belt, as if hurt. Suddenly the big man pulled a pistol from his belt,
it flashed and roared, and a man in front of them flopped into the snow.
w i t c h wom a n 411
“Cut! Slash!” the Siberian shouted, swinging up his steel club. Fright-
ened by the shot and the swirling smoke, the forest men chattered, hud-
dling together.
The shot rang in Sergei’s ears as if it had been directed at him. The
powder fumes stung his nostrils, and his mind told him clearly that un-
less he struck down this man, he would not live again himself. Now he
was no longer afraid of himself, and he gripped his sword hilt, slashing
at the steel club.
Irmak turned and struck like a wolf. The spiked ball of the club tore
across Sergei’s chest, driving the breath out of him. “Now you have earned
your death,” he heard Irmak say.
When he cut swiftly with the sword, the blade clanged off the plate
where the two-headed eagle showed in the moonlight. Throwing him-
self forward, Sergei tried for the Siberian’s head, feeling his blade par-
ried, hearing Irmak laugh. But it made no difference now, to be laughed
at. Heedless, he jumped forward to grip the other man and drive the steel
sword into him.
Without haste, Irmak stepped back to keep clear of Sergei’s grasp. In-
stead of striking again, the Siberian edged back into shadow, keeping Ser-
gei in the light, seeking with a sure instinct for the instant to crush the
slight swordsman with a blow.
Feeling behind him for good footing, he bent his body back from a
sweep of the sword. Then, with a crash and a tearing of brush, he van-
ished. The dark patch of ground on which he had stood showed a black
hole of crumbling dirt. Checking himself on the edge of the hole, Sergei
peered down at black water rushing below him, thinking that the river
bank had caved in here.
The white blob of Irmak’s face showed down there; his hand clawed out
and his hoarse voice screamed. The steel that he wore, the powder horn and
the bullet punch were pulling him under. When Sergei stretched a hand
down mechanically, Irmak drew away under the water, downstream.
Sergei stared at the black, rushing water, ice-cold to the touch. For a
while he waited, hearing the piping voices of the forest folk, “Ai-ai!”
When he was sure that Irmak would not come out of the water, he
walked back into the moonlight and tossed away his sword. The forest
men crouched at his coming, wondering at the man who had made the
armored warrior spitting fire and thunder walk into the river. But Ivga
had gone.
412 w i t c h wom a n
The clearing showed no sign of her, and hoof tracks crisscrossed the
snow carpet in a tangle, although he sought desperately for her tracks.
“Which way?” he shouted at the tensely watching Mordvas. And they
pointed up the knoll behind the huts. Loosening a purse of gold from his
belt, he threw it to them, and ran and caught his horse, turning up the
knoll.
No path ran here, and the bare birches closed around him. But dark
hoofprints led upward along the ground. The prints circled a nest of boul-
ders and ended where Ivga waited in the gray mesh of the birches with
the roar of the river rising behind her. Her eyes fastened on the man, and
she pulled back on the reins as if mad. The horse, sensing the edge of the
ground behind him, reared, circling. Sergei forced his horse forward and
swung his arm around the girl, pulling her across to his knees, holding
her tight, although she twisted away from him, staring up at him.
“Ivga!” he said sharply. “Be quiet!”
“You are not the same,” she whispered “Your eyes and your voice are
different.”
“I am the same.”
“No.” She ceased straining away from him, and he felt her quick breath
against his throat. Putting his arm under her wolf skin jacket, his fin-
gers closed hard upon the soft flesh, and she became quiet, quivering. “I
wanted to jump into the river,” she said, “if one of you came after. Be-
cause he . . . and you were bewitched. And I—”
“I was not bewitched, Ivga, girl.”
“Ai, you were. Your eyes saw only the runes in the books, your ears
heard only the nasty whispering of Pop Opanas, your hands gave away
what was yours to scheming men. You called for me to pour wine for your
guest, Irmak, who had no such spell upon him. You were afraid.”
“Pop Opanas was afraid because you took the shape of a lieshy to-
night.”
“I?” Ivga stared, shaking her head. “I could not go away from you to
Moskva. I did not know what to do. Nay, I put on the garments of the road,
and went out in the snow to pray at the shrine. I couldn’t for the anger in
me. Then I think I picked up the cat’s skull to throw at you, because of
that anger, and when I came in I heard your people calling for music for
that beast Irmak. Where is he?”
Holding Ivga’s body close to his, feeling the tangle of her hair against
his throat, Sergei no longer cared what had happened to Irmak. He thought
w i t c h wom a n 413
that now there would be no more blood in the ground of Chusavaya, be-
cause he would see to that.
“I ran away because I was frightened in the sleeping room.” Her head
pressed hard against his, and she sighed. “But where is he now?”
“Drowned.”
Suddenly Ivga began to cry. “Ai, that will be a calamity for you. His
men will storm—Pop Opanas will say I am guilty, and I am. The tsar in
Moskva—” She wiped at her eyes. “Now you are well, and I will go on the
road to Moskva to explain.”
“No,” said Sergei. He did not need to think about that, hearing Ivga’s
voice so close to him. Her hand touched his face, and she tried to wipe the
blood away from it with her hair, sobbing. “Listen,” he bade her. “That’s
little to care about. Let Pop Opanas say Irmak was drowned by a marsh
witch. His men will say it was the two-headed eagle upon the steel ar-
mor that killed him. And when his body is taken to Moskva, the tsar will
have Siberia for his own dominion, will he not?”
Ivga lay quiet under his arm, thinking. “Is all that true, Sergei? You
are so wise to think of it. I—I can’t read or know such things. I am only
a girl.”
Sergei laughed, looking at the old moon over her bowed head. “That
is sufficient,” he said.
Sangar
Chilogir, the second, rather more than two hundred years ago, resembled
very much his paternal ancestor, the hero, the sword-slayer. On a bluff
overlooking a ford in the Yenesei under the snow summits of the Syansk,
Chilogir sat his pony, his eyes alert and inquisitive, his leathern face
puckered with interest. Yet Chilogir was not known by his skill with the
sword; he was sangar, a worker of white magic.
He was a gray-haired gnome, an armored dwarf, whose steel-pointed hel-
met rose scarcely higher than the bare brush of the snow-covered steppe.
He was watching the approach of an enemy.
A solitary Cossack was splashing across the ford looking about him
like one who had lost his way, as indeed he had. The Cossack regiment
that had been sent from Lake Balkash across the Mongolian marches some
thousand miles had been freely bled.
It was by then heading back—what remained of it—with a plentitude
of wounds to lick and a few captured horses to drive before it.
Borasun had strayed to look for horses. His own mount was badly
lamed by an arrow.
Limping across the ford, he scanned the bluff for hostile heads, and
searched the snow for hoof marks. Except at the short ravine in front of
him the bank rose from the deep water of the Yenesei and Borasun did not
see Chilogir until he had mounted the bluff.
“U-ha, Tatar!” he cried. “I want your horse. As for you, old dog face,
I’ll drop you in the river like a bird with a broken neck.”
“Alash!” grunted the Tungusi, edging his pony forward for a rush. Bo-
rasun also moved forward to put ground between him and the brink of
the bank.
Watchfully, they circled. As Borasun had lost his pistols and Chilogir
had not his bow with him, both had drawn their swords.
s a ng a r 415
The Tatar saw a slender Cossack with mild brown eyes, hardly more
than a boy, but with a long arm and a straight back. Borasun was the
most unruly of the atamans of the unfortunate regiment—his regiment
that had been ordered to harry the Tatars. Half his childhood had been
spent in the forests by the rushing Dnieper, or wandering half naked in
the Volga steppe.
He had learned early in life the use of a dozen weapons, and seen his
masters-at-arms shot down or planted on stakes by Turk and Tatar. Dan-
ger was as the breath in his nostrils. Men said an elf of madness danced
in his brain.
Once Borasun had dragged the carpets from a mosque near Stamboul,
at the threshold of Bagche Serai itself, and had used the carpets for his
horse to trample on. He had taken the silk and cloth-of-silver garments
of a Polish knight and put them on, only to jump into a tar barrel to show
how little he cared for such things.
It was said of him that he had drunk himself snorting with vodka, had
leaped in, with boots and coat, to swim the Dnieper—a thing no sober
man would care to do. His inn chimney was a steppe fire, and his chair
a saddle.
And now Borasun had turned back across the Yenesei among the Ta-
tars for a horse.
Chilogir rushed, slashing at head and stomach. His scimitar gritted
on Borasun’s saber and he barely avoided the return sweep of the youth’s
blade.
“To one of us, death; the other, life,” shouted the Cossack. “Come back,
toad, I can’t ride after you—”
The swords clashed, parted and clashed again. Borasun sent the Ta-
tar’s helmet spinning over the bluff into the water. Rendered wary by
this, Chilogir circled.
Borasun laughed at him and urged his limping horse forward. This
time the old man’s scimitar brushed his cheek.
“A good one, that!” Borasun pressed forward. “U-ha!”
The quick turns of the Tatar had brought him too near the edge of the
bank. The earth gave away under the pony’s hind hoofs. Clawing at the
bank, warrior and horse disappeared.
Dismounting, the young ataman of the Cossacks went to the edge of
the bluff some three spear-lengths above the water. He saw the Tatar pony
swim against the swift current toward the ford, an arrow-shot away; but
416 s a ng a r
the Tatar gnome with Turkish mail under his sheepskin floundered and
sank.
“Well, the horse is gone, no doubt of it,” thought Borasun, “and his
master will soon be spitting water in —— unless—”
On an impulse—he seldom acted otherwise—the youth leaped in the
pool without bothering to rid himself of coat or boots. Feeling under wa-
ter for the scalp lock of his enemy, Borasun gripped Chilogir and swam
for shore. No easy matter that. When at last they lay on the rocks Bora-
sun was foredone and Chilogir as limp as a wet sack of meal.
Presently when the young warrior rose to seek his horse the old Tatar
rolled over, vomited and stood up.
“Hai,” grunted Borasun in surprise, “you don’t die easily, dog-face.”
As they gazed at each other he burst out laughing, the old man looked
so like a besotted grandfather. But the Tatar, after steady scrutiny from
his green eyes lifted both hands to his forehead and bent his head to Bo-
rasun’s girdle.
“For saving my life, I will call you nephew and give to you two such
horses as you have not seen before this.”
Pointing beyond the bluff, he added:
“Come to my yurt in peace. You will eat and drink like a hero, for no
man ever goes hungry from the house of Chilogir, the sangar.”
Borasun considered how much of treachery was behind this offer and
judged there was little. Once in the Tatar’s hut he knew the inviolate law
of hospitality among the high-caste Tatars would protect him. Moreover
he lacked both food and a serviceable horse, the last a serious matter. He
trusted to his wits to make his escape unmolested.
If he refused Chilogir’s offer he departed on a crippled mount with an
empty belly and the certainty of swift pursuit at his heels. Borasun could
kill the old Tatar easily enough and leave without being followed. But
having half frozen himself to save the old chap’s life he was in no mood
to strike his enemy, now unarmed.
“So be it, uncle,” he said. “Let the horses be good ones.”
Now Borasun, having left his saber outside the yurt, drank deeply of fer-
mented mare’s milk and sour wine. Seated at the guest’s side of the fire in
the hut, he gorged himself until he sweated with rich mutton, brought by
the ancient woman who was Chilogir’s wife—and then drank more. But
even so he doubted the evidence of his eyes when the Tatar servants of the
master of the yurt brought up the two horses for his inspection.
s a ng a r 417
They were little bigger than ponies. They had horns growing in front
of their ears, their hoofs were split like an ox’s foot.
“I am bewitched,” he cried. “These have come from the devil’s stable
to pay me a visit.”
“They are reindeer, good sir,” explained the Tatar, not adding that they
were his two driving reindeer, not to be sold or killed for food.
“Ohai!” The warrior emptied his bowl and rubbed his eyes. “Uncle,
’tis said magicians ride them. I will not.”
“No need. They will draw you on a light sledge. See!” Chilogir pointed
out the tent’s doorway. “Snow falls. It will lie heavy in the mountain
passes. My reindeer will take you where no horse can go—aye, and faster.
They run with the wind and the wolves cannot catch them. Thus will
you go to your own land.”
He bent closer to Borasun, his eyes glittering.
“Remember this. He who lays an evil hand upon my reindeer, who does
them harm—he will suffer. He may not escape.”
In the smoke from the fire the broad-lined face of the gnome who was
Chilogir appeared black and his eyes blazed. They were like the eyes of a
cat that sees in the dark.
Borasun crossed himself, then laughed.
“I will do them no harm, uncle. Hai, if they go fast, ’twill suit my taste.
I ride with the whirlwind.”
“Upon their ears is the mark of Chilogir, the sangar. If the Tatar folk
see them in your keeping, Cossack, they will cut you open like a hare. So
will I give you a mark by which it will be known that you are the friend
of Chilogir.”
From the tent wall behind him he drew a broad leather belt, ornamented
with iron images of various beasts. At a sign from him the woman strapped
it about Borasun, who regarded it with amusement.
“The little daughter of the house should do me this honor,” he mut-
tered. “Where is she hiding?”
“Chi-li is my daughter,” said Chilogir. “She is riding over the snow on
the steppe toward the setting sun. Aye, she was seized by the fellows of
your Kazak regiment. They have taken her away.”
Borasun felt for his sword, remembered that he had left it outside and
shrugged. The Tungusi were wont to guard the virtue of their women
closely. It was not well to meddle with the families of the Tungusi.
418 s a ng a r
But Chilogir had given his word that no harm should come to Bora-
sun, and the Cossack felt that his person was reasonably safe from retri-
bution for the carrying-off of Chi-li.
All the same, the brooding quiet of the old man who was called a san-
gar made the youth rather uncomfortable. So he blustered.
“Was she pretty, this Chi-li?”
“Aye, she was a red flower of the steppe. She had not seen fourteen
Summers.”
“Well, then, she will not be killed.”
The green eyes of Chilogir glittered.
“Where will they take her?”
“Over the passes of the Altai to the Kazak steppe, to Tabagatai, our
town by the waters of Lake Balkash.”
“And will you go there, my nephew?”
“Where else, uncle? Give me some more kumiss. I will take the road
tonight, before cock-crow—”
“Chi-li would give the kumiss, if she were here. Tchai, there is nothing
but smoke in the place where she sat! On the mare’s skin, the white mare’s
skin by the fire. Ha, my woman, give the stranger hero to drink!”
Whether it was the kumiss—the fermented liquids of the Tatars were
heady stuff—or his own drowsiness, Borasun did not know. Certainly he
heard the old woman lamenting, wailing like a bereaved she wolf.
Deep though he drank, he felt sure that when Chilogir, the old sangar,
the white conjurer, made the cry of a falcon a hawk answered, though it
was night and snowing. When the Tatar uttered the call of a horse, his
own beast whinnied; a wolf howled beside the tent.
“Remember,” he heard Chilogir saying from very far, “no harm to my
reindeer.”
The old man stretched his arms out to the west.
“Chi-li, little daughter, I send the reindeer.”
When full consciousness returned to him Borasun was leaning back
against the wooden support of the sledge, wedged in with furs over which
were placed his saddlebags with a fresh supply of frozen meat. The snow
was still falling, making the daylight gray about him. His limbs were
numb and his eyes ached.
Ahead of him moved the rump of a reindeer; he could see the antlers of
the leader farther on. They were moving over the snow carpet with a long
swinging gait that caused the isolated firs to flash past quickly.
s a ng a r 419
Borasun could not see the trail they followed. But at the end of that
day when the snow ceased, he could make out the white peaks of the Al-
tai against the gray sky. By the contour of the land he knew he was ap-
proaching the pass through which he and his comrades had penetrated
into Tatary.
Borasun lost. He caught up the gorilka flask, emptied it, cast it into the
fire and straightway went to sleep on the hearth.
When the war is over, poor chap, when the war is over,
You will find, poor fellow,
Your wife gone away from home,
And your hide full of wounds.
Thus sang Colonel Balabash, spreading his feet to the fire and sighing
deeply, for he was a melancholy man.
Awake and sober once more, Borasun left the inn and borrowed two
hundred thalers from various comrades. Then he swaggered off to the se-
rai outside the town wall where Cherkasi kept his pack-animals, his re-
tainers and slaves.
Now reindeer are unusual beasts—peculiar that is, to those who do not
understand them. The merchant did not know how to handle the halter-
cord that controlled their movements and being unfriendly to animals he
did not make any progress with the two deer, who at once became very
stupid and obdurate. They would not go where he wanted, nor would they
stay when he left them.
Finally, assisted by Kirghiz caravaneers and his henchmen, Cherkasi
beat, tugged, and lashed them into the serai, where they stood trembling.
He wore heavy boots, and the limbs of a reindeer are frail.
Borasun walked through the entrance in the rock wall and growled
under his breath when he saw the evidence of mistreatment on the hides
of his two pets.
“Here are your two hundred thalers,” said the warrior. “I will take
back my reindeer.”
The merchant sidled forward as Borasun reached for the driving cord.
“Nay, what would you do, Cossack? The reindeer are mine. They are
rare beasts, and I will take them to Kiev to sell at a good profit.”
“Hai, but look here. You said if I had two hundred gold pieces I could
buy back the reindeer. Here is your money.”
Cherkasi smiled.
“Nay, Sir Cossack. I said if you won from Balabash you could have
them back. You did not win. They are mine. Does an ataman break his
word?”
Scowling, Borasun fingered the wallet.
422 s a ng a r
“Chilogir!” Borasun heard a whisper. “Ai-a, you wear the belt of Chi-
logir, my lord. Tell me, what of him? I am Chi-li.”
Borasun paused and scratched his head, without heeding the snarls of
the merchant at his back. He could not remember where he had heard the
name Chi-li. Once, when he had been drinking, it was. She was said to be
pretty, he reflected. Well, so she was.
He surveyed the wasted brown cheeks, and the quick eyes under which
were deep circles. He could not remember who Chi-li was.
“Whose woman are you, little sparrow?” Balabash asked, twirling his
mustache.
“Mine,” cried the shrill voice of Cherkasi. “Mine, bought from one of
your own comrades, Borasun, for three hundred and twenty thalers. Get
along with you! She is my slave and I will sell her to the Turkish lords
who pay well for women of other races—”
Perceiving the mute appeal in the eyes of the girl, Borasun could but
shake his head. Something that he had meant to do for Chi-li—well, he
must have dreamed it.
Seeing that she was staring at his broad leather girdle ornamented with
iron images, Borasun unbuckled it and handed the belt to her.
“Keep this thing, then, Chi-li,” he grunted.
“So, Cherkasi,” murmured Balabash, “you would sell this handsome
little mouthful to a Turk, eh? Have you any bowels?”
The merchant refastened the flap of the tent hastily, muttering under
his breath. Balabash watched him angrily, and observed,
“How much will you take for her?”
Cherkasi spat and was heard to say to himself that he would have no
dealing with such dogs of the steppe.
“Dogs!”
Balabash had his saber halfway out, when Borasun, grinning, caught
his arm.
“Have you forgotten the governor and his kites so soon, good sir?”
“True!” The colonel shrugged and linked his arm in that of his com-
rade. “Cherkasi, you call yourself a Christian, may the devil eat me if you
don’t. Some day the devil will call you a liar.”
So they went off to the inn, being hungry. Already Chi-li, if not the
reindeer, had passed from their minds although their hands itched to get
at Cherkasi. Behind them a trembling girl stared from the belt to the slit
in the felt tent through which she could see the picketed reindeer.
424 s a ng a r
It was toward the end of the second watch of the night and even the ba-
zaar dogs were quiet when Pan Pishnivitz knocked at the inn door. Being
a mild man, a Pole, with a secret sense of his own importance as lieuten-
ant of the voevod—the governor of Tabagatai, the knock was discreet yet
firm. Amid the babble of voices from within it was not heard. Pan Pish-
nivitz knocked again, more loudly, and felt of the priming of his pistols.
True, he reflected, he had a dozen men at his back, halberdiers and mus-
ket men from the governor’s castle. And the handful of Cossacks in the
tavern were little better than vagabonds—since the country was not at
war just then. If Holy Church and the voevod and the Empire had been at
war and in need of Cossack sabers matters would be different.
So the lieutenant entered with a steady tread and fixed his eye on the
hawk-like face of Borasun.
“Cossack,” he proclaimed, not without importance, “his Excellency
the lord governor of the town and province of Balkash has placed you un-
der arrest to answer for a manifest crime and be punished accordingly.”
He nodded solemnly, adding: “Be a good fellow, Borasun, and don’t stir
up a rumpus. If you are to be hanged, you no doubt deserve it; it’s your
Christian duty to obey the law.”
Borasun’s black eyes twinkled while he tried to think which of his nu-
merous misdeeds had come to the notice of the governor.
“Is it on account of that dog of Cherkasi’s I struck down just before
sunset?”
“Not at all, Borasun,” replied the lieutenant soothingly. “The dog was a
Kirghiz; and he made a pass at you first, I am told. Nay, this is a crime.”
Borasun sighed. Luck was a mischievous jade. Already that day Cher-
kasi had thrown dirt on his beard—or at least on the beard of old Bala-
bash—and he was helpless to take revenge. Moreover Cherkasi was exhib-
iting his cherished reindeer. Now Borasun was accused of a crime.
He rose.
“What is the charge, Sir Fish—Pish, or whatever your name is?”
“Thieving.”
At this the ataman’s face flushed dark and the other Cossacks looked
up. A group of Muscovite merchants motioned for the innkeeper, to set-
tle their score. Because if there is one thing more than another that a Cos-
sack does not like it is to be called a thief. Blaspheming is the worst crime
on his calendar, but stealing is a good second.
s a ng a r 425
He folded his arms, and his black beard bristled. All those in the room
hastened to say that it was the truth. Pishnivitz scratched his head. He
had no wish to cross the path of the old colonel, but there was Cherkasi’s
charge to be disposed of somehow.
Seeing his hesitation, Balabash thrust himself through the soldiers
until he faced the merchant, who shrank back as far as he was able. Ex-
tending the hilt of his saber under the wrinkled nose of Cherkasi, the col-
onel roared:
“Smell of that, you jackal—sired spawn of the dung heap. And say
whether Balabash lies!”
Cherkasi clawed at his beard and was silent. Satisfied, Balabash re-
turned to his seat by the fire, calling for hot mead to be brought for the
soldiers.
After drinking his mead, the lieutenant wiped his mustache and came
to a conclusion.
“Good health to you, Colonel. I hope the worthy Cossacks are not an-
gry. I had my duty ——. Now this is what happened. The escape of the
woman was the work of magic, of course—”
“And Chersaki would have sold her to a Turk,” muttered Balabash.
“White magic, assuredly,” nodded Pishnivitz.
“That’s it!” roared Borasun, who had been thinking. “I remember now.
Chi-li is the child of Chilogir, the Tatar magician. He is calling his rein-
deer and his daughter to him, a thousand miles away. Cherkasi, the mer-
chant, picketed the reindeer under the nose of the girl who has been their
mistress for ten years—”
The Cossacks laughed and piled from the inn to watch Cherkasi, al-
most beside himself with rage, calling on his servants and armed men to
get horses and take up the pursuit of the reindeer somewhere out in the
dark steppe.
“They will never overtake reindeer,” growled Balabash, whose good
humor was restored at sight of Cherkasi’s vain search for six hundred
thalers.
“I remember, too,” assented Borasun, “that Chilogir said misfortune
would come upon one who mistreated his reindeer.”
“It is true,” nodded Pishnivitz sagely. “That was good mead.”
“Undoubtedly true,” assented Balabash. “Let us have some more of
it.”
So they departed, singing—
s a ng a r 427
When the war begins, brave chap, when the war begins,
You will find, brave fellow,
That princes give you gold,
And the priest says, “Benedicte.”
Beyond the Altai, Chilogir, the Tungusi sangar, waited in his tent, until
the reindeer he had marked with his mark and sent with the warrior bear-
ing his belt to the place where he knew his daughter would be—waited pa-
tiently until his reindeer should return. He knew that they would do so.
Because it is a peculiarity of reindeer that they will not stay with the
master who beats them.
The Vampire of Kohr
Snow covered the steppe. Old snow that banked high around the scat-
tered trees and blanketed everything except the dark line of the trail. It
formed white caps on the haystacks and on the steep thatched roofs of
Gorod town.
Only in the streets of Gorod—a trading town close upon the tsar’s eastern
frontier—was there smoke and bustle and the chiming of horse bells.
Demid rode into Gorod at noon with a horse between his knees, an
empty purse and the ache of hunger beneath his belt. Women who looked
twice into his dark face nudged each other and whispered that here was a
Cossack coming back from the wars. Tradesmen, glancing at the ragged
coat and the shaggy horse, shook their heads, saying that a Cossack was
good for nothing except brawling.
But Demid rode on, to the log barracks of the governor’s guard, to the
smell of hot soup and corn brandy. He dismounted and entered, to stand
by the long table where forty men were feeding.
“Eh,” he said, “salaam to you. Have you a bowl for a rider from the
snow road?”
They grunted and no one made room. They were uncurried devils,
those guardsmen of Gorod, who served a hard master, the starosta. Aye,
they were shifty, masterless men—slant-eyed Kalmuks and bearded Rus-
sians who looked out for their own gain—and they had no words for a far-
wandering man, a Cossack as wild as a Gypsy or Volga river bandit. Now
that snow was deep on the roads, few travelers went from town to town
here at the edge of the open steppe. If the Cossack sought food service let
him look to himself.
“Go to the tavern,” grumbled a pockmarked giant.
t h e va m p i r e of koh r 429
Demid had no money. He looked once more at the crowded table, and
was turning on his heel when the door opened and a stout sergeant en-
tered.
“Look here, little pigeons,” the essaul said, “one of you will have to
ride to Khor this afternoon. Which is the one?”
For a moment forty heads bent in silence over the kasha bowls. Then
the tall, pocked man looked up. “Well, Father Ostap, I’ll go.”
The sergeant shook his head and spat. “Will you, Gritchka? You’d
go as far as the tavern, and come back fit to kiss the pig, and say you’d
been to Khor. Come now, it’s his Excellency’s order. One of you to ride
to Khor, patrol the wood for an hour, and come back. I’ll stand a glass of
corn brandy.”
The men at the table said nothing.
“I won’t hold back for any man,” grumbled Gritchka, “but I won’t go
after devils.”
“Two glasses.”
“Make it a jug,” suggested Demid, “and I’ll go.”
The sergeant stared at him. “What manner of man are you?” But he
had served his time in the tsar’s army, Ostap had. He knew these Don
Cossacks who followed the wars, and threw their gold from women to fid-
dlers, afterward. And then came back licking their wounds to the great
steppe that was their home—these steppe-born lads who knew cattle and
Tartars and night riding. Good riders and swordsmen—forked lightning
on the back of a horse. This Demid was young; he could not know the se-
cret of Khor, and so he might be fool enough to go there, as he offered. Os-
tap would not have gone for a fistful of ducats, and it was evident that his
guardsmen had no mind to go. “Well,” he said, rubbing his shaven head,
“I’m willing. You’ll have to talk to our master. Come along.”
His master, the starosta of Gorod, was a hard man. So Ostap said as they
trudged over the snow, Demid leading his horse. A hard man newly come
from Moscow, a man of business, with a hard hand, and new to the steppe.
Aye, he clapped a tax on every head and horn and hut, and bade Ostap’s lads
collect the coins. The starosta took in more kopecks than he paid out.
“What is this Khor?” Demid asked. “Where the devils are?”
A farm, said the sergeant, a castle-farm, a few versts out of Gorod along
the highway. Long ago when Gorod was a small village, the people of Khor
were rich and lordly; now there was only one girl on the place and few
430 t h e va m p i r e of k hor
souls ever saw hair or hide of her. A stone tower in a wood, graves near
a deserted chapel, a Tartar village, and a girl mistress of all that. Such
was Khor.
“Before last Michaelmas,” Ostap added, “we found a trader with his
toes turned up in the highroad where it runs through Khor wood. Then we
found Togrul, one of my little pigeons. He was a crafty son of a dog, Togrul
was; but there he lay by the graves with a hole in his throat and half his
blood in the snow. Horse tracks all around, and his sword in its sheath,
his pistols primed and charged—untouched.” Ostap shook his head mood-
ily. “What manner of thing could come out of the wood and strike down
a hard-fighting lad like Togrul as if he were a babe at suck?”
“A lance,” said Demid idly, thinking of the horse tracks. He was hun-
gry.
“Would a lance make a hole no larger than a tooth in the vein of his
throat?” grumbled the sergeant. “Would Togrul sit there as if saying his
prayers while a rider came up and pricked the life out of him? Nay, lad,
there are devils in Khor,” he admitted honestly. “Think a bit before you
ride patrol down there.”
“I’ll ride through Satan’s kitchen,” the Cossack answered, “for a din-
ner of beef and bread.”
Ostap spat and crossed himself. “Fear God. Don’t jest—it’s unlucky.”
The starosta had more to say. Mikhail, starosta of Gorod, was sole lord
of the empty land as far as a man could travel in a day, except for the land
of Khor. He saw to it that his word was law. Sitting in his high seat by the
fire of his hall, his square-cut beard jutting over his collar, he looked from
Ostap to the Cossack, noticing Demid’s shagreen riding boots and white
lambskin papakh. Although both the sergeant and the Cossack stood si-
lent, hat in hand, Demid bore himself as if he was at home in a lord’s hall,
and Mikhail noticed this. But, since the table had been cleared away, he
did not bid Demid to sit down to meat and wine.
“You’re a likely lad for my service,” he said. “Have you any kin in
Gorod? No—I see you’re a wandering Cossack. Well, times are hard, lad—
I can’t take another sword into my service. But I’ll pay you well to patrol
an outlying farm. Eh, what do you say?”
“What is the pay?”
The starosta considered. “I confess my own men shirk going to the
place. It has a bad name. They say a vurdalak, a vampire, roosts there.”
Ostap started to spit, and crossed himself covertly instead.
t h e va m p i r e of koh r 431
“They have tales to tell,” Mikhail resumed, “of this vampire, which
seems to change its shape, being sometimes a young woman, sometimes
a shining white rider that vanishes into the snow. Old wives’ tales—”
“Nay, lord,” Ostap broke in stubbornly. “Haven’t you ever heard hungry
vampires howling in the twilight? They have pallid blue faces and their
eyes shine like candles in the dusk when they are hungry. They whine
and whine, and if you take them up on the saddle they bite behind the ear
or into the throat vein. Once they taste blood—”
“Enough!” Mikhail glanced about slowly, as if ridding himself of some
fear. Demid observed that the walls of the hall were hung with a strange
variety of weapons, ranging from curious muskets to daggers, not far from
the starosta’s hand. The muskets looked as if they were charged. “I don’t
say that vampires and werewolves can’t be found. Only, they are human
beings that have been turned into beasts. Now the people of Khor are like
savages; for generations they have lived with the Tartars and wild herds.
No priest is in the chapel there.”
“Nay,” Ostap assented. “When I rode last to that deserted chapel I was
followed by tall shadows that slipped between the trees. As God lives,
when I was standing by the graves I heard a woman cry out, like a bird
of prey.”
“Yes,” nodded the starosta grimly, “and doings like that frighten my
guards away.”
“Togrul went into the wood, my lord. Aye, we found his body just where
I had been standing.”
“I think that more travelers have been slain.” The starosta turned to
Demid. “But their bodies were hidden away—put under the ice somewhere.
I think we can uncover a nest of blood-letting thieves in that wood, who
have been doing away with solitary travelers. From the top of Khor tower
the highway can be seen afar. Those Tartars in the village there must have
a hand in it. Togrul saw something evil and so they made crow’s meat of
him. Now, Cossack, I’ll pay you forty silver ducats if you find evidence
of thievery and murder—twenty ducats if you find any black magic go-
ing on there. Anything, that is, to show there is a witch or human vam-
pire alive there.”
“What if I find nothing?”
“Then you will be paid nothing.”
“A hard bargain, starosta.”
432 t h e va m p i r e of k hor
Mikhail sat back with a shrug, but he watched the young Cossack.
“You are free to do as you like. As for me, too many of my men have sworn
they rode through Khor, when they turned back at the windmill. I’ve seen
them do it. If you are man enough to turn the thieves out of their nest,
you will have a heavy price paid. What do you say?”
“I will take the patrol. But I must have food.”
“When you come back.”
Demid smiled, and turned on his heel. When the door had closed be-
hind them Ostap put his wolf skin cap on the back of his shaven bead and
grunted. “Forty ducats! Why, you can frolic with a princess for that! I’ve
never heard his Excellency say anything more than pennies before. Still,
it’s a bad place. Are you going, lad?”
Demid swung into the saddle and gathered up the rein. “Which way
does Khor lie?”
“Down that street, past the haystacks and the tavern. There’s only
the one road.” Ostap came closer to whisper: “Just the same, if you see
a woman or child hungry-looking, jump down quickly and plunge your
sword into the ground. The vampire will run up and take hold of the hilt.
Then—‘In the name of the Father and Son,’ you say. She’ll slide down the
blade and vanish into the ground. Make two cuts, like a cross, over the
spot and she can’t come up again.”
A smile lit up the Cossack’s dark face. “Listen, sergeant,” he whispered,
“I’m brother to the vampires, and I used to train werewolves to bring my
supper.” He galloped off, turning in the saddle to shout back: “My boots
to you, sergeant.”
The good people of Gorod hastened to get out of the way of the speed-
ing black horse. Ostap stared after it as if he had seen a ghost rise from
the ground.
Khor wood was a dense oak growth surrounding a single hill. On the sum-
mit of this hill rose a gray stone tower and the roofs of a manor house.
The narrow strip of highroad ran through one edge of the wood, the bare
branches almost touching overhead—a good place for an ambush, the
Cossack decided.
Along another side of the wood wound a stream, now frozen and hemmed
in by alders. Here stood a Tartar village of huts and gray felt tents fenced
in with thorn bush. Demid saw several men in wolf skin shubas carrying
fishing spears. The open steppe around the wood had once been a cattle
t h e va m p i r e of koh r 433
So swiftly had he moved, the other was not able to brace himself against
the impact and they both came down, rolling in the soft snow. Demid
gripped his adversary beneath him, catching the wrist that held the sword
and forcing it back into the snow. His right hand grasped the other’s throat.
And then he loosed his grip with an exclamation.
For the throat beneath his fingers was soft and round, and long dark
tresses lay about the small head from which the papakh had fallen. A
woman’s gray eyes looked up into his.
“The devil!” he muttered.
When he drew the sword from her hand she made no resistance. She lay
quiet, looking at him steadily. He got to his feet slowly, the blood pound-
ing in his head. Reaching down, he lifted her in his arms. Without doubt
she was a woman, light and warm and sweet-smelling. A vampire would
have been cold to the touch. Yet her eyes as they searched his face were
the eyes of a wild thing.
“Eh, speak!” he whispered.
Well, she was a beauty, with soft, dark lips—her small head as pale as
one of the wax figures in church. Demid bent his bead, kissed her lips
lightly. “Do you greet all strangers with a sword, little lass?” he asked.
“Can’t you speak? Are you hurt?”
Suddenly the blood flooded her cheeks, and her eyes closed. Demid
waited. He did not want to put her down. But she started in his arms, her
head turned and her eyes dilated as she stared past him into the wood.
“Yok! Tzee—tzee, yok!” she cried shrilly, and the Cossack set her
down on her feet.
Behind him in the brush at which she had been looking a brown wrin-
kled face was drawing back out of sight—a thing malevolent as a demon,
wrapped in a wolf skin, with a great bow held fast in its hand.
Demid knew then that he was in peril of his life, and he crouched in
the snow, his muscles tense. The thicket ceased quivering, and there was
no further sign of the Tartar bowman who had been peering out at him.
He heard sounds behind him, and turned his head in time to see the girl
going off on the gray horse.
This time Demid made no move to follow. He knew that eyes as keen
as wolves’ were spying upon him, and he knew that an arrow from a Tar-
tar bow could kill at a hundred paces. “No—oh, no!” the girl had cried
at the face in the brush.
t h e va m p i r e of koh r 435
So she had guardians, in this wood of hers. She, the wild thing, had
warned them not to strike down the Cossack, although he had handled
her, unwittingly, as roughly as a bear. She had cried out in the Tartar
tongue, which Demid understood. Thoughtfully he went to his horse,
and when he was in the saddle again he turned back to the highroad that
led to Gorod. He was thinking of a splendid dark head lying in the snow
beneath him, and nothing else would come into his mind.
That evening be was admitted with Ostap to the hall of the starosta, who
dismissed the other servants in the room before speaking to him.
“Well, have you news?”
“Yes,” said Demid slowly. “This maiden of Khor is no vampire but a
woman like any other.”
“I did not ask for your thoughts,” retorted Mikhail. “Tell me what you
saw—what happened?”
The Cossack told about sighting the Lady Ivga—as Ostap called her—
and his pursuit of her. Ostap listened to every word, breathing heavily.
“The truth is,” commented Mikhail, “that the life was nearly cut out
of you, my lad. You should have followed her, tied her up, and brought her
in for examination by the boyars and by myself.”
Demid shook his head. “If that was the Lady Ivga, we were on her land.
Why shouldn’t she slash at a man? She’s lovely as a deer.” He remembered
how her eyes had closed when she flushed, and he was silent so long that
the two men moved uneasily.
“Look here,” Demid went on. “I know how Togrul was slain—with an
arrow. It leaves a small cut; still it will drain the blood out of a man.”
“We found no arrow,” Ostap muttered.
“And I think otherwise,” pondered the starosta. “What if she had ap-
peared before him in woman’s dress—what if she came up to him and
put him under the spell of her eyes and then struck him down with a
small knife?”
“Ay,” put in Ostap heavily, “she’s a witch and she has cast a spell on
this Cossack.”
“If she’s a witch, I’m a monk!”
“Now, now, young wildfire. Doesn’t she haunt graves, and change her
shape? She does, because she rides about in man’s dress. Hasn’t she long,
tangled hair and baneful eyes. You say she has. Did you hear her speak
honest Christian words, like ‘Get out, you son of a dog?’ You did not.
436 t h e va m p i r e of k hor
Well, then, she’s young and fair, but she’s a witch all the same and no
good will come of her.”
The starosta lifted his hand. “I want proof, not words. Go you to the
highway of Khor at night, Cossack, and watch what she does in the hours
of darkness. There is a moon and you know your way about now. Eh?”
“I’ll do that,” Demid nodded, “tomorrow night.”
“Not for forty good silver ducats of Kiev,” said Ostap when they were
alone again, “would I do the like of that. Better to follow the hangman’s
torch than the moon over Khor. Don’t you know, her brother and grand-
sire and other men of Khor are in those graves?” He sighed and rubbed
his head. “Akh, you should have thrust your sword in the ground and said
what I told you; then you would be at peace now, instead of rushing about
like a wild horse at the end of a rope.”
There was no peace in the mind of the Cossack. On the morrow’s night
when he took the snow road to Khor he galloped as if he were racing the
wind. Over his head the cloud wrack passed across the face of the round
moon. The bare branches of the wood threshed together as if they were
bony fingers of the dead doing a dance in the wind.
A bad night. A bad night to go alone, seeking a witch in that wood.
But the Cossack saw gray eyes half closing; he felt the weight of a slender
body upon his arm. His blood pounded in his head, and he rode straight
as the eagle flies, up the hill to Khor tower. With his stirrup he knocked
on the closed wooden gate of the yard.
Round and dark, the tower of Khor rose against the flecked sky. When
he beat on the gate an owl swooped away. Steep roof peaks of the log build-
ings stood against the tower.
“What seek ye?” a man’s voice cried.
“The Lady of Khor. Say to her that the Cossack Demid comes as a
guest.”
“Nay, the khanim will see no man from Gorod.”
“I am no man of Gorod. No one follows me.”
Silence at the gate. Dark figures moving in the shadows of the log wall.
A spear point brightening in the moon’s light. The black horse snorted,
turning restlessly. The gate opened slowly, and Demid rode in, dismounted
by the well-sweep, to give his rein to the Tartar who opened the door of
the tower. Candlelight flooded the trodden snow, and Demid strode in.
t h e va m p i r e of koh r 437
No one was in the round room. A fire blazed in the wide hearth. Bright
Turkish rugs covered the floor, and the scent of herbs was in the air. Demid,
his papakh on his arm, flung himself into a great chair by the hearth.
He did not hear Ivga come in, so quietly did she move over the carpets
behind him. She wore no man’s garments this time—she was clad in a
short shirt and embroidered slippers, in a sleeveless khalat that left her
arms bare. Her long hair was brushed back and held over her ears by a sil-
ver band that was like a diadem. Demid sprang up and bowed to her, and
she went close to the fire.
“Chlieb sol,” she said quietly. “My bread and salt is yours, O guest. It
is many a moon since a guest has come to Khor.”
Again Demid bowed his head. He could not say anything, because blood
was throbbing in his head. The Lady Ivga had changed her shape indeed,
and he could not take his eyes from her dark head. When she clapped her
hands a Tartar servant entered with a silver goblet. She took this in both
hands and held it out to the Cossack. “A greeting to the guest.”
“Health to you my lady,” he said hoarsely. His hands quivered as he
took it from her and drank the corn brandy that was warm and fragrant
with spices.
“Are you not afraid, Cossack,” she asked, “that the brandy is drugged,
and that I am tempting you from your duty?”
“What is that?”
She looked at him, and smiled slowly. “To ride down women in the
wood of Khor.”
When she smiled the skin of his head tingled, and the breath caught in
his throat. “Why did you go in man’s dress, with a sword?”
“Because a little while ago when I rode in my own dress, one of the
Gorod riders stalked me like a panther. When he tried to put his hands on
me, Ghirei, one of my hunters, slew him with an arrow.”
“What became of the arrow? It was not found.”
“We took it away. After all, that Torgrul was dead. Ghirei caught his
horse wandering with a loose rein and rode back to the spot and drew out
the arrow without dismounting. If the starosta’s men had found the Tar-
tar arrow in that dead rogue, the starosta would have taken half the fields
of Khor in payment for a life.”
Then Demid understood why the only tracks found by the body of Togrul
had been those of his own horse. “Why do you tell me this?” he asked.
438 t h e va m p i r e of k hor
“I do not know.” Ivga did not smile; her gray eyes sought the fire as if
to read the answer in the flames. “Perhaps because you come as a guest,
after this long time. Perhaps because you are a Cossack, like my grandfa-
ther. I don’t want you to die,” she added impulsively, “as Togrul did.”
Forty silver ducats for proof of a slaying, and now he had that proof from
her. The price of two years’ service in the wars. Yet here, beside Ivga, he
thought nothing of that. Togrul, the dog, had been well slain.
“Why did you come to the tower?” she asked suddenly. “You should
not have come.”
Demid shook his head. How could be have stayed away, after he had held
her in his arms? He was frightened, because the wild girl of the snow road
had changed into a proud girl of the manor, as remote from his touch as
an image in the church. “In Gorod they are saying that you are a witch,”
he explained, “and your servants rob wayfarers.”
“My Tartars!” Her eyes blazed at him. “O fool! My Tartars were born
here—aye, their grandsires served Khor, in the day of my grandfather,
when the lands of Khor stretched as far as Gorod, which was no more than
a village then. We counted our cattle by the hundred on the ranges. Then
guests filled the house and there was feasting in this tower. My grandfa-
ther was a Cossack, so he had nothing but war in his head. He spent lives
and gold and horses with an open hand, and he himself died by the sword.
His grave is in the wood.” Chin on hand, she gazed into the fire. “Six
graves there are that I tend. And the newest is Ivan’s. Ivan, my brother,
who grew up with me. Ivan was like a Cossack, tall and heedless of ev-
erything but his sword and his hunting. He went to serve the tsar in Mos-
cow, taking the strongest of the peasants with him. Whenever he wrote
to me he begged for more gold for his debts, his horses—all the things he
needed. He used to call me his Devilkin. I sold the cattle and the upper
pastureland to send money to him. I was a child, then, and I did not know
how to manage such things—”
Ivga looked into the fire. “Then they brought his coffin back to Khor
with a letter that said he was a hero. But to me, his Devilkin, he had always
been a hero . . . well, that’s past. Ivan lived joyfully, but we are poor now.
The land that is left is good for wheat, but the rest of the peasants went
off to town with their carts. That is because the new starosta is building
houses there. Now he takes a horn-tax, a head-tax and a fire-tax from us.
I went to Gorod to tell him that we had never paid a tax to Gorod, because
the land is our freehold. I cannot work the land with Tartars.”
t h e va m p i r e of koh r 439
Then he rose to his feet, his hand on his sword hilt. Silently, moving
over the rugs in deerskin boots, a Tartar appeared beside him—holding a
bow unstrung, his broad face expressionless.
Demid recognized the face that had looked at him from the thicket.
“Khanim,” the man said to Ivga, “two riders are upon the road, in the
wood.”
“What riders?”
“Khanim, I do not know. They are calling in a loud voice—Ai-ai!”
Demid considered. They might be men who had come after him from
Gorod, or belated wayfarers. Here was something that he could see to-
-there must be no more bloodshed on Ivga’s land. “I will go down. Only,
do not let these bowmen of yours loose.”
“Don’t go to the wood,” she said quickly. “Stay here. I—I am afraid.”
She did not know why. A breath of wind from an open door set the can-
dle flames flickering. She touched the Cossack’s arm. “Please, do not go
away.”
But he smiled. “Eh, little Ivga—then I will come back.”
He went to his horse and mounted, though she came out into the moon-
light and touched his rein, as if to hold him there with her. And she did
not go back until he had passed through the palisade gate.
High over the bare trees the moon gleamed on the white snow, outlin-
ing the black shadows. As he cantered down a trail toward the chapel and
the road, Demid heard a shout. Coming out the highway he saw two rid-
ers moving at a foot pace toward Gorod. They were heavy men in sheep-
skins with saddlebags at their knees. Demid did not know them, but he
looked closely at their horses—he had a memory for horses.
“Hi, lad,” the foremost hailed him, “where lies Gorod tavern? Is that
it yonder i’ the wood? Faith, we’re weary of this accursed road.”
“Ride on for half an hour, and you will see the light of the tavern.”
“May the dogs bite me!” grumbled the nearer of the two. “A half hour
he says. Well, here’s something for us all.” Lifting the flap of a saddlebag,
he drew out a stone jug, and then a glass. Seeing it, the other man came
over to them, beating his arms against his shoulders to warm his blood.
From the three horses rose thin clouds of steam.
The man with the jug poured out a glassful. He lifted it and grinned at
the Cossack. “Here’s health to you!”
t h e va m p i r e of koh r 441
“Starosta,” said the Cossack, “do not mount your slayers on horses
that have been tethered at your gate. For a horse is to be known as eas-
ily as a man. Now look at this evidence, a dagger from your hall, a man
yonder who will talk to the boyars of Gorod. Aye, he will tell those good
men how you sent me here by night alone and then tried to have crow’s
meat made of me so that you, the starosta, could find me slain and take
Khor as the price of a life.”
He stopped, when the starosta fumbled in his belt. Mikhail drew out a
fistful of coins, and the Cossack struck the fist with the flat of his sword,
sending the coins flashing into the snow. Suddenly Demid reached forward
his rein hand and caught the starosta’s sword from its sheath. Mikhail
groaned. He was afraid that his death had come.
“This I will keep, starosta,” Demid said slowly, “lest you change your
mind. If you should—if you should ride back to Gorod without knife or
sword, where will you find a friend? Do the boyars love you, after the
taxes you plucked from them? Will Ostap and his lads stand at your back
after the kopecks you have done them out of? Nay, they would leave you
to priest and hangman.”
Mikhail moistened his lips and looked from side to side.
“But if you ride on,” Demid said, “if you take to the road into the steppe
and stay far from Gorod, why then every one will be content. Now it’s
time for you to take the road. Which way, starosta?”
With a cry Mikhail kicked at his horse. He plunged through the drifts
to the road. And he turned away from Gorod, past the motionless body in
the road, toward the distant, moonlit steppe.
“And now,” Demid said to the lady of Khor a half hour later, “you will
be well rid of him. Here is his sword to remember him by, and here am I
to watch at your gate, for I will never go from Khor again.”
He was sure of that, this tall Cossack who sat by the fire, no longer
moody but with bright eyes and flushed cheeks, a goblet of brandy in his
hand.
But Ivga tossed her head, and her words were like a song. “Did you
think, Brother Eagle, I would wed me to a Cossack who cares for naught
but his horse and riding to wars—the worthless one!”
Years later a man kept guard at Khor gate. It was Ostap, the sergeant, who
had grown fat with good living—for times had changed at Khor. Yes, Ostap,
who was too fat for service, sat at the gate and watched the cattle grazing
t h e va m p i r e of koh r 443
on the uplands, while his Lady Ivga looked to the farm. And when Ivga’s
children climbed over him they liked best to have him show how Mikhail
the starosta had vanished long ago, never to appear again.
Then Ostap would pull his sword from its sheath while they watched.
“One day, my little pigeons, he was alive and snorting in Gorod town,”
he would say. “And that night of all nights he vanished. No one ever saw
hair or hide of him again. He vanished like this.” And Ostap would plunge
the point of his sword in the earth. “Zzvt. He went down into the ground
like a vampire.”
The mistress of Khor must have been happy then, for she was heard
singing often in the long months when Demid, her husband, was away
at the wars.
He did not write often, that Demid. But he always asked that gold and a
horse or two be sent him, and then Ivga saw to it that this was done.
Singing Girl
Ulugh the fisherman nursed a fire of bark and twigs. He rocked on his
knees in his smoke-filled hut and sighed. Around him the wind whined
like an animal, eddying the smoke and rattling the skins that covered
Ulugh’s body.
Outside the hut snow blanketed the steppe. Ice bound the river Don
from bank to bank. And Ulugh, being a Kalmuk Tatar and weather-wise,
knew that snow was coming.
Then he heard, through the voice of wind, the jangle of bit chains and
stamp of a horse’s hoof.
Thrusting his head out of the horseflap of his hut, he grunted in dis-
may. Two riders were trotting down the trail to the river bank. The taller
of the two carried a jug fondly in the crook of his arm and he sang with a
full throat as he dismounted.
“Ai,” Ulugh exclaimed “Kosaki!”
The tall man staggered as if his legs were unwieldy. “Yes, Dog’s-mug,”
he snorted, “we’re Cossacks. And we’ve come to look for those two sons
of dogs, those Muscovites. Where are they?”
“Shut up, Arky,” said the other Cossacks “And stop licking the jug.” He
was younger; his voice quiet. He wore his sword girdle high, like a Tatar,
and Ulugh noticed that his broad belt had silver settings for jewels and that
the settings were empty. After examining the hut the young Cossack led
in the horses and roped them, lifting off the saddles and saddlebags.
These, Ulugh knew, were no wandering settlers. They were stiepniks,
men born on the steppe. He watched them as a cornered wolf eyes a pair
of hunting dogs.
The one called Arky—“Wine”—seated himself on his heels by the fire.
Taking a last swallow from the jug, he tipped it up and tossed it aside.
s i ng i ng g i r l 445
“If it hadn’t been for you, Arky,” Kalyan grumbled, “we’d be asleep in
the barracks at Sarai now. You told the starosta you could find those two
missing Muscovites.”
Arky grinned, and yawned. In another moment he was asleep in his
sheepskin.
Kalyan looked at Ulugh across the fire and spoke sharply in the Kalmuk
dialect. The great lord of Sarai-town, he explained, the starosta himself,
was very angry. Many travelers had been lost on the river road that Win-
ter. And now a courier coming down from Moscow had passed two Mus-
covite merchants with horses and a sledge, near here. The merchants had
not appeared in Sarai, twenty versts away. What had happened to them?
Ulugh swore by Allah the All-Wise that he did not know. True, he had
seen the sledge standing in the trail. But the men and the horses were
gone.
“Yarou-yarou!” Ulugh whined, “Take heed. The noble Cossacks must
not go near that sledge.”
“Why not?” Kalyan demanded.
“Three nights ago a flame moved in the trees as if a demon danced. A
wolf howled.”
Ulugh would say nothing more, although Arky threatened to put hot
coals up his nostrils. And before sunrise the fisherman took himself off
to the river.
The Cossacks mounted and went on up the trail. They found the sledge
abandoned in the road, its shafts empty.
Kalyan pointed to the ground. A line of tracks left the trail behind the
sledge, going toward the fir wood. Dismounting, he led his horse along
this fresh trail.
It headed down into the wooded ravine, descending to the river. And
the prints in the snow were still clear enough for Kalyan to make out that
the two merchants had walked, leading the horses. They had kept to a
straight line through the brush, into the first fir growth.
Here the light was dim, and the Cossacks could barely see the tracks.
At one place the horses of the Muscovites had circled and plunged, and
the men seemed to have followed them about.
Suddenly Kalyan’s piebald pony reared. Arky swore fervently. His sor-
rel had shied, throwing up its head. “Be still, sire of devils!”
Using his whip, he brought the sorrel to a stand, its ears twitching.
446 s i ng i ng g i r l
He took the rein of Kalyan’s piebald, wrapping it around his wrist. “Eh,
what’s biting them?”
Then he became aware of a third track, a lance length to the side.
“A wolf,” he grunted, leaning down to stare at it in the near darkness.
“Nay, a grandfather of wolves!”
From pad to claw points the track seemed as large as his clenched fist.
Certainly it moved after the boot prints of the men.
As Kalyan followed, in the heart of the wood ahead of them a light
flashed up. It burned steadily, as if sheltered from the wind.
“A house,” muttered Arky. “Glory to good Saint Nicholas!”
The gate in the dark line of the log palisade stood open. The yard inside
was like a hundred other choutars—border farms. At one side stood a
stable shed. On the other rose the gaunt arms of a windmill. But Kalyan
saw no haystack or manure pile, and no dogs rushed out to snarl at the
Cossacks. The place might have been deserted, except for the light—the
gleam of a candle in the mass of the log house.
When they tethered the horses and strode in, Arky closed the door
carefully behind him.
“Bad luck to us,” he explained, “if the candle goes out.”
And he grunted, pleased. He was standing on a Persian flower-carpet;
a tiled stove warmed the long room, silver gleamed on the side table, and
somewhere incense burned. The two doors at the ends of the room were
closed.
“Hi, inside!” Arky bellowed.
One of the doors opened, and a girl appeared. Such a girl as Arky had
not seen before on the border. A pearl-sewn mesh covered the dark hair
that fell over her slight shoulders.
“Chlieb sol!” Her low voice greeted them, “Be welcome.”
She had the large eyes and slim throat of a child. Her cheeks were
touched with red, and the heavy silk sarafan was much too large for her
small figure. Her feet were hidden in red Turkish slippers.
The two Cossacks pulled off their kalpaks and bowed low, their long
scalp locks slipping down.
“What men are ye?” she asked.
Kalyan flushed, tongue-tied, but Arky answered readily: “Eh, we’re
Cossacks in from the snow road. Don’t be frightened, lass-lady.”
“What seek ye?” she asked quietly.
s i ng i ng g i r l 447
“Only two sons of dogs,” Arky explained. “Two Muscovites who lost
the way.”
“They are not here, Cossack.” She stared past him, frowning.
The Cossacks were silent, pondering. Then a clear voice spoke from the
shadow of the inner door: “Well, lads, you can’t take the road in this storm.
So you’ll share my bread and salt.”
They saw a man with unclipped beard. He was wrapped in a sable coat,
with high pigskin boots, and his hands moved restlessly as he came into
the light.
“Nay,” he said, “I am no merchant of Muscovy such as ye seek. I am
Sergey Okol, master of this choutar.”
“If you know they are merchants,” Kalyan answered, “you have seen
them, Sergey Okol.”
The master of the house shook his head. “Their sledge, yes. I found that.
The men, no—I’ve seen nothing of them.” He considered, rubbing his beard.
“I know where they are. But you’ll not want to follow there, lads.”
After Kalyan had stabled the horses, Sergey Okol bade the girl serve
them with food while he kept Arky’s bowl filled with brandy and after-
ward honey mead.
Like a shadow the girl came and went, bringing water in a basin to
wash their hands and a linen cloth to dry them. “Enough, Sana,” said
Sergey Okol.
Without a word she took a plate of food to a corner apart from them
and began to eat.
“Now,” Kalyan asked quietly, “where went the Muscovites?”
“To the devil, truly.” Sergey Okol frowned. “The Tatars caught
them.”
“How caught them?” Arky demanded.
The fools, Sergey Okol explained, went down to the river to try the
ice. They were weary of trudging on the trail. And the Tatars watched
the river—the Kalmuk horde of Ghirei Khan had made its Winter camp
across the river. He had seen the gray devils come down to the bank, to
fish through holes in the ice. They watched for human fish, as well.
“Look at that girl, Sana.” He lowered his voice, touching his head
significantly. “She’s out of her mind. She’s a bayadere, a singing girl of
the towns, and she came out with a party of colonists. Poor sheep! They
were attacked, on the ice by the devils of the horde. Ay, after nightfall it
448 s i ng i ng g i r l
was. Sana ran toward the wood, with the Kalmuks following. When she
reached the trees, they turned back. By the Horned One—’tis a miracle
she lived.”
“Kalmuks can keep to a snow track in the dark,” grunted Arky.
“Not in this wood.” Sergey Okol smiled. “They won’t come a pace into
my trees. They think an evil spirit lives in this place. They say it howls
at night when hunger gnaws it.”
“Eh—that would be a vampire,” announced Arky.
“Not a vampire. I don’t know what it is. I found Sana lying in the snow.”
He hesitated, glancing toward the silent girl. “When I passed that place the
next day I found the tracks of a wolf, circled the mark of her body. Now at
times she talks about darkness that shuts her in like a prison. But, then,”
Sergey Okol sighed, “her mind is touched.”
Sana had put aside her plate and had taken a doll upon her knee. It was
a painted doll, of silk and rags and her fingers worked at it without ceas-
ing.
“You see how it is,” Sergey commented. “If she isn’t dressing herself,
it’s the doll.”
Stretching his long arms, Kalyan shoved back his bench and went over
to the girl.
“What is wrong, lass?” he asked.
Her gray eyes, startled, fastened upon his.
“Go not from the house,” she cried. “Go not from the light that burns,
into the darkness!”
“Sana!”
With his head Sergey Okol motioned toward the inner room. The girl
slipped through the door and Sergey Okol stepped after her, to draw the
key from the inside. Closing the door, he locked it, thrusting the key into
his sash.
Kalyan picked up his saddlebags and sheepskin and went to the far end of
the room. Warily, Arky followed.
“What’s biting you, Kalyan?”
“You fool,” the young Cossack said softly, “that girl isn’t out of her
mind.”
“Then why—”
“She’s playing a part, like a Gypsy. She’s afraid.”
“Well, why not? Isn’t this a haunted place?”
s i ng i ng g i r l 449
“It may be that,” Kalyan admitted. “But don’t you see that Sergey
Okol’s lying?”
Arky rubbed his shaven head dubiously. “Don’t think about the girl,
just because she has eyes like a dove. Go to sleep, Kalyan.”
Whereupon he got his own sheepskin, not too steadily. He put his hand
on the stove, found it was comfortably warm, and stretched himself out
on top of it. He looked around for the icon, and did not find it. So he made
the sign of the cross on his forehead. The wind whirled around the house,
and the storm raged. He yawned and rolled over in the sheepskin . . .
By Sana’s door lay Sergey Okol, a pistol, primed and cocked, ready to
his hand.
Resting against his saddlebags, his eyes half closed, Kalyan was not
asleep. He was trying to see with the eyes of his mind what was hidden
in the choutar. He knew the river, and the evil that was wrought upon it
by men. But he felt in this house an evil that was new to him.
The girl’s silent appeal to him—as if she had had lifted a mask from her
soul for his eyes alone—he did not know what to do about that.
What did she fear? Probably she had seen a wolf, a large wolf, in the ra-
vine. But wolves did not prey upon men; rather, they fled from them. What
was there to fear in a solitary wolf? Something that terrified Kalmuks?
Kalyan did not know. He stared at the great candle flickering above
the mass of tallow. From the stove Arky’s snores resounded. And by the
far door Sergey Okol sighed heavily. As Kalyan watched, the candle flame
danced and spread skyward, dancing like the souls of the unburied dead
that throng the northern sky—howling like wolves—a rush of cold air
chilled the Cossack.
Suddenly he woke. The room was dark except for the gray square that he
knew was the open door.
Near him a man breathed gustily. “Hey, Kalyan,” Arky squatted down
beside him, cold sober for once and blurting out words: “Sergey Okol’s
gone. Ekh ma, don’t you see how it is, now? Mother of God, why didn’t I
think? There isn’t a holy picture in the place no servants—not a dog. Only
listen to the horses! They know—”
“Stop whining.”
Running across the room, Kalyan tried the girl’s door. It was locked as
before, but Sergey Okol had gone from the rug before it.
Outside the house the howl of a wolf quavered.
450 s i ng i ng g i r l
“Eh, that ought to do for him,” Arky ventured. “Isn’t it true if a were-
wolf is wounded the same wounds will be on the body of the man the
next day?”
“Oxhead! This is no werewolf. How could a werewolf pick up a loaded
pistol and walk off with it? Or light a torch in the forest? We’ll find your
Sergey Okol with a whole hide where that torch is. Come on.”
The Cossacks pushed on through the firs, up a rise that overlooked the
wooded ravine and the shore. But no light was visible.
“It was near here,” Kalyan pondered. “Ay, it—Listen!”
Nothing moved near them. In the stillness of the snow-muffled shore,
they heard a faint cry, a woman’s voice. It came from the direction of the
choutar.
Kalyan swore under his breath and plunged back down the slope. Com-
ing into the yard, he headed straight through the door, heedless of what
might be awaiting him in the darkness. Once inside he stopped dead, lis-
tening.
He heard Arky come in cautiously. The big Cossack went toward his
saddlebags and in a moment began to strike sparks against tinder, carry-
ing the flame to a lantern and lighting it.
“There, kunak,” he grunted, surveying the room, “you see. He isn’t
here!”
The rug was empty, but the door behind it stood open. Taking the lan-
tern, Kalyan examined the small sleeping room. The only trace of Sana was
the impress of her body on the bed, and the painted doll lying askew.
“He’s been here,” Kalyan said.
The Cossacks tried the other door, which led into a storeroom where
dried meat hung with herbs. While Kalyan threw the light behind sacks
of grain and casks, Arky examined the liquor kegs with interest, sniff-
ing at them and trying their weight. “It’s no use, kunak,” he grunted,
“the man was a wolf, and now the girl’s gone. This place is evil. Now af-
ter sunup the powers of darkness will cease, and we—” he shook a small
keg close to his ear inquisitively, hearing the soft chink of metal that was
not iron. “Hi, look at this!”
But Kalyan had gone from the storeroom, leaving the lantern. Outside
the house, the sky was turning gray as he hastened to the stable. A horse
whinnied behind him, and his piebald pony trotted up, its halter dragging.
The two other horses were gone. The saddles, however, were on their pegs.
Evidently Sergey Okol had not waited to saddle two mounts.
452 s i ng i ng g i r l
And he would not go far or fast, riding bareback through fresh snow.
Kalyan could see the tracks of the missing horses clearly, in the growing
light. To his surprise, they led through a break in the palisade, down to-
ward the river.
“Hi, Kalyan—look!” Arky came shambling up, carrying the small keg.
He had pried off the top, and he thrust it under his mate’s nose gleefully.
It was half full of coins, gleaming softly.
“Gold,” Arky whispered. “Ducats, byzants, Arab miskals! Ay, and tur-
quoise and silver bits. Tfu—all that didn’t come from Moscow. It came
over the river, from the east.”
Kalyan hefted the keg thoughtfully. If these were Moslem coins, they
had come from the Tatars, and surely Serley Okol had not sold furs to the
hunters of furs.
“That wolf-soul was rich as a sultan,” Arky whispered. “He hid it all
in a brandy cask—that’s how I found it. Where are the horses, Kalyan?”
Kalyan nodded at the tracks and stepped outside the palisade. In the
east an orange streak was spreading, lighting the white channel of the
river beneath them.
And out on the river a dozen riders waited, beyond the last firs.
“Tatars!” exclaimed Arky. “Ghirei Khan’s men.”
Evidently the riders of the horde had not observed the two Cossacks.
They seemed to be intent on the wood. After a moment they moved closer
together.
Out from the trees two other riders appeared, going toward the Tatars.
One a tall man wrapped in black furs, the other a woman.
“Sergey Okol,” said Kalyan, “hasn’t turned up his toes. There he
goes.”
“On my horse,” groaned Arky, “the son of a dog.”
The Muscovite and the girl headed straight across the river. After they
had passed, the Tatars fell in behind them—as if expecting them. Another
moment, and the riders had climbed the far bank and disappeared.
“Ta virty, bratik,” Arky exclaimed, “believe me, brother, he’s a wolf.
Look how the Kalmuks follow him, like a pack.” He rattled the keg, lov-
ingly. “Don’t they pay him gold? They’d cut us out of our skins. Well, he’s
left us alive in our hides, Kalyan, and now the sun’s up. Saddle your nag,
and we’ll go back. Eh, Kalyan?”
s i ng i ng g i r l 453
The young Cossack struck his clenched hands against his head. He
had been blind. He, a hunter born on the steppe, had walked unknowing
into a baited trap.
“The sledge was the bait upon the road,” he muttered. “Ay, the candle
was lighted to guide us to the open gate and the open door. And the girl
bade us share bread and salt while that wolf-soul watched, to know what
manner of men we were. And if we had been merchants of Moscow, new
come to the steppe, we would be sold to the Tatars this dawn, with our
gear and goods. Like the souls who came hither with Sana. And those
others who vanished.”
He nodded slowly. “But we were Cossacks, we fools. When Sergey Okol
went to signal to the Kalmuks, we didn’t sleep like hedgehogs. We slew
the wolf and searched for him, and it may be that he felt fear in his heart.
Ay, he feared that the girl would betray his secret then. So he bore her off
with him—”
Sana had warned him. Her voice had warned him against going out
into the darkness.
The hot blood darkened his lean head as he turned on Arky. “Saddle
my horse.”
This Arky was willing enough to do. He thought Kalyan was coming
to his senses, and would go back quietly now to Sarai, with enough gold to
let them celebrate all Winter. He was buckling the pony’s headstall when
Kalyan came striding back from the house. The young Cossack had the
doll in one hand and a filled saddlebag in the other.
“Brother,” Arky asked, with misgivings, “what have you got there?”
Kalyan swung himself into the saddle and laughed. “Sergey Okol’s
life.”
Catching the bag, Arky loosed the thong and peered into it. His jaw
dropped, and he choked. In the bag was the head of the wolf he had
slain.
Ghirei Khan, son of Ilbars Khan, Lord of the Little Kalmuk Horde, rocked
gently on his heels on the white horse skin at the entrance of his tent.
Impassively, he considered how much he would pay for the ghiaur—the
infidel maid.
For Ghirei Khan had wealth beneath his hand. Uncounted oxen wan-
dered between his gray yurts; his sheep herds stretched as far as his eye
could see. Around him stood his chieftains and mirzas. They had gold in
454 s i ng i ng g i r l
the hilts of their scimitars. It was profitable to sell as slaves the captives
the Wolf sent out on the river ice, with Ulugh as a guide, on the morn-
ings after the Wolf made signal with his torch. They had paid Ulugh the
price of the captives.
Now they kept their distance from the Wolf, never having beheld him
in human form before. They had heard him howl of nights when hunger
gnawed him, over the river. Ulugh the fisher had told them how he went
about in the form of a gray wolf dragging a long chain, when he crept out
of his human body.
“She has cold blood in her,” Ghirei Khan observed to the attentive
Ulugh. “A Gypsy would be better.”
“It is because her skin is soft,” Ulugh urged, “that her blood is cold, as
the Lord hath said.”
Sergey Okol moved impatiently where he sat on the edge of the horse
skin. He wanted to get this business done with. The singing girl, he thought,
was not lucky for him. She had managed to stir the suspicions of the Cos-
sacks in spite of all the brandy he had given them.
And for the first time he had had to leave the shelter of his ravine to face
these gnome-like Tatars in their encampment. He could not tell what they
were thinking, and he had to trust to Ulugh to interpret his words.
“How much will he pay?” Sergey Okol demanded.
“Ai, master,” the fisher said, “he has many herds, many handfuls of
gold. Do not hurry him. Do not be angry.”
Ulugh was afraid of this Muscovite who sold human souls. But more
he feared Ghirei Khan, who might order the skin cut from his feet and
hands if the fisherman displeased him.
“Let him pay down the gold now,” Sergey Okol insisted.
Ulugh said nothing. The Tatars around the yurt turned their heads
with guttural exclamations. Some of them caught up the lances they had
thrust into the snow. The circle of fur-clad heads broke, and through the
opening an enemy of the Kalmuks paced his horse, a ghiaur Cossack. He
was alone, he held a doll and a saddlebag in his hands, and his sword was
sheathed at his hip.
“W’allah!” exclaimed Ghirei Khan, surprised, “what is this?”
The Cossack himself answered, swinging down from his saddle: “A
gift for the son of Ilbars, khan of the Kalmuks. A mighty gift.”
Curiosity kept the Tatars motionless as Kalyan stopped a lance length
from Sergey Okol. Loosening the thong of the saddlebag, he flung it down
on the snow, and the massive gray head of a wolf rolled out.
s i ng i ng g i r l 455
Ulugh cried out and drew himself away from it, and even the khan
started to his feet.
“Look!” cried Kalyan. “I have slain the spirit of the Wolf. In the hours
of darkness I searched for him. For I have the spirit of a great devil in me.
I followed the Wolf because he took from me this woman slave. He fled
from me, and covered himself with iron—”
The Tatars, drawing back, listened with amazement.
“He sprang at me after he bound himself with iron,” Kalyan shouted,
“and I strove with him, overpowering him, and cutting off his head. W’allah!
Still, he lived. He changed again into human form, and he fled from me,
taking the woman with him. Like a serpent he tried to hide himself among
the people of the khan. Look at him, how he draws his strength together,
to save himself.”
Unable to understand, Sergey Okol was glaring about him, his fists
clenched at his sides.
“Wah!” cried Ghirei Khan, putting his hand to his mouth.
“But he has lost his power,” Kalyan went on. “His spirit is dead. And
now he has no place to flee.”
Whipping out his saber, he turned on the Muscovite. “The wolf was
braver than you. Will you die like a pig?”
The hand that Sergey Okol had thrust inside his coat came out clutch-
ing the long pistol. Powder flashed and roared, and the Tatars heard the
dull sound of a bullet striking. Kalyan felt a blow against his side. Steady-
ing himself, he leaped forward.
Scrambling to his feet, Sergey Okol snatched at the scimitar hilt in the
girdle of the nearest Kalmuk. He flung up the blade, snarling, as Kalyan
slashed at his head.
“Hai!” the Cossack shouted, “he feels his death.”
Their boots thudded in the hard-packed snow as the two whirled together—
Kalyan circling, his blade making rings of steel about the head of the
Muscovite.
“True,” muttered Ghirei Khan, “now he feels the end of his power.”
Lightly the Cossack’s blade slid past the other. The curved edge cut
deep into the Muscovite’s throat, and Sergey Okol moaned, the strength
going from his hand. As he staggered, Kalyan slashed down savagely. Ser-
gey Okol’s head fell into the snow.
456 s i ng i ng g i r l
The eyes of the khan gleamed green at this marvelous sight. He bent
over the two heads. “Allah ’im barabat yik caftir,” he murmured. “God
is just and merciful.”
Kalyan strode toward the girl, who had hid her face in her arm. Seizing
her black hair, he pulled her close to him. “Don’t speak,” he whispered.
Aloud he shouted triumphantly, “The strength of a great devil is in me.
Ye have seen! Now am I angered, and my anger will break hard rock asun-
der and turn aside rushing water—”
Held by his voice, the throng of Tatars moved uneasily, grunting like
cattle. For this youth possessed by a spirit spoke words they understood.
Moreover, they had heard a bullet strike him, yet he did not bleed like
an ordinary soul.
“This maiden is mine,” Kalyan roared. “She is no woman of white
bones and blood. I made her, for my slave. Aya, I fashioned first a doll of
silk—” stooping swiftly, he picked up the doll and tossed it to the feet of
Ghirei Khan, “then I breathed upon the doll, and gave life to this elf-maid.
The wolf-man carried her off upon his back, leaping over the treetops in
the hours of darkness—”
“Kai!” exclaimed Ghirei Khan, stepping back from the doll with the
painted cheeks.
“—and if you lay hand on her, a blight will fall on your oxen, and blind-
ness upon your sheep—”
“By Allah,” exclaimed the Tatar, “I do not want her. Take her away
quickly!”
Kalyan swung her upon the saddle of Arky’s sorrel and took the rein of
the choutar pony, as he mounted his own horse. Lashing the beasts into a
gallop he sped away from the staring Tatars toward the river. He did not
look back or rein in until he came to the river bank.
Then he relaxed and his words were awkward, shy. “Forgive me, little
Sana, that I hauled you about like a slave. I was playing a game with the
Kalmuks. I know their minds—like children’s. But Sergey Okol didn’t,
the fool.”
Sana’s gray eyes were wet with tears. “Nay, he was a hard man, and
shrewd. He tried to make you afraid, so that you would steal and fly away;
then he could go to Sarai and make complaint to the starosta—”
“Ay,” said Kalyan gently. His side ached where the Muscovite’s bullet
had scraped a rib. But his dark eyes glowed as he looked up and down the
white frozen river. “He did not know the steppe.” Timidly his hand ca-
s i ng i ng g i r l 457
ressed the girl’s dark hair—for Kalyan was afraid of her. So white and beau-
tiful she was like an elf-maid, with tears like pearls upon her cheeks.
Suddenly Sana caught his hand, pressing it against her lips. And her
lips were warm as those of any flesh-and-blood girl . . .
Ulugh, the fisher, saw them ride away—watching from the dead tree be-
hind his hut. The choutar pony was harnessed to the sledge. On the sledge
load, upon a Persian carpet, rested a brandy keg. And on this sat the long-
legged Arky, swaying, and shouting a song. Behind the sledge rode Kalyan
and the girl, their heads close together, their hands clasped.
Ulugh watched them out of sight. Then, with a grunt of relief, he climbed
down to his hut, to build up his fire again, and sort out his nets.
The Moon of Shawwul
On the first night of the moon of Shawwul there was calamity, and
fire in the city, and a man afflicted of Allah raged near the golden
gate with a sword. Many believers died before the first light. But the
cause of all this is not known.
From the Annals of the
Othmanli Turks of Constantinople
The koshevoi, the chief of all the Cossacks, rose from his seat against the
wall of the hut and faced the old men who still sat moodily on the floor,
smoking their pipes.
“You have heard the letter—you have listened to the Jew. Now, sir com-
panions, is anything to be done?”
The koshevoi was a tall man with a scar that ran from his eye to his
jaw. He was a daring leader in battle, but otherwise slow to think and
speak. Across his high shoulders was flung a miniver cloak, stained and
dusty, and when he faced the elder men his right hand opened and shut
as if clasping a sword hilt.
And the veteran Cossacks stroked down their gray mustaches, frown-
ing in silence because it was not customary to speak at once. Few were
they—since few Cossacks of the siech, the war encampment of the south-
ern steppes, lived to see their hair turn white—in this year of trouble late
in the seventeenth century.
“It is true, sir brothers,” said one, lifting his head. “And why is it true?
Because the Jew who brought the letter is a son of a dog who cannot read
Turkish, and his tale is the same as the letter. And he has brought back
to us the baton of a Cossack ataman.”
The koshevoi took up from the table a short ivory staff with a cross
carved upon one end, the baton of a colonel of a Cossack regiment.
t h e mo on of s h aw w u l 459
When the Cossacks moved out to war the koshevoi’s command was the
only law. And disobedience meant death by a pistol ball or saber cut.
But while they were in camp they spent their time in revelry, drinking
up the spoils of the last campaign. The brotherhood was never the same.
Always death thinned its ranks and new faces appeared around the fires.
Hither came the riders of the steppes, tired of herding in villages, eager
for war that was life itself to them; and hither came fugitives from the
law of the cities, from Moscow or Warsaw or Vienna. Some of the dark
faces showed the slant eyes and high cheekbones of Tartar blood, others
the grace of noble birth; many were scarred and seamed by debauch or
suffering or cruelty.
Slender Gypsies sat by massive Russians, a French soldier of hazard
matched cups with the son of a Persian emir. No one asked what they had
been, and even their names were forgotten, because the Cossacks promptly
gave them nicknames and they were known by no other. They became free
Cossacks of the siech, self-appointed guardians of the steppes that were
the frontier of Christendom in this seventeenth century. And they left be-
hind them only the memory of their deeds, sung by the old minstrels.
As the koshevoi stood in the door of his hut, by the great drum that was
used to gather the brotherhood together, he caught the words of an old
Gypsy song, in a full deep voice.
The whine of a fiddle rose above the commotion of shouting where some
of the younger men were dancing, their silver heels striking against the hard
clay like an axe upon wood, in the hopák and trepák of the wild Cossack
dance. And over the tumult the same strong voice was heard again.
The koshevoi listened for a moment, then lifted his head as if he had
made a decision. He called out in a voice that was pitched to carry over
the tumult of hoofs and guns—
“Charnomar!”
The song ceased and the singer strode through the throng toward
him.
462 t h e mo on of s h aw w u l
“Aye, Father.”
“Come.”
The leader of the Cossacks turned back into the hut, and the man called
Charnomar came after him.
He was not so tall as many of the Cossacks, who towered over six feet;
nor was he so heavy. Like the others his head was shaved except for the
long scalp lock that hung upon one shoulder, but his heavy buckskin
breeches and his wide leather belt with its polished silver buckle were
like no others in the siech. And his sword was a single edged cutlass, al-
most straight, and heavier than any scimitar or yataghan.
Some Cossacks had found him out at sea, adrift on a splintered boom.
They had been fishing off the Dnieper mouth and had heard heavy can-
non fire in the offing; they had sailed out to see what was happening in
the mist and had come upon this man, who knew nothing of their speech
at that time. From Tartars along the shore they learned that an English
merchant brig had been attacked by three Turkish galleys and had kept
up the fighting until it sank. The Cossacks promptly named him Charno-
mar—Black Sea. When he was able to talk with them in later years, they
had asked him where he came from and he said—
“The sea.”
He said also that he was not from the Great Sea—the Mediterranean—
but from a wide ocean beyond that and a place called the New World. Of
this the Cossacks had never heard. The New World was America.
It was said that Charnomar had been a captive of the Turks on the
Barbary Coast. At times he spoke of the Christians he had seen tortured
there, and he certainly knew the oaths of the galleys. He made himself
at home in the siech, or rather in the raids that were launched across the
Black Sea to Azov and Sinope, where the Cossacks stormed the citadels
and plundered the mosques.
At such times Charnomar’s gray eyes glowed and, though he said little,
he seemed utterly content. He knew more about navigating than the Cos-
sack atamans, and they came to rely upon his strange luck which brought
him back alive and laughing out of places where he should have died.
They said of him—
“Upon a horse he is a man, but when he rides the sea he is a devil.”
All this passed through the mind of the leader of the Cossacks as he
looked at this man who knew more about the sea and the mysteries that
lay beyond it than about a horse and the warfare of the steppes. Then he
spoke to the old Cossacks.
t h e mo on of s h aw w u l 463
“This is how it is, sir brothers. The Turks have laid a trap for us; that
is what they have done. When did the sultan’s dogs ever take ransom for
a Cossack of the siech? They would like to get their hands on the ransom
and the man who brings it. That is all. But if we send nothing, then they
will mock at Cossack honor. And it is not to be endured that a brother
should die alone and unaided upon the stake.”
“Summon the siech to march!” growled one of the veterans. “We will
answer with swords!”
But the koshevoi shook his head. He would have liked nothing better.
Yet he knew that the armies of the sultan were too strong to be met in
the field by the few thousand Cossacks of the siech.
“There is only one road to follow,” he said grimly. “To send a Cossack
to Constantinople.”
“Then the Turks will set up two stakes.”
“Perhaps,” the koshevoi nodded. “Only God knows what will happen.
But there is no other way.” He looked steadily into Charnomar’s gray eyes
and explained how Kirdyaga had been taken and what was in the letter.
“You know the ways of the Turks,” he went on slowly, “and the road over
the water. Aye, you stole up on the lighthouse at the straits and blew it up
with powder. The Turks put a chain across the Dnieper mouth, and you
rode a log down the swift current and broke it. And only God knows why
you are still living. But this is another matter. If the Turks seize you, they
will put you in the cage, and your sword will not avail you. So, I cannot
command you to go to Constantinople, but I ask if you will go with the
ransom for Kirdyaga.”
The elder Cossacks all looked at Charnomar. It was a mission they could
not have undertaken, not the koshevoi himself, but in the reckless swing
of Charnomar’s great shoulders, in the poise of his young head and the
gleam of clear gray eyes from his dark face there was no sign of anxiety.
“I’ll go,” he said. “Only give me jewels, not gold.”
Jewels they gave him, the older Cossacks going from one barrack to an-
other and merely saying that the koshevoi wanted whatever was finest in
the way of precious stones. The softly gleaming heap that lay upon the ta-
ble within the hour was no larger than a man’s fist, doubled up. In it was
a string of matched pearls and several large uncut emeralds, greatly de-
sired by Moslems, and rubies that had been pried out of sword hilts. The
value of the lot was double the amount of the ransom.
464 t h e mo on of s h aw w u l
“For,” said the chief of the Cossacks, “it is the way of a Turk when he
is offered payment, to ask double the price. And besides you will need
gold for the road.”
He pondered for a moment and called for glasses and a jug of the strong
brandy.
“By God,” he said, when Charnomar had taken up his glass with the
rest, “it’s a hard road—a very devil of a road. The Moslem women over
yonder, lad, are dark-eyed vixens. Don’t talk to them, or they’ll destroy
you. Keep a sword by you always, and if you’re taken by the Moslems, if
they beset you, why, strike out and go down with steel in you. That’s the
best way. And if it happens so, we’ll hear of it and remember. Because the
Cossacks do not forget.”
The old warriors stroked down their mustaches and lifted their glasses.
“Kozatchenky bratiky!” they said. “To the brotherhood!”
When he reached the corner of his barrack, Charnomar felt a fold of his
breeches plucked, and looked down into the thin, eager face of the Jew,
Shamoval.
“Ai, noble sir,” whispered the man in the shuba. “The captain is going
to set out on a journey, and in my shop there is everything he will need—
soft leather boots and splendid kaftans. Such kaftans never were seen be-
fore! And if the colonel wants saddlebags—”
“To the devil with the saddlebags and you too!”
Charnomar frowned at the trader. He still held in his hand the leather
wallet containing the jewels and a sack of gold. Although Shamoval’s dark
eyes never quite looked at the wallet, they circled around and over it as
if it were a magnet from which they could not free themselves. Charno-
mar reflected that Shamoval had been in the koshevoi’s hut, unheeded
by the Cossacks, and had heard the talk. Jews had a way of wandering all
over and there was no telling whether Shamoval would not betake him-
self to the Turkish posts.
“Where is your shop?” he asked, considering.
Shamoval hastened off across the deserted assembly ground to the trad-
ers’ streets on the outskirts, where blacksmiths pounded at their anvils
and rug merchants and dram sellers sat in their stalls. Only a few Cossacks
walked idly through the alleys, because, since it was a time of compara-
tive peace, the brotherhood had spent or drunk up most of its gold. These
traders were like the moths that swarm around a light; they gleaned for-
t h e mo on of s h aw w u l 465
tunes from the Cossacks, or were plundered and driven out, according to
the mood of the warriors.
The Jew’s shop was no more than a stall hung with blankets under
a thatched roof, with some ordinary saddles and gear stacked in it. But
Shamoval lifted the curtain on the inner side, calling out harshly as he
did so and whispering to Charnomar to enter.
A clay lamp smoked dimly among shadows that vaguely suggested the
presence of a Jewess hidden under quilts in the corner, among rags and
sacks of cabbages and piles of broken cord—and two wooden chests, one
of which Shamoval dragged out under the lamp.
“Look here,” observed Charnomar, “you heard what the koshevoi
said.”
“I?” Shamoval glanced over his shoulder anxiously. “How should I un-
derstand what the noble lords were saying? Am I a Cossack, to understand
such things? I only heard that the noble captain is going on a journey.”
He delved into the chest and began to lay out piles of really costly gar-
ments. Charnomar sat down on the other chest and struck a light for his
short clay pipe. He noticed that the trader was selecting a strange attire—
a fur edged kaftan, bright green breeches, a crimson girdle scarf, an em-
broidered shirt and black velvet vest sewn with seed pearls.
“Here are some of the things the noble captain will need,” he ex-
plained.
Charnomar pulled at his pipe without answering.
“And riding slippers—” Shamoval hastened off and came back with a
pair embroidered with tarnished gold thread. “The man who wore these
was a fine, strong hero like you. Only—” he glanced at Charnomar—“that
sword won’t do at all.”
“Why not?”
Shamoval lifted his arms and shoulders. “Doesn’t the captain know
that such swords were never seen in Constantinople—”
He checked his words suddenly and turned pale, and could not keep
from looking fearfully at Charnomar’s cutlass.
“So you heard the talk of the Cossacks?” His visitor smiled. “And
you’ve laid out a Circassian swordsman’s garments. Why?”
“Emboldened because he was not struck down at once, Shamoval be-
came eloquent.
“Ai, it is certain that the captain must disguise his noble self. And
since he can’t talk like the Turks and the Greeks—may dogs litter on
466 t h e mo on of s h aw w u l
“Ai—but certainly the noble captain will promise! His promise will
be sufficient.”
“What promise?”
“Surely the captain has comrades. Just let him promise that if he—
that if he doesn’t pay, one of his brothers will pay.”
“Not a silver dirhem!” Charnomar’s gray eyes kindled in a smile, and
then, before Shamoval could speak again, the eyes changed. “Ay, I’ll prom-
ise one thing. If you wag your tongue no one will pay.”
Shamoval spread out his hands and shook his head so that the tall felt
cap flopped from side to side.
“I don’t betray secrets,” he said seriously, “and as for the Moslems, I
spit upon them.”
He watched curiously while the Cossack stripped off his old garments
and began to clothe himself anew, carefully. Charnomar reflected that
the Jew’s stall was a good place to change, and since it was dark, no one
would notice that a Cossack had gone in, and a Circassian had come out.
And it was clear to Shamoval that he knew how the garments should be
worn. He wound the shawl girdle above his thighs and let the tasseled
ends hang at his hip; he twisted the turban cloth into place and knotted
it over one ear. For a moment he held his old cutlass in his hand, then
tossed it aside.
Into his girdle under the vest he thrust the sack of jewels and the purse
of gold, and then the long scimitar in its leather sheath.
“A pity,” muttered Shamoval, “such a splendid weapon to fall to the
Moslems.”
The Cossack laughed and went out to the shaggy pony that was wait-
ing, hitched to the stall. With a glance at the stars, he mounted and rode
off. Once he reined in, to listen to the familiar roar of voices, mellowed by
distance, about the fires where mutton and gruel was being issued to the
Cossacks at supper. Then he trotted on into the rushes of the river path.
A fortnight later a six-oared felucca with its great sail furled drifted around
the lighthouse point and made for the quays of Galats through the eve-
ning mist. The felucca had come from Kaffa, along the northern coast of
the Black Sea, the Greek captain never daring to lose sight of land, and
every Moslem on its deck gave praise to Allah in that sunset prayer be-
cause he had been delivered from the sea alive.
468 t h e mo on of s h aw w u l
Charnomar unrolled his strip of carpet with the others and prostrated
himself, because not to do so would have brought instant suspicion upon
him. But when his companions filed off into the alleys, he rolled his car-
pet, put it over his shoulder and wandered along the shore looking for a
skiff that would take him across the harbor to Stamboul.*
He walked leisurely, because no one but a madman or a thief or Chris-
tian ever hurried within the walls of Islam, with the slow swinging stride
of the mountaineer. And a pockmarked waterman about to push off in a
skiff already filled with sacks took him for a wanderer out of Asia in search
of either wonders or quarrels and good-humoredly indifferent to which it
might be. The boatmen of Stamboul have a nose for silver.
“Eh, chelabim,” he hailed Charnomar, “I go to the marketplace.”
Charnomar went down to investigate. He did not answer at once be-
cause his Turkish was made up of the speech of the Barbary galleys and
the Kuban Cossacks.
“Thy boat,” he muttered, “is heavy, and its smell is of fish.”
“But the price—the price is small. Six dirhems. And in a very little
while Allah will cause the dark to come.”
Charnomar seated himself clumsily—when did a Circassian know
anything about boats?—in the bow of the skiff. But he felt that he should
have haggled over the price, because the waterman kept glancing over his
shoulder, and when they were within pistol shot of the lights of the Stam-
boul docks he rested his oars and began to question his passenger.
“Eh, chelabim, are you looking for a coffee inn, or perhaps a fine baya-
dere—a singing girl?”
“Perhaps.”
“Then go around the market up the hill. Under the arch is the Kislar
Dar,** where the janissaries spend their time. The music there is fine,
and the girls come from the Greek islands and Smyrna and all the foreign
places. I will show you.”
The boatman took up his oars again, palpably eager for a new commis-
sion, and Charnomar reflected that it would be well to land with a com-
panion. Already torches were passing along the stone embankment, and
the lights gleamed on the shields of armed guards.
When he climbed up the narrow steps, slippery with damp, into the glare
of torchlight and the din of many voices, Charnomar’s heartbeat quick-
ened and a slight shiver twitched his shoulders. The shiver was pure ex-
citement, because he stood upon the stones of Stamboul, the citadel of Is-
lam—Stamboul, mistress of the three seas and the mainland of Europe,
the gate of Asia, more beautiful than Rome.
More than once he had seen its marble walls, the dark green of its fruit
gardens, the domes and slender minarets that had been built upon an-
cient Christian palaces. That was when he had been chained to the oar of
a Barbary galley. For a Christian to enter Stamboul, except on sufferance,
afoot and unarmed, was forbidden; for a Christian to wear a weapon, even
a knife, was to gamble with death. A Cossack discovered within the city
would be hunted down like a wolf found among sheep.
Even the ambassadors of the great kings of France and Holland had
their houses across the bay in Pera and came to the city only to petition
the sultan or to make gifts, nor could they protect their own followers if
the soldiery of Islam desired captives.
So Charnomar breathed deeply, although his dark face was only inso-
lent and expectant when his guide, eager to curry favor with the open-
handed swordsman from the hills, cried out loudly:
“’Way for the lord of the hills! Make way, O ye who believe!”
If the high pitched shout drew the attention of a dozen guards and a
hundred loiterers, it also served as introduction, and Charnomar shifted
the rug on his shoulder, brushed at his yellow mustache and swaggered on-
ward, taking pains to get out of nobody’s way. Instead of striking through
the marketplace, where his patron might have been tempted to linger and
buy or brawl, the waterman turned aside among uptilted carts and led
the Cossack through odorous shadows, past an empty tank, to a flight of
wooden steps, narrow and steep and treacherous with mud.
They climbed to where an oil lamp on a courtyard wall revealed the
dark mass of an arch overhead. Putting out his hands to steady himself,
Charnomar could feel the plaster walls on either side. And as he did so,
two tall figures appeared beneath the arch, descending the steps. By their
sable-lined kaftans, their pearl-sewn turbans and the slender gilded staffs
they carried Charnomar recognized the two as janissaries—soldiers of the
sultan’s guard, slave bred and trained to weapons. More over, they were
officers, insolently aware of the fear they inspired.
470 t h e mo on of s h aw w u l
The waterman shrank back against a wall, trying to salaam and efface
himself at the same time. The janissaries brushed past him and looked at
Charnomar as hunting dogs eye a wolf. Charnomar guessed that he was
expected to retreat before them, but he knew that a Circassian would not
give up the path without cause.
“Beggar of the hills!” said one officer pleasantly, when he made no
move to yield the steps.
The other had a more pointed tongue.
“O son of nameless fathers,” he murmured, “surely thou art com-
ing to visit thy sister within the arch, thy sister, the mother of name-
less sons.”
They waited to see if this would draw fire from the Circassian.
“Thou wilt know thy sister,” the first speaker added, amused. “She
wears no veil, yonder.”
This was adding injury to insult, and Charnomar answered. He had not
spent months on a rower’s bench of a Barbary galley without learning the
sulphurous language of the slave masters. Moreover, under his calm, he
was chilled by a cold hatred of all Turks. So he answered with three words
and the waterman yelled in fear and scrambled up the steps.
The janissaries stared until rage overcame their astonishment and the
nearest one swung his staff at Charnomar’s head. The staff had an iron
knob on one end, a steel point on the other.
The blow was hasty, and the Cossack reached up a long arm, grasping
the staff under the knob. He pulled down, and toward him, and the janis-
sary was jerked from his footing, scrambled vainly to get his balance on
the worn and slippery steps, and ended by plunging past Charnomar fifty
feet to the bottom. But the Cossack kept the staff.
With it he parried a savage blow by the janissary’s companion. The
staffs were rather longer than cudgels, but Charnomar could move his big
bulk with surprising swiftness. He had the better position, too, on that
treacherous incline, because the man above him could not strike down
freely and had to guard his feet.
When the janissary tried to reach for his sword, Charnomar whacked
him solidly in the ribs with the iron knob. The soldier kicked out at the
Cossack’s head, and his ankle was caught by a hand that wrenched him
off balance in a second. Clattering and cursing, he went down into dark-
ness.
At once the two lifted the shrill rallying cry of Islam—
“Ha Muslimin!”
t h e mo on of s h aw w u l 471
Charnomar ran up the steps beneath the arch. The waterman had van-
ished. He found himself in a narrow alley full of subdued sound and move-
ment. He smelled musk and charcoal and cooking, saw the faint gleam of
iron lanterns carried by some of the figures in the alley.
Aware of an opening on his right hand, he turned sharply and ducked
his head under a low arch. In the gloom beyond he stumbled against an-
imals, laden donkeys by the feel of them. He freed himself and ran on,
past the glow of a fire where hooded figures sat about a water pipe. Dimly
he saw steps in front of him, and kept on.
The steps led to an open roof where he could make out the line of the
parapet against the stars. Voices clamored behind him, and he swung
himself over the parapet, hanging by his hands until he felt shrubbery
brushing against his feet. Then he released his hold, expecting to drop
into soft earth.
But the shrubbery proved to be trees, and Charnomar flung out his arms,
falling through the swaying branches of cypresses, a dozen feet or more to
the ground. He picked himself up and felt to make certain that his sword
was in its sheath. He had thrown away the staff in the beginning.
Above him he heard the slip-slap of bare feet, and low voices disputing.
In the darkness under the cypresses he could not be seen, and evidently the
men above did not think he had gone over a twenty-foot wall. They went
elsewhere and Charnomar groped around until he had found his rug.
With this again on his shoulder he moved out from the wall and found
himself under clear starlight in a kind of open alley. Dogs snarled at him
tentatively, and he investigated farther, bringing up against blank walls
until he noticed the arch of a doorway and found it to be open.
He entered at once, because to hesitate would be to show himself a
stranger or afraid. A lantern hung from a bracket above the glimmer of
water in a stone-bordered tank. Around the tank were masses of tulips
and aloes in bloom, and he thought that this must be the garden court
of some mosque or tomb—almost certainly a tomb, because it was ut-
terly silent.
He shut the door behind him and went to sit on a bench, not too near
the light. Throwing off his rug, he stretched out his legs and sat think-
ing with one eye on the courtyard door. He was hungry, but the evening
was young, and the janissaries had been too angered for him to venture
out just yet. Presently they would give up the search and he would go and
find a coffee shop.
472 t h e mo on of s h aw w u l
*A reckless fighter, a daring rider and swordsman, who need not be too clever
otherwise.
t h e mo on of s h aw w u l 473
When he smiled, the harshness left his eyes, and the lines about his
wide mouth softened. The girl watched him intently and when he would
have moved away, she touched his sleeve.
“Wait! Tell me truly what place thou art from.”
Silver bracelets set with amethysts slid upon her arm when she moved.
She was a bayadere, a girl trained to singing and dancing, brought hither
for the amusement of the Turks, and the Cossack reflected that she would
doubtless be rewarded if she could point out an armed Christian within
the city. That she suspected him was perfectly clear.
“From the sea!” he laughed, meeting her eyes frankly.
“It did not teach thee wisdom. For thou wert sitting with legs stretched
out like an unbeliever, and thy talk is like—” She shook her head help-
lessly. “Thou art no man of the hills.”
“What, then?”
For the moment they were alone in the courtyard, and he might have
drawn his sword and slain her before she could cry out. The body of a
bayadere found in a garden tank would have aroused no curiosity in the
city. But Charnomar never killed a woman, and he did not think of do-
ing so now.
“It is strange,” she whispered. “That kaftan and vest—”
She turned her head suddenly. Voices approached the garden, and the
door was pushed open. Charnomar saw three Moslems enter, leisurely,
as if by right.
The one in advance was an old man in white robes and turban, and the
two who attended him were obviously disciples. An imam, an expounder
of the law of Islam, and by the same token, an enemy of all infidels.
Before the bayadere could speak, Charnomar stepped forward and sa-
laamed.
“O master of wisdom, tell thy servant if this night is the first of the
moon of Shawwul?”
The imam answered in measured tones.
“Nay, the second night from this, Shawwul begins.”
Something like suspicion touched his thin face, and the two youths
stared openly. Charnomar breathed deeply, his ears alert for the first cry
of betrayal that might come from the girl. Out of the corner of his eye he
saw her rising from the prostration of the dancing girl.
She said nothing at all, and after one glance at her unveiled face, the
expounder of the law went on his way toward the tomb. But his disciples
474 t h e mo on of s h aw w u l
looked back over their shoulders, for the Circassian was well worth look-
ing at twice.
“Come,” she whispered the moment they were out of sight. “It is not
safe for thee here. Nay, walk more slowly, a little before me.”
“Whither?” the Cossack asked.
“To my place. Oh, thou art a fool! I prayed, here, outside this tomb, for a
man of my people, a man of the hills. When I saw thee wearing the kaftan
and vest I thought that God had sent such a man. But thou art a fool!”
Deftly she prepared food in a brass pot over the brazier, mutton stew sea-
soned with garlic and rice with saffron. She moved gracefully, and always
swiftly, and in silence. She who had mocked and scolded him was now
content to treat him as a guest. More than once he found her looking at
him with that strange curiosity. Charnomar was listening to the uproar in
the street; for the Turkish soldiers, judging by the sounds, were pillaging
the houses, under pretext of searching. More than once he heard a woman
wailing, and the clinking of anklets as some girl fled past the curtain.
“What can we do?” the Circassian, Ilga, said calmly. “There are guards
in the Kislar Dar—aye, they are the first to enter when the door of loot-
ing is open.”
She placed food on the tabouret beside him and knelt by the divan to
eat.
Charnomar was gathering up the last wad of rice when the curtain
was thrust aside and a warrior in mail strode in. He had a shield on one
arm and in the fingers of that hand a sack that jingled suggestively when
he moved.
“Ahai, little pigeon under the roof!”
The Turk, a sipahi fully armed, blinked in the dull lamplight and made
for the gleam of Ilga’s tawny head. He must have emptied more than one
cup of wine, because he reached for her shoulder and laughed when he
476 t h e mo on of s h aw w u l
clasped only air. Ilga had drawn away from him and slipped to the divan
behind the Cossack.
“Little pigeon flies!”
The sipahi peered about him, holding out his bag, which must have
contained many rings and anklets taken from more timid girls. Suddenly
he cursed harshly, because he had noticed the Cossack in the depths of
the divan.
“Out with thee—dog of the hills!”
Evidently he did not think that Charnomar would dare refuse his bidding.
Judging by the shield, the sipahi was one of the guards of the quarter.
The Cossack got to his feet and confronted the pillager, his hands
thrust into his belt.
“Nay,” he said, “I will stay and thou wilt go—now.”
The sipahi fumbled for the hilt of his sword, but his fingers struck the
sack and he began to mutter. He was not in any mood to take up weapons
and presently when the Cossack did not move or speak, he backed to the
door and went out, kicking savagely at Charnomar’s slippers.
Ilga ran to the balcony and gazed down at the shifting torches and hur-
rying figures of the alley until she saw the sipahi make his way into the
next house. Then she motioned to Charnomar to sit near her.
“Thou art a strange man,” she whispered. “V’allah, he, that other, was
afraid. I think thy heart is against the Turks.”
Charnomar said nothing, but the Circassian seemed to read his silence,
because she lifted her head as if making swift decision.
“Surely I prayed; many times. Now I will tell thee who thou art and
why—why I prayed.”
Drawing her feet beneath her, she rested her chin on her hand.
“Thou art the sword that was sent to me.”
Charnomar nearly laughed because it seemed to him that she was play-
ing a game. To feed him, praise him and take money from him. That was
what such women did.
“By Allah,” he said, “I have no money for thee.”
Fleetingly she looked up under the mass of her gleaming hair.
“When did I ask? We have shared the salt, thou and I. And now listen.
I prayed for blood vengeance upon Kam Mustafa.”
The Cossack had heard that name before. Kara Mustafa was agha of
the sipahis, commander of the cavalry of the sultan and more than proud
of a reputation for cruelty even among a people that made torture a fine
art. He took no prisoners and spared no foeman.
t h e mo on of s h aw w u l 477
“Two years ago,” Ilga said quietly, “the sultan’s officers went through
our villages, claiming a strong young boy from every family to serve in
the army. They took my brother, who was a man grown. Ay, they took
me—because Kara Mustafa fancied me. We went down to the sea with
them. There was a ship . . . ”
He went that noon, when the throngs in the streets were greatest and sus-
picion least, to investigate the lower city where the old serai* stood. The
sultan now lived in a Summer dwelling upon one of the hills; but the ar-
mory and the prison and the quarters of the chief officers were still in
the old grounds. Two sides of the rambling walls fronted the sea, and one
side toward the city was taken up by the barracks of the sipahis. Charno-
mar went and squatted among some pilgrims who rested in the shade of
poplars by the main gate. Beyond this first wall was a garden—he could
see the lines of elms, and through the foliage the blank white wall and
domes of a church.
This church had been used in other years by the emperors who had
held this last stronghold of Rome. Then the victorious sultans had made
of it a small mosque; and when the serai was abandoned as a palace they
had hung its walls with their trophies, the weapons of vanquished kings
and warriors, the rapiers and matchlocks of Christendom ranged among
the jewel-encrusted shields, the inlaid pistols and the gold filled scimi-
tars of Persia. But chiefest of their trophies was the cage, built by captive
metal workers, its bars set into the solid stone flooring of the vault be-
neath the church.
Here, barred like animals in darkness, were kept the enemies of the sul-
tan, whom he had chief cause to remember. Food was passed in to them
through the grating, and the door of the cage was only opened to conduct
them out to the blinding iron, or the hooks, or stake. When they died be-
times, as often happened, the bodies were thrown over the wall into the
sea. And here, Charnomar knew, was Kirdyaga, the Cossack ataman.
“’Way!” cried one of the attendants. “’Way for the Agha Sipahi!”
Kara Mustafa—Black Mustafa—had the high, square shoulders and
dark face of an Egyptian. He rode, as if from habit, with his hand resting
on the balled hilt of his scimitar. There was power in the broad figure and
both intelligence and cruelty in the blunt head that turned slowly from
side to side to scan the crowd. Something in the creases about his throat
and the beak of a mouth suggested a lizard.
The beggar rose and advanced into the road, making for Kara Mustafa.
With the assurance of a pilgrim and the effrontery of one who has noth-
ing to lose by shame, he grasped at the agha’s stirrup.
Whether the horse shied at the staff of the dervish, or whether the
leader of the sipahis did not choose to be touched by the beggar, the Arab
that Kara Mustafa rode flung up its head and swerved. And the instant
before it did so, Kara Mustafa drove the point of his iron stirrup into the
chest of the dervish.
The agha reined in the startled horse without shifting his seat in the
saddle. Nor did he look back. The dervish staggered and dropped his staff.
480 t h e mo on of s h aw w u l
He fell on his knees, his thin arms wrapped around his body. He coughed
and spat blood into the dust of the road.
Some of the sipahis laughed, but the Turks on guard at the church en-
trance were silent. They had all seen the dervish fall.
Whereupon Charnomar wandered over to the church portico and seated
himself upon the lowest of the marble steps, worn smooth by countless
feet of other ages.
“A fine horse,” he muttered, after the receding dust of the cavalcade.
It would have seemed strange in a Circassian to take more notice of
the dervish than the horse.
“Was the rider the sultan?”
One of the Turks grunted and another yawned and spat.
“Nay, the sword arm of the sultan. Who art thou, to ask?”
The mild-looking Circassian pulled at his mustache, his gray eyes jo-
vial.
“A jigit, a rider. Aye, from the sea.”
He leaned against a pillar and took from his wallet his short clay pipe
and steel and flint.
“It was said to me that an unbeliever would be set upon the stake.
Here. I do not see him.”
“At sunset, the evening after this one.”
“Where is the dog who is to be slain?”
The Turk jerked his head backward.
“Within—aye, within the bars.”
“Ah. I have not seen the cage. When I return to my people I would say
to them that I have seen the cage.”
The Turk shook his head.
“It is not permitted. Go and look at the gaol by the great mosque. Thy
people will not know the difference.”
Charnomar lighted his pipe and gazed about the garden as if the mat-
ter did not concern him overmuch. But he had let the Turk, a hook-nosed
swordsman from Albania, see a single gold piece when he replaced the
flint and steel. In silence he waited, until the Albanian came and sat be-
side him.
“The prisoner to go to the stake is a Cossack,” the guard whispered.
“Bismillah—he is the chieftain of a regiment.”
Charnomar looked inquisitive.
“Is the prisoner thine?”
t h e mo on of s h aw w u l 481
“Nay, he belongs to the rikab aghlalari, who is the master of the stir-
rup, one of the favorites of the sultan.”
Charnomar fixed the name in his mind, while the Albanian pon-
dered.
“Eh,” he said, “for a price—for a very little price thou canst see the
Cossack. Come to this place at the hour of evening prayer on the morrow.
Then will the dog of an infidel be led out.”
“V’allah! For nothing at all, an hour later, I could see him at the
stake.”
“But here we will bind him, and set him face to tail upon a mule, to
lead through the streets. That will be a tale to tell in thy village.”
“Perhaps.” Charnomar looked disappointed. “And yet it is in my mind
to see the cage. I am no beggar. I have gold.”
Again the soldier hesitated. Punishment in the serai was swift and sure
for one who disobeyed an order. But the Circassian seemed guileless and
stubborn—and much might be done with gold.
“An order has been given, to find a man with a mule,” the guard whis-
pered. “At sunset, tomorrow, come thou to the gate—that one where the
dervish squirms. Come thou at the hour I said—and wait. I will do what
may be done. But bring a purse with thee.”
Charnomar clapped his hand upon his girdle, nodded, and with a whis-
pered “Insh’allah!” stowed away his pipe and, after gazing openly at the
weapons of the guard, turned his back upon the portico.
By the time he had left the gate he had wandered over most of the gardens
and knew its plan; he had studied the prison church and had noticed one
other entrance—a narrow door iron studded and almost certainly kept
barred. And he had aroused the greed of one of the guards without draw-
ing suspicion upon himself. He was reasonably sure the Albanian would
pass him in to see Kirdyaga, and he meant to bring two horses with him,
instead of the mule.
Not until he had decided this did he go in search of the house of the
master of the stirrup, to make the attempt to ransom Kirdyaga.
Twenty-four hours later Charnomar made his way through the ever-in-
creasing throngs of the horse market that had once been the forum of The-
odosius. There was little buying and selling. The midafternoon sun had
baked the mud of the streets and the stench vied with the heat, and the
482 t h e mo on of s h aw w u l
flies were a torment. The Cossack wandered among the traders until he
found a wizened Tartar sitting on a sheepskin with his back against the
soiled marble block of a pedestal that lacked a column. From the Tartar
Charnomar bought two shaggy ponies that looked both evil and ill-used
but had a turn of speed and endurance. He knew the breed.
For both ponies he bought bridles and saddles, and he mounted one,
leading the other through the alleys to the khan of the Bokharians, a
great hostelry for wayfarers that was half a sleeping court and half a sta-
ble. Here he fed and watered his beasts, loosened the girths and left them
tied. Three hours of sunlight remained, before the time when he was to
go to see the cage.
The khan was near the Place of the Girls and Charnomar made his way
back to the scene of his meeting with the janissaries. He did not hurry; he
even stopped at a weapon seller’s stall, and selected a heavy scimitar with
a fine edge. He placed this, in its leather sheath, in his girdle.
The weapon seller, who had got his price without much haggling, waxed
curious.
“Is not one sword enough?”
“Perhaps. But this night will be the first of the moon of Shawwul, and—
who knows—I may have need of the two.”
“Verily, the moon of Shawwul begins—aye, and the first of the three
holy days.”
With the first darkness, when a black thread could no longer be distin-
guished from a white one, would begin the festival of the Bairam of Ra-
madan. Already, as Charnomar wandered forth again, merchants were
leaving their stalls. Many had put on gleaming robes of crimson and gold;
the horses that pressed past him in the dust had caparisonings of white
and cloth of silver; through the throngs bobbed the white caps of the der-
vishes and over the tumult of feet and voices resounded the cry of beg-
gars. The month of fasting was at an end and with the first of the holy
days came feasting.
The wisest of the Greeks and Jews were leaving the city, because in
the first evening of the great Bairam armed Islam exulted, and a drunken
soldier might see fit to try his sword on an unbeliever, and pave his way
to Paradise thereby.
But Charnomar, wearing openly his two swords, seemed perfectly happy
as he sought out the coffee house where Ilga the Circassian had told him
she sang in the afternoon. He went down the steps into the cool gloom
t h e mo on of s h aw w u l 483
where the figures sitting against the wall sipped noisily at their bowls
and argued in whispers. A boy dressed as a Mamluk stood at the entrance
and sprinkled him with rose water, and Charnomar tossed the boy, who
expected copper, a silver coin.
“Giaba,” he cried at the proprietor, snapping his fingers.
Should not a warrior from the hills, on the eve of a festival, buy cof-
fee for all his companions in merriment? And for himself he had brandy
in the coffee.
“Eh,” he said to the gloom at large, “where is the music—where is the
singer?”
“By and by,” explained the Turk who was master of the place, “the fid-
dles will play, and there will be the shadow puppet show.”
“Nay, bring out a singing girl.”
“The bayadere? She sings only for the chelabilar, the lords!”
“Allah! Am I not a personage?” Charnomar smiled, laying his hands
on his two sword hilts, and the Turk waddled off into the curtains. When
he returned, Ilga appeared behind him, and the sipping and whispering
ceased, because her face, unveiled beneath the tawny hair, drew their eyes
instantly. And even in the haze of smoke they recognized beauty.
“The Yataghan!” Charnomar cried. “The song of the sword that whis-
pered!”
“He is a little drunk,” the Turk admonished her, “but he is a man of
thy hills—”
“O son of a bath tender,” laughed Charnomar, “I am very drunk, and I
will give gold to this singer. Go back to thy sitting place!”
Ilga saluted him, sinking gracefully upon her knee, but her eyes under
the long lashes were both eager and disturbed.
“Nay,” Charnomar insisted, “sit by me, here! Am I not the one to pay?
Knowest thou the song? Thus it begins.”
Reaching out his long arm he took from her the three-stringed lute, and
swept his powerful fingers across it. She lifted her head and nodded.
Her full, soft voice swelled and sank in the wild and yet sad measure
of the Circassian song. And when she had made an end, he called for cof-
fee to be served her, his fingers still wandering over the lute. Fifty pairs
of eyes were upon them.
484 t h e mo on of s h aw w u l
“Are not the gates open?” she said under her breath. “Ai, in a little
while it will be sundown, and the beginning of the festival. Before then,
thou must go!”
“Why?” Charnomar wondered aloud. “Verily, by Allah, this is a splen-
did city, and soon the cannon will fire, and the minarets be lighted!”
To mark the hour of sunset, he had heard that guns would thunder
from the forts. To mark the eve of the holy day, lanterns would be hung
in the galleries of the towers.
To the watchers it appeared beyond doubt that the wide-shouldered
Circassian had had too much of raki and coffee.
“And why hast thou come to this place?” she demanded softly.
“To say farewell to thee,” he whispered, and then raised his voice again.
“For the sight of thee is pleasing to me. O little pigeon of the loft, I will
sing of thy charms. Aye, one by one. First of thy sun gold hair—”
Some of the watchers smiled and resumed their talk. With an exclama-
tion Ilga snatched the lute from him, and picked up the bowl of steaming
black juice that had been set before her on a wooden platter.
“O fool!” she cried aloud, and then almost inaudibly, “I know now who
thou art. Aye, a Cossack—an unbeliever and friend of the unbelievers. At
the time of the late afternoon prayer, yesterday, thou wert at the house of
the master of the stirrup, talking with his treasurer. To him thou gavest a
great sum in jewels, for the ransom of a Cossack prisoner, saying that thou
wert sent by the brotherhood of the Cossacks. Is not the tale true?”
“It is thy tale, Charnomar smiled. “Say on!”
“The servant of the treasurer told it in the Kislar Dar, and it was re-
lated to me—that a heedless Circassian hath acted as the emissary of the
Cossacks.”
“Then,” Charnomar mused, “the servants of the master of the stirrup
do not know who I am?”
“Ai-a, their talk was of the jewels. They think thee a besotted hillman,
who served the foes of Islam.”
“And thou?”
“Ohai, Charnomar, I know well thou art not of my people. Thy speech,
thy way of sitting, the mission that brought thee. I think the janissaries
were hunting thee that first night with cause. Thou art an enemy of Is-
lam and thy life is forfeit, if I choose.”
The Cossack took up his bowl of coffee and drank it slowly, with loud
sips. His fingers on the hot bowl were steady, and when he set it down,
he had made a decision.
t h e mo on of s h aw w u l 485
The Cossack lengthened his stride to keep up with her, but the swift-
footed girl disappeared within the arch of the balcony a moment before
him, and he took his time in making certain that no men loitered in the
alley before he followed her, bending his head to pass under the smoke-
blackened beams.
On a worn carpet an old man in a skullcap sat, with a book resting
upon a frame before him. The level sunlight gleamed on his white beard
and thin, pallid hands. Ilga’s eyes blazed as she held out her hand for the
missive, and Charnomar drew the rolled paper from his girdle.
The Armenian glanced at the seal and fingered his beard.
“Eh, chelabim,” he muttered, reading over a second time the few lines
of writing. “It is like the Turks, this.”
“What says it?” demanded Ilga.
“It is an order from Hassan Bey, the master of the stirrup, to the offi-
cer of the cage. It says that the officer should seize the bearer and put him
to death at once.”
“O blind fool!” Ilga whispered.
Charnomar stretched out his hand for the order, and replaced it in his
sash.
“I had thought the Turks meant to trick me, by sending the prisoner
to the stake this evening,” he said grimly, “and giving me no more than
his body tomorrow. Now that Hassan Bey has been paid, he wishes to do
away also with the man who paid him. I had not thought of that.”
“What wilt thou do?” demanded the singing girl anxiously.
“I must take two horses to the gate of the serai.”
t h e mo on of s h aw w u l 487
“And then? V’allah!” She shivered a little, as if the cold wind from the
strait had come into the balcony. “Nay, I know. Thou wilt try to aid thy
brother with the sword. I am afraid!”
“Why?” Charnomar smiled, because he could not understand her moods.
“What harm to thee?”
“At first,” she said swiftly, “I would have let thee die, to harm Kara
Mustafa. I planned that when I first saw thee. I led thee to my place to
persuade thee. But the next day, when I woke and found thee gone, my
mind was otherwise.”
Suddenly she came close to him, resting her cheek against his shoul-
der.
“May Allah shield thee—I am afraid. The serai is an evil place, and I—
I would like to go with thee from this city. I love thee. May God have pity
upon me! Let us take the horses and go back to my people of the hills.”
Slowly the Cossack shook his head.
“Nay,” he responded, placing his hand on the tawny head. “Do thou
stay with this man of learning.”
But Ilga sprang away from him, her eyes gleaming with tears.
“Shall I not go to the cage with the man I love—I, who have seen my
brother die? I will wait at the gate.”
“May Allah shield thee, then,” cried Charnomar impatiently. “Come,
if thou wilt.”
He strode away and Ilga followed. The man in the skullcap watched
them pass from the alley and push into the throngs outside. Down by the
sea a cannon boomed.
The Armenian sighed, shook his head, and turned a page of the book
on the stand beside him.
The sun had gone down in the mist, and one by one the minarets of the se-
rai were outlined in light against the gray twilight, as lanterns were hung
in the galleries. The throng that had gathered in front of the main gate of
the palace pressed closer, to watch the lights and await the coming of the
prisoner who was to be led through the streets to the stake.
By the courtyard wall a mountebank was setting up a puppet show, and
cloaked figures had already seated themselves expectantly before the cur-
tain. The jingling of a tambourine chimed in the hum of voices that swelled
and sank as Turkish officers appeared and passed through the gate.
488 t h e mo on of s h aw w u l
Some of the officers stopped at a table under an awning hung with col-
ored lanterns. The table was set with rolls of tobacco, boxes of mastic and
ambergris. Behind the table appeared a thin head under a long cloth cap
that flapped from side to side. The head hovered anxiously as a bird over
its nest, sometimes smiling, sometimes exclaiming, and always bowing
profoundly before the Turks. Shamoval, the Jew of Stamboul, had returned
to set up shop at the beginning of the festival.
“Great, mighty lords,” he cried, “here are ribbons and sweets, and brace-
lets for the pretty girls—and at such prices!”
While he cried out his small eyes pierced the throng like lances. Sham-
oval, as well as the others, had come to see the torture of the Cossack col-
onel. But unlike the others, he had money at stake on the issue. He hoped
earnestly that Charnomar had left Stamboul before now.
And so, when he saw two Circassians ride up to the gate on their
shaggy horses, he uttered an exclamation of fear and anguish. In spite of
the beauty of the girl who rode unveiled among these Moslems, he had
eyes only for Charnomar, who dismounted some distance from the gate
and led his two horses forward.
Shamoval saw the Circassian girl slip from the saddle and go out of the
crowd to the entrance of an alley. Here she stood where she could look
through the open gate, and Shamoval muttered to himself, shaking his
head, because he distrusted all singing girls.
“Ai!” he cried, clutching at the sleeve of an officer who was sniffing at a
box of mastic to learn whether there was opium in it. “Look, noble lord!”
He lowered his voice. “This mountain jigit with the horses—he is—”
Something caught in Shamoval’s throat and he could not go on. He
would be rewarded if he pointed out a Cossack. But he could not bring
himself to say the words. And then perhaps Charnomar had only come
here by chance, and would not run any mad risk.
“He is bringing the horse to mount the dog of a Cossack, who will be
taken to the stake,” grunted the Turk, evidently in good humor.
“Holy Saints!”
Shamoval’s mouth dropped open and he trembled. Again he started to
speak, and only groaned.
Taking the two horses by the reins, Charnomar advanced to the sol-
diers at the open gate, spoke to them briefly and passed on, into the pal-
ace grounds, where Shamoval could no longer see him.
t h e mo on of s h aw w u l 489
The Cossack knotted the reins of the two ponies and made fast a loop to
the low-hanging branch of an elm some distance to the side of the road and
a stone’s throw from the prison church. He took his time about this, be-
cause he wanted to make certain where the Turkish soldiers were. Seven
at the outer gate, ten or twelve at the portico of the church: an occasional
officer with servants riding out of the grounds. Over there, in the gloom
under the high walls of the cavalry barrack, perhaps a score of sipahis sit-
ting and lying about a fountain.
He was glad that no mounted sipahis were about. If he could get Kirdy-
aga into the saddle of a horse . . .
“That’s the only way out,” he thought.
The master of the stirrup had tricked him, and it was useless now to
show the order that had been given him. Only one thing was possible—
to try to cut a way out of the city. A guard would be sent to escort Kirdy-
aga to the stake. It would be dark by then. And if the guard were janis-
saries on foot, Charnomar could bring his horse close to Kirdyaga, in the
streets, let the captive know what he meant to do, and whip up the horses
suddenly. After that, he did not know. The gates were locked. But Kirdy-
aga would be in the saddle of a horse, with a sword in his hand, and he
would not go to the stake.
“What is this?” growled a voice. “Thou hast brought horses instead of
the mule that was ordered.”
The Albanian had left his comrades of the watch and come to meet the
Cossack in no gentle mood.
“Nay,” Charnomar made answer, “they are my horses. I do not ride
mules through the streets.”
“May Allah not prosper thee! O dog without wit, didst thou think
to ride like a lord among the sipahis who are to take the Cossack to the
stake?”
“What sipahis?”
“Mas’allah! The twenty and the officer who will have charge of the
captive. It is past the time of their coming.” The broad face of the swords-
man glowered under the massive white turban.
Charnomar knew that there would be no chance to cut Kirdyaga free
from a score of lancers. That way, also, was closed.
“Where are the sequins that were promised?” demanded the soldier.
Feeling in his wallet the Cossack drew out a single gold piece and gave
it to the Albanian who peered at it and spat.
490 t h e mo on of s h aw w u l
Four men seated around a brazier on the raised chancel looked up at Char-
nomar, stared at his sword hilts and the wallet in his girdle. One had a
beard stained red in the Persian fashion.
“What is this?” he asked.
t h e mo on of s h aw w u l 491
“The mule driver who comes to take the Cossack,” responded the
keeper. “It is time.”
He of the red beard yawned and spat and stretched out a muscular hand
for the lantern. The others rolled off their haunches and stood up. One,
who looked like an Italian renegade, had a long pistol in his belt, but all
carried swords. The keeper saw fit to say nothing more, and Charnomar
hoped that the four would not go down together to the vaults.
But the four filed off, opening a door at the side of the chancel. Char-
nomar heard them descending steps.
“Go, if thou wilt,” the keeper muttered. “It is down there—the cage.”
Charnomar gained the head of the stairs and kicked off his slippers.
There was light enough to see the last of the four passing around a turn
in the stairs. The air in the passage was close and foul with stale filth.
What good to go down there, with four armed men? Two he could cut
down, but not four.
He slipped down the steps and around the turning. One more flight of
steps. The Turks tramped off into the shadows of the vault. Charnomar
moved after them, his big body swinging soundlessly over the stone flag-
ging. He stopped in the shadow of a heavy pillar.
Holding the lantern high, the man with the red beard was peering
through a line of rusty iron bars. In the center of the vault these bars had
been set in the flooring and the ceiling, making an enclosure some ten
paces long and three broad. And in this space without so much as a quilt
or a mattress a score of men were crowded. Outstretched on remnants of
sheepskins, or on the stones greasy from the contact of their bodies and
darkened with stains, some lay blinking at the lantern. Others squatted
against the bars, shielding their eyes from the light. Charnomar noticed
one who wore a silk khalat and embroidered sash.
By their heavy breathing and restless movements, some must have been
ill. The coughing as the guards approached the gate in the bars sounded
like the subdued barking of dogs. They were housed worse than dogs—
these doomed men of the cage.
Evidently they had shown their teeth in the past, because two of the
Turks drew their swords, while a third fumbled with a heavy key in the
lock. The gate, a square of smaller bars, rasped open, and the red beard
spat through it.
“May God be with ye!” he mocked them. “Send forth the Cossack un-
believer.”
492 t h e mo on of s h aw w u l
The coughing ceased while the listeners hung upon the words.
“He will go to the spit,” remarked the man with the pistol, “now that
he has been roasted enough.”
Charnomar understood the words when the Cossack emerged from the
gate. The hair had grown upon his shaven scalp, so the long lock looked
like a plume hanging from a tuft. But around the brow the hair had been
burned and the skin seared with hot irons.
This torture had taken the sight from one eye, because he turned his
gray head from side to side to see his way. He was bare to the belt and
through the hair of his chest a great cross had been burned, so that the
cracked red flesh showed clear. Only a spark of vitality remained in Kirdy-
aga’s shattered body, but he held his head up and he stood before the Turks
not as a slave but as a foeman unarmed.
At sight of him Charnomar strode toward the five men.
“O brothers,” he inquired, “is this the unbeliever?”
“And thou, son of a mule—who summoned thee?” demanded the leader
of the guards, he of the red beard.
Charnomar’s gray eyes surveyed him grimly. “It was written I should
come—to bid thee hasten. Verily there is little life in the accursed un-
believer.”
Yellow teeth shone through the red beard.
“Verily and indeed, as thou sayest. Look!” The Turk thrust his foot
against Kirdyaga’s hip and pointed at deep swollen gashes under the cap-
tive’s shoulder blades.
“Thus he hung from the hooks.”
“Aye, he tasted of hell!” Charnomar nodded understanding and pressed
closer to stare at Kirdyaga’s wounds. “Ho, he will whine, at the stake,
like a ripped cat.”
“Nay, he does not cry out.”
Kirdyaga, standing passive as a wearied horse, waited for the talk to cease.
And Charnomar knew that the old Cossack was so maimed that he wished
for death more than anything else.
“Look how he eyes the swords,” he grinned. “Allah, he would like to
have one in his hand again! Hai—” he drew a scimitar and balanced it
in both hands out of Kirdyaga’s reach—“the old eagle lifts his head.” He
spat into Kirdyaga’s face and the two Turks who had stepped past him to
close the gate turned to watch the mocking of the captive. “There is life
in him yet. Eh, Kirdyaga!”
t h e mo on of s h aw w u l 493
“What didst thou call him?” demanded the red beard, who thought
he had missed a jest.
“Kirdyaga, ataman!”
The good eye of the tormented man turned full upon Charnomar, gleam-
ing strangely.
Charnomar tossed the scimitar in the air toward him, and took a sin-
gle step past him. For that instant the eyes of all the Turks were upon the
steel blade, and in the next second Charnomar had set his hands against
the shoulders of the two guards standing at the open gate and thrust. He
put all the power of his shoulders into the thrust, and the two were taken
off balance. They plunged through the gate and fell headlong. Whereupon
Charnomar slammed shut the gate and turned the key.
There had not been a sound other than that. The scimitar had not
fallen to the stones, and the onlookers had not yet bethought them of
shouting. A single glance showed Charnomar that the old Cossack had
caught the scimitar by the hilt as it fell, as a swordsman could be trusted
to do by instinct.
The red beard had put down the lantern and drawn his own weapon,
his eyes bewildered. He cut hastily at Kirdyaga, but Charnomar parried
the cut and knocked up the Turk’s blade. The long scimitar of the young
Cossack slashed the burly leader under the ribs, and blood darkened the
man’s girdle and breeches.
“Ha, Muslimin!” the red beard groaned and fell forward.
Charnomar turned to look for the other Turk and found him cocking
his pistol, feeling with hasty fingers at the priming. He fired as the young
Cossack leaped toward him, but the ball went wide, tearing through the
sleeve of Charnomar’s coat.
Then the Turk lifted the pistol to throw it, reaching at the same in-
stant for a curved knife behind his hip. Suddenly he screamed, standing
rigid, still clutching the smoking pistol. Charnomar had thrust the point
of the scimitar under the man’s heart and twisted it upward. The soldier’s
knees bent and his head and arms fell forward.
“A good blow!” Kirdyaga spoke for the first time—a quivering growl,
as if the sound of his own voice was strange to him.
“Health to you, Sir Colonel!” Charnomar grinned at him. “The broth-
ers of the siech sent me to greet you.”
“Alone?”
“Aye.”
494 t h e mo on of s h aw w u l
Charnomar had stepped to the cage to see what had happened to the
other two guards. And for a moment the Cossacks stared silently.
Where the Turks had fallen were two piles of writhing, gasping figures.
The Turks were not visible. They had fallen among the captives, and all
the inmates of the cage, even one too ill to do more than crawl, had scram-
bled upon them, gripping and tearing and clutching at their weapons.
A man’s leg rose out of the tangle, kicking. A deep groan resounded
to the vaulted roof. Some of the captives began to get to their feet. One
held a sword, its channels dark with blood. He was the wearer of the silk
khalat. For the other weapon they were still struggling, until a bearded
negro came erect with it and lashed about him, half maddened with the
lust of fighting, trampling on the torn body of the soldier who had been
alive and careless of harm five minutes before.
“In the name of Allah the Compassionate,” cried the first noble, “open
the cage!”
They pressed against the bars, peering through the smoke at Charno-
mar.
“O thou brother of misfortune, open swiftly!”
In the confusion of the struggle it did not occur to them that Charno-
mar might be anything but a Moslem like themselves. If they thought at
all, or cared, they must have reasoned that he quarreled with the guards.
Life is strong even in condemned men, and only one thing was in their
minds, to escape from the cage. They were all doomed to torment in var-
ious ways.
“O ye dead men!” Charnomar cried back at them. “Will ye come forth
to your graves?”
They shouted in unison, half crazed with dread that the Turks would
come and bind them. And Charnomar turned the key in the gate. Kirdy-
aga picked up the lantern and stepped aside.
But the men of the cage did not wait for light. All of them knew that
weapons were to be had in the church above them, and they rushed up
the stairs, the giant negro in the lead, the sick man staggering behind.
In a moment the Cossacks heard a frightened yell, and Charnomar won-
dered what had happened to the keeper who had lingered by the brazier.
Shouts echoed down the stairway faintly, and in the distance sounded
the clashing of steel.
t h e mo on of s h aw w u l 495
saw the two Cossacks moving under the trees. The garden was a bedlam
of struggling figures and galloping horses.
Charnomar found the two ponies where he had left them, and he helped
the old Cossack to mount.
“Keep behind me and keep your mouth shut.”
Grunting with satisfaction, Kirdyaga thrust his feet into the stirrups
and trotted after Charnomar, who kneed his horse to a gallop as soon as
they reached the road.
“Ahai!” he shouted, and the throng of merrymakers who had pushed
into the open gate gave way hastily.
In Stamboul only Turks might ride and a rider with a drawn sword
would not be tolerant of delay. No guards were there, but no guards were
needed to open a way.
As Kirdyaga passed through, the crowd yelled with fear and astonish-
ment.
Even Shamoval looked up, who was scurrying about like a long-eared
rabbit, trying to get his belongings packed and away.
Charnomar looked over the tossing heads, to where Ilga had taken her
stand to watch. And he reined in so suddenly that his pony reared.
The puppet showman had kindled oil lamps behind his curtain and
the light from these lamps fell upon the Circassian girl. She was strain-
ing desperately to free herself from a Moslem who had gripped the tan-
gle of her long hair.
And this man, who sat easily in the saddle of a restless black stallion,
whose cloth of gold cloak gleamed in the strong light, over silvered mail,
was Kara Mustafa. He had found Ilga and caught her. Another Turkish
nobleman was maneuvering his horse behind the girl, trying to grip her
arms and lift her to Mustafa’s saddle.
Perhaps the leader of the sipahis had come to take charge of Kirdy-
aga’s execution; perhaps he had come when he heard the fighting. But
once he had seen the girl he paid no heed to events within the serai. His
broad chin was outthrust, his thick lips grimaced, and his eyes were no
more than slits.
Before Charnomar could move he heard a hoarse shout behind him—
“Khosh aha-ar!”
Kirdyaga, striking his pony with the flat of his blade, had wheeled into
the throng and headed for Kara Mustafa, ten paces distant.
t h e mo on of s h aw w u l 497
Excitement had gripped the old Cossack when he mounted to the saddle.
Sight of the Turkish commander in his shining dress had stirred the em-
bers of old hatreds. His one eye was fastened upon the grinning face of
Kara Mustafa.
Quickly Charnomar wheeled his pony. But Kirdyaga was ahead of him,
almost upon the lord of the sipahis.
Mustafa had seen him at once, had released Ilga and gripped the hilt of
his scimitar. Clad in mail from throat to knee, a skilled swordsman, he
seemed as eager for the meeting as the gaunt Cossack.
“’Tis a sick dog,” he cried to the other Turk. “Nay, I will give him his
death.”
He started to draw his sword and shouted in sudden fury. Ilga wrapped
her arms about his forearm. She was on his sword side and she flung all
her weight upon him so that he could not shake her off at once.
He lifted his left hand to strike her, but changed his mind, to jerk at
the reins, to wheel his horse away from the Cossack. But Kirdyaga crashed
into him, and the long scimitar slashed under his chin.
“Hai!” the old Cossack shouted.
All his strength had gone into the blow, enough to drive the curv-
ing steel through to the Turk’s spine. Kara Mustafa gripped convulsively
with his knees and Kirdyaga could not free the blade. At the same in-
stant Mustafa’s companion struck Kirdyaga’s unguarded head. The steel
split the skull and when the Turk wrenched it free, Kirdyaga fell voice-
less to the ground.
While the girl was climbing into the saddle, he looked down at Kirdy-
aga. The old Cossack was dead, a grim smile on his gaunt, scarred face. Be-
side him the glittering body of Kara Mustafa still moved convulsively, the
dark face knotted in agony, the sword still locked deep under the chin.
Charnomar felt in his own girdle for the written order that had been
given him by the Turks. He tossed it down beside Kara Mustafa, for the
men of the serai to find and wonder at. Ilga uttered an exclamation. He
looked up quickly.
The throng by the puppet show had fled at the first flash of the swords;
but now the men had stopped to look. The showman, a miniature wooden
warrior on each fist, was cursing and praying at the same time; the Jew
Shamoval was tearing at his earlocks in an agony of suspense. A janis-
sary thrust his way forward, raising his rallying cry.
“Hai Muslimin!”
As soon as the Cossack and the Circassian girl turned and whipped their
rearing horses into the darkness of the alley, din broke out behind them.
Presently Charnomar heard the familiar thudding of racing horses.
“The sipahis,” he said, listening to the shouts of the riders.
“Aye,” she nodded, “and the gates are closed.”
Charnomar dismounted and struck his pony with the flat of his blade.
The two beasts made off into the darkness. Ilga’s choice was wise, be-
cause they climbed the steps and passed unheeded through narrow al-
leys to the end of the Kislar Dar and the arch that led down to the har-
bor. Here Charnomar stopped again to listen, and was aware of bands of
horsemen moving through the streets about him. In the direction of the
serai smoke rose against the stars. But down by the docks all was quiet
under a haze of mist.
“The way is clear to thy house,” he said at length.
She laughed under her breath. “I held Kara Mustafa’s swordarm as he was
cut down. And he was a favorite of the sultan. I dare go to no house.”
The Cossack bent his head and took her chin in his hand, to look full
into her eyes.
“Eh, little Ilga, this afternoon there was fear in thee, without cause.
Now they hunt thee, and thou art minded to laugh.”
At this she clasped warm fingers about his hard wrist.
“Before sunset I was not afraid. I was angry, because thy thoughts were
all of the other Cossack. So I told the Armenian to say to thee, in read-
ing the letter that thy brother in arms was dead. But he would not. He
read truly from the letter. Verily, the old warrior was brave, and thou art
a swordsman . . . ” Her eyes closed and she sighed a little, being weary.
“It was written, and who may alter what is written? We have come to this
place, but the gates are closed.”
Charnomar laughed. “One road is always open.”
The moon of Shawwul had grown full and passed. The Koshevoi Ataman,
the chief of all the Cossacks, was walking outside the lines of the camp,
through the shops. There were many shops, and all were thronged with
warriors buying vodka or brandy or rare Turkish pistols or costly green
and red silk shirts. For the Cossacks had returned from a raid on Azov, and
they were drinking up the plunder that had weighted their saddle bags.
The koshevoi himself wore over his wide shoulders a kaftan of er-
mine and red velvet, and he carried his pipe and tobacco in a girdle bag of
cloth of gold. He did not walk too steadily, perhaps because he had been
so long in the saddle. As he passed an open stall he heard his name called
in a strange fashion.
“Lord Colonel! Lord Colonel!”
500 t h e mo on of s h aw w u l
Checking his stride, he stopped, then took another step to regain his
balance, and poised himself with his booted feet wide apart. Before him
a thin head in a gray felt cap bobbed up and down. It was Shamoval in his
ragged shuba, his dark eyes bright with excitement.
“Doesn’t the noble colonel remember me?”
“What’s that?” growled the koshevoi. “Stand still—don’t jerk.”
Shamoval ceased bowing and shouted. Fiddles were whining near them,
and muskets were barking where the Cossacks were burning powder, and
he thought the colonel had grown a little deaf.
“I’ve been to Constantinople again.”
“Tá nitchògo,” grumbled the leader, “what is it to me if you’ve been to
Satan and pared his hoofs?”
“Will the Colonel only listen? I saw the Cossack captain, Charno-
mar.”
“He isn’t a sotnik, he’s the luckiest son of a dog alive.”
Shamoval wagged his head so vigorously that the felt cap flopped around
again.
“Only, he’s not alive any more.”
“How, not alive?” The tall Cossack remembered Charnomar, and that
the young warrior had been sent on an almost hopeless mission. “Did he
fall into the hands of the Turks? Was he tortured?”
“Tortured?” Shamoval flung up his hands. “May I never live another
moment if he didn’t torture the Moslems. This is how it was. When I set
up my stand at the serai gate, I saw him ride up, with two swords in his
girdle, and two horses—and a girl on the other horse—”
“A woman? You lie, you—”
“May God smite me, if I lie! Why should I lie to the lord Colonel? The
young Cossack went into the palace grounds, and after a little while the
great lord, the commander of the Turks’ cavalry came up—”
“Kara Mustafa?”
“That’s how it was. He came with twenty sipahis but when he saw the
girl waiting—what a beauty she was, with hair like gold!—he started to
take her on his saddle because she was beautiful.”
“To the devil with Kara Mustafa and the girl! What happened?”
“Calamity happened. Ai, a battle began in the palace grounds. Such a
battle, as if regiments were charging! All over the place the Turks were
running. Then Charnomar came out of the gate with an old Cossack.”
t h e mo on of s h aw w u l 501
The koshevoi bent his head to listen intently while Shamoval told how
Kara Mustafa had been cut down, and Kirdyaga had died, and how Char-
nomar had killed the Turk who was an officer, and had gone off with his
horse.
“Holy saints, what a heedless youth the Cossack was!” The trader
lifted his eyes and shoulders at the same time. “The horse was worth
fifty sequins of Venetian weight, but the sipahis found it abandoned in
the alleys. Then there was more calamity because the great sultan—may
dogs litter on his grave—was very angry, and the master of the stirrup
was hung out of a window by the neck, because of a paper he had written,
and because the Cossack had been seen talking to his treasurer. The sul-
tan was very angry because of the death of Kara Mustafa. Then the Cos-
sack took a ship.”
“How, a ship?” demanded the koshevoi, pulling at his mustache with
satisfaction.
“A felucca with one sail had just come over from Galats or Scudari to
bring some Turks to the festival. The Cossack and the girl hailed the fe-
lucca and promised the master gold if he would take them over across the
port. They paid the gold, but as soon as the sail was up the Cossack threw
the master of the ship into the water. The Turk swam ashore, and said
that the soldier was afflicted of God or bewitched by the girl. He heard
the girl singing in the mist. Then the Turks sent the oared galleys from
Sarai Point to bring him back. And that is why the noble Cossack is no
longer living. Because the Turks did not find him in the port or the strait,
or anywhere. They did not find the ship or the girl.” Shamoval wagged
his head sadly. “And the lord Cossack was in debt to me, a hundred and
twenty-three gold sequins.”
For a long time the koshevoi reflected. Then his mustache twitched
in a smile.
“If Charnomar got to sea, he’s safe. The devil himself could not pull
that brother of a dog down, at sea. But the girl must have bewitched him,
because he has not come back.”
He drew the wallet from his pipe case and tossed it to Shamoval, who
caught it deftly and immediately weighed it in his hand. “He was a good
Cossack. I’ll pay his debt.”
border, and with him died the older Cossacks who had been in his hut
the day that Charnomar was sent away. And Shamoval no longer had his
stall near the siech, because the Cossacks had been cut up in the cam-
paign, and there were few men in the barracks. Along the trampled snow
only an occasional blacksmith’s shop or tavern was open.
Still Cossacks drifted in to the siech—youths from the steppe camps,
veteran warriors tired of village life, adventurers who had turned their
backs on the cities. More and more gathered at the cooks’ fires in the bar-
racks at evening, greeting old companions, or asking for friends who were
no longer in the ranks. Some brought their sons, who listened in awe to
the tales that were repeated while the kasha bowls were emptied and the
brandy cask opened.
So the faces of the men in the Kuban barrack were almost all strange
when Charnomar came in alone at the supper hour and flung his saddle
bags in a corner near the fire.
The kuren ataman stared at him over his pipe, because Charnomar
was bareheaded, and his skull, where he had worn the turban, was lighter
than his weather-darkened face. And his green breeches were stained and
faded by salt water and the mud. The barrack leader looked at his much-
worn riding slippers.
“Cherkess?” he asked. “Circassian?”
Charnomar shook his head. This ataman was a new man who did not
know him. He went over to the rack and took up a bowl, filling it with
barley gruel from the pot. Then he borrowed a cup and dipped it into the
brandy cask.
“Health to you, sir brothers,” he said.
A short and powerful man who had been lying in his blankets, sat up
and looked over toward the fire.
“By God, that’s Charnomar back again,” he shouted, and came over to
the group. “That brother of a dog always turns up.”
Others who had known Charnomar pushed the strangers aside from
the fire and struck his shoulders with their fists. “Eh, we heard you’d left
your bones in the sultan’s horse yard.”
“Nay, we heard you had found an island out in the sea—an island ruled
by a witch who took you down under the water with her.”
“Give us the tale,” urged the first speaker.
Charnomar looked at them, smiling. He was glad to be back. From Sa-
rai Point at Stamboul he had made the slaves of the felucca head down
t h e mo on of s h aw w u l 503
the length of the Black Sea, and he had wandered with Ilga to her village
on the Terek in the Caucasus. But he was a man of few words and he did
not know how to tell the story.
“I’ve been down the sea a bit,” he said, and lifted his cup. “To the
brotherhood!”
“To luck!” one repeated.
Again Charnomar smiled. “Nay—to the singing girl.”
Cossack Wolf
The airplane came over after moonset, waking Yarak. He sat up with a
snort. By the drone of the motor, he knew it to be a machine, and in con-
sequence something with which he had no concern.
But in thinking about a machine, he remembered Kirdy, his grandson
and the only human being for whom Yarak cared. Kirdy rode, instead of
a horse, the biggest of the machines that roared up and down the valley
road, going from Novocherkessk to the Kavkas—the Caucasus Moun-
tains. It was, in fact, a military road.
And Kirdy had told his grandfather Yarak that he had a girl now. This
girl, Ileana by name, he had added, was a black-browed Cossack beauty,
a perfect delight. And while Kirdy was absent, driving his convoy car, he
had wanted Grandfather Yarak to look out for Ileana who would soon be in
town. She was, Yarak calculated, down there in the town now. But Yarak
had reasons, both personal and potent, for not showing his gray mustache
and his six-feet-three of ambling height down in the town.
“Devil take the girls,” he muttered, “the darlings!”
He pulled his sheepskin jacket around him; he felt for and jerked down
a slab of salt fish hanging over his head and munched it.
All at once he felt thirsty. He had passed a hard Autumn hunting down
meat and skins, without tasting anything stronger than red Georgian
wine, out of bottles. Somewhere in the town of Kizlyar there would be a
jug of brandy, and Yarak meant to find it.
“Promised that dog of a Kirdy to watch out for Ileana,” he told him-
self. “Can’t go back on a given word. Impossible.”
Gathering up his musket and powder horn and belt bullet mold, the
Cossack tightened his belt, pulled the lambskin kalpak on his shaven
head, scooped up a handful of old snow outside the door of his hut to ease
c o s s ac k wol f 505
his throat, wiped his hands on his greasy breeches and was ready for the
raid into town.
Almost at once Yarak scented something unusual about the town of
Kizlyar. On the uplands, where the snow ended, the black goats and cat-
tle were wandering unattended even by dogs.
When he skirted the outlying farms he saw carts standing, their poles
in the air. When he entered the town, he saw crowds in the streets. And
an explanation occurred to him. A tamasha—a festival. That was the rea-
son why the people were in the streets, instead of on the farms. And if it
was a festival, he might find a jug to lick.
Then his nose caught the unmistakable odor of alcohol. Across the
square Cossacks clustered like flies around some tables, and there Yarak
found the source of the odor. The merry boys were drinking vodka out
of small glasses.
“Here’s a dyadya,” shouted one, “a grandfather come along.”
“A steppe wolf,” said another.
Thus encouraged, Yarak shoved into the group and emptied the first
glass he saw without a hand on it. Colorless and tasteless, made out of
potatoes, the alcohol still moistened his throat. “Health to you, broth-
ers,” he grunted.
Some of them carried old rifles. A big man in a business suit brought
a bottle out of the store and filled glasses all around. He did this several
times before Yarak realized the extraordinary truth. No one was paying.
Instantly he held out his glass, and the big man filled it up.
“Glory to God,” said Yarak, who was beginning to think kindly of Ki-
zlyar and its festival, “this is a day of days.”
“A hard day,” said the big man, “a day of misfortune. Why should any
comrade pay today?”
Fluent Ukrainian he spoke—not through his nose like the Russians.
And yet, Yarak thought, not like a Cossack born.
“Well, brother, it’s all the same,” he remarked politely. “Good or bad.
Sometimes you ride, sometimes you carry your saddle. Nichevo!”
“Old wolf,” laughed the big man. “Steppe wolf. Have you heard?” He
leaned closer. “The wires to Moscow are down.”
“What of it?” demanded Yarak.
“Can’t get any news from the north.” The big man shook his head. “They
say rifles are being sent from Novocherkassk. But—who knows?”
506 c o s s ac k wol f
One of the drinkers shoved in his face. “Well, how can we know, Menel-
itza? It’s true, all the same, that the Division had to get out.”
“True enough.” Menelitza nodded. “And even if we get the rifles, what
good will they do as long as the soldiers have cleared out?”
All this sounded vaguely familiar to Yarak. He began to warm up, in the
midst of all this festival. Then he bethought him of that girl.
“Het!” he said, loud. “Which of you brothers of dogs knows a girl
named Ileana?”
The big man Menelitza was the only one to pay attention to him. “Il-
eana what and who?” he asked.
“Black brows. A perfect beauty.”
“Tfu! That’s Ileana. Certainly, she’s curator of the Ithnolo-logikul Mu-
seum.”
Yarak blinked. “The Ith—”
“The museum of old days and people.” Menelitza pointed impatiently.
“Over there. She’s making a speech.”
Confused by these strange directions, Yarak gathered up his musket
and wandered along the square to a doorway where bunting was fastened.
Sure enough, here he heard a young woman’s voice. Going in he saw lit-
tle at first except a crowd of bareheaded men and silent women with ker-
chiefs. Then he sighted something really extraordinary. Along the wall
stood glass cases.
And in those cases, stuck up somehow, the red and green and gold-
embroidered svitzas of Cossack leaders of long-forgotten times, ranged be-
side gold-chased yataghans, jeweled belts and ivory batons. The costumes
and weapons of Cossack Koshevoi Atamans. Yes, in the corner stood the
staff and crosspiece hung with gray buffalo tails, and surmounted by a
shining cross. The buntchauk—the standard itself of a day long before
Yarak’s birth. He recognized these trappings with surprise.
Then he was aware of the girl Ileana. Before a small metal box on a
stick she stood, tossing her head and crying out “ . . . brother comrades of
the Ukraine, this is the day when the workers will be shoulder to shoul-
der with the soldiers. Remember Cossack glory of old days when the Ko-
shevoi Ataman ordered all the projects of the steppes and gave commands
in every district. . . .”
Ileana’s face glowed as she tore off words. She was a short girl, but with
a wide forehead and dark eyes. Strong, supple shoulders she had, and Yarak
c o s s ac k wol f 507
thought she would breed strong sons. Only she wore boots, and she had
cut her hair off at the ears.
“She has a devil in her, that one,” he thought.
Then he stared. Behind her, in a long blue silk coat stood Ghirei Khan,
the Tatar horse breeder. His mahogany face was pinched with age, his shoul-
ders bent. Uneasily Ghirei Khan took snuff from his belt and shoved it
up his squat nose. He sneezed loud, in a fashion Yarak well remembered.
Long and bitter had been the feud between the Tatar khan and Yarak, forty
years ago, and since then they had not poured water on their swords. They
had never made peace.
And here, taking snuff, dressed up in his glory, Ghirei Khan had been
brought out by this Ileana for the crowd to see. Nay more, she was even
praising Ghirei Khan, “He was a Tatar, but he took the prize of the Kavkaz
region for raising the black Kabardian horses two years ago. Now Ghirei
Khan stands like a rock with us. So do the Circassians and the Lezghi-
ans—shoulder to shoulder with the Cossack comrades!”
What was she saying? Ghirei Khan a stock breeder, a comrade of the Cos-
sacks. That could never be. Ghirei Khan, Yarak knew, was just as much a Ta-
tar as he ever was. Restlessly, he listened to the flow of Ileana’s speech.
“It will be like the day of Mazeppa,” cried Ileana, tossing her black
hair, “when Mazeppa the greatest of the Cossacks rode the steppes like a
storm, striking down the foes of our Russian land!”
That was too much for Yarak, who was well warmed up inside. Here
was Kirdy’s girl making a speech like a book, putting that son of a dog
Ghirei Khan on parade, and now lying about Mazeppa. Festival or no fes-
tival, Yarak began to grow angry. He pushed through the crowd and spat.
“Het!” he yelled. “Shut your mouth, girl. Mazeppa! Mazeppa, the son
of a Turkish bath tender, dressed himself up like a she-actor in silk. He
sold himself for a woman, and rode with the Swedes, the spawn out of a
dunghill—”
And that was as far as he got. Some of the Cossacks began to hit him
on the head, and Yarak, aroused, swung his gun. He kicked out at their
belts, and swept the musket around like a flail. He howled like a wolf. Il-
eana stopped talking at the box and ran at him.
She pushed between the Cossacks and hung on Yarak’s musket, her
eyes blazing. “You drinker of vodka!” she cried. Very angry was Ileana.
“I was addressing the Terek district.”
508 c o s s ac k wol f
“I don’t care what you were doing,” said Yarak, “but you don’t know
anything about Mazeppa. A girl like you!”
“A drinker like you!”
To call three glasses of vodka drinking! “Listen, sparrow!” Yarak
growled. “Why didn’t you ask me about Cossack glory first? Now Khmiel-
nitski was a koshevoi for you! What a fire he lighted on the steppes! And
Sayaidnitski now, even the Turks trembled his name was spoken. They
rode the steppes, they did.”
He was lying asleep, wrapped in his coat, on the seat of his truck. Vigor-
ously Ileana shook him. “Your grandfather ruined an air talk. He’s been
drinking. Take him away somewhere.”
Yawning, Kirdy grinned at her. His broad brown face was unshaved.
“Eh, Kirdy,” said Yarak, pulling at his mustache.
“Health to you, old one. Don’t bother the girls. They’re busy.”
Again Ileana’s eyes blazed. She had a temper, that one. “Can’t you do
anything but sleep?”
“What’s to do? Can’t get anywhere without juice.”
c o s s ac k wol f 509
Striking her fists against the seat door, Ileara stormed at him. “Can’t—
can’t! That’s all you say. Nothing will be accomplished unless it is planned.
First, think of something and then do the best you can.”
“You got that out of the book, dearest,” grinned Kirdy.
“Dumbhead!”
Fully expecting his grandson to swipe the girl, Yarak stepped back. But
Kirdy only laughed. “She bites hard, doesn’t she, Grandfather?”
Wiping the mud from her hands, Ileana turned away. “Two men—and
all you’re good for is to soak up vodka and sleep. You are both as brave
as pigs.”
Red surged up into Kirdy’s face and his grin vanished.
“Pigs are brave enough,” objected Yarak, who had had experience with
wild boar. “Only they have more sense than men. They smell an enemy’s
track and they go away, because they want to keep on eating and living.
There’s a mound of sense in pigs.”
But Ileana went on walking away, not looking back.
“Why don’t you take a whip to her, and then kiss her afterward?” de-
manded Yarak. “That’s the thing to do!”
“They’ve taught her too much at school.” Kirdy thought for a moment.
“Look here, Yarak, you’d better make yourself scarce. There’s a lot going
on that you haven’t caught up with. Ileana thinks we ought to dash up
to Novocherkassk without any benzine, and fetch a convoy load of rifles.
You’d better head up to the hut.”
“Then you come!”
“Can’t leave the machine.”
Without a word the old Cossack started back to the hills. He had a feeling
that, somehow, he had offended Ileana, and made trouble for Kirdy, and
he went away quickly in spite of it being a festival day.
When, about noon, he heard a shot echo, he went to a knoll to look
down into the valley.
What he saw interested him immediately. Far down, the ribbon of the
road wound through some bare hillocks. On the height nearest him, doz-
ens of Cossacks were coming from town, to throw themselves down and
crawl to the edge, by the road. Yarak’s keen eyes observed that they all
had guns.
Evidently they were setting an ambush over the deserted road. But he
couldn’t think whom they’d be after. He was inclined to run down and
510 c o s s ac k wol f
join them, but reflected it would be better to see what might be at the
other end of the ambush.
It was not long before he saw it. A gray truck, crawling along the
road.
Others appeared after it. Presently he saw that they were filled with
men, and he sat down expectantly to watch. Those men also had guns.
The ambush had been set barely in time. Squirts of smoke ran along
the hillocks where the Cossacks lay, and Yarak heard the familiar faint
thud thud of the heavy Trokhlini rifles. The first truck on the road stopped
abruptly and then began to back slowly. The sharper explosion of rifles
came from it. The men in it were kneeling.
Down the road to the west, men jumped from the oncoming trucks and
deployed to either side. A large plane appeared from the west following
the road, and circled over the hillocks above the Cossacks. After a while
Yarak saw the sharp bursts of howitzer shells exploding along the hill-
ocks. But he could not make out where the howitzers were hidden.
The Cossacks changed their position, to escape the bursts, although
they kept on firing.
Then Yarak saw the bicycles. They came up, two abreast along a cattle
lane extending behind the hillocks. Very fast the bicycles came on, scat-
tering mud. The explosion of their motors mingled with the firing.
Excited, Yarak jumped up. “Look behind your tails, dog-brothers!” he
shouted. His voice did not carry to the Cossacks, unaware of their dan-
ger. Gray-green figures slipped off the bicycles and ran among the hill-
ocks behind the Cossacks, carrying heavy weapons. And Yarak heard the
clatter of machine guns and automatic rifles.
“Tfu!” he grunted. Those Cossacks down there didn’t have the sense of
pigs. In a few moments they were shot or herded together, to surrender to
the bearers of the machine guns. From his vantage point Yarak saw that
not one Cossack escaped from the ambush which had turned into a death
trap. Yarak was glad he had not hurried down to join them.
He watched, with appreciation, the businesslike behavior of the soldiers
from the road. Patrols were sent out from the hillocks. Officers scanned
the road ahead with glasses. Slowly the truck convoy moved up and swung
out into the grazing land on either side.
The gray-green men placed their prisoners in the center of the truck
encampment they were making. They even took time and pains to drive
in the herds of half-wild cattle from the neighboring pastures.
c o s s ac k wol f 511
When one of the patrols began working toward his observation post,
Yarak headed back toward Kizlyar, five miles away. It was sunset by then
and he did not think they would make any farther advance.
This was no steppe feud, he decided. It was a raid in strength, with ma-
chines. It was war. But who were the raiders?
Hot with his news, he entered Kizlyar by moonrise. And he found that
his news had got there before him. No electric lights showed in the streets
of Kizlyar. The lines of stalled trucks waited there, stark in the moon-
light. Machines, it seemed, no longer stirred there. But Yarak could not
find his grandson at the trucks. He traipsed into the square where men
were gathered, arguing, and looked around for Kirdy. The big Menelitza
was talking loud in front of his cafe. He looked taller and more like a sol-
dier in the moonlight.
“Nothing to do now,” he was saying, “but get away. They didn’t send
the rifles. You can’t hold the road with pitchforks—”
Ileana’s small figure appeared before Menelitza. “Only wait!” she cried
at the listening men. “The rifles and cartridges will come.”
The crowd fidgeted. Yarak shoved forward, catching the girl’s arm.
“Where’s that cub of a Kirdy?”
When she didn’t answer he pulled her along with him. “Look, sparrow,
that vodka chap isn’t talking through his shirttail. It’s true.”
“He’s sabotaging our morale. And Novocherkassk assigned me to keep
up the morale here.”
And quite suddenly Ileana began to sob, digging her fists into her cheeks.
Leaning against Yarak’s greasy sheepskin, she cried away like an ordinary
uneducated girl. For a moment Yarak considered. It would be necessary,
he saw at once, to get Kirdy out of the lines of the gray-green men. Imme-
diately. Pulling at his mustache, he pondered ways and means. A horse
was the first thing. No plan could be made without a horse—
“He didn’t speak to me,” Ileana wept “when he went away. Aia-a!”
Women, Yarak understood, had to cry at a time like this. Gently he
shook her. “Listen dearest girl. Pay attention now. Tell me—are those
raiders Turks?”
“No—o,” she gulped.
“Austrians?”
Ileana shook her head, miserably. “Worse than that. They are Ger-
mans.”
Rapidly Yarak reviewed what he knew about Germans in that late war.
They couldn’t be bought. They wouldn’t be caught napping. They were
educated soldiers. With Germans there was only one thing to do.
“Wait here,” he told the girl.
Germans, he reflected, knew so much that if they saw something that
puzzled them they would forget everything else until they found out
what it was. They were just like sheep—mountain sheep—in that respect.
What he could do after he had caught their attention Yarak didn’t know.
He muttered, “God gives.” But he would need a horse to get near Kirdy. A
Cossack needed a horse above everything.
Heading for the nearest carts, he searched in vain for any sign of a
horse.
Then, half wrapped in a blanket in one of the carts, Yarak sighted a jug.
It had a cork in it. Instinctively he glanced around, and pulled the cork.
And, as if a miracle had come to pass, he smelled the rich fragrance of
corn brandy. “Tfu!” he said, and in a second was back in the shadow of a
house with the jug. Here in his hand was comfort in the cold of the night,
and inspiration. Yarak tilted the jug and drank deep and long.
Immediately inspiration came to him. If there was a horse in town,
it would be Ghirei Khan’s. That Tatar would not come in, unless in the
saddle. Moreover, no one but Ghirei Khan would be likely to know where
that horse was put up.
Quickly he searched the square for the Tatar and found him sitting at
an empty table watching events.
c o s s ac k wol f 513
At sight of the old Cossack, Ghirei Khan reached at his belt for the knife
that was not there. Old and enduring as their two lives was the feud be-
tween them. Honored now by memory—it had been the high endeavor of
their youth and their prime. Yarak chose his words carefully, in the Tatar’s
speech. “Yok,” he said. “No. I come not with steel and fire this time.”
The Tatar turned his head a little, waiting suspiciously.
“A son of my son,” Yarak urged, “and a grandson of a Tatar woman, is
captive down the road.”
Ghirei Khan snarled, listening.
“I have never asked a gift from Ghirei Khan,” Yarak went on. “Give
me only a horse tonight, now.” He laid his musket down on the table, and
thought of the right words: “Don’t you remember? You would have cut
out my heart on account of that woman. Aya tak—ay, so it was. You came
across the Terek like a black storm—you set fire to the steppe grass—you
drove off our cattle, and left our outriders lying in their blood.”
A grunt came from the Tatar’s thin lips. Yarak set the jug down by him,
and uncorked it. “Here—drink while you remember. You are full of years
and honor now. And why have you such honor with the Urusse? Because
of our hatred. By it, you became the Lion of the Terek, the avenger. I have
on me the mark of your bullet, and the scar of your knife.”
Gratified, Ghirei Khan lifted the jug, pouring the mellow brandy down
his throat. “God gives.” He reflected pleasantly thinking of their magnif-
icent hatred. He and the Cossack were indeed made great by that. And to
the great in soul, a gift is a small thing. He drank again. “The horse,” he
said, “is in the little house behind the big talking house.”
One minute after that, Yarak was kicking open the doors of the out-
house behind the museum. Inside, he found a horse tethered—a long-tailed
black Kabardian, plump and sleek, with its Arab strain showing in the
small, lifted head. In two minutes he had tightened the girth and led the
animal outside. This was a horse fit for a Cossack hetman.
As he was thinking that, he passed the rear door of the museum. It
stood open, and there was no evidence of anyone inside. Then the corn
brandy glowed and warmed his throat, and the fullness of his inspiration
came upon him. Dragging the horse with him, he made his way into the
museum, straight to the glass cases, half visible in the moonlight. With
his heel he shattered the nearest glass.
Ten minutes later, the crowd in the square outside was shocked into
silence. From the entrance of the museum plunged a rider on an almost
unmanageable horse.
514 c o s s ac k wol f
Yarak, as soon as he had got the horse in hand, put him into a steady gal-
lop westward. He grudged every minute necessary to get him to the Ger-
man lines. When he sighted the dark hillocks he lifted the standard pole
with an effort. A rifle spat fire in front of him, and he reined in.
“Hi, fools,” he shouted, “come out.”
No one came, but no more rifles barked. Waving his buntchauk, Yarak
walked the horse forward, for the time he thought it would take an out-
post to summon an officer. Clearly, on that road, they could see he was
alone.
Presently two figures appeared out of the shadow beside him. One, who
held an automatic revolver, peered up at him and felt over him for weap-
ons, while the other watched the road. After a moment, they led the horse
on to where a car waited without lights.
An officer got out of the car—an Amrikan, Yarak thought. He was lean
and hard and quick. Pulling Yarak’s arm, he brought the old Cossack down
out of the saddle, and stared at his regalia, which might or might not be a
uniform. He stared at the clumsy standard, and grunted when he noticed
what a fine horse the Kabardian was.
He said something to the two soldiers and one fell in behind when the
underofficer led Yarak, gripping his arm tight, back along a path through
the machines that were parked around the encampment. Yarak held tight
to the buntchauk.
c o s s ac k wol f 515
In that clear moonlight the Cossack’s eyes missed little. First he spot-
ted the prisoners sitting huddled on the ground. They seemed to be all
alive, although hurt. The guards pacing around them carried small auto-
matic rifles, without bayonets. Bad, that. On some of the cars, other sol-
diers sat at ease behind machine guns. Yarak also recognized an armored
car, and small cannon of a type unfamiliar to him (for this was a German
Bahnbrecher brigade, with antitank guns). Not a horse in the encamp-
ment. Only, up the slope from the machines, he spotted the dark masses
of restless cattle.
A second officer strode out to them, with his tunic unbuttoned, walking
like one who gave orders. For a moment in the haze of moonlight he con-
sidered Yarak, who looked, with his beard and the flowing animal tails of
the standard, like some figure out of the archaic past. The newcomer held
out a tobacco pouch. “Tobacco for you,” he said in good Ukrainian.
“No,” said Yarak, loud. “Not for me—Colonel Commander.”
This officer sniffed the Cossack’s breath. “Drunk!”
Yarak thought about that, and decided to risk a shout. He did not think
he could get closer to the prisoners. “That’s a lie!” he yelped. “That dog
won’t bite—”
“Shut your noise. Tell me—what’s this thing you have brought?”
He poked his finger at the standard, which puzzled him. The other of-
ficer was running his hand over the black horse, admiringly, holding fast
to the rein. Off in the haze some of the prisoners turned their heads.
“It’s a buntchauk, Sir Colonel. It’s a sign,” Yarak said in a loud voice.
“A flag of truce? From Kizlyar? You bring a message?”
“Of course I do,” Yarak yelled. “Certainly it’s a sign, Kirdy. No truce.
Not a bit of that. This buntchauk is a sign for the animals. They’ll all fol-
low it, even cattle. Eh, they’ll jump when it comes. Don’t you believe me?
I’ll show you, Sir Colonel. In just two little minutes Look—”
“Dyadya!” Kirdy’s voice echoed from the men on the ground.
The officer wasn’t napping. His hard fist jolted Yarak’s mouth, and he
barked a command to the armed soldier. In the same second the Amri-
kan started to lead the Kabardian horse away. Yarak thought that these
were hard souls, quick as devils.
As the soldier reached for his collar, Yarak yelped. Reeling away, he
pushed the standard pole into the ground as if to steady himself.
“Drunk as a pig,” grunted the officer.
516 c o s s ac k wol f
Two steps away Yarak took, and vaulted, holding to the pole. He smacked
hard into the saddle of the black horse, which circled, startled. Somehow,
Yarak held on to the pole, and the end of it caught the under-officer in the
face. With one foot in a stirrup, Yarak kicked the Kabardian, which jumped
between the men. It plunged between two cars, and leaped an antitank
gun as Yarak gripped the reins and held himself firm. A shot behind him
and the crack of a bullet past his head sounded together, as Yarak turned
the frantic horse toward the edge of the dark herd of cattle.
More shots ripped out. The Cossack, however, was a shadow speeding
through the haze, around the herd. Lifting himself in the saddle, he waved
the standard with its flying tails, and he howled like a wolf.
“Het-het!” he wailed, circling behind the plunging steers. Frightened
by the shooting and the apparition of the rider, the cattle started stam-
peding downhill.
The longhorns jostled together, moving faster. A machine gun flick-
ered at them, and they struck the line of cars like a black flood, pouring
through them. They plunged through the encampment, and the German
guards and prisoners jumped for their lives. For a moment the Bahnbre-
cher brigade, the sleepers rousing, thought of nothing except climbing
into the cars, and when fire was opened on the prisoners, they were off in
the shadows of the hillocks.
At the edge of the stampede, Yarak flourished his standard. The black
Kabardian kept its feet, drawing away from the cattle.
Yarak headed in the direction the Germans were firing, where the
Cossacks had vanished. As he passed through a patch of moonlight, one
of the fugitives turned in front of him, and caught his stirrup. “Hang on,
cub,” he grunted.
He felt a jerk as the boy swung himself up behind. “Eh, Kirdy”’ he
growled. “To be caught by bicycles!”
The girl Ileana, a bag of salt on her shoulder, helped Kirdy to start the
gray buffalo in the hollows and the wandering black goats up toward the
highlands. She did not cry now. The rifles had not come from Novocher-
kassk, and Kizlyar was lost. But she could feel Kirdy’s hard arm around
her waist and hear his living voice.
“We’ve got the cattle,” Kirdy was saying, “so we’ll live through the
Winter well enough.”
He was laughing as he pointed out Yarak, ahead of them. Somehow,
Ileana realized, Kirdy didn’t seem to be beaten by misfortune. “Look at
the father now,” Kirdy chuckled. “He has it all planned out. We’re going
to put up in his hut. Next Summer, when the grass is dry, we’re going to
burn the steppes and scorch out all those machines.”
Like a patriarch of old time, Yarak stalked ahead of them, his standard
on his shoulders. He carried also a jug.
In one day he had dealt with machines and education. Now he was
leading his flock home to his house, as a Cossack should.
The Stone Woman
Late that afternoon, Uncle Yarak found the flag. Actually, the wind whirled
it along the ground in front of him, and he picked it up, not understand-
ing that it was a flag but thinking that he might make use of that small
piece of cloth. He was picking his way along the road to the Dnieper River,
heading toward the setting sun. Instead of following the road itself, Yarak
kept to the tall grass and the gullies at the side, his blue eyes under shaggy
brows questing through the underbrush, his lean, sun-blackened head
bent. One hand held a loaded musket, low. A full powder ham weighed
down the pocket of his stained breeches, and the rest of his equipment
consisted of a steel knife blade, bits of flint, and a bullet punch.
The steppe grass, that mesh of wild wheat, thornbush and stalks of
the Ukraine, rose as high as his chest. Down in the gullies where pine
growth screened the sandbanks, Yarak could stand up to his six-feet-three
of height. “The sky,” he repeated to himself, “is a Cossack’s rooftop, the
saddle’s his home.”
Yarak, however, had neither horse nor saddle. No horses were to be found
here, far from home and behind the German lines. Moreover, a man with
a musket on a horse would have been visible a half mile away, over the
steppes. And Yarak had discovered by experience that to be sighted from
the road was to earn a greeting in the form of a burst of bullets.
On his part he had a shooting feud with the mechanical monsters that
passed along the road; with the tanks and armored cars and supply trucks
of every nature that chugged back and forth through the billowing dust,
usually in herds. He was trying to hunt down such German machines—
so far without any luck. The herds of machines passed by for the most
part, he noticed, at night and at speed. If they would venture off the road,
he might set fire to the steppe grass to windward of them and damage the
machines by the resulting furnace-like flame . . .
t h e s t on e wom a n 519
Toward sunset, he saw the grass stirring on a knoll in front of him. It was
not a wind gust striking the grass, because the tops did not bend. Cau-
tiously he investigated, to see if it was a pig moving away. On the sum-
mit of the knoll he found a small space beaten down.
“Lopazik,” he grunted. Beyond doubt, it was a lair where something
quite different from a wild pig had been hiding out. A small sheepskin lay
on the ground with a bottle, which Yarak found to contain nothing but
water: At the end of that hot day he was thirsty enough, but he wanted
more than water.
There was also a small tin box which had in it a flower-embroidered cap,
some printed pages much soiled and illustrated with women’s dresses. In
the papers, three matches had been tucked away carefully. Yarak decided
that the occupant of the lopazik had been a woman, and a small woman.
“Hai, dushenka,” he called, low. “Hi, darling!” And got no answer.
He did see, however, that from this lair by the road, a ruined village
was visible, and, nearer than the village, a mound upon which stood the
gray figure of a woman looking his way. To this, Yarak paid no atten-
tion. Such mounds and such gray motionless women were found often
enough in the steppes, watching the east. The figures were stone, and
Yarak knew them as the stone babas. Usually, he was careful to keep his
distance from them.
This time, because he was thirsty, he decided to investigate the village
which appeared to be empty. He ambled into the cottages, and stopped,
puzzled.
These houses sprawled an either side of the road, and those nearest the
road had one side crushed in. Between their thatched roofs, over the road
itself, wires and poles were stretched with a network of pine branches wo-
ven through them. But no living person remained in the village, to sit in
the shade of the makeshift canopy. Yet the ground around Yarak reeked
with fresh oil. He felt that this place had been occupied very recently and
then abandoned.
Before he could investigate, the Cossack sighted a plume of dust down
the road, and he headed toward the nearest high grass, which happened
to be around the mound where the stone statue stood.
Escorting Yarak, the two officers walked across a plowed field to the
mound, which was smooth and regular in shape. They left the sergeant
and the men to other duties. As soon as they were out in the field, the Mag-
yar jerked loose the knot that tied the flag to Yarak’s rear, and dropped it
between two furrows.
Meanwhile, as he had hoped, his captain had identified the woman
on the mound.
“So—it is a statue, Sartlov. And still distinctly I remember you said
you saw a woman moving.”
“I did . . . something moving. Maybe a boy.”
“Or a woman, let us say.” Irritatingly, the captain pricked at him. “But
why is this statue sited in a field? Observe, the regular mound makes for
it a base.”
“Oh, they’re scattered through the steppes hereabouts. Ancient ste-
les—you always find them on a mound.” A flicker of interest warmed the
young officer’s voice: “And always facing due east. Always solitary, like
this woman—as far as Manchukuo. Curious things.”
“Russian?”
“Older—”
Abruptly Yarak came to a halt at the edge of the high grass. He had
been pondering anxiously the hiding place of his musket and powder,
522 t h e s t on e wom a n
and have uncovered ninth-century burials. Local people are always su-
perstitious about burials before their time.”
“You are unusually partial to Slav superstitions, Sartlov.”
The Magyar smiled. “I am partial to women.”
The captain grunted and led the way back to the cottages, as if wash-
ing his hands of a bad business.
“Don’t try to escape,” Sartlov warned the Cossack.
Yarak hung back, in the plowed field. Paying no more attention to
him, the officers headed for a table under the camouflage. On that table,
gray soldiers were breaking out tins and curiously shaped bottles. They
poured white liquid from these bottles into glasses, and the two gray offi-
cers drank quickly from the glasses. Beyond a doubt, Yarak thought, men
did not drink water like that. He licked his lips and reflected.
Somewhere in the red haze the sun was setting. But a sentry at the
edge of the field was watching him, and the sentry had a carbine. No two
ways about it. Yarak, who had done no harm to these soldiers and who
had told only the simple truth, was still a prisoner. Shambling back to
the edge of the mound, being careful to keep in sight, he squatted down
to think things over.
From this vantage point, he could dive down into the mound and re-
cover his musket and ammunition. Only, then he would have to emerge
again under fire from the carbines of the gray soldiers. That dog wouldn’t
bite. On the other hand, he could keep quiet where he was, hoping that
they might forget about him, until after dark—
“Ayaa—hi—lahaa!”
The skin along the back of Yarak’s neck moved of its own accord, and
his nerves tingled. This soft, whispering herder’s cry seemed to come from
the ground behind him, and a woman’s cry at that. Hastily, he glanced
up at the stone baba.
“Don’t move, blind ox!” said the voice.
Already dusk was obscuring the gray walls of the cottages, and no living
being was nearer than the motionless sentry who could not be expected
to know a Tatar herder’s cry.
“In here,” the voice whispered. “In the grave place.”
If she was down in the mound, Yarak reflected, she must be where his
musket was. “Where are you from, girl? How did you get here?”
524 t h e s t on e wom a n
Off in the field the sentry called out something, and the Cossack, glanc-
ing that way, became filled with misgiving. A faint light showed along
the mound. A glow within the ground fell upon the figure of the stone
woman. From beneath her, a spiral of smoke rose.
This phenomenon, Yarak knew, would lead to fresh trouble. And so it
proved. The Germans on the road stopped talking. The sergeant grabbed
Yarak’s shoulder and hauled him up, striding toward the mound.
526 t h e s t on e wom a n
At first they could not find the source of the light. The Magyar officer
came up and led them around the base of the kurgan.
Here, almost covered by the rank waist-high grass, a trench showed, ex-
tending into the kurgan. A little way along the trench, a fire of dry grass
and sticks burned. The wind whipped the flames up and down.
Immediately the big sergeant ran into the trench, stamping out the fire.
Then the Magyar lieutenant pushed Yarak into the trench. When they
reached the smoking embers, the officer switched on an electric torch.
The Germans saw what Yarak feared they would see, the black open-
ing of a tunnel where the trench ran underground into the kurgan.
“Old work,” said Sartlov to the sergeant. “Looks more like an excava-
tion than a bombproof.”
He had seen such excavations of tumuli before, and he reasoned that if
Russian archaeologists had supervised the digging, they would have tun-
neled in at the grave level rather than open up the whole of the mound.
Pushing Yarak ahead of himself and the sergeant, he called down into the
tunnel. No one answered.
“That fire,” the sergeant said, “was lighted just about three minutes
ago.”
The Magyar considered, his bony face tense. And he smiled. “Old wolf,”
he said gently, “we’ll have a look at your chum who lights a signal flare
so promptly when the Panzers arrive.”
Yarak did not understand the officer well. But he caught the word ku-
nak—chum—and he guessed a good bit. His thoughts were shifting very
quickly around the musket he had hidden in the grave and the girl some-
body who was probably hiding there, as stupid as a fox.
“Look,” he argued, “it’s nobody but a woman in the kurgan—”
“I’ve heard lies aplenty in my time,” said the officer, “but nothing to
match yours.”
Shoving the Cossack ahead of them, the Germans entered the tunnel
and felt their way down the steps cut in the earth. Ahead of them, the of-
ficer flashed his beam. The sergeant drew out his pistol.
They found themselves in a cavern so low that Yarak had to stoop.
Around them the earth walls showed no other entrance. A heap of bones
lay on one side, and these Sartlov identified with a glance as human. Since
they were blackened with fire, he guessed that the bodies laid in this tomb
had been burned centuries before. Probably the excavators had removed
any objects spared by the funeral pyre. Then he whistled softly, steady-
ing the beam from the torch.
t h e s t on e wom a n 527
The light shone full upon Somebody, pressed against the earth wall. She
was panting with fright, her slant Tatar eyes gleaming. She wore men’s
trousers, and her hair had been clipped short. One hand, tight-clenched,
held something.
“What in the name of a thousand devils,” demanded the officer, “is
this?”
“The girl in the kurgan,” growled Yarak.
He noticed that she was stiff with fright. When the officer questioned
her, the only thing she would say was that her name was Atzai, a Ta-
tar name. They made her open her hand and saw that she held only two
matches.
“Why did you start that fire?” the officer asked for the dozenth time.
Atzai would not explain.
“Very well. You do not know, I suppose. Then, why are you sticking
here in this grave, which is not exactly a recreation spot?”
The sergeant, satisfied that only the girl was present in the cavern, put
away his pistol and waited indifferently.
Atzai’s eyes half closed and speech bubbled out of her: “Because I was
afraid.”
“Of what, pray?”
“Of you. Of all of them. The Fascists rape and kill.”
The German considered her small face curiously. It was coated with
dust and sweat, and yet if washed off, it would be handsome enough. At-
zai’s slim body did not seem to be more than fifteen years old. “We are
not Fascisti,” he said thoughtfully.
Yarak thought that the girl was lying. Yes, she was screening her eyes
and playing a part. Scared of something no doubt of that—but not of the
officer.
“Chelorn, dobrodiou,” he said to the officer. “The forehead to you, lord.
Let her go. She has seen too much killing. Her mind isn’t what it ought
to be. Yes, that’s how it is.” He gained inspiration as he harangued. “The
little child is afraid of the dark—she lights fires—”
“Shut up!” The officer was frowning, piecing things together in his
mind. “When I believe you, Cossack, my platoon will walk on water.” He
thrust the torch closer to Atzai’s eyes. “So. You knew she was here. And
you gave us that tale about the haunted kurgan. The spirits that come
out after dark—”
528 t h e s t on e wom a n
The sergeant shouted after her, reaching for her. The sudden rush touched
off Yarak’s nerves. Things were warming up. He hooked out his foot, trip-
ping the sergeant.
When he moved, the lank Cossack moved quickly. He dived down be-
hind the bones and came up with his musket. Lurching up, the sergeant
found the barrel of the long weapon pointed at his stomach.
Hearing the hammer of the strange weapon click back, he peered at
it in the half-glow. The beam of the officer’s torch had followed the fly-
ing girl.
“Het!” yelped Yarak, his gray mustache bristling.
The Magyar took several seconds to study what was happening. He de-
cided quickly enough not to move from where he was. Holding the torch
motionless, he spoke sharply:
“Cossack, put that antique down. If it goes off, it will fire one bullet
and it might hurt one of us. I grant you that. Whereupon our pistols would
fill your carcass with holes. Can you understand that?”
His words came curt and crisp. As he talked, behind the light, his left
hand was freeing the flap of his automatic pistol.
“Tfu!” Yarak spat and shouted, “you talk too much!”
The officer’s hand closed on the butt of his pistol. “Besides,” his voice
went on, “there are two hundred men outside, who would cut the hide
off you—”
Hot rage gripped Yarak and he swung the muzzle of the musket, jerk-
ing the trigger. The cap flashed, the gun thundered into Sartlov’s face.
Heavy smoke rolled around the sergeant. The torch dropped, rolling
along the dirt, and the sergeant could see nothing. Nor could he hear the
Cossack.
He heard, however, strange sounds. A snapping and crackling outside
the grave chamber, and men shouting, far off. Also, through the drifting
smoke, a red glow lighted the entrance of the chamber. Freeing his pis-
tol, he moved his head, to catch the Cossack’s outline against the glow.
The dense powder smoke stung his eyes.
t h e s t on e wom a n 529
Then something smashed against his jaw. Loose powder filled his nos-
trils and eyes. He swore, crouching, to wipe at his face.
Yarak, having thrown his loaded powder horn, felt that the grave cham-
ber was becoming unsafe for him. Too much was happening for him to
understand clearly. The grass was burning outside, and he ran back to the
trench with his musket. Sheets of flame and smoke, twisted by the wind
gusts, whipped over the trench, and he scrambled through on all fours.
He plunged out into the smoke and found men running up to the fire
which crackled over the mound, from the trench. Waving his musket, his
scalp smarting from sparks, he leaped away, running.
The Germans seemed to be too busy to pay any attention to him. With
blankets and rifle butts they were beating at the fire. As Yarak ran, the
glare of the fire grew brighter. In that wind, the dry grass went up with
a roar. Yarak ran on to the first cover he could find, a pile of rocks. Here
he flung himself down.
“Come on, Uncle,” Atzai’s voice called in his ear. “Come away, you
blind ox.”
“Not yet,” panted Yarak, who wanted to see what was happening among
the houses.
The Tatar girl pulled at his arm. She was lying there behind the rocks,
biting her lips, pressing one fist against her chest. In that hand she still
held one match.
“Don’t you see? They aren’t following,” he explained to her.
The girl moaned with excitement. “Look up, Uncle,” she gasped.
Up there, black shapes were passing across the stars. A whining came
out of the air over the roaring of the planes. And then it happened.
Explosions ripped the village, flashing like lightning, sending dirt fly-
ing skyward. Yarak flattened down, stunned. Another line of bursts struck
full over the blazing mound.
The Germans vanished from around the mound in a mighty dust cloud.
“Eh!” Yarak yelped. “The sky is shooting down.”
The sky was exploding down on the village, where the stone walls
melted, and dead branches and human bodies shot away like wisps of straw.
The sky was tearing at the earth, around the lighted mound. And the girl,
shivering beside him, was crying out. “It’s our planes . . . they kept coming
over the road at night . . . now they have a light to see the tanks. I thought
they would come down if only they could see. I waited . . . ”
Yarak remembered the lair where this schoolgirl had watched, hiding
herself. From the black monsters crowded close together along the road,
530 t h e s t on e wom a n
guns belched up at the shapes circling across the stars. Some of the tanks
were moving away.
A bomb struck into a housetop, and flaming gasoline shot up. Bombs
struck among the tanks, jerking them across the road so that they ground
together. Then lines of tracer bullets flowed down from above, on the tan-
gled clusters of mechanical monsters. The dust cloud, rising from the road,
was lighted by the fiercely burning gasoline.
The Cossack was awed by this insensate fury of the sky. “The whole
herd is trapped,” he grunted.
Atzai was looking up at him, crying with excitement. He patted her
shoulder. Had she not set the trap for the herd? “And they said we ran
away to hide in swamps.”
In the first lull in the bombing he made the girl run off toward her lair.
He headed through the dust clouds into the village.
The captain, hugging the ground beside a rubble of stones, lifted his head
in the interval of quiet. It was unbelievably bad luck, this attack, which
had been provided against with such care. Where had his lieutenant dis-
appeared? How had the ancient grave mound become a lighted beacon at
the time of the passing of the planes?
Over at that mound, smoke rose around the stone woman, like incense
at the end of a ritual of burial. It was fantastic.
By the glare of the burning gasoline, the captain saw a wild figure flour-
ishing a musket rush at the table. This figure grasped two bottles and van-
ished with a yell into the curtain of dust.
The captain did not know how he was going to put all this into his re-
port.
City Under the Sea
Uncle Yarak sat on a sandbank overlooking a river that flowed into the
Black Sea. Trouble lay heavily upon his Cossack spirit and he did not
know what to do about it.
He had to think of something to do. A plan—that was it. But how could
he think of a plan without lighting his pipe? To strike a match in that
clear, starlit night, might be to draw a shot from a German patrol along
the opposite bank. A drink of brandy would be helpful in making a plan,
but brandy had not refreshed his throat in the ten days he had spent wan-
dering to this jumping-off place.
“Ekh ma,” he sighed. “There’s nothing to help.”
A shadow appeared on the surface of the water, and he heard a hum-
ming sound above the rush of the current over the shoals. Abruptly he
sat up, the wiry steppe grass cutting through his shirt sleeves. Something
was coming up from the depths of the narrow river.
“The city—” he muttered.
Never before now had the old Cossack laid eyes on the long line of the
sea, or the ships that plied the waters thereof. Yet he knew the legend of
the city. In bygone days, on an island in this same Black Sea, good peo-
ple had lived in a city that was attacked by pagan Turks. The people of
the city prayed to the Lord for deliverance from their peril. And when the
Turks swarmed over the island, it settled and vanished beneath the sea
with all its people. Even now, on holy days, the bells of that city could be
heard ringing beneath the waters.
Yarak watched the shadow in mid-channel hopefully for a moment,
and then spat. “Tfu! There are no bells.”
Luck, undoubtedly, had deserted him for these last ten days. All because
he had spoken to a strange woman. The next time he would cross himself
532 c i t y u n de r t h e s e a
and spit three times before speaking to a strange woman. And he peered
morosely at the woman curled up asleep in the sand beside him.
Her tawny hair stretched over her arm, her smart chamois jacket was
wrapped tight about her small body. She breathed evenly, as if uncon-
scious of hunger and danger.
“Shepheardsismailiahaleptaganrog,” Yarak repeated softly to himself.
That was where she said she had come from. It didn’t make sense. She
couldn’t speak intelligently—not a bit of Ukrainian, the Cossack speech,
and only enough Russian to ask for things like water and watermelons
and the sea. She had been able to make Uncle Yarak understand that she
wanted to go down to the sea.
Be-ty she called herself, when the sergeant of the guerrilla patrol had
turned her over to Yarak, explaining that she was dumb, being a foreign
woman. She had lost her way, getting around the Kharkov lines, and she
said her car had broken down. The sergeant, who had other matters to at-
tend to, had made Yarak promise to take her where she wanted to go.
Well, he had done that. He had brought her to the sea, because she
wanted to go to the sea. It had not been easy, because German forces hap-
pened to occupy that section of the coast through which the Cossack had
had to make his way at night, scavenging food where he could, with the
foreign woman following obediently behind.
And when, at last, he had shown her the dark line of the sea above the
sand hillocks, she had sat down suddenly, not smiling any more. She had
wiped at her eyes. Something had gone wrong. Be-ty would not follow
him any more. Probably she was sick, and possibly she might be dying.
Yarak did not want that to happen. The dumb woman was young, and
lovely when she smiled.
But what was he going to do with her here in this sandy waste, without
food, with only German patrols watching the empty river?
Yarak chewed his cold pipe, peering into the haze of starlight. He heard a
splash upstream that might have been a fish. Up there something moved,
looking like a pair of tree trunks, drifting. It did not, however, swing out
with the current when it approached the sand bar. Yarak’s eyes, accus-
tomed to darkness, were keen.
“Ghar,” he whispered at the blond woman. Then, remembering that or-
dinary speech meant nothing to her, he laid his fingers against her throat,
waking her quietly.
c i t y u n de r t h e s e a 533
At once Yarak stopped, pulling out the Turkish knife that he had ac-
quired in his wandering. Carefully he listened to the faint humming that
was made up of the murmur of the river, the buzz and chirping of insects.
He caught a swish of the air, and ducked. Something rattled against the
slope above him, and he heard the sharp thud of feet.
The Cossack rolled over on his back, kicking up and slashing with the
knife. His booted foot jammed against the hurtling body, but his knife
blade cut only air.
Rolling to his feet, Yarak prepared to strike again. Something harder
than a fist smashed against his cheekbone.
Flashes of light spurted before his eyes, which watered, blinding him.
“Dog’s tail!” he yelped, startled.
Nothing more hit him. Instead, after a moment’s silence a voice spoke
curtly:
“You’re Russian?”
“No—Cossack!”
By now Yarak could make out his assailant—a shorter, slender man
holding a cudgel. This foreigner spoke Russian quick enough, but with
an accent. He kept his distance from Yarak’s long arm.
“Who are you and where are you from, brother?” Yarak asked, quiet-
ing down.
“Did you see the sun set, Cossack?”
“Yes.”
“Well, that’s where I’m from. Part of my name is Jan.”
Evidently this foreigner did not want to say much about himself. So
Yarak explained how he was in trouble with a woman. “She’s a foreigner
like you. Maybe she’s dying. How can I tell?” And he added craftily, “She’s
pretty as a sunflower—a regular girl!”
The stranger listened without any emotion. “Sounds fishy. What’s she
carrying?”
“Carrying? A handbag. And a handkerchief.”
“What color’s her hair?”
“Like ripe wheat.”
“All right. Hand over that butcher’s knife.”
And the foreigner would not move until Yarak laid down the curved knife.
Picking it up, he reached under a bush and pulled something out. Yarak
caught the clink of glass. “Vodka?” he cried.
c i t y u n de r t h e s e a 535
“Cognac.” Jan put a bottle in each pocket of his tunic without offering
the Cossack a swallow. “Good French cognac, fresh from Chovno. Take
off!” He picked up something else, resembling a sledge hammer. “And if
you’re taking me anywhere except to that dushenka you describe, Cos-
sack, you’ll feed the birds.”
Yarak felt both thirsty and angry. “Het! I’m not lying, Jan. I’m Yarak—
in the last war essaul of the Terek Division. The Savage Division.”
For the first time the stranger laughed. “The Savage Division of the
last war would be the school children of this one.”
Morosely, Yarak stepped out. He recognized what Jan was carrying in
hand. A German stick grenade, undoubtedly looted with the good liquor
from the stores at Chovno. Jan had a hard soul—he had a devil in him.
To his great relief he found Be-ty sitting alone in the waste of sand,
waiting patiently.
At sight of her Jan stopped instantly. “Marya!” he breathed. He said
something Yarak did not understand while the girl only stared up, puz-
zled.
Certainly these foreigners had a strange way of greeting each other, Jan
trembling as if he were stepping a grave, and the girl as silent as a stone.
Presently they began to talk, but not Russian.
“What is she?” Yarak asked curiously.
Jan kept staring at her hair, until she brushed it back with her hands
unthinkingly. “A nurse,” he said. “An English nurse, named Betty. But
she can speak some German.” He had ceased to the think about Yarak.
“She came from Shepheard’s in Cairo, through Ismialia Halep to Tagan-
rog, last Winter—or so she says.”
“What kind of sickness has she?”
“No kind. You’ve walked her for a week, with only black bread and bar-
ley to chew, down to this wilderness.”
“It’s the sea, where she wanted to go.”
“Not much it isn’t. There’s more than one sea, Cossack. She wanted
to go around the Kavkaz, to the Caspian.”
The muscles twitched in Jan’s face, as if he were frightened. The girl
watched him quietly. When she spoke and touched his arm, he pulled
away.
Be-ty smiled and drew a cup from her handbag. And Jan uncorked one
of the bottles to pour into the cup. The sharp odor of strong cognac struck
536 c i t y u n de r t h e s e a
Yarak’s nostrils, and he moved over. Jan pushed him away. “Not for you,
stiepnik. The lady needs it.”
He called her lady, now, and not dushenka. “But there are two bottles.”
Yarak’s throat felt dry.
And plainly Jan thirsted for the good drink as much as Yarak.
The girl seemed to know that, because after she sipped at the cognac
she held out the white cup to Jan. He took it, hesitating. “Captain Jan
Slowycky,” he muttered, “escaped from Czersk prison. The forehead to
you, lady.”
Giving up hope of the bottles, Yarak wandered off toward the river. This
Jan, he reflected, who was no older than Be-ty, had a black devil in him.
It happened that way with men who had been in prison. Jan’s mind was
sick, and Yarak did not know what he could do about that.
Suddenly, he stopped and spat. The river beyond the sand bar had changed.
The shadow along the surface was rising, coming up.
Something like a house took shape, with a cannon on top of it. Then
out of this house the figures of men climbed.
“Ekh!” Yarak muttered, the back of his neck feeling cold. Mirrored
above the gleam of the water, the monster of the unknown, vasty deep
drifted closer to the steep bank opposite, and stopped. The men on it low-
ered what seemed to be a mattress to the water, and four of them climbed
into it, rowing into the loom of the land across from him.
Fascinated, the Cossack watched, at the end of his sand bar. If these
specters rang bells, they must be denizens of the city under the sea. In-
stead of bells, Yarak heard Jan’s voice. Singing.
As he scrambled back, he heard the words: “When the bread is hot from
the oven, dear girl you will burn your fingers. Wait!”
Within the screen of grass, Jan was emptying the cup. “When the kiss
is hot, on your, lips, dear girl . . . you must never wait. Hurry!”
Beside him Be-ty sat silent.
“Shut up, and listen, Jan,” the Cossack exclaimed. “In the river a city
is coming up, with men climbing out.”
“In a pig’s eye!”
Jan laughed and poured himself more cognac from a bottle that Yarak
judged to be more than half empty already.
“Ghosts on the water,” Jan said. “Cossack, I used to sit like this on the
stone steps, while Marya made tea. At her house you know—or you don’t
c i t y u n de r t h e s e a 537
know. To the devil with tea! She had hair like gold, and she looked into
my eye’s—not afraid. I’d kiss her hand. Like two kids.”
“Stop licking the drink. It’s the girl’s.”
“Not this girl’s. She’s alive, isn’t she?” Jan filled his cup carefully.
“When I was out of Czersk, I got down to the Tatras to look for her at the
old place. The farm people told me about Marya. She’d had typhus, and
before she was well, she had been sent with the family out of their house,
north to the swamps. For the water sports, the Nazis said. You know, cut-
ting timber in the bogs, poling rafts. I didn’t find her. It was like chasing
a ghost over the swamps—”
The girl Be-ty had been watching his face in the starlight, and she took
the cup away from him. Jan stopped talking.
“There’s a gun on the river now, Jan,” Yarak insisted.
He took Jan’s arm, leading him down to the sand bar. For a long time Jan
stared at the shape on the water. “Undersea boat,” he said. Leaning close
to the water, he listened. “It’s not Russian they’re speaking over there.”
“Four men rowed ashore. Without a boat.” Yarak pointed to the far
bank, hidden in the murk.
“They’re Germans, all right. Probably going to communicate with
Chovno.”
The thing out of the sea was an enemy warship, Jan insisted.
“Impossible,” Yarak grunted. He knew that ships sailed on top of the
water; they did not emerge from the depths like a sturgeon coming up
to feed.
Jan peered at him curiously. “You believe in a city of dead people com-
ing up out of the water, but you balk at a submarine.”
“Oh, crickey!”
Quietly the girl Be-ty had come up behind them. And she knew more
than Jan about the black shape moored in the river. She said it would
have a searchlight and machine gun on the little house that she called
a conning tower, and a small boat made of rubber, blown up so it would
float. In this berth at the river mouth it could lie hidden for the night,
and it would be off by daybreak. It showed no lights, to prevent observa-
tion from the air.
“Tfu!” Yarak shook his head. A machine such as that to swim around
in the water like a fish. It could not be.
Jan, squatting down close to the water, did not move. He was like a man
bound tight with wire cords. “There are only four of the water sporters on
deck,” he whispered, “and, I think, two on shore over there.”
538 c i t y u n de r t h e s e a
Then Yarak heard a sound that sent him crawling back hastily through
the grass. Heavy feet were moving in the dry growth about the camp site,
and his sharp ears caught the clink of a glass bottle. As he suspected, he
found the Siberian guerrillas there, nosing about. They had found the co-
gnac and the girl’s bag.
“Hi, kunaks,” Yarak hailed softly, “those are the foreign lady’s bot-
tles. Look here—there’s a German machine lying like a fish in the shal-
lows of the river.”
Invitingly he pointed down at the bank. A short, stocky figure stepped
up to him. “We aren’t blind, Uncle. Sure it’s there. Only we haven’t any
kriga—net traps big enough to catch that fish.”
Those Siberians had the bottles, and Yarak counted eight men with four
long, old-fashioned rifles among them. He did not argue with the stocky
man, the section leader called Kem by the others. Then Jan appeared with
the girl, and Jan picked up the stick bomb from the ground. He spoke with
the ring of command in his voice:
“Army men, can you find your way through to your lines?”
“Yes,” said Kem, “when we’re ready to go.”
“Well, it’s time you took off, with this lady. She’s a nurse and she’ll
end up by getting killed here. See that she’s put on a train to the Kavkaz,
to Tiflis. There’ll be other English people in Tiflis. You won’t want to
stick around here.”
“Why not?” demanded Kem. “And what makes you think you can
give the orders?”
“It will be too hot around here for you, after an hour. I’m through giv-
ing orders. I’m going over to the other bank to give them this cocktail.”
Jan’s voice was flat, as he showed Kem the stick bomb. The Siberians
crowded around, muttering. No use throwing one bomb, the Germans
had sentries on shore, and a party coming back from Chovno. And their
searchlight could show up all the bank there.
Kem hesitated, and put down the cognac. “We have some dynamite,
from Chovno, but we couldn’t find any detonators. We’re keeping it for
the roads.”
“Well, you can’t worry a submarine by exploding dynamite in the open
air—if you could explode it.”
“I know that.” The Siberian seemed angered. “Didn’t I graduate at the
Ural Kuznetsk chemico-metallurgical combination?” He laughed. “For
cultural upliftment.”
c i t y u n de r t h e s e a 539
He explained how it was done. Not by splashing around like the men from
the Amur, but by drifting with the current. Not by lying on the logs but
by swimming behind them.
“Only one thing is needed,” he added. “A diversion. If you Siberian fly
killers can get up on the bank over there, throw in a stone for the boat
boys to look at.”
“What did you say?” Kem asked.
“A diversion. To make them look the other way.”
For a moment the officer and Kem stared at the gaunt Cossack. They
seemed to find much to think about in what he said. Jan shifted the bomb
in his hand, and Kem breathed hard through his teeth. “Uncle,” he said,
“will you try your luck like that?”
“Stop talking, and fetch the dynamite.”
They were starting up the river, when Jan put out his hand. The girl
was waiting there, not knowing what they meant to do. Yarak saw the
officer go up to her and talk, strained. It was as if Jan had been pulled to-
ward her.
“She wants to come with us,” he explained quickly. “She says she
wants to share our luck.”
His voice was glad, and he took the girl’s hand, bending over to kiss it.
Be-ty moved unexpectedly. She brushed back the tangle of her hair and
she smiled at Jan, putting her arms around him. Tight she held to him,
whispering.
540 c i t y u n de r t h e s e a
When he lifted his head, Jan’s face was not hard as before. He looked
like a boy, troubled and determined. His fingers held to the girl’s hand.
Yarak thought that Jan was no longer afraid of a ghost. This girl had
somehow driven the black devil out of him. Well, that was how it hap-
pened, with a girl.
The Pole held his body straight in the torn tunic. Taking the lead, he
walked fast, motioning Kem to keep up with him. Yarak could hear them
talking, low-voiced, up at the guerrillas’ hideout.
And there they lost no time rooting heavy boxes out of the brush. Lug-
ging the boxes down to the shore, they worked over them, while Yarak
inspected the log raft. Not satisfied, he searched out a dead branch and
puffed up rushes by the roots. Kem came over to watch him curiously,
while the others laid a half dozen dynamite boxes close together on the
two logs of the raft.
Over these boxes, Yarak wedged the branch, and stuck rushes in between
the logs. He noticed that the wooden boxes bore numbers and marking.
The others were wading across the river from shoal to shoal, Jan carry-
ing the girl. Some of the Siberians seemed to be carrying packs.
“Wait for as long as it takes to milk a cow,” Kem explained. “Then
shove off.” He calculated a moment. “That gives us time to get around
to the bank.”
“Don’t forget to make the diversion,” Yarak warned. Then he thought
of something. “How will the dynamite go off?”
He did not know much about the explosive qualities of dynamite, but
Kem, understood such chemicals, “Don’t worry, Uncle. It will go off, at
the submarine.” He hesitated, watching Yarak. “Only you’d better get
away from the raft before then. Understand? Well, that’s all you need to
know.”
And he ran after the file, now lost in the gloom of the opposite bank.
Stripped from his shaven forehead to his toes, Yarak shoved his drift-
wood raft out into mid-current. When he felt the tug of the current, he
spat three times and crossed himself, to ward off bad luck. After a while
he let himself into the water, holding on to the end of a log, guiding it.
With his head screened by the branch he watched the outline of the high
bank, and peered ahead for the little house on top of the boat. He only
moved his legs to guide his floating bomb.
c i t y u n de r t h e s e a 541
When he lifted his head he sighted the leviathan of the deep closer than
he had expected. From the water it loomed up, high. He caught a faint
humming and a clank of metal as men moved about the house.
The current, he calculated, was taking his float near the outer side of
the monster, and he did not dare, now, to change its course. Lowering
himself down, he waited for the splash of a stone, or some diversion from
the bank. Surely, he thought, the kunaks up on the bank, twenty paces
away, could spot him by now.
But no diversion came. Yarak could make out the rubber boat tied to
the shore ahead of him, and hear men moving there. No other sound broke
the quiet of the river. And he was bearing down steadily upon the giant
from under the sea.
“The brothers of a dog!” he thought bitterly, trying to swing the logs
closer to the submarine.
Suddenly a flashlight blinked at the water. Then a glow of light daz-
zled Yarak. The Germans had turned their searchlight on the driftwood,
now only a stone’s throw away.
Yarak kept his head still, swearing silently. He heard the crack of a sin-
gle shot. Water sprayed beside him. A second shot from the conning tower
ripped through one of the boxes. Yarak wondered again what made dyna-
mite explode. And, hastily, he released the logs, letting himself sink into
the water. Then he turned to swim against the current.
The glow faded from the water around him, and he came up to
breathe.
Twenty feet away, the searchlight held on the logs, now almost at the
submarine’s bow. Its glow showed a man in a jersey out on the runway
aiming a rifle at the suspicious floating mass. An officer climbed out of
the tower, and shouted as if angry. The rifleman held his fire, while the
others clustered around him, peering at the boxes which they could see
plainly now.
Then the quiet of the river was shattered. Four shots flashed from the
bank above the submarine, and Yarak recognized the roar of the heavy
Russian Trokhlini rifles. Another volley cracked down, bullets whining off
the steel decks, and some of the crew tumbling down where they stood.
The survivors jumped away from the light, and again the officer shouted.
The searchlight swung around and up, across the face of the bank. Noth-
ing showed there except brush.
542 c i t y u n de r t h e s e a
From aft the conning tower, a machine gun rattled and spat at the bank,
following the finger of light. The Germans, Yarak thought, were quick as
devils to shoot. And by now his dynamite would be drifting harmlessly
out to sea—
He caught the splash of paddles coming out from the bank before he
saw, in the glow under the lightbeam, the rubber boat drawing near the
submarine. Four men were hunched over in the strange craft, racing to-
ward the iron ladder under the conning tower. Yarak wondered if the of-
ficers had returned from shore. Then he stared, fascinated.
The men in the boat were not Germans. When they grasped the lad-
der two of them went up with knives in their hands. The machine gun
stopped, and the sailor with the rifle jumped for the ladder. At the same
instant Kem jumped for the rifleman, and the two of them splashed into
the water.
The two guerrillas following swung heavy packs over their heads. The
packs dropped down the hatch. Another sailed in after them.
At the rail of the conning tower, the German officer stepped into the
light, firing a revolver. Beneath him Jan held to the ladder with one hand.
The other hand swung the stick bomb up. It dropped after the bundles into
the steel hatch. And Jan let go his hold, to drop back into the water.
“Ekh ma!” Yarak breathed. The machine gun cut loose again. And
with it the water shook around Yarak, and a blast shot up from the con-
ning tower
The submarine swayed; and vapor boiled around it coming out of the
hatch and the seams of the deck. The searchlight dimmed out and smoke
spread over the water.
Yarak found himself clawing toward the shore across from him, shak-
ing his head, to clear it. Looking back, he caught the splash of paddles,
where the rubber boat was again in motion toward the high bank. Some
of the boarding party, then, had got away.
The smoke closed down on him, and the reek of oil made him cough.
Shivering with the chill of the river, the Cossack climbed out on the
shoal. At once, his bare legs laboring through the grass, he made for his
camp site.
There lay the two cognac bottles where they had been left. Yarak shook
the one that felt half empty. He took a long swallow, to drive the chill out
of his body. “Eh,” he muttered “I was the diversion.”
c i t y u n de r t h e s e a 543
There are several motor routes from the U.S.S.R. into China, none of them
good. They cross the mountain ranges of mid-Asia and what is known as
the Gobi Desert. The Kurdai–Luntai route, hitherto unmapped, was dis-
covered by the army of the United States. It was discovered accidentally.
It might never have been found and mapped if the tribe of Dungans had
not cherished a superstitious fear of the ghost of Genghis Khan, or if Un-
cle Yarak had been able to find any war in the settlement of Kurdai.
On that particular day, the soul of Yarak the Cossack was sick. Sitting
moodily on a gasoline tin, he polished his sword with the tail of his shirt,
wholly heedless of the scenic beauty of the bare heights around him. There
was nothing else for him to do in this place.
“Tfu,” muttered Yarak. “The devil has flown away with this war.”
It had been in the west, where the sun set—no doubt of that. But he had
heard there was also war in the place of the sun’s rising. Whereupon he
had contrived to get himself as far to the east as possible, to Kurdai, and
had found himself in the shacks of a construction camp where a battal-
ion of soldiers labored at laying the roadbed of a railroad.
Yarak had no desire to work upon a railroad. In other and better days now
long vanished, he had played his part in these barrens of central Asia as a
Cossack should, with a kuniaki—a little horse—between his knees and a
real saber at his side. Then he had stalked and killed his enemies and pos-
sessed himself of their weapons. He had kissed the Dungan girls, at night,
after washing down his meat with corn brandy as clear as crystal.
When Yarak thought of that brandy, he got to his feet. If he could not
fight, he would drink. Only he had no coin to buy brandy, nor did he own
anything fit to sell for money—except this sword.
t h e t wo s wor d s of g e ng h i s k h a n 545
She had a manual of Russian phrases with her and she had been able to
ask these Russian engineers for bread. But when she tried to ask for the
landing field, they brought her out a cot.
“Are we going to stay here,” Kitty inquired in clear Boston accents,
“making signs for the Red army to feed us, until they get that railroad built,
and a Trans-Siberian express comes along to take us somewhere?”
Far overhead, a plane droned past, invisible above the drifting clouds.
Bitterly, Kitty reflected that the crew in that plane was probably Ameri-
can, perhaps searching for them at that moment.
“How about it, Captain?” she asked, with malice.
The bars upon Noble Whittaker’s shoulders were shining and unscarred.
He had worn his uniform for no more than three months. Never had he
been placed in command of men or set his foot upon the soil of Asia be-
fore now. Shy and spectacled, he had one enthusiasm—map making. Upon
a drafting board, with the skill of an artist, he had brought to life the del-
icate contours of elevations, the dark shadings of depressions, the trac-
ery of rivers. He had dreamed of so delineating this misty mid-region of
Asia, which of all the areas upon the globe, not excepting the North Po-
lar region, was the least known topographically. And to carry out this
dream, the Army had clothed him and sent him forth—but not to give
orders to fighting men.
Technically, Whittaker was not in command of this mixed detail, but
he was the only officer present and he felt the weight of full responsibil-
ity resting on his slender shoulders. It was up to him to get them all out—
somewhere, somehow.
Then came the flash of inspiration. He remembered that the pilots in
the transport plane had talked about another emergency field set up near
a place called Luntai.
“Wait a minute,” he said eagerly, and he had Lanihan unlock the rear
compartment of the car, so he could get at his map case. When Lanihan
obeyed reluctantly a half dozen bottles were revealed among the assorted
baggage.
Yarak, watching the strange actions of the Amrikans, moved up in-
stantly. Some of the bottles held a brownish liquor that might well be
brandy; some, square in shape, contained liquor clear as crystal—unmis-
takably vodka. His thirst increased.
548 t h e t wo s wor d s of g e ng h i s k h a n
Whittaker (studying the ravine entrance through his field glasses and observ-
ing a track of some sort): “Will he guide us there—for pay, of course?”
Kitty (having difficulty with this): “Will you go there—leading us—
for money?”
Yarak: “Certainly.”
It was just as Brother Ilytch had said. These Amrikans could not do
anything without reading books and looking at maps. Moreover they had
money. But Yarak was chiefly interested in the bottles.
He spat three times and crossed himself. His problem was solved. With
these Amrikans, he would go out of railroad building Kurdai, and when
they drank the good brandy and vodka, Yarak also would drink.
If not, he need only wait until there was an accident and then he’d ab-
stract a couple of bottles from the rump of the small car. Knowing these
mountains, he did not think these Amrikans would go far on their way.
As for Luntai, Yarak had no wish to go there, beyond the mountains. In
the memory of man, no Christian souls and no wheeled vehicles had gone
there. On the contrary, Yarak would wait for the accident to happen.
t h e t wo s wor d s of g e ng h i s k h a n 549
During the next five days, Sergeant Lanihan decided that the track they
followed—Marco Polo or no Marco Polo—had been made by animals, and
that those animals had been goats.
For five days, Yarak found his hopes unfulfilled. These Amrikans did
not open up a bottle even when they cooked supper. Moreover, he could
not manage to break into the rump of the car with any tool he found
handy. The girl, for some reason best known to her, kept the key of the
compartment.
550 t h e t wo s wor d s of g e ng h i s k h a n
Steering between sand dunes, drawing away from Lanihan and the
truck, Whittaker came upon some strange sights. All around him the
roof beams and gates of wooden houses, gnawed by sun and sand, pro-
jected from the ground.
“Luntai!” said Yarak, peering at them.
A few holes had been dug down into the sand-buried houses. Horse
tracks crisscrossed the loose sand but not even a lizard seemed to be alive
and crawling in the ruins.
“This,” said Kitty emphatically, “is the grandfather of all the ghost
towns. I don’t like it.”
Whittaker assured her they must have come upon one of the sand-bur-
ied cities of the Gobi. A couple of millenniums ago, the remnant of a salt
inland sea had moistened this vast depression. The bed of the sea had
dried up into salt crust, and the encroaching sands had buried the houses
of Luntai, preserving them in that bone-dry atmosphere. Triumphantly,
he pointed out how this was proof that the Kurdai–Luntai road had once
been a caravan route across Asia.
“You’re a good guesser,” Kitty admitted wearily, wiping the sweat out
of her eyes. After the icy-cold of the heights the heat from the ground made
her dizzy and she felt like crying. Noble Whittaker didn’t seem to think
of anything but a line on the map.
That moment Yarak sighted the Dungans. They came galloping over the
mounds of sand, sun-blackened riders in flapping sheepskins, on shaggy
ponies, with a tall swordsman leading them.
“Kubardar bratsui!” Yarak yelled, and slid out of the car.
Neither Whittaker nor Kitty understood his warning. The tribesmen
flowed in like a human tide on their horses, making for the motorcar.
Whittaker reached for a pistol, then took count of the numbers of the
Dungans. He did not know what they were. He looked for the damaged
truck, but it was out of sight.
Yarak perceived that at last an accident was happening to the Amri-
kans. Taking up a large rock hastily, he smashed it down on the handle
of the luggage compartment. The lid opened to his pull, and he extracted
deftly two of the bottles, one brown, one white.
He had had experience with the tribes of the Gobi region; he proceeded
to get himself out of visual range. Jumping into a hollow, he crawled off
between the sand dunes. He did not think the Amrikans would get any
farther, and he had saved at least two of the bottles.
552 t h e t wo s wor d s of g e ng h i s k h a n
Lying prone in the sand, he looked back and saw the wave of horse-
men swirl around the car. In their black sheepskins, the Dungans looked
like animals.
Dismounting, they pulled the Amrikans out of the car. They knocked
Whittaker down and trampled on him. Then they began snatching at the
crates of stores.
“Tzee-tzee!” their voices chanted around the leader on the white
horse.
Unobserved, Yarak caught the rein of a wandering horse. It was a good,
swift-paced Kabarda pony, and before the tribesmen sighted him he was
a half mile off, heading back toward the hills.
Beyond the first rise, Yarak dismounted to watch his back track. All
this rapid exertion made him sweat. The ground was hot under his knees.
Gratefully, he ripped the fastening off a bottle and drank.
It was the white liquor and it tasted much like vodka. Smiling, Yarak
opened the brown bottle and tried it also. It had the pungent flavor of
brandy and Yarok sighed with satisfaction. At leisure, he quaffed from
the square white bottle, and then from the brown.
A sense of increasing comfort pervaded him. The ill luck of the Am-
rikans had been his good fortune. Now he had a horse and most of two
bottles.
With this assurance of well-being, however, a vague discomfort as-
sailed his Cossack spirit. The liquor of the Amrikans was good liquor.
They had come over the mountain pass in their machines like devils.
They had been like kunaks, brothers of the road. And now, by force of an
accident, he had to leave them.
The dumb lady had smiled at him, like a merry girl. When the Dun-
gans discovered she was young, they wouldn’t leave much of her.
“Tfu,” he muttered. “Impossible to ride off and leave a girl like that.”
But he couldn’t think of anything else to do.
Then he heard the chugging of a motor, and the truck came surging up
to the rise, its injury repaired. “Het!” yelled Yarak, pulling his horse over
to it. The truck stopped suddenly.
Sergeant Lanihan and the half squad surveyed the scene below them in
the sand-buried city of Luntai. “Hell’s bells!” said the sergeant and let
the truck slide back out of view.
t h e t wo s wor d s of g e ng h i s k h a n 553
He reflected that he had in the truck only the 60-mm mortar and sev-
eral rifles. Also, he knew that the Asiatics swarming around the cap-
tain and the lady were at present beyond the mortar’s effective range. He
wanted time to size up the picture.
“Are they Japs, Sarge?” someone asked.
Lanihan did not answer because he did not know.
Then Yarak came up, jabbering and gesticulating. The eyes of the Cos-
sack gleamed under shaggy brows, and his breath gave out with gin and
whisky, although Lanihan could see no bottle on him.
The sergeant knew no Russian and less Ukrainian, but in days gone
by, he had argued with Frogs in similar situations. Bending his ear atten-
tively, he tried to make out what this Cossack was saying but it made no
sense.
When Yarak mounted the Kabarda and went swinging off to the side,
back toward Luntai, Lanihan nodded to his henchmen. He had a reputa-
tion to maintain, and that reputation had suffered recently.
He thought he could guess what Yarak was doing.
“Co-ordinate on this, you guys,” he told his excited detail. “Maybe
them’s Japs, an’ maybe they ain’t. The Cossack’s gone to find out. But
never mind him. We got to move quick. We couldn’t find our way out of
here without that captain.”
With the Kabarda between his knees, Yarak trotted up to the Dungans
in the ruined city. His mind was alert with drink, and he was shaping a
stratagem. Tribesmen like these could be frightened by something they
did not understand—by the supernatural.
The Dungans, beholding him returning of his own accord and alone on
one of their horses, watched him with great and growing curiosity.
“Chorziaka,” he growled at them, “insects out of a dunghill, make
way for me.”
He saw the two Amrikans and was relieved that neither the girl nor the
officer called out to him. They were not afraid of the Dungans.
Kicking his way through the armed crowd, he dismounted and strode up
to the leader of the riders, who now sat upon a horsehide in the shadow of a
gate. A heavy man, with a scar closing one eye, he looked like a hard soul.
Silent, he sat on his ankles instead of his heels in a curious fashion.
“Yah Beg,” said Yarak. “Chieftain, I have come where the spoil is gath-
ered. I have come for my share.”
554 t h e t wo s wor d s of g e ng h i s k h a n
The strange Beg rolled his good eye up at the empty hillside and back
at Yarak. “A dog barks at the wind,” he rasped. “And who art thou?” He
hissed the words as if they were strange to his tongue.
“One man,” replied Yarak modestly, pleased with his stratagem. “Yet
a mighty manslayer. The sword I carry is a sword of power.”
Behind him, the tribesmen breathed audibly and strained closer to
hear. Yarak turned on them, touched the ivory hilt of his yataghan and
shouted, “Tell me, jackals, what spirit rides in the night over these moun-
tains when the sand dunes sound with the beat of drums?”
“The spirit of Genghis Khan!” voices clamored.
“True. And this is the sword of Genghis Khan, taken from the tomb
of Genghis Khan!”
His words brought instant silence. The tribesmen gaped at him, their
hands on their mouths. Yarak put his hands on his hips proudly.
“Thou?” yelled one. “That is a lie and a poor one.”
Gripping their rifles, they surged around him, staring at the ancient
yataghan. “Our leader has the sword of Genghis Khan!” they chanted,
and they pointed at the chieftain, who did not sit like a tribesman of the
Gobi. “The power is in him. In the night, his eyes see. No bullet can
harm him. Ai-a, all who follow him shall slay and be victorious over the
Christians.”
The leader of the Dungans had indeed a sword different from any Yarak:
had seen—long, in a black lacquer sheath, with a shining hilt.
“From the place of the sun’s rising, from Jih pen kuo, he has come,”
the Dungans cried. “These rifles he gave us, to slay the western Chris-
tians.”
Laughter shook the crowd. Yarak noticed that the rifles were service-
able, with a bolt action. He spat vigorously.
“Bow down, Cossack,” rasped the chieftain. “For I set my foot where
the spirit horde stands guard. When the white spirit horse came, in the
seventh moon, I took this sword from the grave of Genghis Khan. No en-
emy can stand before me. Bow down.”
Silently the seated man drew a blade of polished steel. Yarak felt a chill of
fear. But he had no mind to bend his head, to have it cut off by that sword.
He slid a glance toward the two Amrikans. They were empty-handed,
their arms tied, and on the height behind them, there was no sign of sol-
diers or truck.
t h e t wo s wor d s of g e ng h i s k h a n 555
“Then prove it!” he shouted. “A dog can bark, a lama can lie. I have the
true sword. It is your head that will fall.”
He began to feel uneasy. The Dungans patted their hands on their hips,
overjoyed by the challenge to their swordsman. The chieftain lifted the
long shining blade of the sword gently and stepped forward arrogantly.
The Dungans surged back. So did Yarak.
Rather he jumped back, and swung himself into the saddle of the Kabarda
pony. “Het,” he shouted, “to the saddle, thou. Are we to fight like women,
in the dirt?”
So quickly had he moved that the Dungans had not been able to stop
him mounting. Moreover, they appeared supremely confident in the prow-
ess of their swordsman. That person hesitated, then swung himself not
too easily into the saddle of his fine white horse.
Instantly, Yarak rode at him, swinging the yataghan. As he suspected,
the strange Japanese was a poorer rider than swordsman. Circling him,
Yarak cut savagely, whirled the Kabarda and slashed again.
Each blow fell against the rigid blade of the long, tapering sword. A chill
of misgiving went through the Cossack. The stranger used the sword as if
it were part of him. The razor point flashed at Yarak’s belt, and the Cos-
sack almost lost his seat. That sword had a power in it.
Yarak felt afraid. He was tired and panting. The stranger pressed him
inexorably. Yarak whirled the Kabarda, kicking the little horse. He would
have to use his pony more than his sword.
As he streaked away toward the hills, with the swordsman two lengths
behind him, the greater part of the Dungans scrambled into their saddles
and whipped after the fighters, yelping with excitement.
Watching back as he rode, Yarak gripped the Kabarda with his knees.
The little horse was strange to him, but nimble on its feet—racing with
its head tossing up, alert. Yarak crossed himself with his sword hand and
decided to risk a trick.
Savagely he jerked the rein around and up. The startled horse missed
stride and spun on its heels. With all the strength of his arm, Yarak pulled
up its head.
He pulled the rearing Kabarda around and full into the racing white
horse that had no time to swerve. The Kabarda’s hoofs struck into the head
of the white horse. Yarak slashed down with the yataghan.
This was the lava, an old saber trick of the Cossacks. The white horse
fell heavily. The Japanese shot out of the saddle with his head half off. The
556 t h e t wo s wor d s of g e ng h i s k h a n
blade of the yataghan had caught his neck. Hurriedly Yarak dismounted
and caught up the strange sword.
Waving the two weapons, he yelled at the oncoming Dungans, “Which
sword has power? Which, now, is the sword of Genghis Khan?”
Bending down from the saddle, the tribesmen glared at the body of their
leader, with the blood running out of it. The power of magic had not pro-
tected him, who had given them rifles to slay these Westerners.
Cra-ash! Something exploded sharply at the edge of the surging crowd.
It was followed by the crack of high-powered rifles.
Yarak jumped, then looked over his shoulder. Momentarily he had for-
gotten the other Amrikans. He saw them now.
Over the ridge, two hundred yards away, one driver steered the truck.
Beside him two riflemen advanced on foot. Two others were reloading the
trench mortar hastily. Sergeant Lanihan’s detail had all the appearance
of the advance point of a strong force.
“Het!” Yarak yelped.
The second burst came full among the Dungans. This firepower stunned
and awed them. As one man, they headed off into the sand dunes, lash-
ing their horses. After that, it seemed only natural to Kitty that Captain
Whittaker should sight a plane when it was no more than a speck on the
vaulting skyline. It seemed only natural that he should plot its course,
and that finally they should arrive at an American emergency landing
field—a cluster of brown tents ranged along a clear stretch of clay, all fer-
ried in by transport.
Not until they had eaten canned soup and prunes and slept the clock
around on real cots, not until Whittaker completed his sketch survey
of the way they had come and showed it to the major commanding the
field, not till then did Kitty realize that the captain had accomplished a
small miracle.
The major stared. “You came through the mountains?” he exclaimed
incredulously. “From Kurdai to Luntai? By my map, it’s impossible.”
“We had an excellent guide,” Whittaker said. “He knew an old cara-
van route.”
“Great Scott!” The major beamed. “This means we can supply the
field overland—by truck.”
Kitty heard the wind beating at the sand dunes with a roar like that of
drums and she went out into the night to wait for Noble Whittaker. When
t h e t wo s wor d s of g e ng h i s k h a n 557
he had finished with the major, he found her and she pointed out how
bright the stars were.
He peered up at them intently. “That’s Orion,” he said, “just south of
here.”
Kitty stared at him for a moment and then smiled. For all he was a man
of courage, he was also a man of maps. One day perhaps she might draw
him a map, a different sort of map than any he was accustomed to read-
ing, but he would follow it.
She took his arm and said, “Let’s find Yarak. We haven’t thanked
him.”
“Nor paid him,” said Whittaker.
It was not hard to find Yarak. Something like a free-for-all was taking
place at the campfire, where most of the enlisted personnel of the field
gathered around the gaunt Cossack who had taken his stand on a gasoline
drum. Voices cracked out and fists were thrust up at him.
On the drum beside him rested a bottle of Kentucky bourbon and an-
other of gin, now empty, Whittaker observed. Above the tumult, Yarak
waved the long curiously shaped sword of ancient workmanship. In the
upraised fists of the American soldiers, Kitty sighted bank notes and Chi-
nese silver.
“He’s auctioning off the sword,” she laughed, “of that Japanese
officer.”
The Phantom Caravan
Yarak spat three times carefully, and went over in his mind the steps
leading to his downfall.
First his coming into Samarkand at moonrise, leading his horse, look-
ing for vodka and companionship. He found no lighted shops or barracks
or soldiers. Only, in this silent city, the shining blue dome arising from
the poplar grove and having all the appearance of a palace. It struck Yarak
as strange.
Then he sighted this girl sitting on the doorstep of the small house,
with her yellow hair unbound, weeping quietly.
“Eh, say, girl,” he demanded, “what has happened here? Is this a place
of the dead?”
It was the old city, she explained, wiping her face with her sleeve. The
ruined city of Tamerlane, the Lame. Tamerlane, a limping Turkish con-
queror, had built himself a palace with the loot of the world five centu-
ries and a half ago. When he tired of war, he passed his time among the
pleasure gardens.
Yarak pondered the words of the girl, Praska, who sat here alone be-
cause her man was serving in the west. So the thought came to him. Why
should he, Yarak, endure another Winter of war? He had wealth in his
saddle roll. Like Tamerlane, he could settle down in an izba of his own,
with smoked fish hanging to the rafters, a keg of vodka by the head of
his bed, and a hawk on its perch by the door. He could pass his days so in
luxury, perhaps hiring a bandura player to sing the old songs of the Cos-
sack brotherhood.
After all, he was old. Certain parts of his six-foot body ached when the
Winter frost set in. Was it not better to sit like a nabob smoking his pipe
on the sunny side of his house, than to live in the saddle like this, follow-
ing after battles like a dog after a caravan? Certainly it was better.
That was how the girl Praska put a thought into his head as if she had
been a koldun, a magician.
To think with Yarak was to act. At once he wanted to turn his prop-
erty into money.
“Eh, say,” he asked, “where is a trader, a money changer?”
“Over in this new city, by the station.”
Yarak peered at her curiously. “What makes you cry, girl?”
Praska looked up at him with wet eyes. “Nothing,” she said. “I’m not
crying. Don’t hang around here, grandfather.”
560 t h e p h a n t om c a r ava n
Full of his new thought, Yarak climbed into the saddle and put his horse
to a trot. Passing the twin towers of a giant ruined mosque, he looked for
the road out. And off in the moonlight he saw lanterns move.
Heading toward it, he found, instead of a road, the wide crumbling gate-
way of a serai. Beyond the gateway moved man and animals. There were
plenty of such deserted caravansary along the old roads here, but seldom
with people in them. Entering, Yarak found a score of horses being loaded
by men in black sheepskin hats—Turkomans, who were evidently pre-
paring to take the road.
He stopped because he had no desire to interfere with tribesmen who
chose to be on the move at night. But the lantern moved over to him, and
the man who held at it—whose massive fat was bound up in a shining
blue khalat—demanded, “Well, what, Cossack?”
“Nothing, brother,” Yarak explained. “I am looking for a trader.”
“Dismount, then. For here is a buyer of goods.”
He pointed and Yarak saw, up on the balcony of the serai, a well-dressed
European sorting papers into a box.
Yarak presented himself before the master of the caravan with his
pack. Out of the saddle roll he shook his wealth—bits of jade and carved
ivory, American paper money, a blue enamel triptych from some forgot-
ten church, a fine Afghan yataghan and other stuff he had acquired dur-
ing his wandering in ways that he chose not to explain. In the wake of the
war’s devastation it was not hard to pick up wealth like this.
“How much for the lot, in gold?” he asked.
The trader looked at the jade and the triptych carefully, close to the
light. He had a pale face like a moon.
“Pay him twenty pounds, Yussuf” he said, his long fingers putting in
the jade away in a box.
“Gold,” insisted Yarak, who knew how worthless most paper curren-
cies were.
The big man in the khalat showed his broken teeth in a grin. “Ai, Cos-
sack—gold, for stolen articles?”
The trader closed the box carefully, and spoke without expression.
“Possession of gold is illegal, Cossack. It would mean the taste of a Soviet
prison. You will be paid in good foreign currency. Look.”
The man called Yussuf counted out a sheaf of soiled bank notes, pink-
ish blue in color and ornamented with a woman’s head. Yarak spat.
“That dog won’t bite,” he snarled.
t h e p h a n t om c a r ava n 561
So, thinking it over, Yarak blamed the girl Praska for his loss. Morosely
he rode back to the little house by the tiled dome. He strode in through
the door and stopped, surprised at what he saw. The main room, instead
of a bed and furnishing, had only a row of empty glass cases and a chest
with traces of gilt upon it, likewise empty. Wondering what sort of house
this might be, he passed into the rear room, where he discovered Praska
heating water for tea in a samovar. Beside the stove stood her cot, neatly
made up. Evidently she lived in this kitchen.
“What kind of nest is this?” he demanded.
Not a nest, Praska informed him—a museum, closed since the war. She
was, she explained, in charge of the valuable exhibits in the showcases,
the bits of gold work and turquoise jewelry and several fine Korans, all
belonging to the time of Tamerlane. But these exhibits had been stolen
while she had been away yesterday evening at the railway station watch-
ing the train coming in.
Yarak pondered this. “Eh,” he ventured, “did you see the Turkoman
horse caravan yesterday?”
Praska shook her head. She had seen only Yarak. As for tribesmen, they
would not have known about the exhibits. Whoever would have broken
into the house for the old Korans and jewels from the tomb?
“What tomb?” demanded Yarak.
“This one.” Praska nodded toward that tiled edifice under the towered
dome. “The Gur Amur where Tamerlane is buried in his tomb.”
“But you said it was a palace.”
562 t h e p h a n t om c a r ava n
It was true, she explained, that Tamerlane started to build the mosques
and palaces of Samarkand, now in ruins; but he died of a sickness before
the city was finished, and he’d been buried there in the place now known
as his tomb.
“Eh, that’s the truth of it,” Yarak muttered. “When he turned his horse
from the path of war and settled down he became sick and died.”
The kettle dropped from Praska’s hand as she looked past Yarak, and the
blood drained from her face as if the hand of a ghost had touched her.
Yarak peered over his shoulder and beheld a stocky man coming up the
path to the kitchen door. Coming slowly, dragging one leg, with a blan-
ket roll on his shoulder. He wore infantry boots.
“Michael!” gasped the girl.
Past Yarak she flew, to be grasped in Michael’s arms, her golden hair
pressing against his shoulder. “Michael—you did not come on the train.
I thought for months you did not come, and I thought—”
“I came by road, riding trucks.”
Praska’s eyes gleamed under the tangle of her hair and she flew around
the kitchen, getting a bench for the limping man, pouring out hot tea for
him fresh from the samovar. And when he explained that he had come
on indefinite leave with the injury to his leg, it was as if new life coursed
through her.
“Glory to God,” she cried. “Listen to the man! And I was thinking that
he was off dancing with the Polish girls.”
The lines of the soldier’s face shifted as he smiled. “Devilkin,” he said.
He rubbed his red thatch as he told how he had been injured while investi-
gating the working of a new Niemtsev mine. In his pack he had some det-
onating mechanisms from captured mines brought back to show Praska,
with some fringed Italian silk for a shawl for her. He had been two years
at the war, seeing much of the world, Praska knew. And she knew that he
would never walk far again with that leg.
Michael limped with him along the path when Yarak went to mount
his horse, and Praska brought along bread for the Cossack to take with
him. When he undid his saddle pack to put in the two small Korans and
a silver-guilt bracelet fell out. Yarak stared at them, puzzled, but the girl
examined them and cried out. “Akh—from the museum!”
“That’s a lie, girl,” Yarak growled. Certainly these things could not
have come from her museum, because they could only have been put into
his roll in one way—by the broken-toothed Yussuf, when he, Yarak had
traded last night with a master of the caravan.
t h e p h a n t om c a r ava n 563
Defiantly, Praska tossed her head. Who, she asked, had seen anything
of the night-prowling caravan, except Yarak? And where had the bracelet
and the Korans been, but in the Cossack’s pack?
Yarak nodded. That was true enough. The night-riding devils had branded
him a thief. Then he remembered the bank notes and produced them.
“They were here, all right, girl. Look what they gave me.”
Michael examined one of the notes curiously. “For what,” he wondered,
“did they give it to you?”
Yarak considered, not wishing to explain all that he had been looting.
“Het,” he growled. “For an old yataghan, soldier—and the paper money
isn’t good, even for a glass of vodka.”
“It was more than a yataghan you sold.” Michael nodded reflectively.
“And these traders, they are invisible.”
“How invisible?”
“Gold finders. They keep behind the front lines. They show up when
we’re someplace else.”
“Looters?” demanded Yarak.
“Buyers. The war bred ’em, uncle.”
This Michael had been through two Summer campaigns and a Win-
ter in the Caucasus, where he had smelled out the black markets. But the
Zafaraks, the gold finders, were no ordinary black market dealers. They
stacked up cheap paper money, bought for a few kopeks on the ruble, and
they searched for valuables like silverware, weapons, good boots, qui-
nine, and especially the old gold coins that still trickled through the ba-
zaars, along with the new American bills. They bought up good land,
where the owners had been killed, and even valuable manuscripts, post-
age stamps, fine paintings.
Such things they carted from one place to another, to sell later in good
markets, where rising prices rose still higher in inflated paper. They thrived
on the destruction of the wars because the authorities could spare neither
time nor men to investigate their network.
“Like wolves,” Yarak nodded, “they feed well on the battlefield. And
who will ride off to hunt wolves?”
“That’s how it is, brother. These wolves who lifted Praska’s collection,
they may travel as merchants or tribesmen or whatever, to Baghdad or
Kandahar to sell the things—”
“But it’s that Tartaristan Historical Museum collection of the Tamer-
lane relics,” cried Praska.
564 t h e p h a n t om c a r ava n
So two days later Yarak found himself questing along the Samarkand des-
ert road, leading another horse with the chest lashed to it. The silent Mi-
chael had worked for a day and a half over the chest. From time to time
Yarak glanced back uneasily at it as it jolted. He distrusted machines.
Heartily he regretted his rash promise to Praska. She had begged a good
horse from the soldiers at the railroad, and now she rode as if possessed,
without stopping to rest the horses or let them roll.
At first the tracks of the trader’s caravan had been clear enough. Then
the trail turned away from the railroad onto an old caravan track that
skirted the edge of the desert where a haze lay over the baked ground.
“The Red Sands,” Yarak muttered, shaking his head. “Not good, Praska.
At the first wind the tracks will be blotted out.”
As Yarak had prophesied, all tracks were swept off the dry ground by
the wind. At the next village nothing had been seen of the trader or his
men.
“But we are close to Bokhara now,” the girl insisted. “And if they have
come to Bokhara, they will be seen.”
Yarak was not so sure of that. The Turkomans and Moon-face, their
master, managed to keep out of sight . . . And when the road led to the flat
roofs of the desert city of Bokhara, the military guard at the old towered
gate informed Praska that no such caravan had entered. “For a couple of
years, sweet,” the section leader assured Praska tranquilly.
“Ei, girl,” barked Yarak cheerfully. “Now they’re gone, like water down
the river—as Michael said.”
Praska looked at him and her lips moved soundlessly. Then, when they
had ridden out of hearing of the soldiers, she turned in the saddle, her lit-
tle chin thrust out. “Cossack,” she demanded, “who has seen this cara-
van of yours—except you?”
“No one,” Yarak admitted.
“Then if you do not find it, everyone will say that you lied about it, and
if you lied, it will appear as if you were the thief. Think, old wolf. If the
566 t h e p h a n t om c a r ava n
caravan didn’t sit down by the road, and it did not go into the city, where
is it now? Think quickly.”
Yarak understood clearly. There would be no silencing this girl’s tongue
until the traders were found. And no one could find them except him-
self.
Savagely he smacked the flank of his horse and the beast stumbled as
it broke into a trot. A bad omen, that. Jerking up its head, he reined up
a rise by the road. Here he could see the outskirts of Bokhara, the olive
groves and the wandering goatherds, the black tents of some Turkomans.
Horses grazed near the tents, but no European like Moon-face would take
up his quarters here.
“What is that stink?” asked Praska, who have followed him close.
“Bones,” Yarak muttered instantly. “Bones of the dead.”
“What?”
Yarak pointed over to the left, where the high clay walls of an aban-
doned mosque crowned a rise. Around it the barren rocky clay was strewn
with stone slabs. Once, as the Cossack knew, Bokhara had been esteemed
a holy city of the Usbek Muslims and its suburbs were filled with shallow
graves, so thickly that old graves had been dug up to make room for the
new. Close against the mosque clustered the beehive tombs of the richer
or more celebrated dead, their names now forgotten.
Certainly the mosque was abandoned now. But the Cossack observed
horse tracks crossing the road to it and leaving it. In the soft dust the
tracks were clear and must be recent.
“Look,” said Praska suddenly, “at Samarkand your gold finders kept
out of sight in a ruin.”
Yarak grunted. The caravan must have disappeared by breaking up
around here. The horses might be over in the Turkoman kibitka, and the
men—
“Stay where you are, child,” he urged. “Talk to yourself.”
He turned down to the road, and picked up the tracks crossing it, un-
shod pony tracks. Near the courtyard gate he lifted his glance and saw
fresh dung inside. In the courtyard there was no trace of anything living.
There was water, however, in the well. The Turkoman horses might have
come here to drink.
His beast thrust forward to drink thirstily. Then it flung up its head,
ears pointing toward the doorway of the mosque building where no cur-
tain hung. The burning afternoon sunlight laid a square of light within
t h e p h a n t om c a r ava n 567
it and in the obscurity beyond Yarak could see no movement, nor did he
hear a sound. But something in there had disturbed his horse.
Dismounting, Yarak strode toward the door. Simultaneously a man ap-
peared, coming out. A short man in a long padded khalat, his face shad-
owed by a voluminous turban wound in the Bokhara fashion.
“Wayfarer,” he asked, “what you seek in the house of Allah?”
The familiar phrase, “bait-ullah,” was muttered crisply, not in the
rapid mummering of an Usbek mullah such as Yarak had known in years
gone by. Under the turban was a young face with broad cheek bones and
thin lips. It might be Malay, it might be Japanese, but it could hardly be
the face of an aged, bent caretaker in an abandoned house of Allah. Yarak
stopped with a snort.
He carried no war weapon of any kind, owing to the law in Usbekistan.
But he noticed the ivory hilt of a knife in the mullah’s girdle.
Then he heard the trend of horses behind him, and Praska’s musical
voice.
She had come after Yarak, and now she was driving the pack horse away
from the well while the man in the mosque stared up from slant eyes at
the tawny mane of her hair.
The skin at the back of Yarak’s neck grew cold. He remembered how
his horse had stumbled a while back. “Go on, girl,” he said sharply. “Don’t
dismount here.”
While Praska looked at him, surprised, the mullah took the rein of her
horse. “Nay, rest here, woman,” he said. “Stop and rest, out of the sun.”
Pulling at her rein and drawing the pack horse after him, the mullah
started into the mosque. Yarak followed swiftly.
For a moment, coming out of the glare, he could see nothing in the half-
darkness. The mullah was drawing the horses toward the dais where the
kiblah should be, and where a pair of indistinct figures showed.
Yarak, peering through the dimness, recognized the two figures, Moon-
face, in his dark European clothes, and pock-marked Yussuf, of the bro-
ken-toothed grin. So also did Praska recognize them from Yarak’s descrip-
tion and before he could stop her, she gave tongue.
“Hey! Aren’t those the ones who looted the museum?”
“What museum, girl?” Moon-face asked. His name, he explained, was
Nabi, and anyone could tell her that he was the head of the importing
firm of Nabi and Mitsui, now closed by the war. There was no museum
in Bokhara, and for months he had not left the city. That afternoon he
568 t h e p h a n t om c a r ava n
had taken a walk out to the old mosque with his servant—he nodded to
Yussuf.
Praska’s small face was puzzled but determined. “You have my collec-
tion! You gave the paper money to the Cossack.”
Smiling, the gentleman-importer Nabi shook his head. He had noth-
ing of hers.
“Kahnim,” observed Yussuf respectfully, his hands crossed over his
big stomach, “Lady, someone has been lying to you.” He nodded at Yarak.
“Do you trust that Cossack?”
Praska hesitated. These men seemed to be what they said, yet their
words sounded false. Their eyes were too watchful. “Yes,” she cried, “and
I’m going to search until I’ve found what I lost.”
“Dismount, and we will help the young lady,” Nabi replied respect-
fully, and ordered Yussuf to unload their visitor’s chest.
“Take your hands off that,” Yarak growled at Yussuf. “There’s a mine
packed in that chest: we’re taking it to the military. Don’t interfere with
us.”
Yussuf lifted down the chest. “A dog bays at the moon,” he said.
Yarak kept his eyes on the chest. He and Praska had meant to set a trap
for the traders, and now they were caught themselves because of Praska’s
stubbornness. No help for it now. He had to get Praska away from that chest
and the men. Suddenly he reached for the mullah, who held her rein.
Even as the mullah turned, Yarak’s hand came away with the ivory-
hilted knife. Stepping back, the Cossack howled like a wolf and jabbed the
point of the knife deep into the flank of Praska’s horse. The pony jumped,
whirled, and plunged toward the sunlit doorway with the startled Praska
clinging to the saddle. The rein ripped from the hand of the mullah, who
was thrown off balance.
Nobi pulled a revolver from under his coat. Watching Praska’s pony
bolt across the courtyard, he laughed. “Now, Cossack, the lady will not
find you when she comes back. And no one will find you.” He lifted the
revolver. Then, “What’s in that thing?” he barked at Yussuf.
Yarak swallowed hard and hung onto the knife, watching the lid of the
chest as Yussuf lifted it. Within the chest women’s clothes were packed
neatly around a large metal box that looked like a jewel box.
“Here’s what the old dog had hidden,” Yussuf muttered, pulling at it.
Instantly Yarak flung himself down. And Yussuf felt the box catch on
something. He heard a click in the depths of the chest—
t h e p h a n t om c a r ava n 569
Yarak felt the blast of the explosion. Metal fragments crackled around
him on the tiles of the floor. The frightened packhorse, over by the wall,
plunged toward the door. Yarak’s head sang, but he could move his limbs.
Raising his head, he made out the three men who had been standing over
the chest lying sprawled among its fragments, badly injured.
“Het,” he coughed, and got up. Michael’s booby trap had worked.
He had started to investigate, when he heard rapid footsteps, echoing
under the dome of the mosque, but he could see no other person moving,
until the figure of a man hurried out of a narrow door in the darkness
back of the dais. This man, like Moon-face, wore European clothes, and
carried a rifle. He stopped dead when he beheld the floor behind the dais.
Then, swearing, he shot at Yarak.
Yarak dove down beside the prostate Nobi, and caught up the revolver.
He rolled over, using Nabi for a shield, and fired up through the murk,
emptying the cylinder. The man on the dais, reloading as he ran, stum-
bled and fell.
For a moment Yarak watched him but he did not move. Thoughtfully
the old Cossack felt in Nabi’s pockets. He found, as he expected, some
loose cartridges. With these he reloaded the revolver, cautiously watch-
ing the shadows of the mosque around him.
A half hour later Praska returned with her pony and three soldiers and
the section leader of the gate guard. They found four wounded men lying
among fragments of splintered wood and clothing, with a loaded revolver
and rifle on the floor by them, and the Cossack sitting on the dais, smok-
ing as he contemplated the scene.
Yarak’s gaunt face was tranquil and around him hung an elusive odor
of spirits. The section leader later identified the silent Nabi as a well-
known Laventine importer who had quartered two foreigners in his home
in Bokhara. The three had been known to take sightseeing trips on horse-
back out into the country.
“It looks like a battle,” the section leader observed, puzzled, “but these
firearms are loaded.” He looked at Yarak. “What is the truth of it, uncle?”
Out of the corner of his eye, Yarak watched Praska. For once, seeing
the four men laid out, the girl held her tongue. Yarak grinned cheerfully.
Vodka warmed his veins and his mind was clear and easy at last. “Not a
battle, brother,” he said shaking his head and pulled at his white mustache.
570 t h e p h a n t om c a r ava n
“Nothing like that. We were passing by because as you know, Praska, this
little love, was looking for a collection she lost. Isn’t it so, Praska?”
The girl nodded.
“Well, these good people invited us in, out of the sun,” Yarak explained.
“Eh, they were examining a German booby trap of a mine and it went off.
You can see for yourself. As God lives, that’s the truth.”
“Where did they get the mine?”
“Where?” Yarak’s gaze wandered around the empty mosque, to the ki-
blah platform and to the narrow door, almost invisible behind it. “Out
of that,” he pointed.
Beyond the door lay a passage, lighted only by openings in the brick
roof, and a row of heavy wooden doors set in the outer wall at intervals
of a dozen feet. All the doors were dust coated, banked up with the accu-
mulated rubble of years—except one, that looked as if it had been opened
recently.
“Tombs,” grunted the section leader who had been there before. “Noth-
ing inside but stiffs.”
Then he sniffed curiously. Through the dry, moldy odor of the place
cut the fragrance of vodka. The section leader bent closer to the door and
thrust it open.
Within that tomb lay no shrouded bodies. The soldiers gazed incredu-
lous, at paintings stacked against the side of the tomb, and piles of rugs,
boxes that held jewelry, shining ivory and jade, and sacks of gold.
“Like a bank vault,” muttered the section leader, peering into the boxes.
By the door stood several bottles of brandy and vodka, one of the latter
half empty.
“The Tamerlane collection!” shrilled Praska, and, diving into the piles,
she began to pull out gold-inlaid scimitars, old Korans, silver and tur-
quoise jewelry. It did not seem to Yarak that this collection of the girl’s
was so valuable after all.
“Now you’ve found your collection—” the Cossack spoke up.
“Not mine,” said Praska, “Michael’s.” She nodded brightly. “His leg is
so hurt, Cossack, that he will want something to do with his hands. Isn’t
the war nearly over? He can’t go on finding mines now, or putting them
together. He must have work to do, in our izba, or he will wander off.”
Now Yarak understood. All the time this girl had been thinking of
her nest, her izba. She was making it ready for the man, so he would not
sit with empty hands on the doorstep, watching people walking by along
the road, eyeing other girls.
t h e p h a n t om c a r ava n 571
Praska laughed happily. “Look for your wealth, uncle. Didn’t you say
you had wealth? Now you can settle down at a cottage of your own.”
The soldiers looked at him curiously. Yarak considered with bent head.
When he had had wealth, matters had not gone well with him.
“No, girl,” he said, “that’s well enough for a woman. But what did you
tell me in the moonlight? This Tamerlane settled down with his wealth,
and straight away he died, so they put him in a tomb. And these gold find-
ers outside, they retired during the war, and what happened to them? It’s
a dangerous thing to do, and that’s God’s truth.”
With a nod, he left the searchers, taking with him only one bottle of
brandy and one of vodka. And even for these, he gave the soldiers pay-
ment in foreign bank notes.
He went out to his saddle horse, to the road that led toward the west,
where battles were still being fought.
Wolf-Hounds of the Steppe
Chapter I
Pulling Up His Stakes
’Twas early evening on the steppe, and the level rays of the setting sun
gilded the cartwheel which hung on a pole in front of the abode of Paul
Ostalim, blacksmith. The cartwheel indicated to passers-by on the high-
way the presence of a smithy in the gully shaded by willows. Like all the
other hamlets of the steppe in southern Russia, Ostalim’s cottage was in
a ravine. This was for two reasons: first, the brooklet in the gully; sec-
ond, protection from the bands of marauders who made the steppe a bat-
tleground in the last quarter of the sixteenth century.
The sun also revealed the tall figure of Ostalim leaning against the pole
where he could command a view of the highway. Bareheaded the smith
was, with brown curls falling to his powerful shoulders, his arms crossed
over the sheepskin svitza which covered his broad chest. Unlike most of
his brother Cossacks, he was plainly dressed in baggy trousers supported
by a broad leather belt, and heavy brown boots blackened by his trade.
With one foot he was caressing the back of a borzoi, one of his splendid
pair of wolfhounds which served as companions in the lonely hamlet, and
a smile twitched at his black mustache, and shone in his brown eyes as
the dog gave a sigh of contentment.
The next instant master and dog were keenly alert, for sounds her-
alding the approach of travelers echoed along the road. Without moving
from his place by the pole, Ostalim’s gaze searched the approaching dust
cloud and identified it as harmless. For he saw a tarataika, or carriage, of
a wealthy man drawn by two shaggy ponies, accompanied by two Cos-
sacks on horseback, and in it was seated a woman.
wol f -hou n d s of t h e s t e p p e 573
In a moment the carriage had come to a halt before the smithy, and
one of the mounted Cossacks was whirling his horse in a dashing fash-
ion before the eyes of the woman. This rider attracted Ostalim’s gaze by
the splendor of his attire, which consisted of red leather boots, a red cloak
held by a flowered belt, a black sheepskin hat, and a saber of Turkish de-
sign in a gold-chased scabbard. Jewels glittered at the Cossack’s throat
and on his fingers, which the smith observed to be overslender for much
use of the sword.
“Hey, smith!” called he of the finery. “My horse has cast a shoe. Busy
yourself with getting ready another, and you would have a gold piece in-
stead of a lash across that broad back of yours.”
Ostalim liked neither the other’s words nor the covert look that the
rider shot at the occupant of the carriage, as if to call attention to his ele-
gant manners. Little was visible of the girl except a bright, smiling face,
and a pair of dark eyes shaded on either side by two long ringlets, for she
was wrapped in a long cloak and hood. But her dress and the carriage pro-
claimed that she was the daughter of some patrician, and Ostalim thought
to himself that she was not one to endure lightly the overbearing man-
ner of her escort.
“In truth,” he said mildly, “I am no shoer of horses, honorable sir, but
a maker of swords and spears and such-like. Wherefore, you will see that
it is not possible for me to minister to your need. It is not far, however, to
the sloboda Ruvno, where you may find a proper blacksmith.”
The brows of the Cossack addressed knitted together, and he drew his
horse nearer to Ostalim.
“I see that you are a surly rascal,” he growled, “and will have the
scourge instead of the gold piece. Shoe my horse for me or you sleep to-
night on broken bones.”
“Hold that lively tongue of yours, Stepan Vertivitch!” broke in his
companion, a powerful Cossack with a good-humored, red face, who mea-
sured many feet about the belt. “Do you not see that the smith speaks
truth? There are several goodly swords within his shop, not to mention
a pistol or two.”
“Then why does the lying dog hang a cart wheel before his door?”
snarled Vertivitch. “Are we to sit here and quarrel while the light fails
and Mirovna Cherevaty longs to join her father before the feast at Ruvno
tonight?”
574 wol f -hou n d s of t h e s t e p p e
curls. “Come to the feast tonight, Paul Ostalim,” he heard, “and say that
Mirovna Cherevaty bids you, if any ask.”
“Aye, come, smith,” echoed the fat Cossack good-naturedly; “there
will be rare corn brandy flowing.”
Carriage and riders alike were hidden in the dust cloud along the road,
but Paul Ostalim remained standing, looking after them for a long time.
His mind was filled with wonder, the sight of a laughing, dark-eyed face
turned back to him, of dainty white teeth, and a little hand that waved
him at the same time a farewell and an invitation. Rare was the sight to
the smith, and he found that his heart was pounding against his coat.
A sigh escaped him; then he straightened with sudden determination,
picked up his tools, and entered the shop. He went to the pallet that served
as his bed, and drew from under the clothes a long, curved sword with a
jeweled hilt. Paul Ostalim had not been to the university at Kiev and he
could not read, yet he knew by heart the words chased on the scabbard
in silver. “The sword of Koshevoi Ataman Dmitri Ostalim,” he said to
himself as his finger traced out the words and he patted the curving scab-
bard with reverence.
Then fastening the sword to his belt, he filled his tobacco pouch, se-
lected two of the best Turkish pistols from the group in the shop, and took
up his sheepskin hat. At the door of the cottage, he paused long enough
to draw the heavy post from the ground with a single heave of his pow-
erful shoulders and hurl it into the bushes. This done, he entered the sta-
ble, untethered his horse, and with a last look at the hamlet where he had
lived for the twenty-two years of his lonely life, set out on the road to Ru-
vno. At his heels trotted the two borzoi.
As the rider vanished around a bend in the road, the sun dipped out of
sight, and the silence of night, broken only by a light wind that stirred
the grass, fell upon the steppe.
Chapter II
At the Feast of Cherevaty
There was a reason for the feast that night at the house of Ataman Chere-
vaty. As ataman, or captain of a Cossack regiment, he was going to lead
the young Cossacks of the Ruvno district to the siech the next morning.
Hence the feast was a farewell to the village on the part of Cherevaty and
the striplings, among the latter Stepan Vertivitch and his stout compan-
ion in arms, Rashov.
576 wol f -hou n d s of t h e s t e p p e
For the siech was none other than the Zaporogian Siech, or war encamp-
ment of the Cossacks on the Dnieper islands, where they faced the hostile
Tartars across the water. To go to the siech was the dream of every young
man who could swing a sword or ride a horse, for there manly honor was
to be won and the fighting for which the Cossacks longed.
Not that the Ukraine was actually at war. Constant fighting ruled
along the borders; battles with Turk, Pole, and Tartar who threatened
the three sides of southern Russia with fire and pillage and cared little
whether their governments were at peace or not. In truth, the Ukraine
was the war border of Russia, the white kingdom, and the sieches were
the outposts of the Ukraine.
Little wonder, then, that the business of the Cossacks of Ruvno, who
were within a day’s march of the Dnieper, was fighting. Were they not
the darlings of Tsar Ivan Grozny, the august ruler who bore the surname
“the terrible” on the lips of his enemies?
To Cherevaty the evening was doubly festive for the reason that it wel-
comed home Mirovna from Kiev, with the Cossack Vertivitch, who was
to be Cherevaty’s right-hand man in the Ruvno kuren, or encampment.
Cherevaty was kindly disposed toward the young student from Kiev, be-
cause the elder Vertivitch had been his comrade in arms, and he was more
than anxious for Stepan to win the renown at the siech without which it
is not considered fitting for any Cossack to marry.
Hence it was that late in the evening he nudged Rashov with his elbow
and pointed to the corner where the young Cossack and his daughter were
seated. To make his meaning quite clear, the big warrior took pains to lay
his finger alongside his nose and to wink several times.
“Ho!” exclaimed Rashov in reply, filling the cup of corn brandy which
had been upset by the ataman’s nudge. “So that’s the chimney the devil is
flying down! Nevertheless, I have seen not one but many courtings, and
to my mind they were two-handed affairs, while Stepan seems to be car-
rying on his battle single-handed.”
“That is nothing, Rashov,” returned the warrior, stroking his long black
mustache. “Devil take it, would you have the girl lead in the attack? No,
Mirovna has learned true maiden manners at Kiev, and she is but feigning
coldness to bring the Cossack more fully to her feet. The match pleases
me, for no man who is not warrior born and proved shall wed Mirovna.”
“That is true, honorable sir,” admitted Rashov, draining his cup, “for
I have heard you swear it upon a holy cross before witnesses. Still, to my
wol f -hou n d s of t h e s t e p p e 577
thinking Mirovna is a girl who will do the deciding for herself. In truth,
there is no woman within a hundred versts of Ruvno to compare with
her.”
A second time Cherevaty nudged his companion and pointed across the
room. On the long bench that ran around the room he had spied a stranger.
“Who is that Cossack, Rashov?” he asked in surprise. “The one in the
brown coat with the dusty boots; he came in only a moment ago.”
Rashov glanced in the direction that the other indicated and laughed.
“A smith he is, come on the bidding of Mirovna, to whom he rendered a
service on the road.”
“Ha!” exclaimed Cherevaty, and strode over to Ostalim, for the hos-
pitality of a Cossack is as open-handed as his enmity. “How like you the
brandy, honorable sir?” he asked. “And it warms you not enough, sit on
the stove for a while.”
This invitation was a mark of consideration, for the great stove that oc-
cupied a recess in the back of the cottage was covered with planks which
often offered a resting place to the large limbs of the Ruvno Ataman. Os-
talim flushed as he felt the gaze of those in the room bent upon him. He
had slipped in only a brief while ago after a long hard ride, and the splen-
dor of the large room, with its painted walls, the whips and rare weapons
on the window ledges, and the many goblets of elegant workmanship,
booty from the Anatolian coast, awed him not a little.
He had early spied out Mirovna and Stepan, and his brow darkened mo-
mentarily, clearing when his gaze wandered over the throng of warlike
Cossacks, already booted and garbed for the departure of the morrow and
in high glee. This was the fellowship he longed to join.
To the ataman’s greeting he replied respectfully, for Cherevaty’s face
was familiar to him. “The brandy warms my heart, honorable sir,” he said
lightly. “Tomorrow there will be no drinking for this distinguished com-
pany, for I hear that you will set out for the siech to reinforce the Ruvno
kuren. Are many going?”
“A fair lot,” replied the ataman; “about threescore young men—sixty-
two in all.”
“Sixty-three, rather,” declared Ostalim boldly, although his heart was
beating painfully. “I would like to join the Ruvno kuren, and go with you
to the siech on the morrow. It was for that I came here at your daughter’s
bidding. With the Tartars pressing against us on the Dnieper another
sword will be welcome, without doubt.”
578 wol f -hou n d s of t h e s t e p p e
“Has told me that the man who marries me must be of good Cossack
blood, and proved at the siech,” retorted Mirovna with spirit. “When you
come back from war, and the village can hear of how you have borne your-
self, then it will be time to talk of marriage.”
Rashov had joined the smith at the door, and now he whispered ap-
provingly: “That’s talk for you; she can handle Stepan without——What
are you doing?”
Vertivitch had decided to get by force what he could not by argument—
a farewell kiss from Mirovna, who was not as docile as the beauties of
Kiev. His reward was a stinging blow in the face that made him give back
a pace. Then he caught the girl roughly by the shoulders, angered at her
display of temper. This earned him another and more formidable adver-
sary, for Ostalim sprang from the stable door and tore his hands from the
girl’s shoulders.
Before the dandy was quite aware what was happening, the smith gripped
him by arm and leg, lifted him clear of the ground, and threw him, with
stunning force, into the center of a patch of mud. So severe was the fall
that Vertivitch lay prostrate for some time.
Meanwhile, Mirovna thought it best to return to the house, to which the
maids had fled at the start of the struggle. Seeing that she hesitated in the
semidarkness at the mud bed, Ostalim picked her up bodily with a sweep
of his heavy arms and bore her across to the threshold of the cottage.
“Sometimes, lady,” he said, setting her down, “dusty boots are use-
ful.”
“But ill-mannered, sir,” she returned, freeing herself from his grasp.
“You have the insolence of a peasant.”
“If you want manners, lady,” said Ostalim, pointing to where Stepan
was extricating himself from the mud, “you will find them there.”
When he returned to the stable, Rashov surveyed him with amuse-
ment. “Have you done enough mischief for one day, Paul?” he inquired.
“First you bandy words with the ataman; then, after throwing the ata-
man’s favorite into the mud, you quarrel with the ataman’s daughter. If
you are content, we will crawl into our straw blankets.”
Chapter III
Across the Steppe
Rashov proved to be a most useful companion on the journey to the siech
the next day. He knew the direction to take across the level sward of the
wol f -hou n d s of t h e s t e p p e 581
steppe, for there was no road running from the village to the camp, and
he told Ostalim tales of the great camp of ten thousand Cossacks, the Ko-
shevoi Ataman, or war chief, and the war treasure of gold hidden in the
swamps of the Dnieper bank by the Koshevoi Ataman and a few of his
trusted captains, which was to be used only in time of war.
Ostalim listened greedily, and remembered what he was told. He was ea-
ger to take the shortest way to the camp, but Rashov cautioned him against
it, choosing the lower land by the river instead, remarking that, unlike the
sea, the bottom of the land was a safer place to travel than the top.
So the two friends picked a course bordering on the fields of high rushes
that lined the Dnieper bank, keeping on their right the grass of the steppe
with its myriad cornflowers winking up at them. Rashov was in high good
humor, for he had secured a goodly ration from Mirovna before setting
out, and, as he explained, while no Cossack would drink on the march,
still there was no ban against eating.
They made no halt for the midday meal, but took cheese and barley
cakes from their capacious pockets and proceeded to make a meal on
horseback. It was in the act of biting into a cake that Rashov paused and
jerked his head toward the rushes. A peculiar cry, high and quavering,
came to Ostalim’s ears.
“A gull,” explained the stout Cossack indifferently; “probably its nest
is in the reeds.”
“Its nest must be a boat, then,” said Ostalim, who was listening in-
tently. “I have heard gulls before, but never of that kind. I’ll wager that
bird has two arms and legs, as well as a mustache and saber.”
“If the wind lies that way,” returned his companion, “we’ll have a look
at our gull. If he proves to be a Tartar you can trim his wings for him.”
Cautiously the two pushed into the forest of reeds which closed around
them to the height of their heads. The horses were soon trampling in wa-
ter, as the cry of the gull came nearer to them. When the water was over
the horses’ fetlocks they emerged into a narrow channel in the rushes. A
few yards away a boat was moored, well concealed, and in it a man was
bent over the oars.
Ostalim had never seen a figure like it before, and even Rashov gave a
whistle of surprise as he caught sight of the man at the oars in the heavy
skiff. The stranger’s start of alarm at seeing them changed in an instant
to joy, and he stretched out his arms, bound by chains to the seat.
582 wol f -hou n d s of t h e s t e p p e
ter Rashov, until they had put a safe distance between them and the dis-
abled skiff. The ground was firmer here, and the trio could sit down with-
out fear of discovery on the part of the Tartars. Ostalim insisted on the
rower eating some barley cake before hearing his story, and Rashov prof-
fered his pipe.
“Such food, honorable sirs!” cried the Cossack gratefully. “Indeed it
seems from heaven, so good it tastes.” Then his brow darkened, and he
flung a look over his shoulder in the way they had come. “But it is sinful
to waste time in eating when the golden treasure of the siech is in dan-
ger.”
“Say you so, honorable sir?” asked Ostalim. “Whence comes danger
to the war treasure, hidden where none can find it in the swamps of the
Dnieper?”
“The Tartars have keen eyes,” returned the other gloomily, “and they
must have seen men go to the spot where the treasure is buried with chests
and return empty-handed. So long as the Cossacks are encamped in the
siech, it would be folly for them to attempt to steal it. But their cursed
devil brains have hatched a scheme which bids fair to deceive the wis-
est of the atamans, even the Koshevoi Ataman himself. Nine years have
I been a slave to the vermin, and I know the spider’s web that they spin
for their victims. Not only is the treasure to be seized, but Ruvno and the
nearby villages will be laid waste.”
Rashov would have broken into a string of oaths, but Ostalim checked
him and urged the stranger to tell what he knew.
“It is this way,” began the Cossack. “So long as the ten thousand fight-
ing men remain in the siech the treasure is safe. The Tartars plan to divide
into two parties. One is to approach the shore of the Dnieper opposite the
camp, burning the villages there, until the Cossacks rise in anger and sally
across the river after them. Then by a crafty retreat the devils will entice
our men several days’ march from the river. Meanwhile the other part of
their forces will emerge from hiding and gain the swamp where the trea-
sure is hid. Once the gold hoard of the siech, which is our sinews of war,
is in their hands, they will turn north and ravage the villages as long as
the absence of the men from the siech will permit them. When forced to
do so, they will flee back across the Dnieper with their booty.”
“A plot of the devil!” snarled Rashov, fingering his sword. “How came
it to your ears?”
584 wol f -hou n d s of t h e s t e p p e
“Once I was sleeping,” explained the other, “and they thought that I
had died of the blows they had given me, so they talked freely. Their spies
are everywhere on this shore, and there is talk of traitors in the siech who
have been won over with gold.”
“That is not to be believed!” exclaimed Ostalim. “How comes it that
you know the Tartars have really discovered the hiding place of the gold
hoard?”
The Cossack’s eyes flashed, and he raised his hand proudly. “Nine years
ago,” he said, “I was an ataman in the ranks of the siech, and the secret
of the place was told me. The Tartars could not make me reveal it by tor-
tures when they tore loose the flesh of my arms and cracked the bones of
my back. Yet they know the secret now, for I have heard them describe
the place in my hearing.”
“Then there is no time to be lost,” said Ostalim. “And this is what we
will do. You, Rashov, go with the ataman to the place where the gold is
hidden—not to the spot, but near it—and hide in the rushes to keep watch.
Meanwhile I will ride to the siech and put the tale of what we have heard
in the ears of the Koshevoi Ataman, together with the account of the spies
we met on this shore.”
“The plan is good, Cossack,” approved the old ataman, a gleam in
his faded eyes. “Would I could ride with you and swing a sword with the
strength of your lusty arm.”
“Yours is the gray head that plans, honorable sir,” replied Ostalim
respectfully. “And that is worth a hundred blades of the keenest steel.
My father was such a man, and something of his cunning I have learned
while a boy.”
“You will be a man in short order, Paul,” observed Rashov jestingly,
“when you enter the Zaporogian Siech with such tidings. By my faith you
told us what to do as coolly as if you were an ataman and we the strip-
lings. I spoke truth when I said there would be fighting if I came with
you——”
He broke off, for Ostalim had wheeled his horse, settled himself firmly
in the seat, and whirled off through the reeds in the direction where Rashov
had told him the siech lay. Although there was care on his brow, his heart
was alight, for was he not bringing to the waiting ten thousand such tid-
ings as had not come in a generation, which would bring him the honor
that was due him by birth?
wol f -hou n d s of t h e s t e p p e 585
Chapter IV
Lack of Foresight
The siech was awake and stirring. After months of idleness the Cossack
warriors heard the whisper of war in the wind that came to them across
the Dnieper. Some who had been guzzling beer for weeks took their swords
to the armorer to be sharpened; others examined their horses and trap-
pings to see if all were in order for a march. Throughout the entire en-
campment there was a buzz of preparation as the various kurens assem-
bled their quota of men under the atamans.
In the center square of the siech, loaded wagons rumbled down to the
river bank, bearing all the supplies, powder, and weapons of the Cossacks;
in the square also stood the tall figure of the Koshevoi Ataman, or war
chief, in whose hands rested the authority of life and death over the Cos-
sacks—a gray-mustached veteran of a hundred battles.
Above the turmoil of blacksmiths’ hammers, the creaking of wagons,
and the commands of the atamans rang the excited shouts of the young
Cossacks who were going into war for the first time, and who could hardly
keep themselves from springing into the river on their horses at the first
sight of the Tartar bands. It needed all the wisdom of the older men to
restrain the striplings until night, when the last of the reinforcements
from villages like Ruvno would be in and darkness would cover the cross-
ing of the river.
But the Cossacks under Ataman Cherevaty were late in coming, and
the Koshevoi Ataman was still at his post in the square late in the after-
noon when a dusty rider trotted in through the kurens and dismounted
before him. Ostalim had lost no time in arriving at the encampment, as
his tired horse and the dust on his garments showed.
The glance of the war chief swept quickly over the plain attire of the new
arrival, and he frowned slightly. This was no ordinary Cossack. “Speak,”
he said sharply, “and tell your business; minutes are not to be wasted
when the Zaporogian Siech prepares for war.”
“That is the truth, honorable sir,” returned Ostalim. “Wherefore, will
you give order to beat the drum that shall summon the rada council of the
siech? I have news of the movements of the Tartar folk that will open wide
the eyes of the Cossacks. A trap has been set for you, honorable sir.”
“You have important news?” The war chief measured glances with
Ostalim. “Then the rada drums shall beat that the siech may hear your
tidings.”
586 wol f -hou n d s of t h e s t e p p e
He spoke a word to a Cossack who stood behind him, and the roll of the
kettledrums began to echo through the encampment. At once the Koshe-
voi Ataman picked up the mace that was his symbol of office; the judge of
the army emerged from a kuren carrying his heavy seal and accompanied
by the scribe. From all quarters the Cossacks flocked round the square,
wondering at the summoning of the council on the eve of departure.
Every head was bared as the war chief stepped forward with Ostalim
at his side and lifted his hand for silence.
In accordance with custom, the war chief addressed the assembly slowly,
with his eyes on the ground to show that he weighed his words carefully.
“A messenger has come to us, honorable sirs,” he said, “who has tidings of
such importance that he asked for the calling of the council. Let us hear
what he has to say, for it concerns the Tartar folk.”
A murmur went through the gathering at this, and there was much
craning of necks to see the unknown messenger, and a greater murmur
when it was seen that the newcomer was clad in none of the Cossack trap-
pings except a sword.
“These are my tidings, honorable sirs,” began Ostalim steadily, al-
though his heart was fluttering under the gaze of the ten thousand. “On
the bank of the Dnieper, coming from Ruvno with the Cossack Rashov,
I learned from an escaped galley slave that the Tartars were in truth as-
sembled on the other bank of the river. They are divided into two parts,
and their purpose is for one part to draw you across and far into their ter-
ritory, when the second half of them will steal our war treasure.”
“That is impossible, Cossack,” cried the Koshevoi Ataman sternly, “for
none save my lieutenants know where it is hidden.”
“The Cossack who escaped from them knows the hiding place, and he
learned that they found it out. That is not all our enemies plan, for they
will sweep up the river bank and lay waste the village of Ruvno with oth-
ers as long as they may do so with safety.”
The Koshevoi Ataman shook his head. It was true that he had heard
reports of Tartar detachments seen on this side of the Dnieper, but the
main body of the enemy were in full view on the other side of the river,
where the smoke of burning hamlets was rising to the sky and there were
appeals for assistance. How was he to test the truth of the words of the
unknown Cossack?
“Have you proof?” he demanded.
“None other than that you may find the galley slave with the Cossack
Rashov by the war treasure when you send Cossacks to protect it.”
wol f -hou n d s of t h e s t e p p e 587
“Before we take up the pursuit of the dogs who have captured the wor-
thy Ataman Cherevaty,” he cried, “what punishment shall be the reward
of the false Cossack who tried to lead us astray? He has told us that the
Tartars plan to seize the war treasure when they have attacked our brave
Cossacks and carried them across the river. He has come from the river
bank where the Tartars must have landed. He is known to none of the
Cossacks of the siech. What is the will of the rada?”
“Death!” cried the same group of dandies who had started the first
commotion. “He is no Cossack, but an enemy who seeks to betray us. To
the river with him!”
Some voices from groups of the older men opposed this, and Ostalim
was grateful to them as he heard the veterans say he should be brought
with the army until the truth of his words could be proved. The Koshe-
voi Ataman listened to both factions; then he raised his hand for silence.
Instantly quiet prevailed in the square.
“One law of Cossackdom compels us to go after our brothers who have
been made captive,” he said, “and another gives death as the reward for
false news in time of war. Whether this man is a spy or not, I shall leave
his punishment to the army. He shall be placed in the stocks and a club
laid by him. Any man believing him guilty may strike him with the club,
according to the measure of his strength. Those who believe him innocent
of wrong will not touch the club. Meanwhile, forward to the river.”
At the sentence, Ostalim started forward to make an appeal, but two
giant Cossacks grasped him and tore his sword from his belt. Vainly he
tried to speak to the war chief. He was dragged away to one side, where
the stocks stood.
Before he realized what was happening, his captors had thrust his legs
into stout wooden blocks set in the ground, which were clamped tight and
locked. His sword was flung down on the ground at his feet. It was grow-
ing dark, and the Cossacks brought two large torches which they stuck
upright in the ground on either side of him. By their light he could see the
ranks of Cossacks hastening by him to the river.
Worse than his own plight was his failure to make plain the treachery
of the Tartars. He cursed his haste which had brought him alone. Rashov
was known in the siech, and they might have listened to him. But the mis-
chief was done, and his own life was forfeited in disgrace for his momen-
tary lack of foresight. He had heard from Rashov how men in the stocks
were clubbed to death without mercy.
wol f -hou n d s of t h e s t e p p e 589
This was his entry into the siech that he had planned for so long! He
was thankful that his father was dead and could not learn of it; even his
father’s sword was in the dust and would be unnoticed, for which he was
thankful now. There was no one else to care whether he lived or died, ex-
cept perhaps Rashov and Mirovna Cherevaty, who had thought enough
of him to quarrel with him.
So far he had been left in peace, the Cossacks being busied with their
departure for the river, but now he found himself in the center of a group
that he recognized as the Cossacks from the west with their gold braid.
He read no mercy in their eyes by the flickering torchlight. It was curi-
ous that this group, among the thousands, should be so interested in his
death, and the words of the escaped rower returned to his mind—that
there were spies in the camp itself.
He shut his eyes and clenched his teeth as the first of the group stepped
up to him with raised club. He made no plea for mercy, resolving to sub-
mit to punishment in silence.
But the blow did not fall, and he opened his eyes in surprise. There was
a commotion in the circle, and a big figure pushed through the others to
a place in front of him. “Pardon me, honorable sirs,” he heard a familiar
voice; “but I insist on seeing the fun in spite of your objection.”
Rashov broke off to stare blankly at Ostalim. “May the devil roast me
if it isn’t my friend Paul,” he cried, “strung up and trussed like a ripe pul-
let. What is the meaning of this?”
“The man is a traitor,” growled one of the Cossacks, “and the Koshe-
voi Ataman has decreed his death, as is fitting.”
“Not so,” broke in Ostalim. “The Koshevoi Ataman said only that those
who believed me guilty of false tidings should beat me with the club.”
“Ha! So that’s the beer you beauties have been brewing here?” Rashov
planted himself by the side of his friend and whipped out his sword. “The
Koshevoi Ataman is a wise man,” he said, laughing, “and if you choose to
do so, lay on with the club. Only when you have done so I shall roll your
head in the dust like an overripe plum. Who is the first to lay on?”
The man who had the club stepped back hastily, and the others showed
no signs of being willing to take Rashov at his word. After whispering to-
gether and scowling at the pair of friends, they drew off, leaving Ostalim
unharmed. No others came to molest them, although they waited until
the last of the army had disappeared in the darkness by the river bank.
590 wol f -hou n d s of t h e s t e p p e
When the camp was deserted, Rashov lost no time in freeing his friend,
declaring, as he pried the stocks apart with his saber, that the mandate of
the Koshevoi Ataman had been fulfilled and that they were free to look af-
ter their own skins. They had the camp to themselves, for every one of the
Cossacks had gone with the army that was already crossing the Dnieper
under the protecting shadow of darkness.
“How comes it, Rashov,” inquired Ostalim, rubbing his ankles to re-
store the circulation, “that you are here and not at the war chest with our
friend the rower?”
The big Cossack rubbed his chin thoughtfully, as though the matter
was new to him. “A man must eat,” he said finally, “and two men must
eat more. Wherefore I came but to procure necessary bread and brandy.”
“That is a lie,” interrupted Ostalim calmly.
Rashov’s red face flamed purple; and he clutched his sword. “By my
faith,” he snarled, “and I had not shared bread and salt and brandy with
you, and were we not brothers in arms, I’d split your skull for you, hand-
some as it may be, for those words.”
“Talk not of splitting skulls between two brothers,” replied Ostalim,
“when I owe my life to you. I have not marched and slept with you with-
out knowing that you would not leave a post of duty without greater ex-
cuse than hunger. There was another reason.”
“Well, your brain is keen as your sword, Paul,” admitted Rashov rue-
fully, “and I did but try to frighten you with my talk. As for the reason, the
truth is that our rower, in spite of dire need of food, thought naught of it,
but sent me to confirm your words to the siech when I told him that you
were unknown to the Cossacks. A wise move, but I came too late.”
“Not so; you came in good time, Rashov. What think you of the war-
riors who would have beaten me?”
“Their hands looked whiter than their conscience. I liked not the breed.
What kuren do they claim?”
“I know not, except that they were pleased to wish my death. Come,
my blood is back into its channels again.” Ostalim buckled on his sword
and summoned to him the two borzoi who had kept at his feet through
all the turmoil of the camp. “It is the law of Cossackdom that we may
not leave a comrade in danger to seek safety, and so we must return to
the swamp—on foot—for our horses were carried off.”
As the two friends left the camp behind them, Rashov caught Ostalim’s
arm and pointed back. In the circle of torchlight stood a full-armed Tartar,
wol f -hou n d s of t h e s t e p p e 591
Chapter V
To Save the Treasure
In the reeds which concealed him from view the old rower raised his
head and listened. For several hours he had waited in the darkness for the
coming of the Cossacks from the siech, and now he was beginning to sus-
pect that something had happened to delay them. There had not been a
sound in the swamp after the departure of Rashov, save the crying of the
gulls overhead and the slinking sounds of small animals moving about
near him. Now he heard a new sound, as of a heavy body splashing in to-
ward him from the river.
The war treasure was hidden, he knew, in a hillock under the trunks of
two great, fallen willows, a few paces from where he sat, and he wondered
if the Tartars were coming already for their booty. If so, he reflected, they
would find only a naked man without weapons to combat them, and he
resolved that they would not take him back to the galley. He would lose
his life in defending the treasure that he had helped to mass together ten
years before, and that would be more fitting than to perish of abuse at the
hands of the Tartars.
The footsteps neared him quickly, and his keen ear made out one per-
son approaching alone. He crouched down in the reeds and waited until
the newcomer was abreast of him; then he crept forward like a stalking
tiger, and, when he made out a shadow loom beside him, sprang on the
other’s shoulders.
With surprising ease he bore his enemy to the ground, and gripped the
two arms that might reach for a sword in a steel-like clutch; the years of
rowing had given him the arms and shoulders of a giant. Then he relaxed
his grasp as quickly.
The figure under him gave forth a cry—a woman’s cry of surprise and
hurt, followed by a muffled sob.
“A woman!” he muttered. He drew back and felt her short skirt and
slender boots to make sure his ears had told him the truth. “What do you
here?”
“You are a Cossack,” she echoed gladly as she sat up. “I feared I had
fallen in with a Tartar. Indeed,” her voice saddened, “none have better
right here than I, for I have heard that my father and his men have been
592 wol f -hou n d s of t h e s t e p p e
attacked and killed near this spot. I came to search for his body, if I could
find it, and bear it to Ruvno from further injury.”
“Ha, you are a good girl!” returned the Cossack, patting her shoulder,
“and it grieves me that I hurt you. Who was your father?”
“Demid Cherevaty,” she said sadly, “ataman of the Ruvno kuren. They
set upon him foully from the thicket where he rode to the siech with Ste-
pan Vertivitch and his men. Few escaped the slaughter. No one suspected
that the Tartars dared come to this side of the river so near the siech.”
An exclamation escaped the rower, and he bent closer in the darkness.
He could see little of the girl, save her eyes gleaming from the mass of
dark hair which lay disheveled over her slender shoulders.
“Did you say Stepan Vertivitch, of Ruvno?” he demanded sharply.
“No other. He was a close intimate of my father, who wished him to
marry me, but I would not, owing to things that I had heard about the youth
in Kiev. Still, now he has lost his life, for there is no hope for a Cossack
who falls into Tartar hands, I should not speak ill of him, should I? His
fate has been that of his father, the warrior Vertivitch, who was ataman
of Ruvno, and who was taken by the Tartars and lost to Cossackdom.”
“Aye,” remarked the rower bitterly, “like his father, doomed to tor-
ment. Tell me more of the lad. Was he a promising fighter? Does he deal
a hefty blow with his fist, and ride his horse fearlessly? Was he honored
by the Cossacks of Ruvno?”
The girl seemed to hesitate. “It is not fitting that ill should be said of
one who fought bravely and was overcome by numbers,” she said thought-
fully. “Those who escaped the fight and came to Ruvno with the news
said that Stepan defended himself against all the Tartar horde, and that
he was the last to give in, still unwounded. And I know that he is my fa-
ther’s favorite, for he shared with me the secret of the hiding place of the
war chest, which my father told him as a token of his trust. Also his love
for me was great.”
“Whence did the Tartars go with their prisoners?” the rower asked, af-
ter weighing her words in silence. “Did they return across the river?”
“So it is reported. They were seen to enter the swamps along the river
bank, where they disappeared. Already the men from the siech have taken
up the pursuit across the river. But I felt in my heart that the Tartars
might have killed my father before they crossed, wherefore I came here
tonight in a sailing skiff from the village, because I could not rest until
I knew the truth.”
wol f -hou n d s of t h e s t e p p e 593
The rower patted her head roughly in sympathy. The cry of a gull over-
head broke into his meditation, and he climbed clumsily to his feet, draw-
ing up the girl.
“Listen, little one,” he whispered. “Your father’s capture was a part
of the Tartar plan, as cunning as a devil’s snare. Those who waylaid him
and his men have not returned across the river; they are concealed near
us in the swamps, waiting until the last of the men from the siech are
over the Dnieper. At dawn they will come here to seize the war treasure,
and there will be none to defend it. For Ostalim and Rashov would have
returned with at least a kuren if they had been able to do so. Something
has hindered them.”
“Ostalim, the smith?” cried the girl. “He is a stranger to the siech, and
no warrior proved.”
“Strange,” remarked the rower, “for he bore himself like a man who
knew his strength, and I would swear that he would not leave me in peril,
contrary to the Cossack law. Yet he has not come back, and it is within an
hour or two of dawn. Soon the Tartars will be here for the war treasure,
and they will find only an old man and a girl, of all the ten thousand.”
“The war treasure! This is the spot!” The girl drew a quick breath. “Why,
it is all the wealth of the siech, gotten together for twenty years——”
“It lies there, beneath the trunks of the willows that you see as shad-
ows among the rushes.” The old man pointed out the place. “If we could
manage to save a part of it——”
“We can,” cried Mirovna quickly. “Don’t you see how it can be done?
My boat lies only a few paces away in the rushes, where there is a chan-
nel. We still have a little time before it is light. I am strong, and I can help
you carry the chests to the boat. Once clear of the reeds we shall be safe
from the Tartars.”
“Well planned, little one!” cried the rower in high glee. “The thought
is worthy of your father, who was once my brother-in-arms. Come, let us
see what an old man and a girl can do, eh?”
The thought of saving the war treasure put new life into the rower’s
shattered limbs, and he lost no time in tearing aside the covering of earth
and branches that concealed the treasure under the willow trunks. Down
on her knees, the girl worked beside him, giving a soft cry as the tops of
the chests were disclosed.
The gold they contained made the chests weighty beyond the strength
of the two to carry, despite the iron muscles of the rower. But the old man
594 wol f -hou n d s of t h e s t e p p e
hastily contrived a pronged branch by which they could drag the precious
objects to the boat through the mud and water of the marsh. By placing
the branch slanting against the side of the boat, they were able to push
their burden over the rail without actually lifting it. As soon as they had
disposed of one chest they hurried back for another, panting from their
labors.
As they labored, they watched the red glow that meant the coming of
dawn. The red glint changed to orange and pale yellow, while a gray light
began to steal among the reeds that lay to the east. Before long they were
able to make out each other’s faces, streaked with sweat and mud, but
the last of the chests was on the heavy skiff, which the rower pushed far-
ther into the channel against the danger of grounding under the weight-
ier cargo, and they clambered aboard.
As they did so the swamp to the south, in the direction of the camp,
echoed with the tramp of running men, while several shots rang out. Hast-
ily the rower seized one of the large oars and began to push into the mud
bed with it to set the vessel in motion. The skiff, with its mast and sail
and fifty feet of clumsy construction, was no light craft, and for several
seconds it hesitated, as if unwilling to move forward at all.
Meanwhile the splashing in the reeds came nearer, and two large wolf-
hounds sprang out into the channel, swimming as they reached the deeper
water and barking with excitement. At their heels plunged a big figure of
a Cossack, without hat or pistols, his boots coated with mud, and the fin-
ery of his attire smirched with many a fall into the swamp.
Sighting the boat and Mirovna, he gave a shout of surprise. “Forward,
Ostalim!” Rashov bellowed, waving his sword. “By the beer mug of my
grandfather, if angels haven’t sent us a boat and manned it themselves.
Leave the Tartars and come and see it with your own eyes.”
Saying which, the fat Cossack lost no time in scrambling over the rail
of the skiff, no easy task for a man of his weight, after thoughtfully help-
ing the dogs to do the same first.
“Ostalim!” cried Mirovna, listening to the noises of the pursuit in the
swamp. “He came with you? Are there others?”
“I would there were, lady,” said Rashov ruefully; “but the two of us
came alone on foot from the siech, being chased into the bargain by a
horde of rascally heathen from across the river, who were concealed in
the swamp. By my faith, the ground is foul with them! It was only by
luck and the dexterous use of our pistols that we are here at all. Ha! Here
comes my brother-in-arms.”
wol f -hou n d s of t h e s t e p p e 595
The boat was already under way when Ostalim emerged from the rushes
into the channel and Rashov helped him to climb over the rail. His first
act was to seize the hand of the rower, who was shoving into deep water
with all his strength.
“Hold!” cried Ostalim, panting. “There is another Cossack escaped.
I saw Stepan Vertivitch running through the reeds, a naked saber in his
hand, with a pack of Tartars at his heels. He will be here directly.”
A spasm crossed the face of the old man as he heard this, and his hands
knotted on the oar. He peered through the rushes in the gray light, as if
his heart were fixed on what might come from them. Angrily he shook
off Ostalim’s restraining hand, and gave a mighty thrust to the oar, send-
ing the craft a dozen paces out into the channel.
“Are we women,” he cried roughly, “to wait with the treasure of twenty
years to save the life of one Cossack, and a stripling at that? Little thanks
would we get from the Koshevoi Ataman for lightly risking our precious
cargo. On to the river!”
In spite of what he said, his eyes roved eagerly around the swamp, un-
til well clear of the rushes, without catching sight of what he sought. Os-
talim and Rashov, realizing the truth of the old man’s words, had flung
themselves, exhausted, on the bottom of the boat.
Mirovna was the first to speak. “Look!” she cried. “On the shore. Sev-
eral regiments of Tartars are moving toward Ruvno on the higher land.
And—see! On the river by the siech two of the enemy sailing ships are
headed this way.”
Chapter VI
The Peril on the River
Mirovna’s cry brought the two Cossacks to their feet in short order, and
they saw that she spoke the truth. The sun was now well up, and the river
banks were in plain sight. Against the sky line on the side nearest them
they could see rank after rank of Tartar helmets moving in the direction
of Ruvno, which lay some ten miles off. Ostalim guessed that these were
the ones who had been hidden in the swamp, where they had come dur-
ing the night, and that they had emerged as soon as scouts reported the
siech deserted.
Moreover, the two sailing craft were in motion in their direction, al-
though still three or four miles off. The light breeze which had sprung up
from the south favored the Tartar craft which were making two paces to
their one, even under the skillful handling of the old rower, who had ar-
ranged the sail cunningly to get the full strength of the light air.
596 wol f -hou n d s of t h e s t e p p e
There was no sign of the regiments of the siech, who had made the cross-
ing with true Cossack swiftness and vanished into the wooded hills on
the farther side of the river in pursuit of those who—as they imagined—
had carried off their comrades. Ruvno itself lay around a bend in the river,
and was hidden from them.
Mirovna and the three men in the sailing skiff were being rapidly over-
hauled by the two faster craft of the enemy, and were without a friend
in sight. At their feet, in the stout wooden chests, was the treasure of
the siech, worth the ransom of five rich towns, or the plunder of a dozen
heavy-laden merchant fleets.
Ostalim drew the members of his little party together in a council to
discuss their position, and to see if any hope of escape offered. All but
one were silent.
“As Cossacks,” said the old man thoughtfully, brushing back the mat-
ted hair which hung over his faded eyes, “we have but one duty, and that is
to save the war treasure if it can be done. Already we have sacrificed one
life of a brother to do it—and that was no easy matter for me”—his heavy
voice faltered as he said it—“and we hold our lives lightly, if we may suc-
ceed in any way. Have I spoken truly?”
“That is the truth, honorable sir,” replied Ostalim respectfully; “but
how are we to save the treasure, even at the cost of our lives? And we
must remember that there is a woman on the ship, to whom we owe pro-
tection not less than——”
“Not so,” cried Mirovna with a toss of her black head. “Think you that
a Cossack daughter will ask to survive her father, at such a price! What
is your plan, honorable sir?”
“Well spoken, little one,” approved the old man gravely. “Such words
become the child of an ataman. My plan offers small chance of escape;
but it may help to save the treasure for the siech. By continuing on our
present course we may win to Ruvno before the pursuing craft, yet we
cannot hope to outspeed the mounted Tartar regiments ashore, who will
be there before we can. By steering for the other shore, however, we could
land one of our number before we were overhauled. This man could make
his way through the thick woods that lie along this way without being
seen, and perchance he could regain the ten thousand on their march by
midday, when they could return to the river. It might be that the treasure
could be recovered by such means. What think you?”
“Let us try it, honorable sir,” cried the girl eagerly, “and by landing both
the young Cossacks, the chance of success would be doubled.”
wol f -hou n d s of t h e s t e p p e 597
“That would leave no one on the skiff to protect you, Mirovna Chere-
vaty,” objected Ostalim, who was loath to leave the girl to the mercy of
the Tartar folk to whom compassion is an unknown word.
“It would be better for you to remain, Ostalim,” rejoined the old man,
with a glance at the pursuing craft astern, “for you are looked upon with
suspicion at the siech, and a message by you would be worth less than
naught. No, Rashov must go, and God speed him on his journey.”
“I would be a fat swine,” cried Rashov indignantly, “to leave you to
fall into the hands of the villainy over yonder. In faith, you had all bet-
ter come——”
“And abandon the treasure, Rashov?” put in Mirovna. “No, the advice
of the gray-haired sir is always better than the words of youth. After the
fate of my father, and the destruction of Ruvno which must come soon
at the hands of the Tartars, my danger is a very little thing. We shall all
pray that you may win through to the ten thousand and tell them what
ills are endured by the Cossack folk.”
“It grieves me,” mourned the honest Cossack, “to do this, and should
I succeed, I swear by the holy church bells that your graves shall be as
thickly adorned with Tartar heads as a pudding with raisins. The Koshe-
voi Ataman is as wily in war as a wolf, and he will see that vengeance is
not denied any Cossacks who die today. Only I would not see the beau-
tiful head of Mirovna swing at a Tartar’s belt by those raven locks, and
friend Ostalim here, who is the son of a Koshevoi Ataman——”
“Ha, is that truth?” The old rower peered at Ostalim, as he guided the
skiff nearer the shore. “I thought that his face recalled another to my
mind-one of a brave warrior.”
“Koshevoi Ataman Dmitri Ostalim was my father,” said Ostalim
proudly. “You can see his name on this sword, which was once a terror to
Tartar and Pole in his hand.”
The old rower glanced at the inlaid scabbard and a smile of recollection
warmed his lined face. “It is in truth the sword of the Bogatyr* Ostalim,”
he cried. “Why does not the son acknowledge the father? If the war chief
of the siech had seen this sword he might have believed your tale.”
“There was no time to show the sword,” explained Ostalim regretfully.
“And as for not speaking of it in Ruvno, certain Cossacks with jewels and
tassels on their trappings mocked at my plain coat and dusty boots, and I
*“Hero.”
598 wol f -hou n d s of t h e s t e p p e
would not tell them my father’s name until I had shown them that I was
in truth fitted to take the place of the son of Koshevoi Ataman Dmitri
Ostalim.”
“That was wrong, Ostalim,” said Mirovna sadly. “If you had told my
father he would have trusted you instead of the gallant from Kiev and
perhaps they might not have fallen into the ambush, for you are a brave
warrior.”
“In spite of my dusty boots?”
“In spite of them, and your rough manners.”
For a second the brown eyes of Ostalim looked into the black eyes of
the girl, and though the sadness still lay on her heart, it beat to a faster
tune. For Ostalim thought of the little hand that waved him a greeting
from the carriage as he stood in the door of the shop, and Mirovna thought
of the strong arms that had picked her up lightly and set her down at her
door two nights ago.
Then their thoughts were broken into by a cry from the rower, who
had steered the ship to within arm’s length of the rushes along the shore.
“Jump!” he cried to Rashov, who stood poised on the rail. The big Cos-
sack gave a farewell wave of his hand to Ostalim and the girl, and sprang
in the water with a splash like a small whale. Finding firm footing, he
waded ashore through the reeds, and turned to wave to the boat again be-
fore he plunged into the woods.
As he did so, the brush parted behind him, and four horsemen spurred
forward. Mirovna gave a shrill cry of warning and Rashov wheeled, draw-
ing his sword, just as the horsemen closed in upon him. For a moment
those in the boat saw the giant Cossack defend himself ably, warding off
the blows of his enemies, and even throwing one from his horse. Rashov
tried to spring on the loose mount, but as he swung his big bulk upward,
one of the hostile sabers glanced off his head, sending hat and rider head-
long to earth, where both lay passive.
After watching the boat for a moment, the horsemen wheeled and rode
back into the wood. As they did so Ostalim gave an exclamation. He had
recognized, by their gold-broidered cloaks and tasseled hats, the same men
who had been so anxious for his death in the siech.
How came they back to the Dnieper? Where had they left the others
of their company? With a heart heavy for the fate of his friend, Ostalim
turned to the river. Once more they were headed out to midstream, but
their pursuers in the meanwhile had cut down the distance between them
to a scant mile.
wol f -hou n d s of t h e s t e p p e 599
“That was our last hope,” said Mirovna sadly. “Poor Rashov—he fought
nobly against a treacherous attack. Our enemies seem to be everywhere,
and no Cossacks will come to our aid.”
“Can we win to Ruvno now, think you?” Ostalim inquired of the rower,
but received a shake of the head for reply. It was easy to see that the other
craft were gaining rapidly on them. The light wind had given place to lit-
tle better than a calm, and the Tartars were urging their craft forward
with oars which gave them a decided advantage. The light of hope which
had gleamed for a while in Mirovna’s eyes faded, and she bowed her dark
head on her knees.
“Death is a sore thing for a beautiful lady like that,” said the rower, sigh-
ing, as he watched her; “while it comes to me as a rest from pain, it despoils
her of a fair, full life. Would I could save her, for her father’s sake.”
“Would I could save her for her own,” Ostalim put in, his gaze fixed
hungrily on the dark head, the slender shoulders in the silk smock, and
the white hands clasped over the girl’s knees.
“There is no hope now,” whispered the rower, bending closer, “and, as
for those dogs of Tartars, I have been their prisoner for long years, and I
know the river is better for the daughter of Ataman Cherevaty than their
hands, so while you keep the devils away with your good sword, I shall
cast her over the side and see that she does not rise again and——”
“That will be a kindness, honorable sir,” said the girl, smiling, to the
men who had not thought that she heard what they said; “and it is what
I wish,” she added.
Ostalim’s heart rebelled as he heard the girl’s words. Much as he valued
the treasure of the siech, he found it in his heart to wish it at the bottom
of the river, if the girl were safe. Fain would he have sheltered her from
harm with his own body, if it were possible. It was a bitter thing to have
found love, as Paul Ostalim had done, at the gates of death, and to see the
fate of his beloved. But he could not wish it otherwise.
In his anger he drew the blade that hung by his side and waved it at the
approaching vessels that were now rapidly overhauling them.
But the sword of Dmitri Ostalim availed little when the Tartars swept
alongside. No sooner had the other ship come within two paces of the
skiff than a dozen swarthy warriors sprang over the side to the deck of
the smaller craft. So quick were they that Ostalim scarce had time to cut
one man down before he was gripped on every side and flung to the deck
under a struggling mass.
600 wol f -hou n d s of t h e s t e p p e
The rower was seized in the act of throwing the girl from the side, and
a heavy blow quieted his struggles. A sword flashed twice and the dogs
were silent.
Chapter VII
The Real Reason
For the second time in two days Paul Ostalim was bound hand and foot
and at the mercy of his enemies. Only this time there was no stout Rashov
to come to his assistance, and his plight was doubly hard to bear because
of the nearness of Mirovna. The girl was not laid helpless in the bottom
of the boat, like Ostalim; a stout rope around her waist bound her to the
mast of the skiff, and her little fingers were powerless to untie the knot.
The boat, looted of the gold chests, was ashore in a cove near the village
of Ruvno, where it had been steered by the Tartars, who, to Ostalim’s sur-
prise, inflicted no further injury on them, but hurried off with the trea-
sure across the river. The sail of the skiff, torn down by the invaders, cov-
ered the fore part of the vessel, and the oars had been recovered. Of the
veteran ataman there was no sign.
Ostalim had found, after a few brief struggles, that it was hopeless to
try to lose his bonds. The sailors had tied him with cruel ingenuity so that
each movement caused him pain. He stifled his involuntary groan, and
managed to smile at Mirovna. The body of the girl drooped forward from
the waist from weariness, so that the little gold cross around her white
throat hung loosely against the coin necklace. Her dark hair flooded down
to her waist, and she was forced to push it aside to look at Ostalim.
Suddenly her eyes widened and she gave a quick gasp. The sound of a
horse’s gallop reached Ostalim’s ears, coming rapidly nearer, and in an-
other moment the rider dismounted by the boat. Mirovna shrank back
against the mast and hid her face in her hands.
“Why play at coquetry here?” said a mocking voice that rang famil-
iarly in Ostalim’s ears, although the speaker was hidden from him. “You
had your fill of that at Kiev at my expense——”
“Stepan Vertivitch!” cried Ostalim, in astonishment; “did you, too, es-
cape from the Tartars in the swamp? We gave you up for lost.”
“So the good Paul Ostalim is still alive,” purred the smooth voice.
“Good—excellent! We can now repay him for that blow in the stable
yard—in full. In this way two debts can be settled at once.”
Something in the words struck a chill to the helpless Cossack. That
Vertivitch bore him ill will, he knew, but surely the man would help
wol f -hou n d s of t h e s t e p p e 601
Chapter VIII
Face to Face
Beside Mirovna stood the figure of the old rower. With his hair matted
with blood about his face, and his scarred, half-naked body, he presented
a fierce aspect. One hand supported him on his weak legs by clutching
the mast; the other was stretched out toward Vertivitch. His teeth were
bared in a snarl that rumbled in his throat like a growl.
“Spawn of the devil!” he hissed at Vertivitch; “hyena of the wolf breed!
Traitor to breed and faith, bought over by gold to betray your comrades
and the siech! I had thought you dead at the hands of the Tartars in brave
fight. If any man had said to me that this was true, he would have paid
for it with his life. Yet I have heard it from your lips.”
Anger strangled the old man as he lurched forward and gripped the
dumfounded Stepan by the shoulders.
The Cossack gave a broken cry as he caught sight of the other’s face. “My
father!” he whispered, staring into the face that was so near his own.
wol f -hou n d s of t h e s t e p p e 605
“Nay, traitor!” roared the enraged ataman; “no father of yours. Have I
not heard from your lips how you plotted with our enemies to betray the
Cossacks, while I lay under the sail where I fell when the Tartars boarded
us. Such a tale of villainy has not come to my ears in ten years of slavery
at Tartar hands. Worse than the scum of Turks is a traitor to the siech.”
A Cossack father is judge and priest to his son. He may punish as he
sees fit for any wrongdoing, and the son is powerless in his hands. The
old ataman was crippled, while Stepan was strong and with a sword in his
hand. Yet the memory of his childhood flooded back on him, and he trem-
bled before the rage of the father whom he had thought dead.
“For ten years,” went on old Vertivitch, “I toiled at the galley oars
and thought of the time when my son would have strength in his arm to
avenge me. When I heard from Mirovna that you had defended yourself
well against the Tartars, my heart leaped, even though you had been taken
captive. Bah! Doubtless the Tartars whirled their creeses about your head
and smiled, knowing you were bought over to their side.”
“If you had not been taken from me——” began Stepan faintly.
“Aye, say you so? Look at Ostalim whose father died at my side. Is he
a renegade? Is Mirovna less courageous because her father is lost? No
more words after what you have said when you thought yourself mas-
ter here——”
“We are masters,” snarled Stepan, shaking off the spell of fear of his
father; “the Cossacks are miles away, except those shut up in Ruvno, and
the war treasure is ours. The Tartars and Poles are victors, and my sword
is with the victors.”
“Be not so sure, traitor. The Koshevoi Ataman is not to be caught asleep.
Matters here have gone too smoothly, methinks, for the heathen. They
have not felt the full measure of Cossack strength. It is no easy matter to
catch the wolf unawares.”
“The wolf is trapped, old man,” retorted Vertivitch, with a laugh, “and
I have seen the trap close on him. When your famous ten thousand return
from their chase, they will be ambushed like Cherevaty and his men, and
their fate will be the same!”
This was more than the ataman could endure. He seized Stepan’s sword
arm with one knotted hand. With the other he felt for his son’s throat,
snarling like an angry dog. In an effort to free his arm Stepan brought the
sword down heavily on the ship’s rail and the blade was snapped in two.
606 wol f -hou n d s of t h e s t e p p e
Old Vertivitch had the strength of two men in his arms and shoulders
and he crushed down the other’s resistance in a hug that lifted him clear
of his feet. With a crash the pair came down on the thwarts of the boat
struggling in desperate silence.
With a wrench Stepan tore his father’s hand from his throat and gasped:
“On the shore—the Tartars——”
“He lies!” cried Mirovna, who was following the struggle with burn-
ing eyes.
Too late old Vertivitch saw that she spoke the truth. In the instant that
he relaxed his taut muscles to look toward the shore, Stepan tore himself
free. Before the iron clutch of the Cossack could descend upon him, he
was over the side of the ship, to the shore.
“Treacherous spawn!” growled the ataman, crossing his arms over
his panting chest. “You are free now; go for your friends, the Tartars; tell
them where true Cossacks can be found.”
Stepan ran to his horse, staggering from exhaustion; but as he leaped
to his seat, the gay smile returned to his lips, and he adjusted his kaftan
which had been disarranged in the fight. Wheeling his impatient horse,
he darted up the slope to a ridge where he could command a view of the
steppe.
The ataman lost no time in hastening to Ostalim and undoing the
bonds which kept the young Cossack helpless. Then Mirovna was re-
leased, and Ostalim turned, his arm about the girl, to face the shore and
what might come therefrom.
Stepan had wheeled about and was galloping down to the river again,
the feathers in his helmet dancing in the wind, straight for the boat.
Shouts echoed after him from the plain. Ostalim’s arm tightened about
Mirovna as he made out a number of horsemen speeding after the flying
renegade. To his surprise, instead of drawing up at the boat, Stepan dashed
into the water, and headed his horse across the river, where the two were
soon swimming. The kaftan was flung from his shoulders and floated on
the water near them.
“What means this?” cried the girl, wondering.
Ostalim had been watching the approaching riders, and now he gave
a shout of joy. “It means,” he said, laughing, “that we are safe from Ste-
pan Vertivitch, for a time, at least. Look, Mirovna, is not that stout fig-
ure known to you?”
“Cossacks!” she cried; “and there is Rashov, and the one in the lead
——”
wol f -hou n d s of t h e s t e p p e 607
One of the riders spurred up to them and whirled his horse on the shore
by the boat. “The Koshevoi Ataman comes,” he cried; “whither went the
Tartar we saw on the ridge?”
As Ostalim pointed out the swimming Stepan, already safe from pur-
suit, the erect figure of the gray-mustached war chief of the siech appeared
beside the boat, scanning the occupants swiftly. His gaze lingered on the
old Vertivitch who stood silently by the mast, his arms crossed, his head
hanging in shame.
“Who is this man?” he demanded. “I know his face.”
“It is Ataman Vertivitch, honorable sir,” said Rashov; “he has escaped
from the Tartars.”
“Vertivitch!” exclaimed the war chief, pressing to the side of the boat.
“The bogatyr of Ruvno. Happy is this day for Cossackdom, by the light
of my faith!” he swore.
“Ha!” growled the old ataman, his face lighting up; “it is good that the
Koshevoi Ataman is not tricked by the Tartars and scheming Poles. I have
said that he would fall in no trap, and my words are proved true. But how
comes it that you are here, honorable sir, without the ten thousand?”
“The ten thousand are here with me, honorable sir,” answered the war
chief respectfully, pulling at his gray mustache. “At dawn this morning
we fell upon half the Tartar strength across the river and drove them in
flight. Then, for we knew of the trap, we hastened back to the river and
caught the boats with the treasure. Already Ruvno is freed from the in-
vaders who are defeated on every hand.”
“By my faith, but this is welcome news,” swore Vertivitch. “Glad am
I that I have lived to see this day. But how——”
“Your pardon, sir,” broke in the war chief, wheeling his horse. Sum-
moning his followers together he rode back to the plain where the battle
was still raging. Only Rashov remained, grinning with pleasure to see
his friends again.
“That is a Koshevoi Ataman for you,” said Vertivitch admiringly. Then
his head drooped and he folded his arms in sorrow, remembering his
son.
Ostalim motioned to Rashov. “Unravel this mystery for us, good Rashov,”
he cried. “Are my eyes turned liars, or did I see you struck down by the
treacherous Poles?”
“Comfort yourself, Paul,” returned Rashov; “your good sense remains
to you as I can see by what you are doing with your arm——” Mirovna
608 wol f -hou n d s of t h e s t e p p e
freed herself, blushing. “In truth I did but sham dead, as the foe were too
many for me. Some good brandy has quite restored me. And as to our be-
ing here—did you think that the old wolf of the siech was to be trapped
like a jackal? The secret is bare in two words. The Koshevoi Ataman had
an eye in Kiev that was wide open, and watched the movements of the
Poles, with our friend Vertivitch. This eye came to Ruvno with Vertiv-
itch,” he went on, “and brought the news to the Koshevoi Ataman, who,
like the wise wolf he is, planned to enter the trap set for him, and turn
upon his enemies. Hence he had you tied to the stocks in the camp, al-
though he saw to it that no man laid a club upon you. He had to do so, to
quiet the suspicions of our friends, the Poles, until he got across the river.
He also saw to it that Ruvno was well defended, to engage the interest of
the Tartars here until the ten thousand could get back from their feast
across the river and settle the reckoning as it should be settled. At mid-
day I saw the ten thousand swim their horses across the river, and I came
to look for you. The rest you know.”
“And my father,” cried Mirovna appealingly.
Rashov stretched his arm toward Ruvno. “It will go hard, lady,” he said
cheerily, “if we find him not before nightfall.”
“But this eye of the war chief at Kiev?” inquired Ostalim.
“Rashov; none other,” said Rashov, twirling his mustache, well satis-
fied. “He sent you to the siech with the tidings already known to the war
chief, because, by the devil, he wanted you to show your mettle. And you
have done so. The Koshevoi Ataman thinks well of you. Why not smile,
old man,” he turned to the ataman, “when everything goes so well?”
“Not when I have lost my son, a traitor,” replied Vertivitch. “I am
alone in the world.”
“Not so,” said Ostalim gently, “for I have no father except you, and you
will accept me as your son.”
“Aye,” said the old man slowly; “you are truly the son I should have
chosen. I shall find comfort in you, the son of my friend.”
“Not only comfort, by the looks of it,” added Rashov, with a twinkle
in his eye, “but a daughter as well. And grandchildren, many of them.
Devil take me, if I don’t go for the batko* this minute to make the wed-
lock fast. A few minutes and I shall be back.”
*“Priest.”
wol f -hou n d s of t h e s t e p p e 609
Ostalim half put out his hand to check his hasty friend. Then, with a
glance at Mirovna, he drew it back again. The girl had made no objection
In fact, sitting demurely by his side, like all the maidens who approached
the threshold of marriage since the world began, she was anxiously ar-
ranging the disordered mass of her hair with the water for a mirror, the
ten fingers of her white hands for a comb.
Appendix
Adventure magazine, where many of the tales in this volume first ap-
peared, maintained a letter column titled “The Camp-fire.” As a descrip-
tor, “letter column” does not quite do this regular feature justice. Ad-
venture was published two and sometimes three times a month, and as
a result of this frequency and the interchange of ideas it fostered “The
Camp-Fire” was really more like an Internet bulletin board of today than
a letter column found in today’s quarterly or even monthly magazines.
It featured letters from readers, editorial notes, and essays from writers.
If a reader had a question or even a quibble with a story he could write in
and the odds were that the letter would not only be printed but that the
story’s author would draft a response.
Harold Lamb and other contributors frequently wrote lengthy letters
that further explained some of the historical details that appeared in their
stories. The letters about the stories included in this volume, with intro-
ductory comments by Adventure editor Arthur Sullivan Hoffman, fol-
low, and appear in order of publication. The date of the issue of Adven-
ture is indicated, along with the title of the Lamb story that appeared in
the issue. Lamb did not write a letter about every story.
first white men who visited them. Then provincial officials looked them
over from afar, saw that they kept animals, and named them Horse, Rein-
deer and Dog Tungusi, admitting that the Tungusi could not be made to
pay taxes.
This was because the Tungusi riders liked fighting with the bow, so
that no one cared to face them with a musket until the musket became a
rifle that could be loaded as fast as the Tungusi could deliver themselves
of arrows. Also, the man who closed with the Tungusi, thinking that the
tribesmen disliked cold steel, was out of luck.
Lastly, the Imperial Russian Government classified the Tungusi as
Wandering, Nomadic and Sedentary—the last one alone paying taxes. It
is a matter of record that the Sedentary Tungusi number less than one
percent of the whole. Also that the most incorrigible are the Wandering
(alias Steppe and Reindeer) Tungusi.
The Chinese called them the Chih-mao-tze, the Red Haired People,
and let it go at that, being careful not to meddle with the clansmen or
their animals.
On the other hand the Cossacks, the ancient and honorable foe of the
Tatars, were ordered to meddle with the Tungusi. It was the Cossacks who
called them sangars, white magicians, nearly three hundred years ago.
Such things as talking to horses and summoning reindeer from a thou-
sand miles away are not so easily explained by any administrative bu-
reau. But strangers riding through the Tungusi steppe are careful not to
do any injury to the private reindeer of the natives. It is one game preserve
where no liberties are taken.
No laws have ever been written about the reindeer of the Tungusi. It
is a case, one might say, of unwritten law.
But his revolt, his expeditions, and the brief and colorful kingdom he
established are recorded in history. For a while he was a thorn in the fron-
tiers of two kingdoms—Muscovy and Persia.
As for Mark—he existed. I have his own account of the taking of Astra-
khan, corroborated by the adventurer Jean Sturys, the Hollander. From As-
trakhan to the Volga mouths, and the execution at the Kremyl, the main
incidents of the story actually happened.
The battle between Stenka Razin’s men and the Persian fleet proba-
bly took place before the capture of Astrakhan. It is given clearly enough
by Petis de la Croix, in his annals of the seventeenth century—the trick
played by Stenka Razin, the death of the ten thousand. The incidents of
the story, of course, appear to take place within a few months, instead of
two or three years, as was actually the case.
Some readers may be curious about the word “alkali” in Central Asia
at this early date. I was curious when I found “al-kali grass” mentioned
by a European voyager there, long before the desert regions of America
were explored. On investigation “al-kali” proved to be correct, al-qali,
“roasted”—pure Arabic. In the deserts of Central Asia soap was made out
of the ashes of the burned alkali grass.
This story is probably the first narrative to be written in English about
the exploits of Stenka Razin. By great good luck in gathering material it
was possible to uncover this story. Down to almost the smallest details
it is a narrative of things that happened and men that existed.
The songs of the Volga pirates, the Round-head colonel, Mark himself,
the capture of Astrakhan and the battle of the Volga pirates and the Mos-
lems in the inland sea—all these are reality. The “man who was called a
Walloon” played his part on the stage of life nearly three hundred years
ago, just as he is shown in the story. The fat Polish colonel did accuse
Mark as to his cannon, as told in the story.
Stenka Razin’s actions, his character, and his end are all drawn from
life.
Mark is not his real name—he was known as a Captain Butler. And
the character of Uncle Kosta, who tells the story, and the niece of the
Round-head colonel are imaginary. Also, the actual date of the battle on
the Caspian is uncertain—it may well have taken place before the events
of the story.
As to Mark’s real identity—his youth and reasons for coming to As-
trakhan—I have had to improvise. But I had his letters written from As-
trakhan, splendid stuff, and the journal of the adventurer Jean Struys to
614 a p p e n di x
compare them with, and the book of the priest-wanderer, Father Avril
(who passed through Astrakhan a few years later) for further corrobora-
tion. Also the legends told me by the Cossacks as to Stenka Razin, and,
to check these, the Moslem annals translated by Petis de la Croix some
two hundred years ago.
So, from different men, in different languages and from various ages
of the past, come these details of what happened on the inland sea in the
year 1670.
As I said before, this story has been uncovered from the past, rather
than made up. And I have tried to tell it as Uncle Kosta would actually
have told it. Hence the brief prelude.
Harold Lamb (1892-1962) was born in Alpine nj, the son of Eliza Rollinson
and Frederick Lamb, a renowned stain glass designer, painter, and writer.
Lamb later described himself as having been born with damaged eyes,
ears, and speech, adding that by adulthood these problems had mostly
righted themselves. He was never very comfortable in crowds or cities and
found school “a torment.” He had two main refuges when growing up—
his grandfather’s library and the outdoors. Lamb loved tennis and played
the game well into his later years.
Lamb attended Columbia, where he first dug into the histories of East-
ern civilizations, ever after his lifelong fascination. He served briefly in
World War I as an infantryman but saw no action. In 1917 he married Ruth
Barbour, and by all accounts their marriage was a long and happy one.
They had two children, Frederick and Cary. Arthur Sullivan Hoffman,
the chief editor of Adventure magazine, recognized Lamb’s storytelling
skills and encouraged him to write about the subjects he most loved. For
the next twenty years or so, historical fiction set in the remote East flowed
from Lamb’s pen, and he quickly became one of Adventure’s most popu-
lar writers. Lamb did not stop with fiction, however, and soon began to
draft biographies and screenplays. By the time the pulp magazine mar-
ket dried up, Lamb was an established and recognized historian, and for
the rest of his life he produced respected biographies and histories, earn-
ing numerous awards, including one from the Persian government for his
two-volume history of the Crusades.
Lamb knew many languages: by his own account, French, Latin, an-
cient Persian, some Arabic, a smattering of Turkish, a bit of Manchu-Tar-
tar, and medieval Ukrainian. He traveled throughout Asia, visiting most
of the places he wrote about, and during World War II he was on covert as-
signment overseas for the U.S. government. He is remembered today both
for his scholarly histories and for his swashbuckling tales of daring Cos-
sacks and Crusaders. “Life is good, after all,” Lamb once wrote, “when a
man can go where he wants to, and write about what he likes best.”
Source Acknowledgments
Wolf of the Steppes is the first of a four-volume set that collects, for the
first time, the complete Cossack stories of Harold Lamb and presents
them in order: every adventure of Khlit the Cossack and those of his
friends, allies, and fellow Cossacks, many of which have never before
appeared between book covers.
This second volume collects all five tales of Khlit’s greatest friend,
the valorous Abdul Dost, and Dost’s comrade, Sir Ralph Weyand.
Contained herein are the three never-before-collected stories starring
Khlit, including the short novel, The Curved Sword.
The third volume introduces the Cossacks Ayub and Demid, who
unite to safeguard the perilous Russian borders from marauding Turks,
Tatars, and the machinations of Russian nobles in four tales and a novel
crammed with intrigue and treachery, The Witch of Aleppo.